269 files changed, 19445 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/26690-8.txt b/26690-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad2d4f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,5995 @@
+The Project Gutenberg eBook, The Pirates of Panama, by A. O. (Alexandre
+Olivier) Exquemelin, Edited by George Alfred Williams, Illustrated by
+George Alfred Williams
+
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+
+
+
+Title: The Pirates of Panama
+       or, The Buccaneers of America; a True Account of the Famous Adventures and Daring Deeds of Sir Henry Morgan and Other Notorious Freebooters of the Spanish Main
+
+
+Author: A. O. (Alexandre Olivier) Exquemelin
+
+Editor: George Alfred Williams
+
+Release Date: September 23, 2008  [eBook #26690]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+
+***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PIRATES OF PANAMA***
+
+
+E-text prepared by Suzanne Lybarger and the Booksmiths at
+http://www.eBookForge.net
+
+
+
+Note: Project Gutenberg also has an HTML version of this
+      file which includes the original illustrations and
+      images of the original pages.
+      See 26690-h.htm or 26690-h.zip:
+      (https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/6/6/9/26690/26690-h/26690-h.htm)
+      or
+      (https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/6/6/9/26690/26690-h.zip)
+
+
+
+
+
+THE PIRATES OF PANAMA
+
+[Illustration: "THE MAN-OF-WAR GAVE THEM CHASE"--_Page 43_]
+
+
+
+
+THE PIRATES OF PANAMA
+
+Or
+
+The Buccaneers of America
+
+A True Account of the Famous Adventures and Daring Deeds of Sir Henry
+Morgan and Other Notorious Freebooters of the Spanish Main
+
+by
+
+JOHN ESQUEMELING
+
+_One of the Buccaneers who was Present at those Tragedies_
+
+EDITED AND ILLUSTRATED BY GEORGE ALFRED WILLIAMS
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+New York
+Frederick A. Stokes Company
+Publishers
+
+Copyright, 1914, by Frederick A. Stokes Company
+All rights reserved, including that of translation into foreign
+languages.
+
+Printed in the United States of America
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+
+                                                              PAGE
+
+  (1) INTRODUCTION BY GEORGE ALFRED WILLIAMS                   xi
+
+  (2) THE TRANSLATOR'S PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION            xv
+
+
+  CHAPTER I.
+  The Introduction--The Author sets forth for the Western
+    Islands, in the service of the West India Company of
+    France--They meet with an English frigate, and arrive
+    at the Island of Tortuga                                    1
+
+
+  CHAPTER II.
+  A description of Tortuga--The fruits and plants there--How
+    the French first settled there, at two several times,
+    and forced out the Spaniards--The Author twice sold in
+    the said island                                             7
+
+
+  CHAPTER III.
+  A description of Hispaniola--Also a relation of the French
+    Buccaneers                                                 19
+
+
+  CHAPTER IV.
+  Original of the most famous pirates of the coasts of
+    America--Famous exploit of Pierre le Grand                 34
+
+
+  CHAPTER V.
+  How the pirates arm their vessels, and regulate their
+    voyages                                                    39
+
+
+  CHAPTER VI.
+
+  Of the origin of Francis Lolonois, and the beginning of
+    his robberies                                              57
+
+
+  CHAPTER VII.
+  Lolonois equips a fleet to land upon the Spanish islands
+    of America, with intent to rob, sack, and burn whatsoever
+    he met with                                                63
+
+
+  CHAPTER VIII.
+  Lolonois makes new preparations to take the city of St.
+    James de Leon; as also that of Nicaragua; where he
+    miserably perishes                                         81
+
+
+  CHAPTER IX.
+  The origin and descent of Captain Henry Morgan--His
+    exploits, and the most remarkable actions of his life     101
+
+
+  CHAPTER X.
+  Of the Island of Cuba--Captain Morgan attempts to
+    preserve the Isle of St. Catherine as a refuge to the
+    nest of pirates; but fails of his design--He arrives
+    at, and takes, the village of El Puerto del Principe      112
+
+
+  CHAPTER XI.
+  Captain Morgan resolving to attack and plunder the City
+    of Puerto Bello, equips a fleet, and with little
+    expense and small forces takes it                         123
+
+
+  CHAPTER XII.
+  Captain Morgan takes the City of Maracaibo, on the coast
+    of Neuva Venezuela--Piracies committed in those
+    seas--Ruin of three Spanish ships set forth to hinder
+    the robberies of the pirates                              134
+
+
+  CHAPTER XIII.
+  Captain Morgan goes to Hispaniola to equip a new fleet,
+    with intent to pillage again on the coast of the West
+    Indies                                                    170
+
+
+  CHAPTER XIV.
+  What happened in the river De la Hacha                      173
+
+
+  CHAPTER XV.
+  Captain Morgan leaves Hispaniola, and goes to St.
+    Catherine's, which he takes                               179
+
+
+  CHAPTER XVI.
+  Captain Morgan takes the Castle of Chagre, with four
+    hundred men sent to this purpose from St. Catherine's     187
+
+
+  CHAPTER XVII.
+  Captain Morgan departs from Chagre, at the head of
+    twelve hundred men, to take the city of Panama            195
+
+
+  CHAPTER XVIII.
+  Captain Morgan sends canoes and boats to the South
+    Sea--He fires the city of Panama--Robberies and
+    cruelties committed there by the pirates, till
+    their return to the Castle of Chagre                      213
+
+
+
+
+ILLUSTRATIONS
+
+
+  "The Man-of-War gave them chase"                     _Frontispiece_
+
+                                                              FACING
+                                                               PAGE
+
+  Pierre le Grand commanding the Spanish Captain to surrender
+    the ship                                                   36
+
+  "Portugues made the best of his way to del Golpho Triste"    46
+
+  "They boarded the ship with great agility"                   92
+
+  "Lolonois, with those that remained, had much ado to
+    escape aboard their boats"                                 96
+
+  Captain Morgan recruiting his forces                        114
+
+  "Being come to the place of the duel, the Englishman
+    stabbed the Frenchman in the back"                        120
+
+  "Morgan commanded the religious men and women to place
+    the ladders against the walls"                            128
+
+  "They hanged him on a tree"                                 146
+
+  "The fire-ship sailing before the rest fell presently
+    upon the great ship"                                      158
+
+  Morgan dividing the treasure taken at Maracaibo             166
+
+  Sacking of Panama--"Morgan re-entered the city with his
+    troops"                                                   214
+
+
+
+
+INTRODUCTION
+
+
+This volume was originally written in Dutch by John Esquemeling, and
+first published in Amsterdam in 1678 under the title of De Americaeneche
+Zee Roovers. It immediately became very popular and this first hand
+history of the Buccaneers of America was soon translated into the
+principal European languages. The first English edition was printed in
+1684.
+
+Of the author, John Esquemeling, very little is known although it is
+generally conceded that he was in all probability a Fleming or
+Hollander, a quite natural supposition as his first works were written
+in the Dutch language. He came to the island of Tortuga, the
+headquarters of the Buccaneers, in 1666 in the employ of the French West
+India Company. Several years later this same company, owing to
+unsuccessful business arrangements, recalled their representatives to
+France and gave their officers orders to sell the company's land and all
+its servants. Esquemeling then a servant of the company was sold to a
+stern master by whom he was treated with great cruelty. Owing to hard
+work, poor food and exposure he became dangerously ill, and his master
+seeing his weak condition and fearing to lose the money Esquemeling had
+cost him resold him to a surgeon. This new master treated him kindly so
+that Esquemeling's health was speedily restored, and after one year's
+service he was set at liberty upon a promise to pay his benefactor, the
+surgeon, 100 pieces of eight at such a time as he found himself in
+funds.
+
+Once more a free man he determined to join the pirates and was received
+into their society and remained with them until 1672. Esquemeling served
+the Buccaneers in the capacity of barber-surgeon, and was present at all
+their exploits. Little did he suspect that his first hand observations
+would some day be cherished as the only authentic and true history of
+the Buccaneers and Marooners of the Spanish Main.
+
+From time to time new editions of this work have been published, but in
+many cases much new material, not always authentic, has been added and
+the result has been to mar the original narrative as set forth by
+Esquemeling. In arranging this edition, the original English text only
+has been used, and but few changes made by cutting out the long and
+tedious description of plant and animal life of the West Indies of which
+Esquemeling had only a smattering of truth. But, the history of Captain
+Morgan and his fellow buccaneers is here printed almost identical with
+the original English translation, and we believe it is the first time
+this history has been published in a suitable form for the juvenile
+reader with no loss of interest to the adult.
+
+The world wide attention at this time in the Isthmus of Panama and the
+great canal connecting the Atlantic with the Pacific Ocean lends to this
+narrative an additional stimulus. Here are set forth the deeds of daring
+of the wild freebooters in crossing the isthmus to attack the cities,
+Puerto Bellow and Panama. The sacking and burning of these places
+accompanied by pillage, fire, and treasure seeking both on land and on
+sea form exciting reading. _The Buccaneers and Marooners of America_
+well deserves a place on the book shelf with those old world-wide
+favorites _Robinson Crusoe_ and the _Swiss Family Robinson_.
+
+                                       GEORGE ALFRED WILLIAMS.
+
+
+
+
+THE TRANSLATOR
+
+TO THE
+
+READER (OF 1684).
+
+
+_THE present Volume, both for its Curiosity and Ingenuity, I dare
+recommend unto the perusal of our English nation, whose glorious actions
+it containeth. What relateth unto the curiosity hereof, this Piece, both
+of Natural and Humane History, was no sooner published in the_ Dutch
+Original, _than it was snatch't up for the most curious Library's of_
+Holland; _it was Translated into_ Spanish _(two impressions thereof
+being sent into_ Spain _in one year_); _it was taken notice of by the
+learned Academy of Paris; and finally recommended as worthy our esteem,
+by the ingenious Author of the_ Weekly Memorials for the Ingenious,
+_printed here at_ London _about two years ago. Neither all this
+undeservedly, seeing it enlargeth our acquaintance of Natural History,
+so much prized and enquir'd for, by the Learned of this present Age,
+with several observations not easily to be found in other accounts
+already received from_ America: _and besides, it informeth us (with
+huge novelty) of as great and bold attempts, in point of Military
+conduct and valour, as ever were performed by mankind; without
+excepting, here, either_ Alexander the Great, _or_ Julius Cæsar, _or the
+rest of the_ Nine Worthy's of Fame. _Of all which actions, as we cannot
+confess ourselves to have been ignorant hitherto (the very name of_
+Bucaniers _being, as yet, known but unto few of the_ Ingenious; _as
+their Lives, Laws, and Conversation, are in a manner unto none) so can
+they not choose but be admired, out of this ingenuous Author, by
+whosoever is curious to learn the various revolutions of humane affairs.
+But, more especially by our_ English Nation; _as unto whom these things
+more narrowly do appertain. We having here more than half the Book
+filled with the unparallel'd, if not inimitable, adventures and_ Heroick
+_exploits of our own Country-men, and Relations; whose undaunted, and
+exemplary courage, when called upon by our King and Country, we ought to
+emulate._
+
+_From whence it hath proceeded, that nothing of this kind was ever, as
+yet, published in_ England, _I cannot easily determine; except, as some
+will say, from some secret_ Ragion di Stato. _Let the reason be as
+t'will; this is certain, so much the more we are obliged unto this
+present Author, who though a stranger unto our Nation, yet with that
+Candour and Fidelity hath recorded our Actions, as to render the Metal
+of our true English Valour to be the more believed and feared abroad,
+than if these things had been divulged by our selves at home. From hence
+peradventure will other Nations learn, that the English people are of
+their Genius more inclinable to act than to write; seeing as well they
+as we have lived unacquainted with these actions of our Nation, until
+such time as a Foreign Author to our Country came to tell them._
+
+_Besides the merits of this Piece for its curiosity, another point of
+no less esteem, is the truth and sincerity wherewith everything seemeth
+to be penned. No greater ornament or dignity can be added unto History,
+either humane or natural, than truth. All other embellishments, if this
+be failing, are of little or no esteem; if this be delivered, are either
+needless or superfluous. What concerneth this requisite in our Author,
+his lines do everywhere declare the faithfulness and sincerity of his
+mind. He writeth not by hearsay, but was an eye witness, as he somewhere
+telleth you, unto all and every one of the bold and hazardous attempts
+which he relateth. And these he delivereth with such candour of stile,
+such ingenuity of mind, such plainness of words, such conciseness of
+periods, so much divested of Rhetorical Hyperboles, or the least
+flourishes of Eloquence, so hugely void of Passion or national
+Reflections, as that he strongly perswadeth all-along to the credit of
+what he saith; yea, raiseth the mind of the Reader to believe these
+things far greater than what he hath said; and having read him, leaveth
+onely this scruple or concern behind, that you can read him no longer.
+In a word, such are his deserts, that some persons peradventure would
+not stickle to compare him to the Father of Historians_, Philip de
+Comines; _at least thus much may be said, with all truth imaginable,
+that he resembleth that great Author in many of his excellent
+qualities._
+
+_I know some persons have objected against the greatness of these
+prodigious Adventures, intimating that the resistance our_ Bucaniers
+_found in_ America, _was everywhere but small. For the_ Spaniards, _say
+they, in the_ West Indies, _are become of late years nothing less, but
+rather much more degenerate than in_ Europe. _The continual Peace they
+have enjoyed in those parts, the defect of Military Discipline, and_
+European _souldiers for their Commanders, much contributing hereunto.
+But more especially, and above all other reasons, the very luxury of the
+Soil and Riches, the extreme heat of those Countries, and influence of
+the Stars being such, as totally inclineth their bodies unto an infinite
+effeminacy and cowardize of minds._
+
+_Unto these Reasons I shall only answer in brief. This History will
+convince them to be manifestly false. For as to the continual Peace here
+alleadged, we know that no Peace could ever be established_ beyond the
+Line, _since the first possession of the_ West-Indies _by the_
+Spaniards, _till the burning of_ Panama. _At that time, or few months
+before_, Sir William Godolphin _by his prudent negotiation in quality of
+Embassadour for our most Gracious Monarch, did conclude at_ Madrid _a
+peace to be observed even_ beyond the Line, _and through the whole
+extent of the Spanish Dominions in the_ West-Indies. _This transaction
+gave the Spaniards new causes of complaints against our proceedings,
+that no sooner a Peace had been established for those parts of_ America,
+_but our forces had taken and burnt both_ Chagre, St. Catherine, _and_
+Panama. _But our reply was convincing, That whereas eight or ten months
+of time had been allowed by Articles for the publishing of the said
+Peace through all the Dominions of both Monarchies in_ America, _those
+Hostilities had been committed, not onely without orders from his
+Majesty of_ England, _but also within the space of the said eight or ten
+months of time. Until that time the Spanish Inhabitants of_ America
+_being, as it were, in a perpetual War with_ Europe, _certain it is that
+no Coasts nor Kingdoms in the World have been more frequently infested
+nor alarm'd with the invasions of several Nations than theirs. Thus from
+the very beginning of their Conquests in America, both_ English, French,
+Dutch Portuguese, Swedes, Danes, _Curlanders, and all other nations that
+navigate the_ Ocean, _have frequented the_ West-Indies, _and filled them
+with their robberies and Assaults. From these occasions have they been
+in continual watch and ward, and kept their_ Militia _in constant
+exercise, as also their Garrisons pretty well provided and paid; as
+fearing every sail they discovered at Sea, to be_ Pirats _of one Nation
+or another. But much more especially, since that_ Curasao, Tortuga,
+_and_ Jamaica _have been inhabited by_ English, French, _and_ Dutch,
+_and bred up that race of_ Hunts-men, _than which, no other ever was
+more desperate, nor more mortal enemies to the Spaniards, called
+Bucaniers. Now shall we say, that these People, through too long
+continuation of Peace, have utterly abolished the exercises of War,
+having been all-along incessantly vexed with the Tumults and Alarms
+thereof?_
+
+_In like manner is it false, to accuse their defect of Military
+Discipline for want of_ European _Commanders. For who knoweth not that
+all places, both Military and Civil, through those vast dominions of
+the_ West-Indies, _are provided out of_ Spain? _And those of the Militia
+most commonly given unto expert Commanders, trained up from their
+infancy in the Wars of_ Europe, _either in_ Africa, Milan, Sicily,
+Naples, _or_ Flanders, _fighting against either_ English, French, Dutch,
+Portuguese, _or_ Moors? _Yea their very Garrisons, if you search them in
+those parts, will peradventure be found to be stock'd three parts to
+four with Souldiers both born and bred in the Kingdom of_ Spain.
+
+_From these Considerations it may be inferr'd what little difference
+ought to be allowed betwixt the Spanish Souldiers, Inhabitants of the_
+West-Indies, _and those of_ Europe. _And how little the Soil or Climate
+hath influenced or caused their Courage to degenerate towards cowardize
+or baseness of mind. As if the very same Argument, deduced from the
+nature of that Climate, did not equally militate against the valour of
+our famous Bucaniers, and represent this to be of as degenerate Metal as
+theirs._
+
+_But nothing can be more clearly evinced, than is the Valour of the_
+American Spaniards, _either Souldiers or Officers, by the sequel of this
+History. What men ever fought more desperately than the Garrison of_
+Chagre? _Their number being 314, and of all these, only thirty
+remaining; of which number scarce ten were unwounded; and among them,
+not one officer found alive? Were not 600 killed upon the spot at_
+Panama, _500 at_ Gibraltar, _almost as many more at_ Puerto del
+Principe, _all dying with their Arms in their hands, and facing bravely
+the Enemy for the defence of their Country and private Concerns? Did not
+those of the Town of_ San Pedro _both fortifie themselves, lay several
+Ambuscades, and lastly sell their lives as dear as any European Souldier
+could do; Lolonois being forced to gain step by step his advance unto
+the Town, with huge loss both of bloud and men? Many other instances
+might be produced out of this compendious Volume, of the generous
+resistance the_ Spaniards _made in several places, though Fortune
+favoured not their Arms._
+
+_Next, as to the personal Valour of many of their Commanders, What man
+ever behaved himself more briskly than the Governour of_ Gibraltar,
+_than the Governour of_ Puerto del Principe, _both dying for the
+defence of their Towns; than Don Alonso del Campo, and others? Or what
+examples can easily parallel the desperate courage of the Governour of_
+Chagre? _who, though the_ Palizda's _were fired, the Terraplens were
+sunk into the Ditch, the Breaches were entred, the Houses all burnt
+above him, the whole Castle taken, his men all killed; yet would not
+admit of any quarter, but chose rather to die under his Arms, being shot
+into the brain, than surrender himself as a Prisoner unto the_
+Bucaniers. _What lion ever fought to the last gasp more obstinately than
+the Governour of_ Puerto Velo? _who, seeing the Town enter'd by
+surprizal in the night, one chief Castle blown up into the Air, all the
+other Forts and Castles taken, his own assaulted several ways, both
+Religious men and women placed at the front of the Enemy to fix the
+Ladders against the Walls; yet spared not to kill as many of the said
+Religious persons as he could. And at last, the walls being scaled, the
+Castle enter'd and taken, all his own men overcome by fire and sword,
+who had cast down their Arms, and begged mercy from the Enemy; yet would
+admit of none for his own life. Yet, with his own hands killed several
+of his Souldiers, to force them to stand to their Arms, though all were
+lost. Yea, though his own Wife and Daughter begged of him upon their
+knees that he would have his life by craving quarter, though the Enemy
+desired of him the same thing; yet would hearken to no cries nor
+perswasions, but they were forced to kill him, combating with his Arms
+in his hands, being not otherwise able to take him Prisoner, as they
+were desirous to do. Shall these men be said to be influenced with
+Cowardize, who thus acted to the very last_ Scene _of their own_
+Tragedies? _Or shall we rather say that they wanted no Courage, but
+Fortune? It being certainly true, that he who is killed in a Batel, may
+be equally couragious with him that killeth. And that whosoever
+derogateth from the Valour of the_ Spaniards _in the_ West-Indies,
+_diminisheth in like manner the Courage of the_ Bucaniers, _his own
+Country-men, who have seemed to act beyond mortal men in_ America.
+
+_Now, to say something concerning_ John Esquemeling, _the first Author
+of this History. I take him to be a_ Dutch-man, _or at least born in_
+Flanders, _notwithstanding that the Spanish Translation representeth him
+to be a Native of the Kingdom of_ France. _His printing this History
+originally in Dutch, which doubtless must be his native Tongue, who
+otherwise was but an illiterate man, together with the very sound of his
+name, convincing me thereunto. True it is, he set sail from_ France,
+_and was some years at_ Tortuga; _but neither of these two Arguments,
+drawn from the History, are prevalent. For were he to be a_ French-man
+_born, how came he to learn the_ Dutch _language so perfectly as to
+prefer it to his own? Especially that not being spoken at Tortuga nor_
+Jamaica, _where he resided all the while._
+
+_I hope I have made this English Translation something more plain and
+correct than the Spanish. Some few notorious faults either of the
+Printer or the Interpreter, I am sure I have redressed. But the Spanish
+Translator complaining much of the intricacy of Stile in the Original
+(as flowing from a person who, as hath been said, was no Scholar) as he
+was pardonable, being in great haste, for not rendring his own Version
+so distinct and elaborate as he could desire; so must I be excused from
+the one, that is to say, Elegancy, if I have cautiously declined the
+other, I mean Confusion._
+
+
+
+
+THE PIRATES OF PANAMA
+
+
+
+
+THE BUCCANEERS OF AMERICA
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+_The introduction--The author sets forth for the Western islands, in the
+service of the West-India Company of France--They meet with an English
+frigate, and arrive at the Island of Tortuga._
+
+
+WE set sail from Havre-de-Grace in France, from whence we set sail in
+the ship called _St. John_, May 2, 1666. Our vessel was equipped with
+twenty-eight guns, twenty mariners, and two hundred and twenty
+passengers, including those whom the company sent as free passengers.
+Soon after we came to an anchor under the Cape of Barfleur, there to
+join seven other ships of the same West-India company, which were to
+come from Dieppe, under convoy of a man-of-war, mounted with
+thirty-seven guns, and two hundred and fifty men. Of these ships two
+were bound for Senegal, five for the Caribbee islands, and ours for
+Tortuga. Here gathered to us about twenty sail of other ships, bound for
+Newfoundland, with some Dutch vessels going for Nantz, Rochel, and St.
+Martin's, so that in all we made thirty sail. Here we put ourselves in
+a posture of defence, having noticed that four English frigates, of
+sixty guns each, waited for us near Aldernay. Our admiral, the Chevalier
+Sourdis, having given necessary orders, we sailed thence with a
+favourable gale, and some mists arising, totally impeded the English
+frigates from discovering our fleet. We steered our course as near as we
+could to the coast of France, for fear of the enemy. As we sailed along,
+we met a vessel of Ostend, who complained to our admiral, that a French
+privateer had robbed him that very morning; whereupon we endeavoured to
+pursue the said pirate; but our labour was in vain, not being able to
+overtake him.
+
+Our fleet, as we sailed, caused no small fears and alarms to the
+inhabitants of the coasts of France, these judging us to be English, and
+that we sought some convenient place for landing. To allay their fright,
+we hung out our colours; but they would not trust us. After this we came
+to an anchor in the bay of Conquet in Brittany, near Ushant, there to
+take in water. Having stored ourselves with fresh provisions here, we
+prosecuted our voyage, designing to pass by the Ras of Fontenau, and not
+expose ourselves to the Sorlingues, fearing the English that were
+cruising thereabouts. The river Ras is of a current very strong and
+rapid, which, rolling over many rocks, disgorges itself into the sea, on
+the coast of France, in 48 deg. 10 min. latitude; so that this passage
+is very dangerous, all the rocks, as yet, being not thoroughly known.
+
+Here I shall mention the ceremony, which, at this passage, and some
+other places, is used by the mariners, and by them called baptism,
+though it may seem little to our purpose. The master's mate clothed
+himself with a ridiculous sort of garment, that reached to his feet, and
+on his head he put a suitable cap, made very burlesque; in his right
+hand he had a naked wooden sword, and in his left a pot full of ink: his
+face was horribly blacked with soot, and his neck adorned with a collar
+of many little pieces of wood. Thus apparelled, he commanded every one
+to be called who had never passed through that dangerous place before;
+and then, causing them to kneel down, he made the sign of the cross on
+their foreheads, with ink, and gave every one a stroke on the shoulders
+with his wooden sword. Meanwhile, the standers-by cast a bucket of water
+upon each man's head; and so ended the ceremony. But that done, each of
+the baptized must give a bottle of brandy, placing it nigh the
+main-mast, without speaking a word; even those who have no such liquor
+not being excused. If the vessel never passed that way before, the
+captain is obliged to distribute some wine among the mariners and
+passengers; but as for other gifts, which the newly-baptized frequently
+offer, they are divided among the old seamen, and of them they make a
+banquet among themselves.
+
+The Hollanders likewise, not only at this passage, but also at the rocks
+called Berlingues, nigh the coast of Portugal, in 39 deg. 40 min. (being
+a passage very dangerous, especially by night, when, in the dark, the
+rocks are not distinguishable, the land being very high) they use some
+such ceremony: but their manner of baptizing is very different from that
+of the French; for he that is to be baptized is fastened, and hoisted up
+thrice, at the mainyard's end, as if he were a criminal. If he be
+hoisted the fourth time, in the name of the Prince of Orange, or of the
+captain of the vessel, his honour is more than ordinary. Thus every one
+is dipped several times in the main ocean; but he that is dipped first
+has the honour of being saluted with a gun. Such as are not willing to
+fall, must pay twelve pence for ransom; if he be an officer, two
+shillings; and if a passenger, at their own pleasure. If the ship never
+passed that way before, the captain is to give a small rundlet of wine,
+which, if he denies, the mariners may cut off the stem of the vessel.
+All the profit accruing by this ceremony is kept by the master's mate,
+who, after reaching their port, usually lays it out in wine, which is
+drank amongst the ancient seamen. Some say this ceremony was instituted
+by the Emperor Charles V. though it is not amongst his laws. But here I
+leave these sea customs, and return to our voyage.
+
+Having passed the Ras, we had very good weather, till we came to Cape
+Finis Terræ: here a sudden tempest surprised us, and separated our ship
+from the rest that were in our company. This storm continued eight days;
+in which time it would move compassion to see how miserably the
+passengers were tumbled to and fro, on all sides of the ship; insomuch,
+that the mariners, in the performance of their duty, were compelled to
+tread upon them. This boisterous weather being over, we had very
+favourable gales again, till we came to the tropic of Cancer. This
+tropic is an imaginary circle, which astronomers have invented in the
+heavens, limiting the progress of the sun towards the north pole. It is
+placed in the latitude of 23 deg. 30 min. Here we were baptized a second
+time, as before. The French always perform this ceremony at the tropic
+of Cancer, as also under the tropic of Capricorn. In this part of the
+world we had very favourable weather, at which we were very glad,
+because of our great want of water; for that element is so scarce with
+us, that we were stinted to two half pints a man every day.
+
+About the latitude of Barbadoes, we met an English frigate, or
+privateer, who first began to give us chase; but finding herself not to
+exceed us in force, presently got away: hereupon, we pursued her, firing
+several guns, eight-pounders, at her; but at length she escaped, and we
+returned to our course. Soon after, we came within sight of Martinico.
+We were bent to the coast of the isle of St. Peter, but were frustrated
+by a storm, which took us hereabouts. Hence we resolved to steer to
+Gaudaloupe, yet we could not reach this island, by reason of the said
+storm; so that we directed our course to the isle of Tortuga, being the
+very same land we were bound to. We passed along the coast of Punta
+Rica, which is extremely agreeable and delightful to the sight, being
+adorned with beautiful woods, even to the tops of the mountains. Then we
+discovered Hispaniola (of which I shall give a description), and we
+coasted about it till we came to Tortuga, our desired port. Here we
+anchored, July 7, in the same year, not having lost one man in the
+voyage. We landed the goods that belonged to the West-India company,
+and, soon after, the ship was sent to Cal de Sac with some passengers.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+_A description of Tortuga--The fruits and plants there--How the French
+first settled there, at two several times, and forced out the
+Spaniards--The author twice sold in the said island._
+
+
+THE island of Tortuga is situate on the north side of Hispaniola, in 20
+deg. 30 min. latitude; its just extent is threescore leagues about. The
+Spaniards, who gave name to this island, called it so from the shape of
+the land, in some manner resembling a great sea-tortoise, called by them
+Tortuga-de-mar. The country is very mountainous, and full of rocks, and
+yet thick of lofty trees, that grow upon the hardest of those rocks,
+without partaking of a softer soil. Hence it comes that their roots, for
+the greatest part, are seen naked, entangled among the rocks like the
+branching of ivy against our walls. That part of this island which
+stretches to the north is totally uninhabited: the reason is, first,
+because it is incommodious, and unhealthy: and, secondly, for the
+ruggedness of the coast, that gives no access to the shore, unless among
+rocks almost inaccessible: for this cause it is peopled only on the
+south part, which hath only one port indifferently good: yet this
+harbour has two entries, or channels, which afford passage to ships of
+seventy guns; the port itself being without danger, and capable of
+receiving a great number of vessels. The inhabited parts, of which the
+first is called the Low-Lands, or Low-Country: this is the chief among
+the rest, because it contains the port aforesaid. The town is called
+Cayona, and here live the chiefest and richest planters of the island.
+The second part is called the Middle Plantation: its soil is yet almost
+new, being only known to be good for tobacco. The third is named Ringot,
+and is situate towards the west part of the island. The fourth and last
+is called the Mountain, in which place were made the first plantations
+upon this island.
+
+As to the wood that grows here, we have already said that the trees are
+exceeding tall, and pleasing to the sight; whence no man will doubt, but
+they may be applied to several uses. Such is the yellow saunder, which
+by the inhabitants is called bois de chandel, or, in English,
+candle-wood, because it burns like a candle, and serves them with light
+while they fish by night. Here grows, also, lingnum sanctum, or
+guaiacum: its virtues are very well known, more especially to those who
+observe not the Seventh Commandment, and are given to impure
+copulations!--physicians drawing hence, in several compositions, the
+greatest antidote for venereal diseases; as also for cold and viscous
+humours. The trees, likewise, which afford gummi elemi, grow here in
+great abundance; as doth radix Chinæ, or China root: yet this is not so
+good as that of other parts of the western world. It is very white and
+soft, and serves for pleasant food to the wild boars, when they can find
+nothing else. This island, also, is not deficient in aloes, nor an
+infinite number of the other medicinal herbs, which may please the
+curiosity of such as are given to their contemplation: moreover, for
+building of ships, or any other sort of architecture, here are found
+several sorts of timber. The fruits, likewise, which grow here
+abundantly, are nothing inferior, in quantity or quality, to what other
+islands produce. I shall name only some of the most ordinary and common:
+such are magnoit, potatoes, Abajou apples, yannas, bacones, paquays,
+carosoles, mamayns, annananes, and divers other sorts, which I omit to
+specify. Here grow likewise, in great numbers, those trees called
+palmitoes, or palmites, whence is drawn a certain juice which serves the
+inhabitants instead of wine, and whose leaves cover their houses instead
+of tiles.
+
+In this island aboundeth, also, the wild boar. The governor hath
+prohibited the hunting of them with dogs, fearing lest, the island being
+but small, the whole race of them, in a short time, should be destroyed.
+The reason why he thought convenient to preserve these wild beasts was,
+that, in case of any invasion, the inhabitants might sustain themselves
+with their food, especially were they once constrained to retire to the
+woods and mountains. Yet this sort of game is almost impeded by itself,
+by reason of the many rocks and precipices, which, for the greatest
+part, are covered with little shrubs, very green and thick; whence the
+huntsmen have oftentimes fallen, and left us the sad remembrance of many
+a memorable disaster.
+
+At a certain time of the year there resort to Tortuga large flocks of
+wild pigeons, and then the inhabitants feed on them very plentifully,
+having more than they can consume, and leaving totally to their repose
+all other sorts of fowl, both wild and tame; that so, in the absence of
+the pigeons, these may supply their place. But as nothing in the
+universe, though never so pleasant, can be found, but what hath
+something of bitterness with it; the very symbol of this truth we see in
+the aforesaid pigeons: for these, the season being past, can scarce be
+touched with the tongue, they become so extremely lean, and bitter even
+to admiration. The reason of this bitterness is attributed to a certain
+seed which they eat about that time, even as bitter as gall. About the
+sea-shores, everywhere, are found great multitudes of crabs, both of
+land and sea, and both sorts very big. These are good to feed servants
+and slaves, whose palates they please, but are very hurtful to the
+sight: besides, being eaten too often, they cause great giddiness in the
+head, with much weakness of the brain; so that, very frequently, they
+are deprived of sight for a quarter of an hour.
+
+The French having settled in the isle of St. Christopher, planted there
+a sort of trees, of which, at present, there possibly may be greater
+quantities; with the timber whereof they made long-boats, and hoys,
+which they sent thence westward, well manned and victualled, to discover
+other islands. These setting sail from St. Christopher, came within
+sight of Hispaniola, where they arrived with abundance of joy. Having
+landed, they marched into the country, where they found large quantities
+of cattle; such as cows, bulls, horses, and wild boars: but finding no
+great profit in these animals, unless they could enclose them, and
+knowing, likewise, the island to be pretty well peopled by the
+Spaniards, they thought it convenient to enter upon and seize the island
+of Tortuga. This they performed without any difficulty, there being upon
+the island no more than ten or twelve Spaniards to guard it. These few
+men let the French come in peaceably, and possess the island for six
+months, without any trouble; meanwhile they passed and repassed, with
+their canoes, to Hispaniola, from whence they transported many people,
+and at last began to plant the whole island of Tortuga. The few
+Spaniards remaining there, perceiving the French to increase their
+number daily, began, at last, to repine at their prosperity, and grudge
+them the possession: hence they gave notice to others of their nation,
+their neighbours, who sent several boats, well armed and manned, to
+dispossess the French. This expedition succeeded according to their
+desires; for the new possessors, seeing the great number of Spaniards,
+fled with all they had to the woods, and hence, by night, they wafted
+over with canoes to the island of Hispaniola: this they the more easily
+performed, having no women or children with them, nor any great
+substance to carry away. Here they also retired into the woods, both to
+seek for food, and from thence, with secrecy, to give intelligence to
+others of their own faction; judging for certain, that within a little
+while they should be in a capacity to hinder the Spaniards from
+fortifying in Tortuga.
+
+Meanwhile, the Spaniards of the great island ceased not to seek after
+their new guests, the French, with intent to root them out of the woods
+if possible, or cause them to perish with hunger; but this design soon
+failed, having found that the French were masters both of good guns,
+powder, and bullets. Here therefore the fugitives waited for a certain
+opportunity, wherein they knew the Spaniards were to come from Tortuga
+with arms, and a great number of men, to join with those of the greater
+island for their destruction. When this occasion offered, they in the
+meanwhile deserting the woods where they were, returned to Tortuga, and
+dispossessed the small number of Spaniards that remained at home. Having
+so done, they fortified themselves the best they could, thereby to
+prevent the return of the Spaniards in case they should attempt it.
+Moreover, they sent immediately to the governor of St. Christopher's,
+craving his aid and relief, and demanding of him a governor, the better
+to be united among themselves, and strengthened on all occasions. The
+governor of St. Christopher's received their petition with much
+satisfaction, and, without delay, sent Monsieur le Passeur to them in
+quality of a governor, together with a ship full of men, and all
+necessaries for their establishment and defence. No sooner had they
+received this recruit, but the governor commanded a fortress to be built
+upon the top of a high rock, from whence he could hinder the entrance of
+any ships or other vessels to the port. To this fort no other access
+could be had, than by almost climbing through a very narrow passage that
+was capable only of receiving two persons at once, and those not without
+difficulty. In the middle of this rock was a great cavity, which now
+serves for a storehouse: besides, here was great convenience for raising
+a battery. The fort being finished, the governor commanded two guns to
+be mounted, which could not be done without great toil and labour; as
+also a house to be built within the fort, and afterwards the narrow way,
+that led to the said fort, to be broken and demolished, leaving no other
+ascent thereto than by a ladder. Within the fort gushes out a plentiful
+fountain of pure fresh water, sufficient to refresh a garrison of a
+thousand men. Being possessed of these conveniences, and the security
+these things might promise, the French began to people the island, and
+each of them to seek their living; some by hunting, others by planting
+tobacco, and others by cruizing and robbing upon the coasts of the
+Spanish islands, which trade is continued by them to this day.
+
+The Spaniards, notwithstanding, could not behold, but with jealous eyes,
+the daily increase of the French in Tortuga, fearing lest, in time, they
+might by them be dispossessed also of Hispaniola. Thus taking an
+opportunity (when many of the French were abroad at sea, and others
+employed in hunting), with eight hundred men, in several canoes, they
+landed again in Tortuga, almost without being perceived by the French;
+but finding that the governor had cut down many trees for the better
+discovery of any enemy in case of an assault, as also that nothing of
+consequence could be done without great guns, they consulted about the
+fittest place for raising a battery. This place was soon concluded to be
+the top of a mountain which was in sight, seeing that from thence alone
+they could level their guns at the fort, which now lay open to them
+since the cutting down of the trees by the new possessors. Hence they
+resolved to open a way for the carriage of some pieces of ordnance to
+the top. This mountain is somewhat high, and the upper part thereof
+plain, from whence the whole island may be viewed: the sides thereof are
+very rugged, by reason a great number of inaccessible rocks do surround
+it; so that the ascent was very difficult, and would always have been
+the same, had not the Spaniards undergone the immense labour and toil
+of making the way before mentioned, as I shall now relate.
+
+The Spaniards had with them many slaves and Indians, labouring men, whom
+they call matades, or, in English, half-yellow men; these they ordered
+with iron tools to dig a way through the rocks. This they performed with
+the greatest speed imaginable; and through this way, by the help of many
+ropes and pulleys, they at last made shift to get up two pieces of
+ordnance, wherewith they made a battery next day, to play on the fort.
+Meanwhile, the French knowing these designs, prepared for a defence
+(while the Spaniards were busy about the battery) sending notice
+everywhere to their companions for help. Thus the hunters of the island
+all joined together, and with them all the pirates who were not already
+too far from home. These landed by night at Tortuga, lest they should be
+seen by the Spaniards; and, under the same obscurity of the night, they
+all together, by a back way, climbed the mountain where the Spaniards
+were posted, which they did the more easily being acquainted with these
+rocks. They came up at the very instant that the Spaniards, who were
+above, were preparing to shoot at the fort, not knowing in the least of
+their coming. Here they set upon them at their backs with such fury as
+forced the greatest part to precipitate themselves from the top to the
+bottom, and dash their bodies in pieces: few or none escaped; for if any
+remained alive, they were put to the sword. Some Spaniards did still
+keep the bottom of the mountain; but these, hearing the shrieks and
+cries of them that were killed, and believing some tragical revolution
+to be above, fled immediately towards the sea, despairing ever to regain
+the island of Tortuga.
+
+The governors of this island behaved themselves as proprietors and
+absolute lords thereof till 1664, when the West-India company of France
+took possession thereof, and sent thither, for their governor, Monsieur
+Ogeron. These planted the colony for themselves by their factors and
+servants, thinking to drive some considerable trade from thence with the
+Spaniards, even as the Hollanders do from Curacao: but this design did
+not answer; for with other nations they could drive no trade, by reason
+they could not establish any secure commerce from the beginning with
+their own; forasmuch as at the first institution of this company in
+France they agreed with the pirates, hunters, and planters, first
+possessors of Tortuga, that these should buy all their necessaries from
+the said company upon trust. And though this agreement was put in
+execution, yet the factors of the company soon after found that they
+could not recover either monies or returns from those people, that they
+were constrained to bring some armed men into the island, in behalf of
+the company, to get in some of their payments. But neither this
+endeavour, nor any other, could prevail towards the settling a second
+trade with those of the island. Hereupon, the company recalled their
+factors, giving them orders to sell all that was their own in the said
+plantation, both the servants belonging to the company (which were sold,
+some for twenty, and others for thirty pieces of eight), as also all
+other merchandizes and proprieties. And thus all their designs fell to
+the ground.
+
+On this occasion I was also sold, being a servant under the said company
+in whose service I left France: but my fortune was very bad, for I fell
+into the hands of the most cruel and perfidious man that ever was born,
+who was then governor, or rather lieutenant-general, of that island.
+This man treated me with all the hard usage imaginable, yea, with that
+of hunger, with which I thought I should have perished inevitably.
+Withal, he was willing to let me buy my freedom and liberty, but not
+under the rate of three hundred pieces of eight, I not being master of
+one at a time in the world. At last, through the manifold miseries I
+endured, as also affliction of mind, I was thrown into a dangerous
+sickness. This misfortune, added to the rest, was the cause of my
+happiness: for my wicked master, seeing my condition, began to fear lest
+he should lose his monies with my life. Hereupon he sold me a second
+time to a surgeon, for seventy pieces of eight. Being with this second
+master, I began soon to recover my health through the good usage I
+received, he being much more humane and civil than my first patron. He
+gave me both clothes and very good food; and after I had served him but
+one year, he offered me my liberty, with only this condition, that I
+should pay him one hundred pieces of eight when I was in a capacity so
+to do; which kind proposal of his I could not but accept with infinite
+joy and gratitude.
+
+Being now at liberty, though like Adam when he was first created--that
+is, naked and destitute of all human necessaries--not knowing how to get
+my living, I determined to enter into the order of the pirates or
+robbers at sea. Into this society I was received with common consent,
+both of the superior and vulgar sort, where I continued till 1672.
+Having assisted them in all their designs and attempts, and served them
+in many notable exploits (of which hereafter I shall give the reader a
+true account), I returned to my own native country. But before I begin
+my relation, I shall say something of the island Hispaniola, which lies
+towards the western part of America; as also give my reader a brief
+description thereof, according to my slender ability and experience.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+_A Description of Hispaniola.--Also a Relation of the French
+Buccaneers._
+
+
+THE large and rich island called Hispaniola is situate from 17 degrees
+to 19 degrees latitude; the circumference is 300 leagues; the extent
+from east to west 120; its breadth almost 50, being broader or narrower
+at certain places. This island was first discovered by Christopher
+Columbus, A.D. 1492; he being sent for this purpose by Ferdinand, king
+of Spain; from which time to this present the Spaniards have been
+continually possessors thereof. There are upon this island very good and
+strong cities, towns, and hamlets, as well as a great number of pleasant
+country houses and plantations, the effects of the care and industry of
+the Spaniards its inhabitants.
+
+The chief city and metropolis hereof is Santo Domingo; being dedicated
+to St. Dominic, from whom it derives its name. It is situate towards the
+south, and affords a most excellent prospect; the country round about
+being embellished with innumerable rich plantations, as also verdant
+meadows and fruitful gardens; all which produce plenty and variety of
+excellent pleasant fruits, according to the nature of those countries.
+The governor of the island resides in this city, which is, as it were,
+the storehouse of all the cities, towns, and villages, which hence
+export and provide themselves with all necessaries for human life; and
+yet hath it this particularity above many other cities, that it
+entertains no commerce with any nation but its own, the Spaniards. The
+greatest part of the inhabitants are rich and substantial merchants or
+shopkeepers.
+
+Another city of this island is San Jago, or St. James, being consecrated
+to that apostle. This is an open place, without walls or castle, situate
+in 19 deg. latitude. The inhabitants are generally hunters and planters,
+the adjacent territory and soil being very proper for the said
+exercises: the city is surrounded with large and delicious fields, as
+much pleasing to the view as those of Santo Domingo; and these abound
+with beasts both wild and tame, yielding vast numbers of skins and
+hides, very profitable to the owners.
+
+In the south part of this island is another city, called Nuestra Sennora
+de Alta Gracia. This territory produces great quantities of cacao,
+whereof the inhabitants make great store of the richest chocolate. Here
+grows also ginger and tobacco, and much tallow is made of the beasts
+which are hereabouts hunted.
+
+The inhabitants of this beautiful island of Hispaniola often resort in
+their canoes to the isle of Savona, not far distant, where is their
+chief fishery, especially of tortoises. Hither those fish constantly
+resort in great multitudes, at certain seasons, there to lay their eggs,
+burying them in the sands of the shoal, where, by the heat of the sun,
+which in those parts is very ardent, they are hatched. This island of
+Savona has little or nothing that is worthy consideration, being so very
+barren by reason of its sandy soil. True it is, that here grows some
+small quantity of lignum sanctum, or guaiacum, of whose use we say
+something in another place.
+
+Westward of Santo Domingo is another great village called El Pueblo de
+Aso, or the town of Aso: the inhabitants thereof drive great traffic
+with those of another village, in the very middle of the island, and is
+called San Juan de Goave, or St. John of Goave. This is environed with a
+magnificent prospect of gardens, woods, and meadows. Its territory
+extends above twenty leagues in length, and grazes a great number of
+wild bulls and cows. In this village scarce dwell any others than
+hunters and butchers, who flay the beasts that are killed. These are for
+the most part a mongrel sort of people; some of which are born of white
+European people and negroes, and called mulattoes: others of Indians and
+white people, and termed mesticos: but others come of negroes and
+Indians, and are called alcatraces. From the said village are exported
+yearly vast quantities of tallow and hides, they exercising no other
+traffic: for as to the lands in this place, they are not cultivated, by
+reason of the excessive dryness of the soil. These are the chiefest
+places that the Spaniards possess in this island, from the Cape of Lobos
+towards St. John de Goave, unto the Cape of Samana nigh the sea, on the
+north side, and from the eastern part towards the sea, called Punta de
+Espada. All the rest of the island is possessed by the French, who are
+also planters and hunters.
+
+This island hath very good ports for ships, from the Cape of Lobos to
+the Cape of Tiburon, on the west side thereof. In this space there are
+no less than four ports, exceeding in goodness, largeness, and security,
+even the very best of England. Besides these, from the Cape of Tiburon
+to the Cape of Donna Maria, there are two very excellent ports; and from
+this cape to the Cape of St. Nicholas, there are no less than twelve
+others. Every one of these ports hath also the confluence of two or
+three good rivers, in which are great plenty of several sorts of fish
+very pleasing to the palate. The country hereabouts is well watered with
+large and deep rivers and brooks, so that this part of the land may
+easily be cultivated without any great fear of droughts, because of
+these excellent streams. The sea-coasts and shores are also very
+pleasant, to which the tortoises resort in large numbers to lay their
+eggs.
+
+This island was formerly very well peopled, on the north side, with many
+towns and villages; but these, being ruined by the Hollanders, were at
+last, for the greatest part, deserted by the Spaniards.
+
+The spacious fields of this island commonly are five or six leagues in
+length, the beauty whereof is so pleasing to the eye, that, together
+with the great variety of their natural productions, they captivate the
+senses of the beholder. For here at once they not only with diversity of
+objects recreate the sight, but with many of the same do also please the
+smell, and with most contribute delights to the taste; also they flatter
+and excite the appetite, especially with the multitudes of oranges and
+lemons here growing, both sweet and sour, and those that participate of
+both tastes, and are only pleasantly tartish. Besides here abundantly
+grow several sorts of fruit, such are citrons, toronjas, and limas; in
+English not improperly called crab lemons.
+
+Beside the fruit which this island produces, whose plenty, as is said,
+surpasses all the islands of America; it abounds also with all sorts of
+quadrupeds, as horses, bulls, cows, wild boars, and others, very useful
+to mankind, not only for food, but for cultivating the ground, and the
+management of commerce.
+
+Here are vast numbers of wild dogs: these destroy yearly many cattle;
+for no sooner hath a cow calved, or a mare foaled, but these wild
+mastiffs devour the young, if they find not resistance from keepers and
+domestic dogs. They run up and down the woods and fields, commonly
+fifty, threescore, or more, together; being withal so fierce, that they
+will often assault an entire herd of wild boars, not ceasing to worry
+them till they have fetched down two or three. One day a French
+buccaneer showed me a strange action of this kind: being in the fields
+a-hunting together, we heard a great noise of dogs which has surrounded
+a wild boar: having tame dogs with us, we left them to the custody of
+our servants, being desirous to see the sport. Hence my companion and I
+climbed up two several trees, both for security and prospect. The wild
+boar, all alone, stood against a tree, defending himself with his tusks
+from a great number of dogs that enclosed him; killed with his teeth,
+and wounded several of them. This bloody fight continued about an hour;
+the wild boar, meanwhile, attempting many times to escape. At last
+flying, one dog, leaping upon his back, fastened on his throat. The rest
+of the dogs, perceiving the courage of their companion, fastened
+likewise on the boar, and presently killed him. This done, all of them,
+the first only excepted, laid themselves down upon the ground about the
+prey, and there peaceably continued, till he, the first and most
+courageous of the troop, had ate as much as he could: when this dog had
+left off, all the rest fell in to take their share, till nothing was
+left. What ought we to infer from this notable action, performed by wild
+animals, but this: that even beasts themselves are not destitute of
+knowledge, and that they give us documents how to honour such as have
+deserved well; even since these irrational animals did reverence and
+respect him that exposed his life to the greatest danger against the
+common enemy?
+
+The governor of Tortuga, Monsieur Ogeron, finding that the wild dogs
+killed so many of the wild boars, that the hunters of that island had
+much ado to find any; fearing lest that common substance of the island
+should fail, sent for a great quantity of poison from France to destroy
+the wild mastiffs: this was done, A.D. 1668, by commanding horses to be
+killed, and empoisoned, and laid open at certain places where the wild
+dogs used to resort. This being continued for six months, there were
+killed an incredible number; and yet all this could not exterminate and
+destroy the race, or scarce diminish them; their number appearing almost
+as large as before. These wild dogs are easily tamed among men, even as
+tame as ordinary house dogs. The hunters of those parts, whenever they
+find a wild bitch with whelps, commonly take away the puppies, and bring
+them home; which being grown up, they hunt much better than other dogs.
+
+But here the curious reader may perhaps inquire how so many wild dogs
+came here. The occasion was, the Spaniards having possessed these isles,
+found them peopled with Indians, a barbarous people, sensual and
+brutish, hating all labour, and only inclined to killing, and making war
+against their neighbours; not out of ambition, but only because they
+agreed not with themselves in some common terms of language; and
+perceiving the dominion of the Spaniards laid great restrictions upon
+their lazy and brutish customs, they conceived an irreconcilable hatred
+against them; but especially because they saw them take possession of
+their kingdoms and dominions. Hereupon, they made against them all the
+resistance they could, opposing everywhere their designs to the utmost:
+and the Spaniards finding themselves cruelly hated by the Indians, and
+nowhere secure from their treacheries, resolved to extirpate and ruin
+them, since they could neither tame them by civility, nor conquer them
+with the sword. But the Indians, it being their custom to make the woods
+their chief places of defence, at present made these their refuge,
+whenever they fled from the Spaniards. Hereupon, those first conquerors
+of the New World made use of dogs to range and search the intricatest
+thickets of woods and forests for those their implacable and
+unconquerable enemies: thus they forced them to leave their old refuge,
+and submit to the sword, seeing no milder usage would do it; hereupon
+they killed some of them, and quartering their bodies, placed them in
+the highways, that others might take warning from such a punishment; but
+this severity proved of ill consequence, for instead of fighting them
+and reducing them to civility, they conceived such horror of the
+Spaniards, that they resolved to detest and fly their sight for ever;
+hence the greatest part died in caves and subterraneous places of the
+woods and mountains, in which places I myself have often seen great
+numbers of human bones. The Spaniards finding no more Indians to appear
+about the woods, turned away a great number of dogs they had in their
+houses, and they finding no masters to keep them, betook themselves to
+the woods and fields to hunt for food to preserve their lives; thus by
+degrees they became unacquainted with houses, and grew wild. This is the
+truest account I can give of the multitudes of wild dogs in these parts.
+
+But besides these wild mastiffs, here are also great numbers of wild
+horses everywhere all over the island: they are but low of stature,
+short bodied, with great heads, long necks, and big or thick legs: in a
+word, they have nothing handsome in their shape. They run up and down
+commonly in troops of two or three hundred together, one going always
+before to lead the multitude: when they meet any person travelling
+through the woods or fields, they stand still, suffering him to approach
+till he can almost touch them: and then suddenly starting, they betake
+themselves to flight, running away as fast as they can. The hunters
+catch them only for their skins, though sometimes they preserve their
+flesh likewise, which they harden with smoke, using it for provisions
+when they go to sea.
+
+Here would be also wild bulls and cows in great number, if by continual
+hunting they were not much diminished; yet considerable profit is made
+to this day by such as make it their business to kill them. The wild
+bulls are of a vast bigness of body, and yet they hurt not any one
+except they be exasperated. Their hides are from eleven to thirteen feet
+long.
+
+It is now time to speak of the French who inhabit great part of this
+island. We have already told how they came first into these parts: we
+shall now only describe their manner of living, customs, and ordinary
+employments. The callings or professions they follow are generally but
+three, either to hunt or plant, or else to rove the seas as pirates. It
+is a constant custom among them all, to seek out a comrade or companion,
+whom we may call partner in their fortunes, with whom they join the
+whole stock of what they possess towards a common gain. This is done by
+articles agreed to, and reciprocally signed. Some constitute their
+surviving companion absolute heir to what is left by the death of the
+first: others, if they be married, leave their estates to their wives
+and children; others, to other relations. This done, every one applies
+himself to his calling, which is always one of the three
+afore-mentioned.
+
+The hunters are again subdivided into two sorts; for some of these only
+hunt wild bulls and cows, others only wild boars. The first of these are
+called bucaniers, and not long ago were about six hundred on this
+island, but now they are reckoned about three hundred. The cause has
+been the great decrease of wild cattle, which has been such, that, far
+from getting, they now are but poor in their trade. When the bucaniers
+go into the woods to hunt for wild bulls and cows, they commonly remain
+there a twelvemonth or two years, without returning home. After the hunt
+is over, and the spoil divided, they commonly sail to Tortuga, to
+provide themselves with guns, powder, and shot, and other necessaries
+for another expedition; the rest of their gains they spend prodigally,
+giving themselves to all manner of vices and debauchery, particularly to
+drunkenness, which they practise mostly with brandy: this they drink as
+liberally as the Spaniards do water. Sometimes they buy together a pipe
+of wine; this they stave at one end, and never cease drinking till it is
+out. Thus sottishly they live till they have no money left. The said
+bucaniers are very cruel and tyrannical to their servants, so that
+commonly they had rather be galley-slaves, or saw Brazil wood in the
+rasphouses of Holland, than serve such barbarous masters.
+
+The second sort hunt nothing but wild boars; the flesh of these they
+salt, and sell it so to the planters. These hunters have the same
+vicious customs, and are as much addicted to debauchery as the former;
+but their manner of hunting is different from that in Europe; for these
+bucaniers have certain places designed for hunting, where they live for
+three or four months, and sometimes a whole year. Such places are called
+deza boulan; and in these, with only the company of five or six friends,
+they continue all the said time in mutual friendship. The first
+bucaniers many times agree with planters to furnish them with meat all
+the year at a certain price: the payment hereof is often made with two
+or three hundredweight of tobacco in the leaf; but the planters
+commonly into the bargain furnish them with a servant, whom they send
+to help. To the servant they afford sufficient necessaries for the
+purpose, especially of powder and shot to hunt withal.
+
+The planters here have but very few slaves; for want of which,
+themselves and their servants are constrained to do all the drudgery.
+These servants commonly bind themselves to their masters for three
+years; but their masters, having no consciences, often traffic with
+their bodies, as with horses at a fair, selling them to other masters as
+they sell negroes. Yea, to advance this trade, some persons go purposely
+into France (and likewise to England, and other countries) to pick up
+young men or boys, whom they inveigle and transport; and having once got
+them into these islands, they work them like horses, the toil imposed on
+them being much harder than what they enjoin the negroes, their slaves;
+for these they endeavour to preserve, being their perpetual bondmen: but
+for their white servants, they care not whether they live or die, seeing
+they are to serve them no longer than three years. These miserable
+kidnapped people are frequently subject to a disease, which in these
+parts is called coma, being a total privation of their senses. This
+distemper is judged to proceed from their hard usage, and the change of
+their native climate; and there being often among these some of good
+quality, tender education, and soft constitutions, they are more easily
+seized with this disease, and others of those countries, than those of
+harder bodies, and laborious lives. Beside the hard usage in their diet,
+apparel, and rest, many times they beat them so cruelly, that they fall
+down dead under the hands of their cruel masters. This I have often seen
+with great grief. Of the many instances, I shall only give you the
+following history, it being remarkable in its circumstances.
+
+A certain planter of these countries exercised such cruelty towards one
+of his servants, as caused him to run away. Having absconded, for some
+days, in the woods, at last he was taken, and brought back to the wicked
+Pharaoh. No sooner had he got him, but he commanded him to be tied to a
+tree; here he gave him so many lashes on his naked back, as made his
+body run with an entire stream of blood; then, to make the smart of his
+wounds the greater, he anointed him with lemon-juice, mixed with salt
+and pepper. In this miserable posture he left him tied to the tree for
+twenty-four hours, which being past, he began his punishment again,
+lashing him, as before, so cruelly, that the miserable wretch gave up
+the ghost, with these dying words: "I beseech the Almighty God, creator
+of heaven and earth, that he permit the wicked spirit to make thee feel
+as many torments before thy death, as thou hast caused me to feel before
+mine." A strange thing, and worthy of astonishment and admiration!
+Scarce three or four days were past, after this horrible fact, when the
+Almighty Judge, who had heard the cries of the tormented wretch,
+suffered the evil one suddenly to possess this barbarous and inhuman
+homicide, so that those cruel hands which had punished to death his
+innocent servant, were the tormentors of his own body: for he beat
+himself and tore his flesh, after a miserable manner, till he lost the
+very shape of a man; not ceasing to howl and cry, without any rest by
+day or night. Thus he continued raving mad, till he died. Many other
+examples of this kind I could rehearse; but these not belonging to our
+present discourse, I omit them.
+
+The planters of the Caribbee islands are rather worse, and more cruel to
+their servants, than the former. In the isle of St. Christopher dwells
+one named Bettesa, well known to the Dutch merchants, who has killed
+above a hundred of his servants with blows and stripes. The English do
+the same with their servants; and the mildest cruelty they exercise
+towards them is, that when they have served six years of their time
+(they being bound among the English for seven) they use them so cruelly,
+as to force them to beg of their masters to sell them to others, though
+it be to begin another servitude of seven years, or at least three or
+four. And I have known many, who have thus served fifteen or twenty
+years, before they could obtain their freedom. Another law, very
+rigorous in that nation, is, if any man owes another above twenty-five
+shillings English, if he cannot pay it, he is liable to be sold for six
+or eight months. Not to trouble the reader any longer with relations of
+this kind, I shall now describe the famous actions and exploits of the
+greatest pirates of my time, during my residence in those parts: these I
+shall relate without the least passion or partiality, and assure my
+reader that I shall give him no stories upon trust, or hearsay, but only
+those enterprises to which I was myself an eye-witness.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+_Original of the most famous pirates of the coasts of America--Famous
+exploit of Pierre le Grand._
+
+
+I HAVE told you in the preceding chapters how I was compelled to
+adventure my life among the pirates of America; which sort of men I name
+so, because they are not authorized by any sovereign prince: for the
+kings of Spain having on several occasions sent their ambassadors to the
+kings of England and France, to complain of the molestations and
+troubles those pirates often caused on the coasts of America, even in
+the calm of peace; it hath always been answered, "that such men did not
+commit those acts of hostility and piracy as subjects to their
+majesties; and therefore his Catholic Majesty might proceed against them
+as he should think fit." The king of France added, "that he had no
+fortress nor castle upon Hispaniola, neither did he receive a farthing
+of tribute from thence." And the king of England adjoined, "that he had
+never given any commissions to those of Jamaica, to commit hostilities
+against the subjects of his Catholic Majesty." Nor did he only give this
+bare answer, but out of his royal desire to pleasure the court of Spain,
+recalled the governor of Jamaica, placing another in his room; all
+which could not prevent these pirates from acting as heretofore. But
+before I relate their bold actions, I shall say something of their rise
+and exercises; as also of the chiefest of them, and their manner of
+arming themselves before they put to sea.
+
+The first pirate that was known upon Tortuga was Pierre le Grand, or
+Peter the Great. He was born at Dieppe in Normandy. That action which
+rendered him famous was his taking the vice-admiral of the Spanish
+flota, near the Cape of Tiburon, on the west side of Hispaniola; this he
+performed with only one boat, and twenty-eight men. Now till that time
+the Spaniards had passed and repassed with all security, through the
+channel of Bahama; so that Pierre le Grand setting out to sea by the
+Caycos, he took this great ship with all the ease imaginable. The
+Spaniards they found aboard they set ashore, and sent the vessel to
+France. The manner how this undaunted spirit attempted and took this
+large ship I shall give you, out of the journal of the author, in his
+own words. "The boat," says he, "wherein Pierre le Grand was with his
+companions, had been at sea a long time without finding any prize worth
+his taking; and their provisions beginning to fail, they were in danger
+of starving. Being almost reduced to despair, they spied a great ship of
+the Spanish flota, separated from the rest; this vessel they resolved to
+take, or die in the attempt. Hereupon, they sailed towards her, to view
+her strength. And though they judged the vessel to be superior to
+theirs, yet their covetousness, and the extremity they were reduced to,
+made them venture. Being come so near that they could not possibly
+escape, they made an oath to their captain, Pierre le Grand, to stand by
+him to the last. 'Tis true, the pirates did believe they should find the
+ship unprovided to fight, and thereby the sooner master her. It was in
+the dusk of the evening they began to attack; but before they engaged,
+they ordered the surgeon of the boat to bore a hole in the sides of it,
+that their own vessel sinking under them, they might be compelled to
+attack more vigorously, and endeavour more hastily to board the ship.
+This was done accordingly, and without any other arms than a pistol in
+one hand and a sword in the other, they immediately climbed up the sides
+of the ship, and ran altogether into the great cabin, where they found
+the captain, with several of his companions, playing at cards. Here they
+set a pistol to his breast, commanding him to deliver up the ship. The
+Spaniards, surprised to see the pirates on board their ship, cried
+'Jesus bless us! are these devils, or what are they?' Meanwhile some of
+them took possession of the gun-room, and seized the arms, killing as
+many as made any opposition; whereupon the Spaniards presently
+surrendered. That very day the captain of the ship had been told by some
+of the seamen that the boat which was in view, cruising, was a boat of
+pirates; whom the captain slightly answered, 'What then, must I be
+afraid of such a pitiful thing as that is? No, though she were a ship
+as big and as strong as mine is.' As soon as Pierre le Grand had taken
+this rich prize, he detained in his service as many of the common seamen
+as he had need of, setting the rest ashore, and then set sail for
+France, where he continued, without ever returning to America again."
+
+[Illustration: "PIERRE LE GRAND COMMANDING THE SPANISH CAPTAIN TO
+SURRENDER THE SHIP"--_Page 36_]
+
+The planters and hunters of Tortuga had no sooner heard of the rich
+prize those pirates had taken, but they resolved to follow their
+example. Hereupon, many of them left their employments, and endeavoured
+to get some small boats, wherein to exercise piracy; but not being able
+to purchase, or build them at Tortuga, they resolved to set forth in
+their canoes, and seek them elsewhere. With these they cruised at first
+upon Cape de Alvarez, where the Spaniards used to trade from one city to
+another in small vessels, in which they carry hides, tobacco, and other
+commodities, to the Havannah, and to which the Spaniards from Europe do
+frequently resort.
+
+Here it was that those pirates at first took a great many boats laden
+with the aforesaid commodities; these they used to carry to Tortuga, and
+sell the whole purchase to the ships that waited for their return, or
+accidentally happened to be there. With the gains of these prizes they
+provided themselves with necessaries, wherewith to undertake other
+voyages, some of which were made to Campechy, and others toward New
+Spain; in both which the Spaniards then drove a great trade. Upon those
+coasts they found great numbers of trading vessels, and often ships of
+great burden. Two of the biggest of these vessels, and two great ships
+which the Spaniards had laden with plate in the port of Campechy, to go
+to the Caraccas, they took in less than a month's time, and carried to
+Tortuga; where the people of the whole island, encouraged by their
+success, especially seeing in two years the riches of the country so
+much increased, they augmented the number of pirates so fast, that in a
+little time there were, in that small island and port, above twenty
+ships of this sort of people. Hereupon the Spaniards, not able to bear
+their robberies any longer, equipped two large men-of-war, both for the
+defence of their own coasts, and to cruise upon the enemies.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+_How the pirates arm their vessels, and regulate their voyages._
+
+
+BEFORE the pirates go to sea, they give notice to all concerned, of the
+day on which they are to embark; obliging each man to bring so many
+pounds of powder and ball as they think necessary. Being all come
+aboard, they consider where to get provisions, especially flesh, seeing
+they scarce eat anything else; and of this the most common sort is pork;
+the next food is tortoises, which they salt a little: sometimes they rob
+such or such hog-yards, where the Spaniards often have a thousand head
+of swine together. They come to these places in the night, and having
+beset the keeper's lodge, they force him to rise, and give them as many
+heads as they desire, threatening to kill him if he refuses, or makes
+any noise; and these menaces are oftentimes executed on the miserable
+swine-keepers, or any other person that endeavours to hinder their
+robberies.
+
+Having got flesh sufficient for their voyage, they return to their ship:
+here they allow, twice a day, every one as much as he can eat, without
+weight or measure; nor does the steward of the vessel give any more
+flesh, or anything else, to the captain, than to the meanest mariner.
+The ship being well victualled, they deliberate whither they shall go to
+seek their desperate fortunes, and likewise agree upon certain articles,
+which are put in writing, which every one is bound to observe; and all
+of them, or the chiefest part, do set their hands to it. Here they set
+down distinctly what sums of money each particular person ought to have
+for that voyage, the fund of all the payments being what is gotten by
+the whole expedition; for otherwise it is the same law among these
+people as with other pirates. No prey, no pay. First, therefore, they
+mention how much the captain is to have for his ship; next, the salary
+of the carpenter, or shipwright, who careened, mended, and rigged the
+vessel: this commonly amounts to one hundred or one hundred and fifty
+pieces of eight, according to the agreement. Afterwards, for provisions
+and victualling, they draw out of the same common stock about two
+hundred pieces of eight; also a salary for the surgeon, and his chest of
+medicaments, which usually is rated at two hundred or two hundred and
+fifty pieces of eight. Lastly, they agree what rate each one ought to
+have that is either wounded or maimed in his body, suffering the loss of
+any limb; as, for the loss of a right arm, six hundred pieces of eight,
+or six slaves; for the left arm, five hundred pieces of eight, or five
+slaves; for a right leg, five hundred pieces of eight, or five slaves;
+for the left leg, four hundred pieces of eight, or four slaves; for an
+eye, one hundred pieces of eight, or one slave; for a finger, the same
+as for an eye. All which sums are taken out of the common stock of what
+is gotten by their piracy, and a very exact and equal dividend is made
+of the remainder. They have also regard to qualities and places: thus
+the captain, or chief, is allotted five or six portions, to what the
+ordinary seamen have: the master's mate only two, and other officers
+proportionately to their employ: after which, they draw equal parts from
+the highest to the lowest mariner, the boys not being omitted, who draw
+half a share; because when they take a better vessel than their own, it
+is in the boys' duty to fire their former vessel, and then retire to the
+prize.
+
+They observe among themselves very good orders; for in the prizes which
+they take, it is severely prohibited, to every one, to take anything to
+themselves: hence all they take is equally divided, as hath been said
+before: yea, they take a solemn oath to each other, not to conceal the
+least thing they find among the prizes; and if any one is found false to
+the said oath, he is immediately turned out of the society. They are
+very civil and charitable to each other; so that if any one wants what
+another has, with great willingness they give it one to another. As soon
+as these pirates have taken a prize, they immediately set ashore the
+prisoners, detaining only some few, for their own help and service:
+whom, also, they release, after two or three years. They refresh
+themselves at one island or another, but especially at those on the
+south of Cuba; here they careen their vessels, while some hunt, and
+others cruise in canoes for prizes.
+
+The inhabitants of New Spain and Campechy lade their best merchandize in
+ships of great bulk: the vessels from Campechy sail in the winter to
+Caraccas, Trinity isles, and that of Margarita, and return back again in
+the summer. The pirates knowing these seasons (being very diligent in
+their inquiries) always cruise between the places above-mentioned; but
+in case they light on no considerable booty, they commonly undertake
+some more hazardous enterprises: one remarkable instance of which I
+shall here give you.
+
+A certain pirate called Pierre François, or Peter Francis, waiting a
+long time at sea with his boat and twenty-six men, for the ships that
+were to return from Maracaibo to Campechy, and not being able to find
+any prey, at last he resolved to direct his course to Rancheiras, near
+the River de la Plata, in 12 deg. and a half north latitude. Here lies a
+rich bank of pearl, to the fishery whereof they yearly sent from
+Carthagena twelve vessels with a man-of-war for their defence. Every
+vessel has at least two negroes in it, who are very dextrous in diving
+to the depth of six fathoms, where they find good store of pearls. On
+this fleet, called the pearl-fleet, Pierre François resolved to venture,
+rather than go home empty; they then rid at anchor at the mouth of the
+River de la Hacha, the man-of-war scarce half a league distant from the
+small ships, and the wind very calm. Having spied them in this posture,
+he presently pulled down his sails, and rowed along the coast feigning
+to be a Spanish vessel coming from Maracaibo; but no sooner was he come
+to the pearl-bank, when suddenly he assaulted the vice-admiral of eight
+guns and sixty men, commanding them to surrender. The Spaniards made a
+good defence for some time, but at last were forced to submit.
+
+Having thus taken the vice-admiral, he resolved to attempt the
+man-of-war, with which addition he hoped to master the rest of the
+fleet: to this end he presently sunk his own boat, putting forth the
+Spanish colours, and weighed anchor with a little wind which then began
+to stir, having with threats and promises compelled most of the
+Spaniards to assist him: but so soon as the man-of-war perceived one of
+his fleet to sail, he did so too, fearing lest the mariners designed to
+run away with the riches they had on board. The pirate on this
+immediately gave over the enterprise, thinking themselves unable to
+encounter force to force: hereupon they endeavoured to get out of the
+river and gain the open seas, by making as much sail as they could;
+which the man-of-war perceiving, he presently gave them chase, but the
+pirates having laid on too much sail, and a gust of wind suddenly
+rising, their main-mast was brought by the board, which disabled them
+from escaping.
+
+This unhappy event much encouraged those in the man-of-war, they gaining
+upon the pirates every moment, and at last overtook them; but finding
+they had twenty-two sound men, the rest being either killed or wounded,
+resolved to defend themselves as long as possible; this they performed
+very courageously for some time, till they were forced by the
+man-of-war, on condition that they should not be used as slaves to carry
+stones, or be employed in other labours for three or four years, as they
+served their negroes, but that they should be set safe ashore on free
+land. On these articles they yielded with all they had taken, which was
+worth, in pearls alone, above 100,000 pieces of eight, besides the
+vessel, provisions, goods, &c. All of which would have made this a
+greater prize than he could desire, which he had certainly carried off,
+if his main-mast had not been lost, as we said before.
+
+Another bold attempt like this, no less remarkable, I shall also give
+you. A certain pirate of Portugal, thence called Bartholomew Portugues,
+was cruising in a boat of thirty men and four small guns from Jamaica,
+upon the Cape de Corriente in Cuba, where he met a great ship from
+Maracaibo and Carthagena, bound for the Havannah, well provided with
+twenty great guns and seventy men, passengers and mariners; this ship he
+presently assaulted, which they on board as resolutely defended. The
+pirate escaping the first encounter, resolved to attack her more
+vigorously than before, seeing he had yet suffered no great damage: this
+he performed with so much resolution, that at last, after a long and
+dangerous fight, he became master of it. The Portuguese lost only ten
+men, and had four wounded; so that he had still remaining twenty
+fighting men, whereas the Spaniards had double the number. Having
+possessed themselves of the ship, the wind being contrary to return to
+Jamaica, they resolved to steer to Cape St. Anthony (which lies west of
+Cuba), there to repair and take in fresh water, of which they were then
+in great want.
+
+Being very near the cape abovesaid, they unexpectedly met with three
+great ships coming from New Spain, and bound for the Havannah; by these
+not being able to escape, they were easily retaken, both ship and
+pirates, and all made prisoners, and stripped of all the riches they had
+taken but just before. The cargo consisted in 120,000 weight of
+cocoa-nuts, the chief ingredient of chocolate, and 70,000 pieces of
+eight. Two days after this misfortune, there arose a great storm, which
+separated the ships from one another. The great vessel, where the
+pirates were, arrived at Campechy, where many considerable merchants
+came and saluted the captain; these presently knew the Portuguese
+pirate, being infamous for the many insolencies, robberies and murders
+he had committed on their coasts, which they kept fresh in their memory.
+
+The next day after their arrival, the magistrates of the city sent to
+demand the prisoners from on board the ship, in order to punish them
+according to their deserts; but fearing the captain of the pirates
+should make his escape (as he had formerly done, being their prisoner
+once before) they judged it safer to leave him guarded on ship-board for
+the present, while they erected a gibbet to hang him on the next day,
+without any other process than to lead him from the ship to his
+punishment; the rumour of which was presently brought to Bartholomew
+Portugues, whereby he sought all possible means to escape that night:
+with this design he took two earthen jars, wherein the Spaniards carry
+wine from Spain to the West Indies, and stopped them very well,
+intending to use them for swimming, as those unskilled in that art do
+corks or empty bladders; having made this necessary preparation, he
+waited when all should be asleep; but not being able to escape his
+sentinel's vigilance, he stabbed him with a knife he had secretly
+purchased, and then threw himself into the sea with the earthen jars
+before-mentioned, by the help of which, though he never learned to swim,
+he reached the shore, and immediately took to the woods, where he hid
+himself for three days, not daring to appear, eating no other food than
+wild herbs.
+
+[Illustration: "'PORTUGUES MADE THE BEST OF HIS WAY TO DEL GOLPHO
+TRISTE'"--_Page 46_]
+
+Those of the city next day made diligent search for him in the woods,
+where they concluded him to be. This strict inquiry Portugues saw from
+the hollow of a tree, wherein he lay hid; and upon their return he made
+the best of his way to del Golpho Triste, forty leagues from Campechy,
+where he arrived within a fortnight after his escape: during which
+time, as also afterwards, he endured extreme hunger and thirst, having
+no other provision with him than a small calabaca with a little water:
+besides the fears of falling again into the hands of the Spaniards. He
+eat nothing but a few shell-fish, which he found among the rocks near
+the seashore; and being obliged to pass some rivers, not knowing well
+how to swim, he found at last an old board which the waves had driven
+ashore, wherein were a few great nails; these he took, and with no small
+labour whetted on a stone, till he had made them like knives, though not
+so well; with these, and nothing else, he cut down some branches of
+trees, which with twigs and osiers he joined together, and made as well
+as he could a boat to waft him over the rivers: thus arriving at the
+Cape of Golpho Triste, as was said, he found a vessel of pirates,
+comrades of his own, lately come from Jamaica.
+
+To these he related all his adversities and misfortunes, and withal
+desired they would fit him with a boat and twenty men, with which
+company alone he promised to return to Campechy, and assault the ship
+that was in the river, by which he had been taken fourteen days before.
+They presently granted his request, and equipped him a boat accordingly.
+With this small company he set out to execute his design, which he
+bravely performed eight days after he left Golpho Triste; for being
+arrived at Campechy, with an undaunted courage, and without any noise,
+he assaulted the said ship: those on board thought it was a boat from
+land that came to bring contraband goods, and so were in no posture of
+defence; which opportunity the pirates laying hold of, assaulted them so
+resolutely, that in a little time they compelled the Spaniards to
+surrender.
+
+Being masters of the ship, they immediately weighed anchor and set sail
+from the port, lest they should be pursued by other vessels. This they
+did with the utmost joy, seeing themselves possessors of so brave a
+ship; especially Portugues, who by a second turn of fortune was become
+rich and powerful again, who was so lately in that same vessel a
+prisoner, condemned to be hanged. With this purchase he designed greater
+things, which he might have done, since there remained in the vessel so
+great a quantity of rich merchandise, though the plate had been sent to
+the city: but while he was making his voyage to Jamaica, near the isle
+of Pinos, on the south of Cuba, a terrible storm arose, which drove
+against the Jardines rocks, where she was lost; but Portugues, with his
+companions, escaped in a canoe, in which he arrived at Jamaica, where it
+was not long ere he went on new adventures, but was never fortunate
+after.
+
+Nor less considerable are the actions of another pirate who now lives at
+Jamaica, who on several occasions has performed very surprising things.
+He was born at Groninghen in the United Provinces. His own name not
+being known, his companions gave him that of Roche Brasiliano, by reason
+of his long residence in Brasil: hence he was forced to fly, when the
+Portuguese retook those countries from the Dutch, several nations then
+inhabiting at Brasil (as English, French, Dutch, and others), being
+constrained to seek new fortunes.
+
+This person fled to Jamaica, where, being at a stand how to get his
+living, he entered himself into the society of pirates, where he served
+as a private mariner for some time, and behaved himself so well, that he
+was beloved and respected by all. One day some of the mariners
+quarrelled with their captain to that degree, that they left the boat.
+Brasiliano following them, was chosen their leader, who having fitted
+out a small vessel, they made him captain.
+
+Within a few days after, he took a great ship coming from New Spain,
+which had a great quantity of plate on board, and carried it to Jamaica.
+This action got him a great reputation at home; and though in his
+private affairs he governed himself very well, he would oftentimes
+appear brutish and foolish when in drink, running up and down the
+streets, beating and wounding those he met, no person daring to make any
+resistance.
+
+To the Spaniards he was always very barbarous and cruel, out of an
+inveterate hatred against that nation. Of these he commanded several to
+be roasted alive on wooden spits, for not showing him hog-yards where he
+might steal swine. After many of these cruelties, as he was cruising on
+the coasts of Campechy, a dismal tempest surprised him so violently,
+that his ship was wrecked upon the coasts, the mariners only escaping
+with their muskets and some few bullets and powder, which were the only
+things they could save. The ship was lost between Campechy and the
+Golpho Triste: here they got ashore in a canoe, and, marching along the
+coast with all the speed they could, they directed their course towards
+Golpho Triste, the common refuge of the pirates. Being upon his journey,
+and all very hungry and thirsty, as is usual in desert places, they were
+pursued by a troop of an hundred Spaniards. Brasiliano, perceiving their
+imminent danger, encouraged his companions, telling them they were
+better soldiers, and ought rather to die under their arms fighting, as
+it became men of courage, than surrender to the Spaniards, who would
+take away their lives with the utmost torments. The pirates were but
+thirty; yet, seeing their brave commander oppose the enemy with such
+courage, resolved to do the like: hereupon they faced the troop of
+Spaniards, and discharged their muskets on them so dextrously, that they
+killed one horseman almost with every shot. The fight continued for an
+hour, till at last the Spaniards were put to flight. They stripped the
+dead, and took from them what was most for their use; such as were also
+not quite dead they dispatched with the ends of their muskets.
+
+Having vanquished the enemy, they mounted on horses they found in the
+field, and continued their journey; Brasiliano having lost but two of
+his companions in this bloody fight, and had two wounded. Prosecuting
+their way, before they came to the port they spied a boat at anchor from
+Campechy, well manned, protecting a few canoes that were lading wood:
+hereupon they sent six of their men to watch them, who next morning, by
+a wile, possessed themselves of the canoes. Having given notice to their
+companions, they boarded them, and also took the little man-of-war,
+their convoy. Being thus masters of this fleet, they wanted only
+provisions, of which they found little aboard those vessels: but this
+defect was supplied by the horses, which they killed, and salted with
+salt, which by good fortune the wood-cutters had brought with them, with
+which they supported themselves till they could get better.
+
+They took also another ship going from New Spain to Maracaibo, laden
+with divers sorts of merchandise and pieces of eight, designed to buy
+cocoa-nuts for their lading home: all these they carried to Jamaica,
+where they safely arrived, and, according to custom, wasted all in a few
+days in taverns, giving themselves to all manner of debauchery. Such of
+these pirates will spend two or three thousand pieces of eight in a
+night, not leaving themselves a good shirt to wear in the morning. My
+own master would buy sometimes a pipe of wine, and, placing it in the
+street, would force those that passed by to drink with him, threatening
+also to pistol them if they would not. He would do the like with barrels
+of beer or ale; and very often he would throw these liquors about the
+streets, and wet peoples' clothes without regarding whether he spoiled
+their apparel.
+
+Among themselves these pirates are very liberal: if any one has lost
+all, which often happens in their manner of life, they freely give him
+of what they have. In taverns and alehouses they have great credit; but
+at Jamaica they ought not to run very deep in debt, seeing the
+inhabitants there easily sell one another for debt. This happened to my
+patron, to be sold for a debt of a tavern wherein he had spent the
+greatest part of his money. This man had, within three months before,
+three thousand pieces of eight in ready cash, all which he wasted in
+that little time, and became as poor as I have told you.
+
+But to return Brasiliano, after having spent all, was forced to go to
+sea again to seek his fortune. He set forth towards the coast of
+Campechy, his common rendezvous: fifteen days after his arrival, he put
+himself into a canoe to espy the port of that city, and see if he could
+rob any Spanish vessel; but his fortune was so bad, that both he and all
+his men were taken and carried before the governor, who immediately cast
+them into a dungeon, intending to hang them every one; and doubtless he
+had done so, but for a stratagem of Brasiliano, which saved their lives.
+He wrote a letter to the governor, in the names of other pirates that
+were abroad at sea, telling them he should have a care how he used those
+persons he had in custody; for if he hurt them in the least, they swore
+they would never give quarter to any Spaniard that should fall into
+their hands.
+
+These pirates having been often at Campechy, and other places of the
+West Indies in the Spanish dominions, the governor feared what mischief
+their companions abroad might do, if he should punish them. Hereupon he
+released them, exacting only an oath on them that they would leave their
+exercise of piracy for ever; and withal he sent them as common mariners,
+in the galleons, to Spain. They got in this voyage, all together, five
+hundred pieces of eight; so that they tarried not long there after their
+arrival. Providing themselves with necessaries, they returned to
+Jamaica, from whence they set forth again to sea, committing greater
+robberies and cruelties than before; but especially abusing the poor
+Spaniards, who fell into their hands, with all sorts of cruelty.
+
+The Spaniards, finding they could gain nothing on these people, nor
+diminish their number, daily resolved to lessen the number of their
+trading ships. But neither was this of any service; for the pirates,
+finding few ships at sea, began to gather into companies, and to land on
+their dominions, ruining cities, towns, and villages; pillaging,
+burning, and carrying away as much as they could.
+
+The first pirate who began these invasions by land was Lewis Scot, who
+sacked the city of Campechy, which he almost ruined, robbing and
+destroying all he could; and after he had put it to an excessive
+ransom, he left it. After Scot came another named Mansvelt, who invaded
+Granada, and penetrated even to the South Sea; till at last, for want of
+provision, he was forced to go back. He assaulted the isle of St.
+Catherine, which he took, with a few prisoners. These directed him to
+Carthagena, a principal city in Neuva Granada. But the bold attempts and
+actions of John Davis, born at Jamaica, ought not to be forgotten, being
+some of the most remarkable; especially his rare prudence and valour
+showed in the fore-mentioned kingdom of Granada. This pirate, having
+long cruised in the Gulf of Pocatauro, on the ships expected to
+Carthagena, bound for Nicaragua, and not meeting any of them, resolved
+at last to land in Nicaragua, leaving his ship hid on the coast.
+
+This design he soon executed; for taking eighty men out of ninety, which
+he had in all--and the rest he left to keep the ship--he divided them
+equally into three canoes. His intent was to rob the churches, and rifle
+the houses of the chief citizens of Nicaragua. Thus in the dark night
+they entered the river leading to that city, rowing in their canoes; by
+day they hid themselves and boats under the branches of trees, on the
+banks, which grow very thick along the river-sides in those countries,
+and along the sea-coast. Being arrived at the city the third night, the
+sentinel, who kept the post of the river, thought them to be fishermen
+that had been fishing in the lake: and most of the pirates
+understanding Spanish, he doubted not, as soon as he heard them speak.
+They had in their company an Indian who had run away from his master,
+who would have enslaved him unjustly. He went first ashore, and
+instantly killed the sentinel: this done, they entered the city, and
+went directly to three or four houses of the chief citizens, where they
+knocked softly. These, believing them to be friends, opened the doors;
+and the pirates, suddenly possessing themselves of the houses, stole all
+the money and plate they could find. Nor did they spare the churches and
+most sacred things; all of which were pillaged and profaned, without any
+respect or veneration.
+
+Meanwhile, great cries and lamentations were heard of some who had
+escaped them; so that the whole city was in an uproar, and all the
+citizens rallied in order, to a defence; which the pirates perceiving,
+they instantly fled, carrying away their booty, and some prisoners:
+these they led away, that if any of them should be taken by the
+Spaniards, they might use them for ransom. Thus they got to their ship,
+and with all speed put to sea, forcing the prisoners, before they let
+them go, to procure them as much flesh as was necessary for their voyage
+to Jamaica. But no sooner had they weighed anchor, when they saw a troop
+of about five hundred Spaniards, all well armed, at the sea-side:
+against these they let fly several guns, wherewith they forced them to
+quit the sands, and retire, with no small regret to see these pirates
+carry away so much plate of their churches and houses, though distant at
+least forty leagues from the sea.
+
+These pirates got, on this occasion, above four thousand pieces of eight
+in money, besides much plate, and many jewels; in all, to the value of
+fifty thousand pieces of eight, or more: with all this they arrived at
+Jamaica soon after. But this sort of people being never long masters of
+their money, they were soon constrained to seek more by the same means;
+and Captain John Davis, presently after his return, was chosen admiral
+of seven or eight vessels, he being now esteemed an able conductor for
+such enterprises. He began his new command by directing his fleet to the
+north of Cuba, there to wait for the fleet from New Spain; but missing
+his design, they determined for Florida. Being arrived there, they
+landed their men, and sacked a small city named St. Augustine of
+Florida. The castle had a garrison of two hundred men, but could not
+prevent the pillage of the city, they effecting it without the least
+damage from the soldiers or townsmen.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+_Of the origin of Francis Lolonois, and the beginning of his robberies._
+
+
+FRANCIS LOLONOIS was a native of that territory in France which is
+called Les Sables d'Olone, or The Sands of Olone. In his youth he was
+transported to the Caribbee islands, in quality of servant, or slave,
+according to custom; of which we have already spoken. Being out of his
+time, he came to Hispaniola; here he joined for some time with the
+hunters, before he began his robberies upon the Spaniards, which I shall
+now relate, till his unfortunate death.
+
+At first he made two or three voyages as a common mariner, wherein he
+behaved himself so courageously as to gain the favour of the governor of
+Tortuga, Monsieur de la Place; insomuch that he gave him a ship, in
+which he might seek his fortune, which was very favourable to him at
+first; for in a short time he got great riches. But his cruelties
+against the Spaniards were such, that the fame of them made him so well
+known through the Indies, that the Spaniards, in his time, would choose
+rather to die, or sink fighting, than surrender, knowing they should
+have no mercy at his hands. But Fortune, being seldom constant, after
+some time turned her back; for in a huge storm he lost his ship on the
+coast of Campechy. The men were all saved, but coming upon dry land, the
+Spaniards pursued them, and killed the greatest part, wounding also
+Lolonois. Not knowing how to escape, he saved his life by a stratagem;
+mingling sand with the blood of his wounds, with which besmearing his
+face, and other parts of his body, and hiding himself dextrously among
+the dead, he continued there till the Spaniards quitted the field.
+
+They being gone, he retired to the woods, and bound up his wounds as
+well as he could. These being pretty well healed, he took his way to
+Campechy, having disguised himself in a Spanish habit; here he enticed
+certain slaves, to whom he promised liberty if they would obey him and
+trust to his conduct. They accepted his promises, and stealing a canoe,
+they went to sea with him. Now the Spaniards, having made several of his
+companions prisoners, kept them close in a dungeon, while Lolonois went
+about the town and saw what passed. These were often asked, "What is
+become of your captain?" To whom they constantly answered, "He is dead:"
+which rejoiced the Spaniards, who made bonfires, and, knowing nothing to
+the contrary, gave thanks to God for their deliverance from such a cruel
+pirate. Lolonois, having seen these rejoicings for his death, made haste
+to escape, with the slaves above-mentioned, and came safe to Tortuga,
+the common refuge of all sorts of wickedness, and the seminary, as it
+were, of pirates and thieves. Though now his fortune was low, yet he got
+another ship with craft and subtlety, and in it twenty-one men. Being
+well provided with arms and necessaries, he set forth for Cuba, on the
+south whereof is a small village, called De los Cayos. The inhabitants
+drive a great trade in tobacco, sugar, and hides, and all in boats, not
+being able to use ships, by reason of the little depth of that sea.
+
+Lolonois was persuaded he should get here some considerable prey; but by
+the good fortune of some fishermen who saw him, and the mercy of God,
+they escaped him: for the inhabitants of the town dispatched immediately
+a vessel overland to the Havannah, complaining that Lolonois was come to
+destroy them with two canoes. The governor could very hardly believe
+this, having received letters from Campechy that he was dead: but, at
+their importunity, he sent a ship to their relief, with ten guns, and
+ninety men, well armed; giving them this express command, "that they
+should not return into his presence without having totally destroyed
+those pirates." To this effect he gave them a negro to serve for a
+hangman, and orders, "that they should immediately hang every one of the
+pirates, excepting Lolonois, their captain, whom they should bring alive
+to the Havannah." This ship arrived at Cayos, of whose coming the
+pirates were advertised beforehand, and instead of flying, went to seek
+it in the river Estera, where she rode at anchor. The pirates seized
+some fishermen, and forced them by night to show them the entry of the
+port, hoping soon to obtain a greater vessel than their two canoes, and
+thereby to mend their fortune. They arrived, after two in the morning,
+very nigh the ship; and the watch on board the ship asking them, whence
+they came, and if they had seen any pirates abroad? They caused one of
+the prisoners to answer, they had seen no pirates, nor anything else.
+Which answer made them believe that they were fled upon hearing of their
+coming.
+
+But they soon found the contrary, for about break of day the pirates
+assaulted the vessel on both sides, with their two canoes, with such
+vigour, that though the Spaniards behaved themselves as they ought, and
+made as good defence as they could, making some use of their great guns,
+yet they were forced to surrender, being beaten by the pirates, with
+sword in hand, down under the hatches. From hence Lolonois commanded
+them to be brought up, one by one, and in this order caused their heads
+to be struck off: among the rest came up the negro, designed to be the
+pirates' executioner; this fellow implored mercy at his hands very
+dolefully, telling Lolonois he was constituted hangman of that ship, and
+if he would spare him, he would tell him faithfully all that he should
+desire. Lolonois, making him confess what he thought fit, commanded him
+to be murdered with the rest. Thus he cruelly and barbarously put them
+all to death, reserving only one alive, whom he sent back to the
+governor of the Havannah, with this message in writing: "I shall never
+henceforward give quarter to any Spaniard whatsoever; and I have great
+hopes I shall execute on your own person the very same punishment I have
+done upon them you sent against me. Thus I have retaliated the kindness
+you designed to me and my companions." The governor, much troubled at
+this sad news, swore, in the presence of many, that he would never grant
+quarter to any pirate that should fall into his hands. But the citizens
+of the Havannah desired him not to persist in the execution of that rash
+and rigorous oath, seeing the pirates would certainly take occasion from
+thence to do the same, and they had an hundred times more opportunity of
+revenge than he; that being necessitated to get their livelihood by
+fishery, they should hereafter always be in danger of their lives. By
+these reasons he was persuaded to bridle his anger, and remit the
+severity of his oath.
+
+Now Lolonois had got a good ship, but very few provisions and people in
+it; to purchase both which, he resolved to cruise from one port to
+another. Doing thus, for some time, without success, he determined to go
+to the port of Maracaibo. Here he surprised a ship laden with plate, and
+other merchandises, outward bound, to buy cocoa-nuts. With this prize he
+returned to Tortuga, where he was received with joy by the inhabitants;
+they congratulating his happy success, and their own private interest.
+He stayed not long there, but designed to equip a fleet sufficient to
+transport five hundred men, and necessaries. Thus provided, he resolved
+to pillage both cities, towns, and villages, and finally, to take
+Maracaibo itself. For this purpose he knew the island of Tortuga would
+afford him many resolute and courageous men, fit for such enterprises:
+besides, he had in his service several prisoners well acquainted with
+the ways and places designed upon.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+_Lolonois equips a fleet to land upon the Spanish islands of America,
+with intent to rob, sack and burn whatsoever he met with._
+
+
+OF this design Lolonois giving notice to all the pirates, whether at
+home or abroad, he got together, in a little while, above four hundred
+men; beside which, there was then in Tortuga another pirate, named
+Michael de Basco, who, by his piracy, had got riches sufficient to live
+at ease, and go no more abroad; having, withal, the office of major of
+the island. But seeing the great preparations that Lolonois made for
+this expedition, he joined him, and offered him, that if he would make
+him his chief captain by land (seeing he knew the country very well, and
+all its avenues) he would share in his fortunes, and go with him. They
+agreed upon articles to the great joy of Lolonois, knowing that Basco
+had done great actions in Europe, and had the repute of a good soldier.
+Thus they all embarked in eight vessels, that of Lolonois being the
+greatest, having ten guns of indifferent carriage.
+
+All things being ready, and the whole company on board, they set sail
+together about the end of April, being, in all, six hundred and sixty
+persons. They steered for that part called Bayala, north of Hispaniola:
+here they took into their company some French hunters, who voluntarily
+offered themselves, and here they provided themselves with victuals and
+necessaries for their voyage.
+
+From hence they sailed again the last of July, and steered directly to
+the eastern cape of the isle called Punta d'Espada. Hereabouts espying a
+ship from Puerto Rico, bound for New Spain, laden with cocoa-nuts,
+Lolonois commanded the rest of the fleet to wait for him near Savona, on
+the east of Cape Punta d'Espada, he alone intending to take the said
+vessel. The Spaniards, though they had been in sight full two hours, and
+knew them to be pirates, yet would not flee, but prepared to fight,
+being well armed, and provided. The combat lasted three hours, and then
+they surrendered. This ship had sixteen guns, and fifty fighting men
+aboard: they found in her 120,000 weight of cocoa, 40,000 pieces of
+eight, and the value of 10,000 more in jewels. Lolonois sent the vessel
+presently to Tortuga to be unladed, with orders to return as soon as
+possible to Savona, where he would wait for them: meanwhile, the rest of
+the fleet being arrived at Savona, met another Spanish vessel coming
+from Coman, with military provisions to Hispaniola, and money to pay the
+garrisons there. This vessel they also took, without any resistance,
+though mounted with eight guns. In it were 7,000 weight of powder, a
+great number of muskets, and like things, with 12,000 pieces of eight.
+
+These successes encouraged the pirates, they seeming very lucky
+beginnings, especially finding their fleet pretty well recruited in a
+little time: for the first ship arriving at Tortuga, the governor
+ordered it to be instantly unladen, and soon after sent back, with fresh
+provisions, and other necessaries, to Lolonois. This ship he chose for
+himself, and gave that which he commanded to his comrade, Anthony du
+Puis. Being thus recruited with men in lieu of them he had lost in
+taking the prizes, and by sickness, he found himself in a good condition
+to set sail for Maracaibo, in the province of Neuva Venezuela, in the
+latitude of 12 deg. 10 min. north. This island is twenty leagues long,
+and twelve broad. To this port also belong the islands of Onega and
+Monges. The east side thereof is called Cape St. Roman, and the western
+side Cape of Caquibacoa: the gulf is called, by some, the Gulf of
+Venezuela, but the pirates usually call it the Bay of Maracaibo.
+
+At the entrance of this gulf are two islands extending from east to
+west; that towards the east is called Isla de las Vigilias, or the Watch
+Isle; because in the middle is a high hill, on which stands a
+watch-house. The other is called Isla de la Palomas, or the Isle of
+Pigeons. Between these two islands runs a little sea, or rather lake of
+fresh water, sixty leagues long, and thirty broad; which disgorging
+itself into the ocean, dilates itself about the said two islands.
+Between them is the best passage for ships, the channel being no broader
+than the flight of a great gun, of about eight pounds. On the Isle of
+Pigeons standeth a castle, to impede the entry of vessels, all being
+necessitated to come very nigh the castle, by reason of two banks of
+sand on the other side, with only fourteen feet water. Many other banks
+of sand there are in this lake; as that called El Tablazo, or the Great
+Table, no deeper than ten feet, forty leagues within the lake; others
+there are, that have no more than six, seven, or eight feet in depth:
+all are very dangerous, especially to mariners unacquainted with them.
+West hereof is the city of Maracaibo, very pleasant to the view, its
+houses being built along the shore, having delightful prospects all
+round: the city may contain three or four thousand persons, slaves
+included, all which make a town of reasonable bigness. There are judged
+to be about eight hundred persons able to bear arms, all Spaniards. Here
+are one parish church, well built and adorned, four monasteries, and one
+hospital. The city is governed by a deputy governor, substituted by the
+governor of the Caraccas. The trade here exercised is mostly in hides
+and tobacco. The inhabitants possess great numbers of cattle, and many
+plantations, which extend thirty leagues in the country, especially
+towards the great town of Gibraltar, where are gathered great quantities
+of cocoa-nuts, and all other garden fruits, which serve for the regale
+and sustenance of the inhabitants of Maracaibo, whose territories are
+much drier than those of Gibraltar. Hither those of Maracaibo send great
+quantities of flesh, they making returns in oranges, lemons, and other
+fruits; for the inhabitants of Gibraltar want flesh, their fields not
+being capable of feeding cows or sheep.
+
+Before Maracaibo is a very spacious and secure port, wherein may be
+built all sorts of vessels, having great convenience of timber, which
+may be transported thither at little charge. Nigh the town lies also a
+small island called Borrica, where they feed great numbers of goats,
+which cattle the inhabitants use more for their skins than their flesh
+or milk; they slighting these two, unless while they are tender and
+young kids. In the fields are fed some sheep, but of a very small size.
+In some islands of the lake, and in other places hereabouts, are many
+savage Indians, called by the Spaniards bravoes, or wild: these could
+never be reduced by the Spaniards, being brutish, and untameable. They
+dwell mostly towards the west side of the lake, in little huts built on
+trees growing in the water; so to keep themselves from innumerable
+mosquitoes, or gnats, which infest and torment them night and day. To
+the east of the said lake are whole towns of fishermen, who likewise
+live in huts built on trees, as the former. Another reason of this
+dwelling, is the frequent inundations; for after great rains, the land
+is often overflown for two or three leagues, there being no less than
+twenty-five great rivers that feed this lake. The town of Gibraltar is
+also frequently drowned by these, so that the inhabitants are
+constrained to retire to their plantations.
+
+Gibraltar, situate at the side of the lake about forty leagues within
+it, receives its provisions of flesh, as has been said, from Maracaibo.
+The town is inhabited by about 1,500 persons, whereof four hundred may
+bear arms; the greatest part of them keep shops, wherein they exercise
+one trade or another. In the adjacent fields are numerous plantations of
+sugar and cocoa, in which are many tall and beautiful trees, of whose
+timber houses may be built, and ships. Among these are many handsome and
+proportionable cedars, seven or eight feet about, of which they can
+build boats and ships, so as to bear only one great sail; such vessels
+being called piraguas. The whole country is well furnished with rivers
+and brooks, very useful in droughts, being then cut into many little
+channels to water their fields and plantations. They plant also much
+tobacco, well esteemed in Europe, and for its goodness is called there
+tobacco de sacerdotes, or priest's tobacco. They enjoy nigh twenty
+leagues of jurisdiction, which is bounded by very high mountains
+perpetually covered with snow. On the other side of these mountains is
+situate a great city called Merida, to which the town of Gibraltar is
+subject. All merchandise is carried hence to the aforesaid city on
+mules, and that but at one season of the year, by reason of the
+excessive cold in those high mountains. On the said mules returns are
+made in flour of meal, which comes from towards Peru, by the way of
+Estaffe.
+
+Thus far I thought good to make a short description of the lake of
+Maracaibo, that my reader might the better comprehend what I shall say
+concerning the actions of pirates in this place, as follows.
+
+Lolonois arriving at the gulf of Venezuela, cast anchor with his whole
+fleet out of sight of the Vigilia or Watch Isle; next day very early he
+set sail thence with all his ships for the lake of Maracaibo, where they
+cast anchor again; then they landed their men, with design to attack
+first the fortress that commanded the bar, therefore called de la barra.
+This fort consists only of several great baskets of earth placed on a
+rising ground, planted with sixteen great guns, with several other heaps
+of earth round about for covering their men: the pirates having landed a
+league off this fort, advanced by degrees towards it; but the governor
+having espied their landing, had placed an ambuscade to cut them off
+behind, while he should attack them in front. This the pirates
+discovered, and getting before, they defeated it so entirely, that not a
+man could retreat to the castle: this done, Lolonois, with his
+companions, advanced immediately to the fort, and after a fight of
+almost three hours, with the usual desperation of this sort of people,
+they became masters thereof, without any other arms than swords and
+pistols: while they were fighting, those who were the routed ambuscade,
+not being able to get into the castle, retired into Maracaibo in great
+confusion and disorder, crying "The pirates will presently be here with
+two thousand men and more." The city having formerly been taken by this
+kind of people, and sacked to the uttermost, had still an idea of that
+misery; so that upon these dismal news they endeavoured to escape
+towards Gibraltar in their boats and canoes, carrying with them all the
+goods and money they could. Being come to Gibraltar, they told how the
+fortress was taken, and nothing had been saved, nor any persons escaped.
+
+The castle thus taken by the pirates, they presently signified to the
+ships their victory, that they should come farther in without fear of
+danger: the rest of that day was spent in ruining and demolishing the
+said castle. They nailed the guns, and burnt as much as they could not
+carry away, burying the dead, and sending on board the fleet the
+wounded. Next day, very early, they weighed anchor, and steered
+altogether towards Maracaibo, about six leagues distant from the fort;
+but the wind failing that day, they could advance little, being forced
+to expect the tide. Next morning they came in sight of the town, and
+prepared for landing under the protection of their own guns, fearing the
+Spaniards might have laid an ambuscade in the woods: they put their men
+into canoes, brought for that purpose, and landed where they thought
+most convenient, shooting still furiously with their great guns: of
+those in the canoes, half only went ashore, the other half remained
+aboard; they fired from the ships as fast as possible, towards the woody
+part of the shore, but could discover nobody; then they entered the
+town, whose inhabitants, as I told you, were retired to the woods, and
+Gibraltar, with their wives, children, and families. Their houses they
+left well provided with victuals, as flour, bread, pork, brandy, wines,
+and poultry, with these the pirates fell to making good cheer, for in
+four weeks before they had no opportunity of filling their stomachs with
+such plenty.
+
+They instantly possessed themselves of the best houses in the town, and
+placed sentinels wherever they thought convenient; the great church
+served them for their main guard. Next day they sent out an hundred and
+sixty men to find out some of the inhabitants in the woods thereabouts;
+these returned the same night, bringing with them 20,000 pieces of
+eight, several mules laden with household goods and merchandise, and
+twenty prisoners, men, women, and children. Some of these were put to
+the rack, to make them confess where they had hid the rest of the goods;
+but they could extort very little from them. Lolonois, who valued not
+murdering, though in cold blood, ten or twelve Spaniards, drew his
+cutlass, and hacked one to pieces before the rest, saying, "If you do
+not confess and declare where you have hid the rest of your goods, I
+will do the like to all your companions." At last, amongst these
+horrible cruelties and inhuman threats, one promised to show the place
+where the rest of the Spaniards were hid; but those that were fled,
+having intelligence of it, changed place, and buried the remnant of
+their riches underground, so that the pirates could not find them out,
+unless some of their own party should reveal them; besides, the
+Spaniards flying from one place to another every day, and often changing
+woods, were jealous even of each other, so as the father durst scarce
+trust his own son.
+
+After the pirates had been fifteen days in Maracaibo, they resolved for
+Gibraltar; but the inhabitants having received intelligence thereof, and
+that they intended afterwards to go to Merida, gave notice of it to the
+governor there, who was a valiant soldier, and had been an officer in
+Flanders. His answer was, "he would have them take no care, for he hoped
+in a little while to exterminate the said pirates." Whereupon he came to
+Gibraltar with four hundred men well armed, ordering at the same time
+the inhabitants to put themselves in arms, so that in all he made eight
+hundred fighting men. With the same speed he raised a battery toward the
+sea, mounted with twenty guns, covered with great baskets of earth:
+another battery he placed in another place, mounted with eight guns.
+This done, he barricaded a narrow passage to the town through which the
+pirates must pass, opening at the same time another through much dirt
+and mud into the wood totally unknown to the pirates.
+
+The pirates, ignorant of these preparations, having embarked all their
+prisoners and booty, took their way towards Gibraltar. Being come in
+sight of the place, they saw the royal standard hanging forth, and that
+those of the town designed to defend their houses. Lolonois seeing this,
+called a council of war what they ought to do, telling his officers and
+mariners, "That the difficulty of the enterprise was very great, seeing
+the Spaniards had had so much time to put themselves in a posture of
+defence, and had got a good body of men together, with much ammunition;
+but notwithstanding," said he, "have a good courage; we must either
+defend ourselves like good soldiers, or lose our lives with all the
+riches we have got. Do as I shall do who am your captain: at other times
+we have fought with fewer men than we have in our company at present,
+and yet we have overcome greater numbers than there possibly can be in
+this town: the more they are, the more glory and the greater riches we
+shall gain." The pirates supposed that all the riches of the inhabitants
+of Maracaibo were transported to Gibraltar, or at least the greatest
+part. After this speech, they all promised to follow, and obey him.
+Lolonois made answer, "'Tis well; but know ye, withal, that the first
+man who shall show any fear, or the least apprehension thereof, I will
+pistol him with my own hands."
+
+With this resolution they cast anchor nigh the shore, near
+three-quarters of a league from the town: next day before sun-rising,
+they landed three hundred and eighty men well provided, and armed every
+one with a cutlass, and one or two pistols, and sufficient powder and
+bullet for thirty charges. Here they all shook hands in testimony of
+good courage, and began their march, Lolonois speaking thus, "Come, my
+brethren, follow me, and have good courage." They followed their guide,
+who, believing he led them well, brought them to the way which the
+governor had barricaded. Not being able to pass that way, they went to
+the other newly made in the wood among the mire, which the Spaniards
+could shoot into at pleasure; but the pirates, full of courage, cut down
+the branches of trees and threw them on the way, that they might not
+stick in the dirt. Meanwhile, those of Gibraltar fired with their great
+guns so furiously, they could scarce hear nor see for the noise and
+smoke. Being passed the wood, they came on firm ground, where they met
+with a battery of six guns, which immediately the Spaniards discharged
+upon them, all loaded with small bullets and pieces of iron; and the
+Spaniards sallying forth, set upon them with such fury, as caused the
+pirates to give way, few of them caring to advance towards the fort,
+many of them being already killed and wounded. This made them go back to
+seek another way; but the Spaniards having cut down many trees to hinder
+the passage, they could find none, but were forced to return to that
+they had left. Here the Spaniards continued to fire as before, nor would
+they sally out of their batteries to attack them any more. Lolonois and
+his companions not being able to grimp up the baskets of earth, were
+compelled to use an old stratagem, wherewith at last they deceived and
+overcame the Spaniards.
+
+Lolonois retired suddenly with all his men, making show as if he fled;
+hereupon the Spaniards crying out "They flee, they flee, let us follow
+them," sallied forth with great disorder to the pursuit. Being drawn to
+some distance from the batteries, which was the pirates only design,
+they turned upon them unexpectedly with sword in hand, and killed above
+two hundred men; and thus fighting their way through those who remained,
+they possessed themselves of the batteries. The Spaniards that remained
+abroad, giving themselves over for lost, fled to the woods: those in the
+battery of eight guns surrendered themselves, obtaining quarter for
+their lives. The pirates being now become masters of the town, pulled
+down the Spanish colours and set up their own, taking prisoners as many
+as they could find. These they carried to the great church, where they
+raised a battery of several great guns, fearing lest the Spaniards that
+were fled should rally, and come upon them again; but next day, being
+all fortified, their fears were over. They gathered the dead to bury
+them, being above five hundred Spaniards, besides the wounded in the
+town, and those that died of their wounds in the woods. The pirates had
+also above one hundred and fifty prisoners, and nigh five hundred
+slaves, many women and children.
+
+Of their own companions only forty were killed, and almost eighty
+wounded, whereof the greatest part died through the bad air, which
+brought fevers and other illness. They put the slain Spaniards into two
+great boats, and carrying them a quarter of a league to sea, they sunk
+the boats; this done, they gathered all the plate, household stuff, and
+merchandise they could, or thought convenient to carry away. The
+Spaniards who had anything left had hid it carefully: but the
+unsatisfied pirates, not contented with the riches they had got, sought
+for more goods and merchandise, not sparing those who lived in the
+fields, such as hunters and planters. They had scarce been eighteen days
+on the place, when the greatest part of the prisoners died for hunger.
+For in the town were few provisions, especially of flesh, though they
+had some, but no sufficient quantity of flour of meal, and this the
+pirates had taken for themselves, as they also took the swine, cows,
+sheep, and poultry, without allowing any share to the poor prisoners;
+for these they only provided some small quantity of mules' and asses'
+flesh; and many who could not eat of that loathsome provision died for
+hunger, their stomachs not being accustomed to such sustenance. Of the
+prisoners many also died under the torment they sustained to make them
+discover their money or jewels; and of these, some had none, nor knew of
+none, and others denying what they knew, endured such horrible deaths.
+
+Finally, after having been in possession of the town four entire weeks,
+they sent four of the prisoners to the Spaniards that were fled to the
+woods, demanding of them a ransom for not burning the town. The sum
+demanded was 10,000 pieces of eight, which if not sent, they threatened
+to reduce it to ashes. For bringing in this money, they allowed them
+only two days; but the Spaniards not having been able to gather so
+punctually such a sum, the pirates fired many parts of the town;
+whereupon the inhabitants begged them to help quench the fire, and the
+ransom should be readily paid. The pirates condescended, helping as much
+as they could to stop the fire; but, notwithstanding all their best
+endeavours, one part of the town was ruined, especially the church
+belonging to the monastery was burnt down. After they had received the
+said sum, they carried aboard all the riches they had got, with a great
+number of slaves which had not paid the ransom; for all the prisoners
+had sums of money set upon them, and the slaves were also commanded to
+be redeemed. Hence they returned to Maracaibo, where being arrived, they
+found a general consternation in the whole city, to which they sent
+three or four prisoners to tell the governor and inhabitants, "they
+should bring them 30,000 pieces of eight aboard their ships, for a
+ransom of their houses, otherwise they should be sacked anew and burnt."
+
+Among these debates a party of pirates came on shore, and carried away
+the images, pictures, and bells of the great church, aboard the fleet.
+The Spaniards who were sent to demand the sum aforesaid returned, with
+orders to make some agreement; who concluded with the pirates to give
+for their ransom and liberty 20,000 pieces of eight, and five hundred
+cows, provided that they should commit no farther hostilities, but
+depart thence presently after payment of money and cattle. The one and
+the other being delivered, the whole fleet set sail, causing great joy
+to the inhabitants of Maracaibo, to see themselves quit of them: but
+three days after they renewed their fears with admiration, seeing the
+pirates appear again, and re-enter the port with all their ships: but
+these apprehensions vanished, upon hearing one of the pirate's errand,
+who came ashore from Lolonois, "to demand a skilful pilot to conduct one
+of the greatest ships over the dangerous bank that lieth at the very
+entry of the lake." Which petition, or rather command, was instantly
+granted.
+
+They had now been full two months in those towns, wherein they committed
+those cruel and insolent actions we have related. Departing thence, they
+took their course to Hispaniola, and arrived there in eight days,
+casting anchor in a port called Isla de la Vacca, or Cow Island. This
+island is inhabited by French bucaniers, who mostly sell the flesh they
+hunt to pirates and others, who now and then put in there to victual, or
+trade. Here they unladed their whole cargazon of riches, the usual
+storehouse of the pirates being commonly under the shelter of the
+bucaniers. Here they made a dividend of all their prizes and gains,
+according to the order and degree of every one, as has been mentioned
+before. Having made an exact calculation of all their plunder, they
+found in ready money 260,000 pieces of eight: this being divided, every
+one received for his share in money, as also in silk, linen, and other
+commodities, to the value of above 100 pieces of eight. Those who had
+been wounded received their first part, after the rate mentioned before,
+for the loss of their limbs: then they weighed all the plate uncoined,
+reckoning ten pieces of eight to a pound; the jewels were prized
+indifferently, either too high or too low, by reason of their ignorance:
+this done, every one was put to his oath again, that he had not smuggled
+anything from the common stock. Hence they proceeded to the dividend of
+the shares of such as were dead in battle, or otherwise: these shares
+were given to their friends, to be kept entire for them, and to be
+delivered in due time to their nearest relations, or their apparent
+lawful heirs.
+
+The whole dividend being finished, they set sail for Tortuga: here they
+arrived a month after, to the great joy of most of the island; for as to
+the common pirates, in three weeks they had scarce any money left,
+having spent it all in things of little value, or lost it at play. Here
+had arrived, not long before them, two French ships, with wine and
+brandy, and suchlike commodities; whereby these liquors, at the arrival
+of the pirates, were indifferent cheap. But this lasted not long, for
+soon after they were enhanced extremely, a gallon of brandy being sold
+for four pieces of eight. The governor of the island bought of the
+pirates the whole cargo of the ship laden with cocoa, giving for that
+rich commodity scarce the twentieth part of its worth. Thus they made
+shift to lose and spend the riches they had got, in much less time than
+they were purchased: the taverns and stews, according to the custom of
+pirates, got the greatest part; so that, soon after, they were forced to
+seek more by the same unlawful means they had got the former.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+
+_Lolonois makes new preparations to make the city of St. James de Leon;
+as also that of Nicaragua; where he miserably perishes._
+
+
+LOLONOIS had got great repute at Tortuga by this last voyage, because he
+brought home such considerable profit; and now he need take no great
+care to gather men to serve under him, more coming in voluntarily than
+he could employ; every one reposing such confidence in his conduct that
+they judged it very safe to expose themselves, in his company, to the
+greatest dangers. He resolved therefore a second voyage to the parts of
+Nicaragua, to pillage there as many towns as he could.
+
+Having published his new preparations, he had all his men together at
+the time, being about seven hundred. Of these he put three hundred
+aboard the ship he took at Maracaibo, and the rest in five other vessels
+of lesser burthen; so that they were in all six ships. The first port
+they went to was Bayaha in Hispaniola, to victual the fleet, and take in
+provisions; which done, they steered their course to a port called
+Matamana, on the south side of Cuba, intending to take here all the
+canoes they could; these coasts being frequented by the fishers of
+tortoises, who carry them hence to the Havannah. They took as many of
+them, to the great grief of those miserable people, as they thought
+necessary; for they had great use for these small bottoms, by reason the
+port they designed for had not depth enough for ships of any burthen.
+Hence they took their course towards the cape Gracias à Dios on the
+continent, in latitude 15 deg. north, one hundred leagues from the
+Island de los Pinos. Being at sea, they were taken with a sad and
+tedious calm, and, by the agitation of the waves alone, were thrown into
+the gulf of Honduras: here they laboured hard in vain to regain what
+they had lost, both the waters and the winds being contrary; besides,
+the ship wherein Lolonois was embarked could not follow the rest; and
+what was worse, they wanted provisions. Hereupon, they were forced to
+put into the first port they could reach, to revictual: so they entered
+with their canoes into the river Xagua, inhabited by Indians, whom they
+totally destroyed, finding great quantities of millet, and many hogs and
+hens: not contented with which, they determined to remain there till the
+bad weather was over, and to pillage all the towns and villages along
+the coast of the gulf. Thus they passed from one place to another,
+seeking still more provisions, with which they were not sufficiently
+supplied. Having searched and rifled many villages, where they found no
+great matter, they came at last to Puerto Cavallo: here the Spaniards
+have two storehouses to keep the merchandises that are brought from the
+inner parts of the country, till the arrival of the ships. There was
+then in the port a Spanish ship of twenty-four guns, and sixteen
+pedreros or mortar-pieces: this ship was immediately seized by the
+pirates, and then drawing nigh the shore, they landed, and burnt the two
+storehouses, with all the rest of the houses there. Many inhabitants
+likewise they took prisoners, and committed upon them the most inhuman
+cruelties that ever heathens invented; putting them to the cruellest
+tortures they could devise. It was the custom of Lolonois, that having
+tormented persons not confessing, he would instantly cut them in pieces
+with his hanger, and pull out their tongues, desiring to do so, if
+possible, to every Spaniard in the world. It often happened that some of
+these miserable prisoners, being forced by the rack, would promise to
+discover the places where the fugitive Spaniards lay hid, which not
+being able afterwards to perform, they were put to more cruel deaths
+than they who were dead before.
+
+The prisoners being all dead but two (whom they reserved to show them
+what they desired), they marched hence to the town of San Pedro, or St.
+Peter, ten or twelve leagues from Puerto Cavallo, being three hundred
+men, whom Lolonois led, leaving behind him Moses van Vin his lieutenant,
+to govern the rest in his absence. Being come three leagues on their
+way, they met with a troop of Spaniards, who lay in ambuscade for their
+coming: these they set upon, with all the courage imaginable, and at
+last totally defeated. Howbeit, they behaved themselves very manfully at
+first; but not being able to resist the fury of the pirates, they were
+forced to give way, and save themselves by flight, leaving many pirates
+dead in the place, some wounded, and some of their own party maimed, by
+the way. These Lolonois put to death without mercy, having asked them
+what questions he thought fit for his purpose.
+
+There were still remaining some few prisoners not wounded; these were
+asked by Lolonois, if any more Spaniards did lie farther on in
+ambuscade? They answered, there were. Then being brought before him, one
+by one, he asked if there was no other way to town but that. This he did
+to avoid if possible those ambuscades. But they all constantly answered
+him they knew none. Having asked them all, and finding they could show
+him no other way, Lolonois grew outrageously passionate; so that he drew
+his cutlass, and with it cut open the breast of one of those poor
+Spaniards, and pulling out his heart began to bite and gnaw it with his
+teeth, like a ravenous wolf, saying to the rest, "I will serve you all
+alike, if you show me not another way."
+
+Hereupon, those miserable wretches promised to show him another way, but
+withal, they told him, it was extremely difficult, and laborious. Thus
+to satisfy that cruel tyrant, they began to lead him and his army; but
+finding it not for his purpose as they had told him, he was forced to
+return to the former way, swearing with great choler and indignation,
+"Mort Dieu, les Espagnols me le payeront. By God's death, the Spaniards
+shall pay me for this."
+
+Next day he fell into another ambuscade, which he assaulted with such
+horrible fury, that in less than an hour's time he routed the Spaniards,
+and killed the greatest part of them. The Spaniards thought by these
+ambuscades better to destroy the pirates, assaulting them by degrees,
+and for this reason had posted themselves in several places. At last he
+met with a third ambuscade, where was placed a party stronger, and more
+advantageously, than the former: yet notwithstanding, the pirates, by
+continually throwing little fire-balls in great numbers, for some time,
+forced this party, as well as the former, to flee, and this with so
+great loss of men, that before they could reach the town, the greatest
+part of the Spaniards were either killed or wounded. There was but one
+path which led to the town, very well barricaded with good defences; and
+the rest of the town round was planted with shrubs called raqueltes,
+full of thorns very sharp pointed. This sort of fortification seemed
+stronger than the triangles used in Europe, when an army is of necessity
+to pass by the place of an enemy; it being almost impossible for the
+pirates to traverse those shrubs. The Spaniards posted behind the said
+defences, seeing the pirates come, began to ply them with their great
+guns; but these perceiving them ready to fire, used to stoop down, and
+when the shot was made, to fall upon the defendants with fire-balls and
+naked swords, killing many of the town: yet notwithstanding, not being
+able to advance any farther, they retired, for the present: then they
+renewed the attack with fewer men than before, and observing not to
+shoot till they were very nigh, they gave the Spaniards a charge so
+dextrously, that with every shot they killed an enemy.
+
+The attack continuing thus eager on both sides till night, the Spaniards
+were compelled to hang forth a white flag, and desired to come to a
+parley: the only conditions they required were, "that the pirates should
+give the inhabitants quarter for two hours." This little time they
+demanded with intent to carry away and hide as much of their goods and
+riches as they could, and to fly to some other neighbouring town.
+Granting this article, they entered the town, and continued there the
+two hours, without committing the least hostility on the inhabitants;
+but no sooner was that time past, than Lolonois ordered that the
+inhabitants should be followed, and robbed of all they had carried away;
+and not only their goods, but their persons likewise to be made
+prisoners; though the greatest part of their merchandise and goods were
+so hid, as the pirates could not find them, except a few leathern
+sacks, filled with anil, or indigo.
+
+Having stayed here a few days, and, according to their custom, committed
+most horrid insolences, they at last quitted the place, carrying away
+all they possibly could, and reducing the town to ashes. Being come to
+the seaside, where they left a party of their own, they found these had
+been cruising upon the fishermen thereabouts, or who came that way from
+the river of Guatemala: in this river was also expected a ship from
+Spain. Finally, they resolved to go toward the islands on the other side
+of the gulf, there to cleanse and careen their vessels; but they left
+two canoes before the coast, or rather the mouth of the river of
+Guatemala, in order to take the ship, which, as I said, was expected
+from Spain.
+
+But their chief intent in going hither was to seek provisions, knowing
+the tortoises of those places are excellent food. Being arrived, they
+divided themselves, each party choosing a fit post for that fishery.
+They undertook to knit nets with the rinds of certain trees called
+macoa, whereof they make also ropes and cables; so that no vessel can be
+in need of such things, if they can but find the said trees. There are
+also many places where they find pitch in so great abundance, that
+running down the sea-coasts, being melted by the sun, it congeals in the
+water in great heaps, like small islands. This pitch is not like that
+of Europe, but resembles, both in colour and shape, that froth of the
+sea called bitumen; but, in my judgment, this matter is nothing but wax
+mixed with sand, which stormy weather, and the rolling waves of great
+rivers hath cast into the sea; for in those parts are great quantities
+of bees who make their honey in trees, to the bodies of which the
+honeycomb being fixed, when tempests arise, they are torn away, and by
+the fury of the winds carried into the sea, as is said. Some naturalists
+say, that the honey and the wax are separated by the salt water; whence
+proceeds the good amber. This opinion seems the more probable, because
+the said amber tastes as wax doth.
+
+But to return to my discourse. The pirates made in those islands all the
+haste they possibly could to equip their vessels, hearing that the
+Spanish ship was come which they expected. They spent some time cruising
+on the coasts of Jucatan, where inhabit many Indians, who seek for the
+said amber in those seas. And I shall here, by the by, make some short
+remarks on the manner of living of the Indians, and their religion.
+
+They have now been above a hundred years under the Spaniards, to whom
+they performed all manner of services; for whensoever any of them needed
+a slave or servant, they sent for these to serve them as long as they
+pleased. By the Spaniards they were initiated in the principles of the
+Christian faith and religion, and they sent them every Sunday and
+holiday a priest to perform divine service among them; afterwards, for
+reasons not known, but certainly through temptations of the father of
+idolatry, the devil, they suddenly cast off the Christian religion,
+abusing the priest that was sent them: this provoked the Spaniards to
+punish them, by casting many of the chiefs into prison. Every one of
+those barbarians had, and hath still, a god to himself, whom he serves
+and worships. It is a matter of admiration, how they use a child newly
+born: as soon as it comes into the world, they carry it to the temple;
+here they make a hole, which they fill with ashes only, on which they
+place the child naked, leaving it there a whole night alone, not without
+great danger, nobody daring to come near it; meanwhile the temple is
+open on all sides, that all sorts of beasts may freely come in and out.
+Next day, the father, and relations of the infant, return to see if the
+track or step of any animal appears in the ashes: not finding any, they
+leave the child there till some beast has approached the infant, and
+left behind him the marks of his feet: to this animal, whatsoever it be,
+they consecrate the creature newly born, as to its god, which he is
+bound to worship all his life, esteeming the said beast his patron and
+protector. They offer to their gods sacrifices of fire, wherein they
+burn a certain gum called by them copal, whose smoke smells very
+deliciously. When the infant is grown up, the parents thereof tell him
+who he ought to worship, and serve, and honour as his own proper god.
+Then he goes to the temple, where he makes offerings to the said beast.
+Afterwards, if in the course of his life, any one injure him, or any
+evil happen to him, he complains to that beast, and sacrifices to it for
+revenge. Hence it often comes, that those who have done the injury of
+which he complains are bitten, killed, or otherwise hurt by such
+animals.
+
+After this superstitious and idolatrous manner live those miserable and
+ignorant Indians that inhabit the islands of the gulf of Honduras; as
+also many of them on the continent of Jucatan, in the territories
+whereof are most excellent ports, where those Indians most commonly
+build their houses. These people are not very faithful to one another,
+and use strange ceremonies at their marriages. Whensoever any one
+pretends to marry a young damsel, he first applies himself to her father
+or nearest relation: he examines him nicely about the manner of
+cultivating their plantations, and other things at his pleasure. Having
+satisfied the questions of his father-in-law, he gives the young man a
+bow and arrow, with which he repairs to the young maid, and presents her
+with a garland of green leaves and sweet-smelling flowers; this she is
+obliged to put on her head, and lay aside that which she wore before, it
+being the custom for virgins to go perpetually crowned with flowers.
+This garland being received, and put on her head, every one of the
+relations and friends go to advise with others whether that marriage
+will be like to be happy or not; then they meet at the house of the
+damsel's father, where they drink of a liquor made of maize, or Indian
+wheat; and here, before the whole company, the father gives his daughter
+in marriage to the bridegroom. Next day the bride comes to her mother,
+and in her presence pulls off the garland, and tears it in pieces, with
+great cries and lamentations. Many other things I could relate of the
+manner of living and customs of those Indians, but I shall follow my
+discourse.
+
+Our pirates therefore had many canoes of the Indians in the isle of
+Sambale, five leagues from the coasts of Jucatan. Here is great quantity
+of amber, but especially when any storm arises from towards the east;
+whence the waves bring many things, and very different. Through this sea
+no vessels can pass, unless very small, it being too shallow. In the
+lands that are surrounded by this sea, is found much Campechy wood, and
+other things that serve for dyeing, much esteemed in Europe, and would
+be more, if we had the skill of the Indians, who make a dye or tincture
+that never fades.
+
+[Illustration: "'THEY BOARDED THE SHIP WITH GREAT AGILITY'"--_Page 92_]
+
+The pirates having been in that gulf three months, and receiving advice
+that the Spanish ship was come, hastened to the port where the ship lay
+at anchor unlading her merchandise, with design to assault her as soon
+as possible; but first they thought convenient to send away some of
+their boats to seek for a small vessel also expected very richly laden
+with plate, indigo, and cochineal. Meanwhile, the ship's crew having
+notice that the pirates designed upon them, prepared all things for a
+good defence, being mounted with forty-two guns, well furnished with
+arms and other necessaries, and one hundred and thirty fighting men. To
+Lolonois all this seemed but little, for he assaulted her with great
+courage, his own ship carrying but twenty-two guns, and having no more
+than a small saety or fly-boat for help: but the Spaniards defended
+themselves so well, as they forced the pirates to retire; but the smoke
+of the powder continuing thick, as a dark fog or mist, with four canoes
+well manned, they boarded the ship with great agility, and forced the
+Spaniards to surrender.
+
+The ship being taken, they found not in her what they thought, being
+already almost unladen. All they got was only fifty bars of iron, a
+small parcel of paper, some earthen jars of wine, and other things of
+small importance.
+
+Then Lolonois called a council of war, and told them, he intended for
+Guatemala: hereupon they divided into several sentiments, some liking
+the proposal, and others disliking it, especially a party of them who
+were but raw in those exercises, and who imagined at their setting forth
+from Tortuga that pieces of eight were gathered as easy as pears from a
+tree; but finding most things contrary to their expectation, they
+quitted the fleet, and returned; others affirmed they had rather
+starve than return home without a great deal of money.
+
+But the major part judging the propounded voyage little to their
+purpose, separated from Lolonois and the rest: of these one Moses
+Vanclein was ringleader, captain of the ship taken at Puerto Cavallo:
+this fellow steered for Tortuga, to cruise to and fro in these seas.
+With him joined another comrade of his, by name Pierre le Picard, who
+seeing the rest leave Lolonois, thought fit to do the same. These
+runaways having thus parted company, steered homewards, coasting along
+the continent till they came to Costa Rica; here they landed a strong
+party nigh the river Veraguas, and marched in good order to the town of
+the same name: this they took and totally pillaged, though the Spaniards
+made a strong resistance. They brought away some of the inhabitants as
+prisoners, with all they had, which was of no great importance, by
+reason of the poverty of the place, which exerciseth no other trade than
+working in the mines, where some of the inhabitants constantly attend,
+while none seek for gold, but only slaves. These they compel to dig and
+wash the earth in the neighbouring rivers, where often they find pieces
+of gold as big as peas. The pirates gaining in this adventure but seven
+or eight pounds weight of gold, they returned, giving over the design to
+go to the town of Nata, situate on the coasts of the South Sea, whose
+inhabitants are rich merchants, and their slaves work in the mines of
+Veraguas; being deterred by the multitudes of Spaniards gathered on all
+sides to fall upon them, whereof they had timely advice.
+
+Lolonois, thus left by his companions, remained alone in the gulf of
+Honduras. His ship being too great to get out at the reflux of those
+seas, there he sustained great want of provisions, so as they were
+constrained to go ashore every day to seek sustenance, and not finding
+anything else, they were forced to kill and eat monkeys, and other
+animals, such as they could find.
+
+At last in the altitude of the cape of Gracias a Dios, near a certain
+little island called De las Pertas, his ship struck on a bank of sand,
+where it stuck so fast, as no art could get her off again, though they
+unladed all the guns, iron, and other weighty things as much as they
+could. Hereupon they were forced to break the ship in pieces, and with
+planks and nails build themselves a boat to get away; and while they are
+busy about it, I shall describe the said isles and their inhabitants.
+
+The islands De las Pertas are inhabited by savage Indians, not having
+known or conversed with civil people: they are tall and very nimble,
+running almost as fast as horses; at diving also they are very dextrous
+and hardy. From the bottom of the sea I saw them take up an anchor of
+six hundredweight, tying a cable to it with great dexterity, and pulling
+it from a rock. Their arms are made of wood, without any iron point; but
+some instead thereof use a crocodile's tooth. They have no bows nor
+arrows, as the other Indians have, but their common weapon is a sort of
+lance a fathom and a half long. Here are many plantations surrounded
+with woods, whence they gather abundance of fruits, as potatoes,
+bananas, racoven, ananas, and many others. They have no houses to dwell
+in, as at other places in the Indies. Some say they eat human flesh,
+which is confirmed by what happened when Lolonois was there. Two of his
+companions, one a Frenchman and the other a Spaniard, went into the
+woods, where having straggled awhile, a troop of Indians pursued them.
+They defended themselves as well as they could with their swords, but at
+last were forced to flee. The nimble Frenchman escaped; but the Spaniard
+being not so swift, was taken and heard of no more. Some days after,
+twelve pirates set forth well armed to seek their companion, among whom
+was the Frenchman, who conducted them, and showed them the place where
+he left him; here they found that the Indians had kindled a fire, and at
+a small distance they found a man's bones well roasted, with some pieces
+of flesh ill scraped off the bones, and one hand, which had only two
+fingers remaining, whence they concluded they had roasted the poor
+Spaniard.
+
+They marched on, seeking for Indians, and found a great number together,
+who endeavoured to escape, but they overtook some of them, and brought
+aboard their ships five men and four women; with these they took much
+pains to make themselves be understood, and to gain their affections,
+giving them trifles, as knives, beads, and the like; they gave them also
+victuals and drink, but nothing would they taste. It was also
+observable, that while they were prisoners, they spoke not one word to
+each other; so that seeing these poor Indians were much afraid, they
+presented them again with some small things, and let them go. When they
+parted, they made signs they would come again, but they soon forgot
+their benefactors, and were never heard of more; neither could any
+notice afterwards be had of these Indians, nor any others in the whole
+island, which made the pirates suspect that both those that were taken,
+and all the rest of the islanders, swam away by night to some little
+neighbouring islands, especially considering they could never set eyes
+on any Indian more, nor any boat or other vessel. Meanwhile the pirates
+were very desirous to see their long-boat finished out of the timber
+that struck on the sands; yet considering their work would be long, they
+began to cultivate some pieces of ground; here they sowed French beans,
+which ripened in six weeks, and many other fruits. They had good
+provision of Spanish wheat, bananas, racoven, and other things; with the
+wheat they made bread, and baked it in portable ovens, brought with
+them. Thus they feared not hunger in those desert places, employing
+themselves thus for five or six months; which past, and the long-boat
+finished, they resolved for the river of Nicaragua, to see if they
+could take some canoes, and return to the said islands for their
+companions that remained behind, by reason the boat could not hold so
+many men together; hereupon, to avoid disputes, they cast lots,
+determining who should go or stay.
+
+[Illustration: "'LOLONOIS, WITH THOSE THAT REMAINED, HAD MUCH ADO TO
+ESCAPE ABOARD THEIR BOATS'"--_Page 97_]
+
+The lot fell on one half of the people of the lost vessel, who embarked
+in the long-boat, and on the skiff which they had before, the other half
+remaining ashore. Lolonois having set sail, arrived in a few days at the
+river of Nicaragua: here that ill-fortune assailed him which of long
+time had been reserved for him, as a punishment due to the multitude of
+horrible crimes committed in his licentious and wicked life. Here he met
+with both Spaniards and Indians, who jointly setting upon him and his
+companions, the greatest part of the pirates were killed on the place.
+Lolonois, with those that remained alive, had much ado to escape aboard
+their boats: yet notwithstanding this great loss, he resolved not to
+return to those he had left at the isle of Pertas, without taking some
+boats, such as he looked for. To this effect he determined to go on to
+the coasts of Carthagena; but God Almighty, the time of His Divine
+justice being now come, had appointed the Indians of Darien to be the
+instruments and executioners thereof. These Indians of Darien are
+esteemed as bravoes, or wild savage Indians, by the neighbouring
+Spaniards, who never could civilize them. Hither Lolonois came (brought
+by his evil conscience that cried for punishment), thinking to act his
+cruelties; but the Indians within a few days after his arrival took him
+prisoner, and tore him in pieces alive, throwing his body limb by limb
+into the fire, and his ashes into the air, that no trace or memory might
+remain of such an infamous, inhuman creature. One of his companions gave
+me an exact account of this tragedy, affirming that himself had escaped
+the same punishment with the greatest difficulty; he believed also that
+many of his comrades, who were taken in that encounter by those Indians,
+were, as their cruel captain, torn in pieces and burnt alive. Thus ends
+the history, the life, and miserable death of that infernal wretch
+Lolonois, who full of horrid, execrable, and enormous deeds, and debtor
+to so much innocent blood, died by cruel and butcherly hands, such as
+his own were in the course of his life.
+
+Those that remained in the island De las Pertas, waiting for the return
+of them who got away only to their great misfortune, hearing no news of
+their captain nor companions, at last embarked on the ship of a certain
+pirate, who happened to pass that way. This fellow came from Jamaica,
+with intent to land at Gracias a Dios, and from thence to enter the
+river with his canoes, and take the city of Carthagena. These two crews
+of pirates being now joined, were infinitely glad at the presence and
+society of one another. Those, because they found themselves delivered
+from their miseries, poverty, and necessities, wherein they had lived
+ten entire months. These, because they were now considerably
+strengthened, to effect with greater satisfaction their designs.
+Hereupon, as soon as they were arrived at Gracias a Dios, they all put
+themselves into canoes, and entered the river, being five hundred men,
+leaving only five or six persons in each ship to keep them. They took no
+provisions, being persuaded they should find everywhere sufficient; but
+these their hopes were found totally vain, not being grounded on
+Almighty God; for He ordained it so, that the Indians, aware of their
+coming, all fled, not leaving in their houses or plantations, which for
+the most part border on the sides of rivers, any necessary provisions or
+victuals: hereby, in a few days after they had quitted their ships, they
+were reduced to most extreme necessity and hunger; but their hopes of
+making their fortunes very soon, animating them for the present, they
+contented themselves with a few green herbs, such as they could gather
+on the banks of the river.
+
+Yet all this courage and vigour lasted but a fortnight, when their
+hearts, as well as bodies, began to fail for hunger; insomuch as they
+were forced to quit the river, and betake themselves to the woods,
+seeking out some villages where they might find relief, but all in vain;
+for having ranged up and down the woods for some days, without finding
+the least comfort, they were forced to return to the river, where being
+come, they thought convenient to descend to the sea-coast where they
+had left their ships, not having been able to find what they sought for.
+In this laborious journey they were reduced to such extremity, that many
+of them devoured their own shoes, the sheaths of their swords, knives,
+and other such things, being almost ravenous, and eager to meet some
+Indians, intending to sacrifice them to their teeth. At last they
+arrived at the sea-coast, where they found some comfort and relief to
+their former miseries, and also means to seek more: yet the greatest
+part perished through faintness and other diseases contracted by hunger,
+which also caused the remaining part to disperse, till at last, by
+degrees, many or most of them fell into the same pit that Lolonois did;
+of whom, and of whose companions, having given a compendious narrative,
+I shall continue with the actions and exploits of Captain Henry Morgan,
+who may deservedly be called the second Lolonois, not being unlike or
+inferior to him, either in achievements against the Spaniards, or in
+robberies of many innocent people.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX
+
+_The origin and descent of Captain Henry Morgan--His exploits, and the
+most remarkable actions of his life._
+
+
+CAPTAIN HENRY MORGAN was born in Great Britain, in the principality of
+Wales; his father was a rich yeoman, or farmer, of good quality, even as
+most who bear that name in Wales are known to be. Morgan, when young,
+had no inclination to the calling of his father, and therefore left his
+country, and came towards the sea-coasts to seek some other employment
+more suitable to his aspiring humour; where he found several ships at
+anchor, bound for Barbadoes. With these he resolved to go in the service
+of one, who, according to the practice of those parts, sold him as soon
+as he came ashore. He served his time at Barbadoes, and obtaining his
+liberty, betook himself to Jamaica, there to seek new fortunes: here he
+found two vessels of pirates ready to go to sea; and being destitute of
+employment, he went with them, with intent to follow the exercises of
+that sort of people: he soon learned their manner of living, so exactly,
+that having performed three or four voyages with profit and success, he
+agreed with some of his comrades, who had got by the same voyages a
+little money, to join stocks, and buy a ship. The vessel being bought,
+they unanimously chose him captain and commander.
+
+With this ship he set forth from Jamaica to cruise on the coasts of
+Campechy, in which voyage he took several ships, with which he returned
+triumphant. Here he found an old pirate, named Mansvelt (whom we have
+already mentioned), busied in equipping a considerable fleet, with
+design to land on the continent, and pillage whatever he could. Mansvelt
+seeing Captain Morgan return with so many prizes, judged him to be a man
+of courage, and chose him for his vice-admiral in that expedition: thus
+having fitted out fifteen ships, great and small, they sailed from
+Jamaica with five hundred men, Walloons and French. This fleet arrived,
+not long after, at the isle of St. Catherine, near the continent of
+Costa Rica, latitude 12 deg. 30 min. and distant thirty-five leagues
+from the river Chagre. Here they made their first descent, landing most
+of their men, who soon forced the garrison that kept the island to
+surrender all the forts and castles thereof; which they instantly
+demolished, except one, wherein they placed a hundred men of their own
+party, and all the slaves they had taken from the Spaniards: with the
+rest of their men they marched to another small island, so near St.
+Catherine's, that with a bridge they made in a few days, they passed
+thither, taking with them all the ordnance they had taken on the great
+island. Having ruined with fire and sword both the islands, leaving
+necessary orders at the said castle, they put to sea again, with their
+Spanish prisoners; yet these they set ashore not long after, on the firm
+land, near Puerto Velo: then they cruised on Costa Rica, till they came
+to the river Colla, designing to pillage all the towns in those parts,
+thence to pass to the village of Nata, to do the same.
+
+The governor of Panama, on advice of their arrival, and of the
+hostilities they committed, thought it his duty to meet them with a body
+of men. His coming caused the pirates to retire suddenly, seeing the
+whole country was alarmed, and that their designs were known, and
+consequently defeated at that time. Hereupon, they returned to St.
+Catherine's, to visit the hundred men they left in garrison there. The
+governor of these men was a Frenchman, named Le Sieur Simon, who behaved
+himself very well in that charge, while Mansvelt was absent, having put
+the great island in a very good posture of defence, and the little one
+he had caused to be cultivated with many fertile plantations, sufficient
+to revictual the whole fleet, not only for the present, but also for a
+new voyage. Mansvelt was very much bent to keep the two islands in
+perpetual possession, being very commodiously situated for the pirates;
+being so near the Spanish dominions, and easily defended.
+
+Hereupon, Mansvelt determined to return to Jamaica, to send recruits to
+St. Catherine's, that in case of an invasion the pirates might be
+provided for a defence. As soon as he arrived, he propounded his
+intentions to the governor there, who rejected his propositions, fearing
+to displease his master, the king of England; besides, that giving him
+the men he desired, and necessaries, he must of necessity diminish the
+forces of that island, whereof he was governor. Hereupon, Mansvelt,
+knowing that of himself he could not compass his designs, he went to
+Tortuga; but there, before he could put in execution what was intended,
+death surprised him, and put a period to his wicked life, leaving all
+things in suspense till the occasion I shall hereafter relate.
+
+Le Sieur Simon, governor of St. Catherine's, receiving no news from
+Mansvelt, his admiral, was impatiently desirous to know the cause
+thereof: meanwhile, Don John Perez de Guzman, being newly come to the
+government of Costa Rica, thought it not convenient for the interest of
+Spain for that island to be in the hands of the pirates: hereupon, he
+equipped a considerable fleet, which he sent to retake it; but before he
+used violence, he writ a letter to Le Sieur Simon, telling him, that if
+he would surrender the island to his Catholic Majesty, he should be very
+well rewarded; but, in case of refusal, severely punished, when he had
+forced him to do it. Le Sieur Simon, seeing no probability of being able
+to defend it alone, nor any emolument that by so doing could accrue
+either to him, or his people, after some small resistance delivered it
+up to its true lord and master, under the same articles they had
+obtained it from the Spaniards; a few days after which surrender, there
+arrived from Jamaica an English ship, which the governor there had sent
+underhand, with a good supply of people, both men and women: the
+Spaniards from the castle having espied the ship, put forth English
+colours, and persuaded Le Sieur Simon to go aboard, and conduct the ship
+into a port they assigned him. This he performed and they were all made
+prisoners. A certain Spanish engineer has published in print an exact
+relation of the retaking of this isle by the Spaniards, which I have
+thought fit to insert here:--
+
+          _A true relation, and particular account of the
+            victory obtained by the arms of his Catholic
+            Majesty against the English pirates, by the
+            direction and valour of Don John Perez de Guzman,
+            knight of the order of St. James, governor and
+            captain-general of Terra Firma, and the Province
+            of Veraguas._
+
+THE kingdom of Terra Firma, which of itself is sufficiently strong to
+repel and destroy great fleets, especially the pirates of Jamaica, had
+several ways notice imparted to the governor thereof, that fourteen
+English vessels cruised on the coasts belonging to his Catholic Majesty.
+July 14, 1665, news came to Panama, that they were arrived at Puerto de
+Naos, and had forced the Spanish garrison of the isle of St. Catherine,
+whose governor was Don Estevan del Campo, and possessed themselves of
+the said island, taking prisoners the inhabitants, and destroying all
+that they met. About the same time, Don John Perez de Guzman received
+particular information of these robberies from some Spaniards who
+escaped out of the island (and whom he ordered to be conveyed to Puerto
+Velo), that the said pirates came into the island May 2, by night,
+without being perceived; and that the next day, after some skirmishes,
+they took the fortresses, and made prisoners all the inhabitants and
+soldiers that could not escape. Upon this, Don John called a council of
+war, wherein he declared the great progress the said pirates had made in
+the dominions of his Catholic Majesty; and propounded "that it was
+absolutely necessary to send some forces to the isle of St. Catherine,
+sufficient to retake it from the pirates, the honour and interest of his
+Majesty of Spain being very narrowly concerned herein; otherwise the
+pirates by such conquests might easily, in course of time, possess
+themselves of all the countries thereabouts." To this some made answer,
+"that the pirates, not being able to subsist in the said island, would
+of necessity consume and waste themselves, and be forced to quit it,
+without any necessity of retaking it: that consequently it was not worth
+the while to engage in so many expenses and troubles as this would
+cost." Notwithstanding which, Don John being an expert and valiant
+soldier, ordered that provisions should be conveyed to Puerto Velo for
+the use of the militia, and transported himself thither, with no small
+danger of his life. Here he arrived July 2, with most things necessary
+to the expedition in hand, where he found in the port a good ship, and
+well mounted, called the _St. Vincent_, that belonged to the company of
+the negroes, which he manned and victualled very well, and sent to the
+isle of St. Catherine, constituting Captain Joseph Sanchez Ximenez,
+major of Puerto Velo, commander thereof. He carried with him two hundred
+and seventy soldiers, and thirty-seven prisoners of the same island,
+besides thirty-four Spaniards of the garrison of Puerto Velo,
+twenty-nine mulattoes of Panama, twelve Indians, very dextrous at
+shooting with bows and arrows, seven expert and able gunners, two
+lieutenants, two pilots, one surgeon, and one priest, of the order of
+St. Francis, for their chaplain.
+
+Don John soon after gave orders to all the officers how to behave
+themselves, telling them that the governor of Carthagena would supply
+them with more men, boats, and all things else, necessary for that
+enterprise; to which effect he had already written to the said governor.
+July 24, Don John setting sail with a fair wind, he called before him
+all his people, and made them a speech, encouraging them to fight
+against the enemies of their country and religion, and especially
+against those inhuman pirates, who had committed so many horrid
+cruelties upon the subjects of his Catholic Majesty; withal, promising
+every one most liberal rewards, especially to such as should behave
+themselves well in the service of their king and country. Thus Don John
+bid them farewell, and the ship set sail under a favourable gale. The
+22nd they arrived at Carthagena, and presented a letter to the governor
+thereof, from the noble and valiant Don John, who received it with
+testimonies of great affection to the person of Don John, and his
+Majesty's service: and seeing their resolution to be comfortable to his
+desires, he promised them his assistance, with one frigate, one galleon,
+one boat, and one hundred and twenty-six men; one half out of his own
+garrison, and the other half mulattoes. Thus being well provided with
+necessaries, they left the port of Carthagena, August 2, and the 10th
+they arrived in sight of St. Catherine's towards the western point
+thereof; and though the wind was contrary, yet they reached the port,
+and anchored within it, having lost one of their boats by foul weather,
+at the rock called Quita Signos.
+
+The pirates, seeing our ships come to an anchor, gave them presently
+three guns with bullets, which were soon answered in the same coin.
+Hereupon, Major Joseph Sanchez Ximenez sent ashore to the pirates one of
+his officers to require them, in the name of the Catholic King his
+master, to surrender the island, seeing they had taken it in the midst
+of peace between the two crowns of Spain and England; and that if they
+would be obstinate, he would certainly put them all to the sword. The
+pirates made answer, that the island had once before belonged unto the
+government and dominions of the king of England, and that instead of
+surrendering it, they preferred to lose their lives.
+
+On Friday the 13th, three negroes, from the enemy, came swimming aboard
+our admiral; these brought intelligence that all the pirates upon the
+island were only seventy-two in number, and that they were under a great
+consternation, seeing such considerable forces come against them. With
+this intelligence, the Spaniards resolved to land, and advance towards
+the fortresses, which ceased not to fire as many great guns against them
+as they possibly could; which were answered in the same manner on our
+side, till dark night. On Sunday, the 15th, the day of the Assumption of
+our Lady, the weather being very calm and clear, the Spaniards began to
+advance thus: The ship _St. Vincent_, riding admiral, discharged two
+whole broadsides on the battery called the Conception; the ship _St.
+Peter_, that was vice-admiral, discharged likewise her guns against the
+other battery named St. James: meanwhile, our people landed in small
+boats, directing their course towards the point of the battery last
+mentioned, and thence they marched towards the gate called Cortadura.
+Lieutenant Francis de Cazeres, being desirous to view the strength of
+the enemy, with only fifteen men, was compelled to retreat in haste, by
+reason of the great guns, which played so furiously on the place where
+he stood; they shooting, not only pieces of iron, and small bullets, but
+also the organs of the church, discharging in every shot threescore
+pipes at a time.
+
+Notwithstanding this heat of the enemy, Captain Don Joseph Ramirez de
+Leyva, with sixty men, made a strong attack, wherein they fought on both
+sides very desperately, till at last he overcame, and forced the pirates
+to surrender the fort.
+
+On the other side, Captain John Galeno, with ninety men, passed over the
+hills, to advance that way towards the castle of St. Teresa. Meanwhile
+Major Don Joseph Sanchez Ximenes, as commander-in-chief, with the rest
+of his men, set forth from the battery of St. James, passing the port
+with four boats, and landing, in despite of the enemy. About this same
+time, Captain John Galeno began to advance with the men he led to the
+forementioned fortress; so that our men made three attacks on three
+several sides, at one and the same time, with great courage; till the
+pirates seeing many of their men already killed, and that they could in
+no manner subsist any longer, retreated towards Cortadura, where they
+surrendered, themselves and the whole island, into our hands. Our people
+possessed themselves of all, and set up the Spanish colours, as soon as
+they had rendered thanks to God Almighty for the victory obtained on
+such a signalized day. The number of dead were six men of the enemies,
+with many wounded, and seventy prisoners: on our side was only one man
+killed, and four wounded.
+
+There were found on the island eight hundred pounds of powder, two
+hundred and fifty pounds of small bullets, with many other military
+provisions. Among the prisoners were taken also, two Spaniards, who had
+bore arms under the English against his Catholic Majesty: these were
+shot to death the next day, by order of the major. The 10th day of
+September arrived at the isle an English vessel, which being seen at a
+great distance by the major, he ordered Le Sieur Simon, who was a
+Frenchman, to go and visit the said ship, and tell them that were on
+board, that the island belonged still to the English. He performed the
+command, and found in the said ship only fourteen men, one woman and her
+daughter, who were all instantly made prisoners.
+
+The English pirates were all transported to Puerto Velo, excepting
+three, who by order of the governor were carried to Panama, there to
+work in the castle of St. Jerom. This fortification is an excellent
+piece of workmanship, and very strong, being raised in the middle of the
+port of a quadrangular form, and of very hard stone: its height is
+eighty-eight geometrical feet, the wall being fourteen, and the curtains
+seventy-five feet diameter. It was built at the expense of several
+private persons, the governor of the city furnishing the greatest part
+of the money; so that it cost his Majesty nothing.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X
+
+_Of the Island of Cuba--Captain Morgan attempts to preserve the Isle of
+St. Catherine as a refuge to the nest of pirates, but fails of his
+design--He arrives at and takes the village of El Puerto del Principe._
+
+
+CAPTAIN MORGAN seeing his predecessor and admiral Mansvelt were dead,
+used all the means that were possible, to keep in possession the isle of
+St. Catherine, seated near Cuba. His chief intent was to make it a
+refuge and sanctuary to the pirates of those parts, putting it in a
+condition of being a convenient receptacle of their preys and robberies.
+To this effect he left no stone unmoved, writing to several merchants in
+Virginia and New England, persuading them to send him provisions and
+necessaries, towards putting the said island in such a posture of
+defence, as to fear no danger of invasion from any side. But all this
+proved ineffectual, by the Spaniards retaking the said island: yet
+Captain Morgan retained his courage, which put him on new designs.
+First, he equipped a ship, in order to gather a fleet as great, and as
+strong as he could. By degrees he effected it, and gave orders to every
+member of his fleet to meet at a certain port of Cuba, there determining
+to call a council, and deliberate what was best to be done, and what
+place first to fall upon. Leaving these preparations in this condition,
+I shall give my reader some small account of the said isle of Cuba, in
+whose port this expedition was hatched, seeing I omitted to do it in its
+proper place.
+
+Cuba lies from east to west, in north latitude, from 20 to 23 deg. in
+length one hundred and fifty German leagues, and about forty in breadth.
+Its fertility is equal to that of Hispaniola; besides which, it affords
+many things proper for trading and commerce; such as hides of several
+beasts, particularly those that in Europe are called hides of Havanna.
+On all sides it is surrounded with many small islands, called the Cayos:
+these little islands the pirates use as ports of refuge. Here they have
+their meetings, and hold their councils, how best to assault the
+Spaniards. It is watered on all sides with plentiful and pleasant
+rivers, whose entries form both secure and spacious ports; beside many
+other harbours for ships, which along the calm shores and coasts adorn
+this rich and beautiful island; all which contribute much to its
+happiness, by facilitating trade, whereto they invited both natives and
+aliens. The chief of these ports are San Jago, Byame, Santa Maria,
+Espiritu Santo, Trinidad, Zagoa, Cabo de Corientes, and others, on the
+south side of the island: on the north side are, La Havanna, Puerto
+Mariano, Santa Cruz, Mata Ricos, and Barracoa.
+
+This island hath two chief cities, to which all the towns and villages
+thereof give obedience. The first is Santa Jago, or St. James, seated on
+the south side, and having under its jurisdiction one half of the
+island. The chief magistrates hereof are a bishop and a governor, who
+command the villages and towns of the said half. The chief of these are,
+on the south side, Espiritu Santo, Puerto del Principe, and Bayame. On
+the north it has Barracoa, and De los Cayos. The greatest part of the
+commerce driven here comes from the Canaries, whither they transport
+much tobacco, sugar, and hides, which sort of merchandise are drawn to
+the head city from the subordinate towns and villages. Formerly the city
+of Santa Jago was miserably sacked by the pirates of Jamaica and
+Tortuga, though it is defended by a considerable castle.
+
+[Illustration: "CAPTAIN MORGAN RECRUITING HIS FORCES"--_Page 115_]
+
+The city and port De la Havanna lies between the north and west side of
+the island: this is one of the strongest places of the West Indies; its
+jurisdiction extends over the other half of the island; the chief places
+under it being Santa Cruz on the north side, and La Trinidad on the
+south. Hence is transported huge quantities of tobacco, which is sent to
+New Spain and Costa Rica, even as far as the South Sea, besides many
+ships laden with this commodity, that are consigned to Spain and other
+parts of Europe, not only in the leaf, but in rolls. This city is
+defended by three castles, very great and strong, two of which lie
+towards the port, and the other is seated on a hill that commands the
+town. It is esteemed to contain about ten thousand families. The
+merchants of this place trade in New Spain, Campechy, Honduras, and
+Florida. All ships that come from the parts before mentioned, as also
+from Caraccas, Carthagena and Costa Rica, are necessitated to take their
+provisions in at Havanna to make their voyage for Spain; this being the
+necessary and straight course they must steer for the south of Europe,
+and other parts. The plate-fleet of Spain, which the Spaniards call
+Flota, being homeward bound, touches here yearly to complete their cargo
+with hides, tobacco, and Campechy wood.
+
+Captain Morgan had been but two months in these ports of the south of
+Cuba, when he had got together a fleet of twelve sail, between ships and
+great boats, with seven hundred fighting men, part English and part
+French. They called a council, and some advised to assault the city of
+Havanna in the night, which they said might easily be done, if they
+could but take any of the ecclesiastics; yea, that the city might be
+sacked before the castles could put themselves in a posture of defence.
+Others propounded, according to their several opinions, other attempts;
+but the former proposal was rejected, because many of the pirates, who
+had been prisoners at other times in the said city, affirmed nothing of
+consequence could be done with less than one thousand five hundred men.
+Moreover, that with all these people, they ought first go to the island
+De los Pinos, and land them in small boats about Matamona, fourteen
+leagues from the said city, whereby to accomplish their designs.
+
+Finally, they saw no possibility of gathering so great a fleet, and
+hereupon, with what they had, they concluded to attempt some other
+place. Among the rest, one propounded they should assault the town of El
+Puerto del Principe. This proposition he persuaded to, by saying he knew
+that place very well, and that being at a distance from sea, it never
+was sacked by any pirates, whereby the inhabitants were rich, exercising
+their trade by ready money, with those of Havanna who kept here an
+established commerce, chiefly in hides. This proposal was presently
+admitted by Captain Morgan, and the chief of his companions. Hereupon
+they ordered every captain to weigh anchor and set sail, steering
+towards that coast nearest to El Puerto del Principe. Here is a bay
+named by the Spaniards El Puerto de Santa Maria: being arrived at this
+bay, a Spaniard, who was prisoner aboard the fleet, swam ashore by night
+to the town of El Puerto del Principe, giving an account to the
+inhabitants of the design of the pirates, which he overheard in their
+discourse, while they thought he did not understand English. The
+Spaniards upon this advice began to hide their riches, and carry away
+their movables; the governor immediately raised all the people of the
+town, freemen and slaves, and with part of them took a post by which of
+necessity the pirates must pass, and commanded many trees to be cut down
+and laid cross the ways to hinder their passage, placing several
+ambuscades strengthened with some pieces of cannon to play upon them on
+their march. He gathered in all about eight hundred men, of which
+detaching part into the said ambuscades, with the rest he begirt the
+town, drawing them up in a spacious field, whence they could see the
+coming of the pirates at length.
+
+Captain Morgan, with his men, now on the march, found the avenues to the
+town unpassable; hereupon they took their way through the wood,
+traversing it with great difficulty, whereby they escaped divers
+ambuscades; at last they came to the plain, from its figure called by
+the Spaniards La Savanna, or the Sheet. The governor seeing them come,
+detached a troop of horse to charge them in the front, thinking to
+disperse them, and to pursue them with his main body: but this design
+succeeded not, for the pirates marched in very good order, at the sound
+of their drums, and with flying colours; coming near the horse they drew
+into a semicircle, and so advanced towards the Spaniards, who charged
+them valiantly for a while; but the pirates being very dextrous at their
+arms, and their governor, with many of their companions, being killed,
+they retreated towards the wood, to save themselves with more
+advantage; but before they could reach it, most of them were
+unfortunately killed by the pirates. Thus they left the victory to these
+new-come enemies, who had no considerable loss of men in the battle, and
+but very few wounded. The skirmish lasted four hours: they entered the
+town not without great resistance of such as were within, who defended
+themselves as long as possible, and many seeing the enemy in the town,
+shut themselves up in their own houses, and thence made several shots
+upon the pirates; who thereupon threatened them, saying, "If you
+surrender not voluntarily, you shall soon see the town in a flame, and
+your wives and children torn to pieces before your faces." Upon these
+menaces the Spaniards submitted to the discretion of the pirates,
+believing they could not continue there long.
+
+As soon as the pirates had possessed themselves of the town, they
+enclosed all the Spaniards, men, women, children, and slaves, in several
+churches, and pillaged all the goods they could find; then they searched
+the country round about, bringing in daily many goods and prisoners,
+with much provision. With this they fell to making great cheer, after
+their old custom, without remembering the poor prisoners, whom they let
+starve in the churches, though they tormented them daily and inhumanly
+to make them confess where they had hid their goods, money, &c., though
+little or nothing was left them, not sparing the women and little
+children, giving them nothing to eat, whereby the greatest part
+perished.
+
+Pillage and provisions growing scarce, they thought convenient to depart
+and seek new fortunes in other places; they told the prisoners, "they
+should find money to ransom themselves, else they should be all
+transported to Jamaica; and beside, if they did not pay a second ransom
+for the town, they would turn every house into ashes." The Spaniards
+hereupon nominated among themselves four fellow-prisoners to go and seek
+for the above-mentioned contributions; but the pirates, to the intent
+that they should return speedily with those ransoms, tormented several
+cruelly in their presence, before they departed. After a few days, the
+Spaniards returned, telling Captain Morgan, "We have ran up and down,
+and searched all the neighbouring woods and places we most suspected,
+and yet have not been able to find any of our own party, nor
+consequently any fruit of our embassy; but if you are pleased to have a
+little longer patience with us, we shall certainly cause all that you
+demand to be paid within fifteen days;" which Captain Morgan granted.
+But not long after, there came into the town seven or eight pirates who
+had been ranging in the woods and fields, and got considerable booty.
+These brought amongst other prisoners, a negro, whom they had taken with
+letters. Captain Morgan having perused them, found that they were from
+the governor of Santa Jago, being written to some of the prisoners,
+wherein he told them, "they should not make too much haste to pay any
+ransom for their town or persons, or any other pretext; but on the
+contrary, they should put off the pirates as well as they could with
+excuses and delays, expecting to be relieved by him in a short time,
+when he would certainly come to their aid." Upon this intelligence
+Captain Morgan immediately ordered all their plunder to be carried
+aboard; and withal, he told the Spaniards, that the very next day they
+should pay their ransoms, for he would not wait a moment longer, but
+reduce the whole town to ashes, if they failed of the sum he demanded.
+
+[Illustration: "'BEING COME TO THE PLACE OF DUEL, THE ENGLISHMAN STABBED
+THE FRENCHMAN IN THE BACK'"--_Page 121_]
+
+With this intimation, Captain Morgan made no mention to the Spaniards of
+the letters he had intercepted. They answered, "that it was impossible
+for them to give such a sum of money in so short a space of time, seeing
+their fellow-townsmen were not to be found in all the country
+thereabouts." Captain Morgan knew full well their intentions, but
+thought it not convenient to stay there any longer, demanding of them
+only five hundred oxen or cows, with sufficient salt to powder them,
+with this condition, that they should carry them on board his ships.
+Thus he departed with all his men, taking with him only six of the
+principal prisoners as pledges. Next day the Spaniards brought the
+cattle and salt to the ships, and required the prisoners; but Captain
+Morgan refused to deliver them, till they had helped his men to kill and
+salt the beeves: this was performed in great haste, he not caring to
+stay there any longer, lest he should be surprised by the forces that
+were gathering against him; and having received all on board his
+vessels, he set at liberty the hostages. Meanwhile there happened some
+dissensions between the English and the French: the occasion was as
+follows: A Frenchman being employed in killing and salting the beeves,
+an English pirate took away the marrow-bones he had taken out of the ox,
+which these people esteem much; hereupon they challenged one another:
+being come to the place of duel, the Englishman stabbed the Frenchman in
+the back, whereby he fell down dead. The other Frenchmen, desirous of
+revenge, made an insurrection against the English; but Captain Morgan
+soon appeased them, by putting the criminal in chains to be carried to
+Jamaica, promising he would see justice done upon him; for though he
+might challenge his adversary, yet it was not lawful to kill him
+treacherously, as he did.
+
+All things being ready, and on board, and the prisoners set at liberty,
+they sailed thence to a certain island, where Captain Morgan intended to
+make a dividend of what they had purchased in that voyage; where being
+arrived, they found nigh the value of fifty thousand pieces of eight in
+money and goods; the sum being known, it caused a general grief to see
+such a small purchase, not sufficient to pay their debts at Jamaica.
+Hereupon Captain Morgan proposed they should think on some other
+enterprise and pillage before they returned. But the French not being
+able to agree with the English, left Captain Morgan with those of his
+own nation, notwithstanding all the persuasions he used to reduce them
+to continue in his company. Thus they parted with all external signs of
+friendship, Captain Morgan reiterating his promises to them that he
+would see justice done on that criminal. This he performed; for being
+arrived at Jamaica, he caused him to be hanged, which was all the
+satisfaction the French pirates could expect.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI
+
+_Captain Morgan resolving to attack and plunder the city of Puerto
+Bello, equips a fleet, and with little expense and small forces takes
+it._
+
+
+SOME may think that the French having deserted Captain Morgan, the
+English alone could not have sufficient courage to attempt such great
+actions as before. But Captain Morgan, who always communicated vigour
+with his words, infused such spirit into his men, as put them instantly
+upon new designs; they being all persuaded that the sole execution of
+his orders would be a certain means of obtaining great riches, which so
+influenced their minds, that with inimitable courage they all resolved
+to follow him, as did also a certain pirate of Campechy, who on this
+occasion joined with Captain Morgan, to seek new fortunes under his
+conduct. Thus Captain Morgan in a few days gathered a fleet of nine
+sail, either ships or great boats, wherein he had four hundred and sixty
+military men.
+
+All things being ready, they put forth to sea, Captain Morgan imparting
+his design to nobody at present; he only told them on several occasions,
+that he doubted not to make a good fortune by that voyage, if strange
+occurrences happened not. They steered towards the continent, where they
+arrived in a few days near Costa Rica, all their fleet safe. No sooner
+had they discovered land but Captain Morgan declared his intentions to
+the captains, and presently after to the company. He told them he
+intended to plunder Puerto Bello by night, being resolved to put the
+whole city to the sack: and to encourage them he added, this enterprise
+could not fail, seeing he had kept it secret, without revealing it to
+anybody, whereby they could not have notice of his coming. To this
+proposition some answered, "they had not a sufficient number of men to
+assault so strong and great a city." But Captain Morgan replied, "If our
+number is small, our hearts are great; and the fewer persons we are, the
+more union and better shares we shall have in the spoil." Hereupon,
+being stimulated with the hope of those vast riches they promised
+themselves from their success, they unanimously agreed to that design.
+Now, that my reader may better comprehend the boldness of this exploit,
+it may be necessary to say something beforehand of the city of Puerto
+Bello.
+
+This city is in the province of Costa Rica, 10 deg. north latitude,
+fourteen leagues from the gulf of Darien, and eight westwards from the
+port called Nombre de Dios. It is judged the strongest place the king of
+Spain possesses in all the West Indies, except Havanna and Carthagena.
+Here are two castles almost impregnable, that defend the city, situate
+at the entry of the port, so that no ship or boat can pass without
+permission. The garrison consists of three hundred soldiers, and the
+town is inhabited by about four hundred families. The merchants dwell
+not here, but only reside awhile, when the galleons come from or go for
+Spain, by reason of the unhealthiness of the air, occasioned by vapours
+from the mountains; so that though their chief warehouses are at Puerto
+Bello, their habitations are at Panama, whence they bring the plate upon
+mules, when the fair begins, and when the ships belonging to the company
+of negroes arrive to sell slaves.
+
+Captain Morgan, who knew very well all the avenues of this city and the
+neighbouring coasts, arrived in the dusk of the evening at Puerto de
+Naos, ten leagues to the west of Puerto Bello. Being come hither, they
+sailed up the river to another harbour called Puerto Pontin, where they
+anchored: here they put themselves into boats and canoes, leaving in the
+ships only a few men to bring them next day to the port. About midnight
+they came to a place called Estera longa Lemos, where they all went on
+shore, and marched by land to the first posts of the city: they had in
+their company an Englishman, formerly a prisoner in those parts, who now
+served them for a guide: to him and three or four more they gave
+commission to take the sentinel, if possible, or kill him on the place:
+but they seized him so cunningly, as he had no time to give warning with
+his musket, or make any noise, and brought him, with his hands bound,
+to Captain Morgan, who asked him how things went in the city, and what
+forces they had; with other circumstances he desired to know. After
+every question they made him a thousand menaces to kill him, if he
+declared not the truth. Then they advanced to the city, carrying the
+said sentinel bound before them: having marched about a quarter of a
+league, they came to the castle near the city, which presently they
+closely surrounded, so that no person could get either in or out.
+
+Being posted under the walls of the castle, Captain Morgan commanded the
+sentinel, whom they had taken prisoner, to speak to those within,
+charging them to surrender to his discretion; otherwise they should all
+be cut in pieces, without quarter. But they regarding none of these
+threats, began instantly to fire, which alarmed the city; yet
+notwithstanding, though the governor and soldiers of the said castle
+made as great resistance as could be, they were forced to surrender.
+Having taken the castle, they resolved to be as good as their words,
+putting the Spaniards to the sword, thereby to strike a terror into the
+rest of the city. Whereupon, having shut up all the soldiers and
+officers as prisoners into one room, they set fire to the powder
+(whereof they found great quantity) and blew up the castle into the air,
+with all the Spaniards that were within. This done, they pursued the
+course of their victory, falling upon the city, which, as yet, was not
+ready to receive them. Many of the inhabitants cast their precious
+jewels and money into wells and cisterns, or hid them in places
+underground, to avoid, as much as possible, being totally robbed. One of
+the party of pirates, assigned to this purpose, ran immediately to the
+cloisters, and took as many religious men and women as they could find.
+The governor of the city, not being able to rally the citizens, through
+their great confusion, retired to one of the castles remaining, and
+thence fired incessantly at the pirates: but these were not in the least
+negligent either to assault him, or defend themselves, so that amidst
+the horror of the assault, they made very few shots in vain; for aiming
+with great dexterity at the mouths of the guns, the Spaniards were
+certain to lose one or two men every time they charged each gun anew.
+
+This continued very furious from break of day till noon; yea, about this
+time of the day the case was very dubious which party should conquer, or
+be conquered. At last, the pirates perceiving they had lost many men,
+and yet advanced but little towards gaining either this, or the other
+castles, made use of fire-balls, which they threw with their hands,
+designing to burn the doors of the castles; but the Spaniards from the
+walls let fall great quantities of stones, and earthen pots full of
+powder, and other combustible matter, which forced them to desist.
+Captain Morgan seeing this generous defence made by the Spaniards, began
+to despair of success. Hereupon, many faint and calm meditations came
+into his mind; neither could he determine which way to turn himself in
+that strait. Being thus puzzled, he was suddenly animated to continue
+the assault, by seeing English colours put forth at one of the lesser
+castles, then entered by his men; of whom he presently after spied a
+troop coming to meet him, proclaiming victory with loud shouts of joy.
+This instantly put him on new resolutions of taking the rest of the
+castles, especially seeing the chiefest citizens were fled to them, and
+had conveyed thither great part of their riches, with all the plate
+belonging to the churches and divine service.
+
+[Illustration: "MORGAN COMMANDED THE RELIGIOUS MEN AND WOMEN TO PLACE
+THE LADDERS AGAINST THE WALLS"--_Page 128_]
+
+To this effect, he ordered ten or twelve ladders to be made in all
+haste, so broad, that three or four men at once might ascend them: these
+being finished, he commanded all the religious men and women, whom he
+had taken prisoners, to fix them against the walls of the castle. This
+he had before threatened the governor to do, if he delivered not the
+castle: but his answer was, "he would never surrender himself alive."
+Captain Morgan was persuaded the governor would not employ his utmost
+force, seeing the religious women, and ecclesiastical persons, exposed
+in the front of the soldiers to the greatest danger. Thus the ladders,
+as I have said, were put into the hands of religious persons of both
+sexes, and these were forced, at the head of the companies, to raise and
+apply them to the walls: but Captain Morgan was fully deceived in his
+judgment of this design; for the governor, who acted like a brave
+soldier in performance of his duty, used his utmost endeavour to destroy
+whosoever came near the walls. The religious men and women ceased not to
+cry to him, and beg of him, by all the saints of heaven, to deliver the
+castle, and spare both his and their own lives; but nothing could
+prevail with his obstinacy and fierceness. Thus many of the religious
+men and nuns were killed before they could fix the ladders; which at
+last being done, though with great loss of the said religious people,
+the pirates mounted them in great numbers, and with not less valour,
+having fire-balls in their hands, and earthen pots full of powder; all
+which things, being now at the top of the walls, they kindled and cast
+in among the Spaniards.
+
+This effort of the pirates was very great, insomuch that the Spaniards
+could no longer resist nor defend the castle, which was now entered.
+Hereupon they all threw down their arms, and craved quarter for their
+lives; only the governor of the city would crave no mercy, but killed
+many of the pirates with his own hands, and not a few of his own
+soldiers; because they did not stand to their arms. And though the
+pirates asked him if he would have quarter; yet he constantly answered,
+"By no means, I had rather die as a valiant soldier, than be hanged as a
+coward." They endeavoured as much as they could to take him prisoner,
+but he defended himself so obstinately, that they were forced to kill
+him, notwithstanding all the cries and tears of his own wife and
+daughter, who begged him, on their knees, to demand quarter, and save
+his life. When the pirates had possessed themselves of the castle, which
+was about night, they enclosed therein all the prisoners, placing the
+women and men by themselves, with some guards: the wounded were put in
+an apartment by itself, that their own complaints might be the cure of
+their diseases; for no other was afforded them.
+
+This done, they fell to eating and drinking, as usual; that is,
+committing in both all manner of debauchery and excess, so that fifty
+courageous men might easily have retaken the city, and killed all the
+pirates. Next day, having plundered all they could find, they examined
+some of the prisoners (who had been persuaded by their companions to say
+they were the richest of the town), charging them severely to discover
+where they had hid their riches and goods. Not being able to extort
+anything from them, they not being the right persons, it was resolved to
+torture them: this they did so cruelly, that many of them died on the
+rack, or presently after. Now the president of Panama being advertised
+of the pillage and ruin of Puerto Bello, he employed all his care and
+industry to raise forces to pursue and cast out the pirates thence; but
+these cared little for his preparations, having their ships at hand, and
+determining to fire the city, and retreat. They had now been at Puerto
+Bello fifteen days, in which time they had lost many of their men, both
+by the unhealthiness of the country, and their extravagant debaucheries.
+
+Hereupon, they prepared to depart, carrying on board all the pillage
+they had got, having first provided the fleet with sufficient victuals
+for the voyage. While these things were doing, Captain Morgan demanded
+of the prisoners a ransom for the city, or else he would burn it down,
+and blow up all the castles; withal, he commanded them to send speedily
+two persons, to procure the sum, which was 100,000 pieces of eight. To
+this effect two men were sent to the president of Panama, who gave him
+an account of all. The president, having now a body of men ready, set
+forth towards Puerto Bello, to encounter the pirates before their
+retreat; but, they, hearing of his coming, instead of flying away, went
+out to meet him at a narrow passage, which he must pass: here they
+placed a hundred men, very well armed, which at the first encounter put
+to flight a good party of those of Panama. This obliged the president to
+retire for that time, not being yet in a posture of strength to proceed
+farther. Presently after, he sent a message to Captain Morgan, to tell
+him, "that if he departed not suddenly with all his forces from Puerto
+Bello, he ought to expect no quarter for himself, nor his companions,
+when he should take them, as he hoped soon to do." Captain Morgan, who
+feared not his threats, knowing he had a secure retreat in his ships,
+which were at hand, answered, "he would not deliver the castles, before
+he had received the contribution money he had demanded; which if it were
+not paid down, he would certainly burn the whole city, and then leave
+it, demolishing beforehand the castles, and killing the prisoners."
+
+The governor of Panama perceived by this answer that no means would
+serve to mollify the hearts of the pirates, nor reduce them to reason:
+hereupon, he determined to leave them, as also those of the city whom he
+came to relieve, involved in the difficulties of making the best
+agreement they could. Thus in a few days more the miserable citizens
+gathered the contributions required, and brought 100,000 pieces of eight
+to the pirates for a ransom of their cruel captivity: but the president
+of Panama was much amazed to consider that four hundred men could take
+such a great city, with so many strong castles, especially having no
+ordnance, wherewith to raise batteries, and, what was more, knowing the
+citizens of Puerto Bello had always great repute of being good soldiers
+themselves, and who never wanted courage in their own defence. This
+astonishment was so great, as made him send to Captain Morgan, desiring
+some small pattern of those arms wherewith he had taken with much vigour
+so great a city. Captain Morgan received this messenger very kindly, and
+with great civility; and gave him a pistol, and a few small bullets, to
+carry back to the president his master; telling him, withal, "he
+desired him to accept that slender pattern of the arms wherewith he had
+taken Puerto Bello, and keep them for a twelvemonth; after which time he
+promised to come to Panama, and fetch them away." The governor returned
+the present very soon to Captain Morgan, giving him thanks for the
+favour of lending him such weapons as he needed not; and, withal, sent
+him a ring of gold, with this message, "that he desired him not to give
+himself the labour of coming to Panama, as he had done to Puerto Bello:
+for he did assure him, he should not speed so well here, as he had done
+there."
+
+After this, Captain Morgan (having provided his fleet with all
+necessaries, and taken with him the best guns of the castles, nailing up
+the rest) set sail from Puerto Bello with all his ships, and arriving in
+a few days at Cuba, he sought out a place wherein he might quickly make
+the dividend of their spoil. They found in ready money 250,000 pieces of
+eight, besides other merchandises; as cloth, linen, silks, &c. With this
+rich purchase they sailed thence to their common place of rendezvous,
+Jamaica. Being arrived, they passed here some time in all sorts of vices
+and debaucheries, according to their custom; spending very prodigally
+what others had gained with no small labour and toil.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII
+
+_Captain Morgan takes the city of Maracaibo on the coast of Neuva
+Venezuela--Piracies committed in those seas--Ruin of three Spanish
+ships, set forth to hinder the robberies of the pirates._
+
+
+NOT long after their arrival at Jamaica, being that short time they
+needed to lavish away all the riches above mentioned, they concluded on
+another enterprise to seek new fortunes: to this effect Captain Morgan
+ordered all the commanders of his ships to meet at De la Vacca, or the
+Cow Isle, south of Hispaniola, as is said. Hither flocked to them great
+numbers of other pirates, French and English; the name of Captain Morgan
+being now famous in all the neighbouring countries for his great
+enterprises. There was then at Jamaica an English ship newly come from
+New England, well mounted with thirty-six guns: this vessel, by order of
+the governor of Jamaica, joined Captain Morgan to strengthen his fleet,
+and give him greater courage to attempt mighty things. With this supply
+Captain Morgan judged himself sufficiently strong; but there being in
+the same place another great vessel of twenty-four iron guns, and twelve
+brass ones, belonging to the French, Captain Morgan endeavoured also to
+join this ship to his own; but the French not daring to trust the
+English, denied absolutely to consent.
+
+The French pirates belonging to this great ship had met at sea an
+English vessel; and being under great want of victuals, they had taken
+some provisions out of the English ship, without paying for them,
+having, perhaps, no ready money aboard: only they gave them bills of
+exchange for Jamaica and Tortuga, to receive money there. Captain Morgan
+having notice of this, and perceiving he could not prevail with the
+French captain to follow him, resolved to lay hold on this occasion, to
+ruin the French, and seek his revenge. Hereupon he invited, with
+dissimulation, the French commander, and several of his men, to dine
+with him on board the great ship that was come to Jamaica, as is said.
+Being come, he made them all prisoners, pretending the injury aforesaid
+done to the English vessel.
+
+This unjust action of Captain Morgan was soon followed by Divine
+punishment, as we may conceive: the manner I shall instantly relate.
+Captain Morgan, presently after he had taken these French prisoners,
+called a council to deliberate what place they should first pitch upon
+in this new expedition. Here it was determined to go to the isle of
+Savona, to wait for the flota then expected from Spain, and take any of
+the Spanish vessels straggling from the rest. This resolution being
+taken, they began aboard the great ship to feast one another for joy of
+their new voyage, and happy council, as they hoped: they drank many
+healths, and discharged many guns, the common sign of mirth among
+seamen. Most of the men being drunk, by what accident is not known, the
+ship suddenly was blown up, with three hundred and fifty Englishmen,
+besides the French prisoners in the hold; of all which there escaped but
+thirty men, who were in the great cabin, at some distance from the main
+force of the powder. Many more, it is thought, might have escaped, had
+they not been so much overtaken with wine.
+
+This loss brought much consternation of mind upon the English; they knew
+not whom to blame, but at last the accusation was laid on the French
+prisoners, whom they suspected to have fired the powder of the ship out
+of revenge, though with the loss of their own lives: hereupon they added
+new accusations to their former, whereby to seize the ship and all that
+was in it, by saying the French designed to commit piracy on the
+English. The grounds of this accusation were given by a commission from
+the governor of Barracoa, found aboard the French vessel, wherein were
+these words, "that the said governor did permit the French to trade in
+all Spanish ports," &c. "As also to cruise on the English pirates in
+what place soever they could find them, because of the multitudes of
+hostilities which they had committed against the subjects of his
+Catholic Majesty in time of peace betwixt the two crowns." This
+commission for trade was interpreted as an express order to exercise
+piracy and war against them, though it was only a bare licence for
+coming into the Spanish ports; the cloak of which permission were those
+words, "that they should cruise upon the English." And though the French
+did sufficiently expound the true sense of it, yet they could not clear
+themselves to Captain Morgan nor his council: but in lieu thereof, the
+ship and men were seized and sent to Jamaica. Here they also endeavoured
+to obtain justice, and the restitution of their ship, but all in vain;
+for instead of justice, they were long detained in prison, and
+threatened with hanging.
+
+Eight days after the loss of the said ship, Captain Morgan commanded the
+bodies of the miserable wretches who were blown up to be searched for,
+as they floated on the sea; not to afford them Christian burial, but for
+their clothes and attire: and if any had gold rings on their fingers,
+these were cut off, leaving them exposed to the voracity of the monsters
+of the sea. At last they set sail for Savona, the place of their
+assignation. There were in all fifteen vessels, Captain Morgan
+commanding the biggest, of only fourteen small guns; his number of men
+was nine hundred and sixty. Few days after, they arrived at the Cabo de
+Lobos, south of Hispaniola, between Cape Tiburon and Cape Punta de
+Espada: hence they could not pass by reason of contrary winds for three
+weeks, notwithstanding all the utmost endeavours Captain Morgan used to
+get forth; then they doubled the cape, and spied an English vessel at a
+distance. Having spoken with her, they found she came from England, and
+bought of her, for ready money, some provisions they wanted.
+
+Captain Morgan proceeded on his voyage till he came to the port of Ocoa;
+here he landed some men, sending them into the woods to seek water and
+provisions, the better to spare such as he had already on board. They
+killed many beasts, and among others some horses. But the Spaniards, not
+well satisfied at their hunting, laid a stratagem for them, ordering
+three or four hundred men to come from Santo Domingo not far distant,
+and desiring them to hunt in all the parts thereabout near the sea, that
+so, if the pirates should return, they might find no subsistence. Within
+few days the same pirates returned to hunt, but finding nothing to kill,
+a party of about fifty straggled farther on into the woods. The
+Spaniards, who watched all their motions, gathered a great herd of cows,
+and set two or three men to keep them. The pirates having spied them,
+killed a sufficient number; and though the Spaniards could see them at a
+distance, yet they could not hinder them at present; but as soon as they
+attempted to carry them away, they set upon them furiously, crying,
+"Mata, mata," _i.e._, "Kill, kill." Thus the pirates were compelled to
+quit the prey, and retreat to their ships; but they did it in good
+order, retiring by degrees, and when they had opportunity, discharging
+full volleys on the Spaniards, killing many of their enemies, though
+with some loss.
+
+The Spaniards seeing their damage, endeavoured to save themselves by
+flight, and carry off their dead and wounded companions. The pirates
+perceiving them flee, would not content themselves with what hurt they
+had already done, but pursued them speedily into the woods, and killed
+the greatest part of those that remained. Next day Captain Morgan,
+extremely offended at what had passed, went himself with two hundred men
+into the woods to seek for the rest of the Spaniards, but finding
+nobody, he revenged his wrath on the houses of the poor and miserable
+rustics that inhabit those scattering fields and woods, of which he
+burnt a great number: with this he returned to his ships, somewhat more
+satisfied in his mind for having done some considerable damage to the
+enemy; which was always his most ardent desire.
+
+The impatience wherewith Captain Morgan had waited a long while for some
+of his ships not yet arrived, made him resolve to sail away without
+them, and steer for Savona, the place he always designed. Being arrived,
+and not finding any of his ships come, he was more impatient and
+concerned than before, fearing their loss, or that he must proceed
+without them; but he waiting for their arrival a few days longer, and
+having no great plenty of provisions, he sent a crew of one hundred and
+fifty men to Hispaniola to pillage some towns near Santo Domingo; but
+the Spaniards, upon intelligence of their coming, were so vigilant, and
+in such good posture of defence, that the pirates thought not convenient
+to assault them, choosing rather to return empty-handed to Captain
+Morgan, than to perish in that desperate enterprise.
+
+At last Captain Morgan, seeing the other ships did not come, made a
+review of his people, and found only about five hundred men; the ships
+wanting were seven, he having only eight in his company, of which the
+greatest part were very small. Having hitherto resolved to cruise on the
+coasts of Caraccas, and to plunder the towns and villages there, finding
+himself at present with such small forces, he changed his resolution by
+advice of a French captain in his fleet. This Frenchman having served
+Lolonois in the like enterprises, and at the taking of Maracaibo, knew
+all the entries, passages, forces, and means, how to put in execution
+the same again in company of Captain Morgan; to whom having made a full
+relation of all, he concluded to sack it the second time, being himself
+persuaded, with all his men, of the facility the Frenchman propounded.
+Hereupon they weighed anchor, and steered towards Curasao. Being come
+within sight of it, they landed at another island near it, called Ruba,
+about twelve leagues from Curasao to the west. This island, defended by
+a slender garrison, is inhabited by Indians subject to Spain, and speak
+Spanish, by reason of the Roman Catholic religion, here cultivated by a
+few priests sent from the neighbouring continent.
+
+The inhabitants exercise commerce or trade with the pirates that go or
+come this way: they buy of the islanders sheep, lambs, and kids, which
+they exchange for linen, thread, and like things. The country is very
+dry and barren, the whole substance thereof consisting in those three
+things, and in a little indifferent wheat. This isle produces many
+venomous insects, as vipers, spiders, and others. These last are so
+pernicious, that a man bitten by them dies mad; and the manner of
+recovering such is to tie them very fast both hands and feet, and so to
+leave them twenty-four hours, without eating or drinking anything.
+Captain Morgan, as was said, having cast anchor before this island,
+bought of the inhabitants sheep, lambs, and wood, for all his fleet.
+After two days, he sailed again in the night, to the intent they might
+not see what course he steered.
+
+Next day they arrived at the sea of Maracaibo, taking great care not to
+be seen from Vigilia, for which reason they anchored out of sight of it.
+Night being come, they set sail again towards the land, and next
+morning, by break of day, were got directly over against the bar of the
+said lake. The Spaniards had built another fort since the action of
+Lolonois, whence they now fired continually against the pirates, while
+they put their men into boats to land. The dispute continued very hot,
+being managed with great courage from morning till dark night. This
+being come, Captain Morgan, in the obscurity thereof, drew nigh the
+fort, which having examined, he found nobody in it, the Spaniards having
+deserted it not long before. They left behind them a match lighted near
+a train of powder, to have blown up the pirates and the whole fortress
+as soon as they were in it. This design had taken effect, had not the
+pirates discovered it in a quarter of an hour; but Captain Morgan
+snatching away the match, saved both his own and his companions' lives.
+They found here much powder, whereof he provided his fleet, and then
+demolished part of the walls, nailing sixteen pieces of ordnance, from
+twelve to twenty-four pounders. Here they also found many muskets and
+other military provisions.
+
+Next day they commanded the ships to enter the bar, among which they
+divided the powder, muskets, and other things found in the fort: then
+they embarked again to continue their course towards Maracaibo; but the
+waters being very low, they could not pass a certain bank at the entry
+of the lake: hereupon they were compelled to go into canoes and small
+boats, with which they arrived next day before Maracaibo, having no
+other defence than some small pieces which they could carry in the said
+boats. Being landed, they ran immediately to the fort De la Barra, which
+they found as the precedent, without any person in it, for all were fled
+into the woods, leaving also the town without any people, unless a few
+miserable folks, who had nothing to lose.
+
+As soon as they had entered the town, the pirates searched every corner,
+to see if they could find any people that were hid, who might offend
+them unawares; not finding anybody, every party, as they came out of
+their several ships, chose what houses they pleased. The church was
+deputed for the common corps du guard, where they lived after their
+military manner, very insolently. Next day after they sent a troop of a
+hundred men to seek for the inhabitants and their goods; these returned
+next day, bringing with them thirty persons, men, women, and children,
+and fifty mules laden with good merchandise. All these miserable people
+were put to the rack, to make them confess where the rest of the
+inhabitants were, and their goods. Among other tortures, one was to
+stretch their limbs with cords, and then to beat them with sticks and
+other instruments. Others had burning matches placed betwixt their
+fingers, which were thus burnt alive. Others had slender cords or
+matches twisted about their heads, till their eyes burst out. Thus all
+inhuman cruelties were executed on those innocent people. Those who
+would not confess, or who had nothing to declare, died under the hands
+of those villains. These tortures and racks continued for three whole
+weeks, in which time they sent out daily parties to seek for more people
+to torment and rob, they never returning without booty and new riches.
+
+Captain Morgan having now gotten into his hands about a hundred of the
+chief families, with all their goods, at last resolved for Gibraltar, as
+Lolonois had done before: with this design he equipped his fleet,
+providing it sufficiently with all necessaries. He put likewise on board
+all the prisoners, and weighing anchor, set sail with resolution to
+hazard a battle. They had sent before some prisoners to Gibraltar, to
+require the inhabitants to surrender, otherwise Captain Morgan would
+certainly put them all to the sword, without any quarter. Arriving
+before Gibraltar, the inhabitants received him with continual shooting
+of great cannon bullets; but the pirates, instead of fainting hereat,
+ceased not to encourage one another, saying, "We must make one meal upon
+bitter things, before we come to taste the sweetness of the sugar this
+place affords."
+
+Next day very early they landed all their men, and being guided by the
+Frenchman abovesaid, they marched towards the town, not by the common
+way, but crossing through the woods, which way the Spaniards scarce
+thought they would have come; for at the beginning of their march they
+made as if they intended to come the next and open way to the town,
+hereby to deceive the Spaniards: but these remembering full well what
+Lolonois had done but two years before, thought it not safe to expect a
+second brunt, and hereupon all fled out of the town as fast as they
+could, carrying all their goods and riches, as also all the powder; and
+having nailed all the great guns, so as the pirates found not one person
+in the whole city, but one poor innocent man who was born a fool. This
+man they asked whither the inhabitants were fled, and where they had hid
+their goods. To all which questions and the like, he constantly
+answered, "I know nothing, I know nothing:" but they presently put him
+to the rack, and tortured him with cords; which torments forced him to
+cry out, "Do not torture me any more, but come with me, and I will show
+you my goods and my riches." They were persuaded, it seems, he was some
+rich person disguised under those clothes so poor, and that innocent
+tongue; so they went along with him, and he conducted them to a poor
+miserable cottage, wherein he had a few earthen dishes and other things
+of no value, and three pieces of eight, concealed with some other
+trumpery underground. Then they asked him his name, and he readily
+answered, "My name is Don Sebastian Sanchez, and I am brother unto the
+governor of Maracaibo." This foolish answer, it must be conceived, these
+inhuman wretches took for truth: for no sooner had they heard it, but
+they put him again upon the rack, lifting him up on high with cords, and
+tying huge weights to his feet and neck. Besides which, they burnt him
+alive, applying palm-leaves burning to his face.
+
+[Illustration: "'THEY HANGED HIM ON A TREE'"--_Page 146_]
+
+The same day they sent out a party to seek for the inhabitants, on whom
+they might exercise their cruelties. These brought back an honest
+peasant with two daughters of his, whom they intended to torture as they
+used others, if they showed not the places where the inhabitants were
+hid. The peasant knew some of those places, and seeing himself
+threatened with the rack, went with the pirates to show them; but the
+Spaniards perceiving their enemies to range everywhere up and down the
+woods, were already fled thence farther off into the thickest of the
+woods, where they built themselves huts, to preserve from the weather
+those few goods they had. The pirates judged themselves deceived by the
+peasant, and hereupon, to revenge themselves, notwithstanding all his
+excuses and supplication, they hanged him on a tree.
+
+Then they divided into parties to search the plantations; for they knew
+the Spaniards that were absconded could not live on what the woods
+afforded, without coming now and then for provisions to their country
+houses. Here they found a slave, to whom they promised mountains of gold
+and his liberty, by transporting him to Jamaica, if he would show them
+where the inhabitants of Gibraltar lay hid. This fellow conducted them
+to a party of Spaniards, whom they instantly made prisoners, commanding
+this slave to kill some before the eyes of the rest; that by this
+perpetrated crime, he might never be able to leave their wicked company.
+The negro, according to their orders, committed many murders and
+insolencies upon the Spaniards, and followed the unfortunate traces of
+the pirates; who eight days after returned to Gibraltar with many
+prisoners, and some mules laden with riches. They examined every
+prisoner by himself (who were in all about two hundred and fifty
+persons), where they had hid the rest of their goods, and if they know
+of their fellow-townsmen. Such as would not confess were tormented after
+a most inhuman manner. Among the rest, there happened to be a
+Portuguese, who by a negro was reported, though falsely, to be very
+rich; this man was commanded to produce his riches. His answer was, he
+had no more than one hundred pieces of eight in the world, and these had
+been stolen from him two days before by his servant; which words, though
+he sealed with many oaths and protestations, yet they would not believe
+him, but dragging him to the rack, without any regard to his age of
+sixty years, they stretched him with cords, breaking both his arms
+behind his shoulders.
+
+This cruelty went not alone; for he not being able or willing to make
+any other declaration, they put him to another sort of torment more
+barbarous; they tied him with small cords by his two thumbs and great
+toes to four stakes fixed in the ground, at a convenient distance, the
+whole weight of his body hanging on those cords. Not satisfied yet with
+this cruel torture, they took a stone of above two hundred pounds, and
+laid it upon his belly, as if they intended to press him to death; they
+also kindled palm leaves, and applied the flame to the face of this
+unfortunate Portuguese, burning with them the whole skin, beard, and
+hair. At last, seeing that neither with these tortures, nor others, they
+could get anything out of him, they untied the cords, and carried him
+half dead to the church, where was their corps du guard; here they tied
+him anew to one of the pillars thereof, leaving him in that condition,
+without giving him either to eat or drink, unless very sparingly, and so
+little that would scarce sustain life for some days; four or five being
+past, he desired one of the prisoners might come to him, by whose means
+he promised he would endeavour to raise some money to satisfy their
+demands. The prisoner whom he required was brought to him, and he
+ordered him to promise the pirate five hundred pieces of eight for his
+ransom; but they were deaf and obstinate at such a small sum, and
+instead of accepting it, beat him cruelly with cudgels, saying, "Old
+fellow, instead of five hundred, you must say five hundred thousand
+pieces of eight; otherwise you shall here end your life." Finally, after
+a thousand protestations that he was but a miserable man, and kept a
+poor tavern for his living, he agreed with them for one thousand pieces
+of eight. These he raised, and having paid them, got his liberty; though
+so horribly maimed, that it is scarce to be believed he could survive
+many weeks.
+
+Others were crucified by these tyrants, and with kindled matches burnt
+between the joints of their fingers and toes: others had their feet put
+into the fire, and thus were left to be roasted alive. Having used these
+and other cruelties with the white men, they began to practise the same
+with the negroes, their slaves, who were treated with no less inhumanity
+than their masters.
+
+Among these slaves was one who promised Captain Morgan to conduct him to
+a river of the lake, where he should find a ship and four boats, richly
+laden with goods of the inhabitants of Maracaibo: the same discovered
+likewise where the governor of Gibraltar lay hid, with the greatest part
+of the women of the town; but all this he revealed, upon great menaces
+to hang him, if he told not what he knew. Captain Morgan sent away
+presently two hundred men in two settees, or great boats, to this river,
+to seek for what the slave had discovered; but he himself, with two
+hundred and fifty more, undertook to go and take the governor. This
+gentleman was retired to a small island in the middle of the river,
+where he had built a little fort, as well as he could, for his defence;
+but hearing that Captain Morgan came in person with great forces to seek
+him, he retired to the top of a mountain not far off, to which there was
+no ascent but by a very narrow passage, so straight, that whosoever did
+attempt to gain the ascent, must march his men one by one. Captain
+Morgan spent two days before he arrived at this little island, whence he
+designed to proceed to the mountain where the governor was posted, had
+he not been told of the impossibility of ascent, not only for the
+narrowness of the way, but because the governor was well provided with
+all sorts of ammunition: beside, there was fallen a huge rain, whereby
+all the pirates' baggage and powder was wet. By this rain, also, they
+lost many men at the passage over a river that was overflown: here
+perished, likewise, some women and children, and many mules laden with
+plate and goods, which they had taken from the fugitive inhabitants; so
+that things were in a very bad condition with Captain Morgan, and his
+men much harassed, as may be inferred from this relation: whereby, if
+the Spaniards, in that juncture, had had but fifty men well armed, they
+might have entirely destroyed the pirates. But the fears the Spaniards
+had at first conceived were so great, that the leaves stirring on the
+trees they often fancied to be pirates. Finally, Captain Morgan and his
+people, having upon this march sometimes waded up to their middles in
+water for half, or whole miles together, they at last escaped, for the
+greatest part; but the women and children for the major part died.
+
+Thus twelve days after they set forth to seek the governor they returned
+to Gibraltar, with many prisoners: two days after arrived also the two
+settees that went to the river, bringing with them four boats, and some
+prisoners; but the greatest part of the merchandise in the said boats
+they found not, the Spaniards having unladed and secured it, having
+intelligence of their coming; who designed also, when the merchandise
+was taken out, to burn the boats: yet the Spaniards made not so much
+haste to unlade these vessels, but that they left in the ship and boats
+great parcels of goods, which the pirates seized, and brought a
+considerable booty to Gibraltar. Thus, after they had been in possession
+of the place five entire weeks, and committed an infinite number of
+murders, robberies, and such-like insolencies, they concluded to depart;
+but first they ordered some prisoners to go forth into the woods and
+fields, and collect a ransom for the town, otherwise they would
+certainly burn it down to the ground. These poor afflicted men went as
+they were sent, and having searched the adjoining fields and woods,
+returned to Captain Morgan, telling him they had scarce been able to
+find anybody, but that to such as they had found they had proposed his
+demands; to which they had answered, that the governor had prohibited
+them to give any ransom for the town, but they beseeched him to have a
+little patience, and among themselves they would collect five thousand
+pieces of eight; and for the rest, they would give some of their own
+townsmen as hostages, whom he might carry to Maracaibo, till he had
+received full satisfaction.
+
+Captain Morgan having now been long absent from Maracaibo, and knowing
+the Spaniards had had sufficient time to fortify themselves, and hinder
+his departure out of the lake, granted their proposition, and made as
+much haste as he could for his departure: he gave liberty to all the
+prisoners, first putting every one to a ransom; yet he detained the
+slaves. They delivered him four persons agreed on for hostages of what
+money more he was to receive, and they desired to have the slave
+mentioned above, intending to punish him according to his deserts; but
+Captain Morgan would not deliver him, lest they should burn him alive.
+At last, they weighed anchor, and set sail in all haste for Maracaibo:
+here they arrived in four days, and found all things as they had left
+them; yet here they received news from a poor distressed old man, whom
+alone they found sick in the town, that three Spanish men-of-war were
+arrived at the entry of the lake, waiting the return of the pirates:
+moreover, that the castle at the entry thereof was again put into a good
+posture of defence, well provided with guns and men, and all sorts of
+ammunition.
+
+This relation could not choose but disturb the mind of Captain Morgan,
+who now was careful how to get away through the narrow entry of the
+lake: hereupon he sent his swiftest boat to view the entry, and see if
+things were as they had been related. Next day the boat came back,
+confirming what was said; assuring him, they had viewed the ships so
+nigh, that they had been in great danger of their shot, hereunto they
+added, that the biggest ship was mounted with forty guns, the second
+with thirty, and the smallest with twenty-four. These forces being much
+beyond those of Captain Morgan, caused a general consternation in the
+pirates, whose biggest vessel had not above fourteen small guns. Every
+one judged Captain Morgan to despond, and to be hopeless, considering
+the difficulty of passing safe with his little fleet amidst those great
+ships and the fort, or he must perish. How to escape any other way, by
+sea or land, they saw no way. Under these necessities, Captain Morgan
+resumed new courage, and resolving to show himself still undaunted, he
+boldly sent a Spaniard to the admiral of those three ships, demanding of
+him a considerable ransom for not putting the city of Maracaibo to the
+flames. This man (who was received by the Spaniards with great
+admiration of the boldness of those pirates) returned two days after,
+bringing to Captain Morgan a letter from the said admiral, as follows:--
+
+          _The Letter of Don Alonso del Campo y Espinosa,
+            Admiral of the Spanish Fleet, to Captain Morgan,
+            Commander of the Pirates._
+
+          "Having understood by all our friends and
+          neighbours, the unexpected news that you have
+          dared to attempt and commit hostilities in the
+          countries, cities, towns, and villages belonging
+          to the dominions of his Catholic Majesty, my
+          sovereign lord and master; I let you understand by
+          these lines, that I am come to this place,
+          according to my obligation, near that castle
+          which you took out of the hands of a parcel of
+          cowards; where I have put things into a very good
+          posture of defence, and mounted again the
+          artillery which you had nailed and dismounted. My
+          intent is, to dispute with you your passage out of
+          the lake, and follow and pursue you everywhere, to
+          the end you may see the performance of my duty.
+          Notwithstanding, if you be contented to surrender
+          with humility all that you have taken, together
+          with the slaves and all other prisoners, I will
+          let you freely pass, without trouble or
+          molestation; on condition that you retire home
+          presently to your own country. But if you make any
+          resistance or opposition to what I offer you, I
+          assure you I will command boats to come from
+          Caraccas, wherein I will put my troops, and coming
+          to Maracaibo, will put you every man to the sword.
+          This is my last and absolute resolution. Be
+          prudent, therefore, and do not abuse my bounty
+          with ingratitude. I have with me very good
+          soldiers, who desire nothing more ardently than to
+          revenge on you, and your people, all the
+          cruelties, and base infamous actions, you have
+          committed upon the Spanish nation in America.
+          Dated on board the royal ship named the
+          _Magdalen_, lying at anchor at the entry of the
+          lake of Maracaibo, this 24th of April, 1669.
+
+                         "DON ALONSO DEL CAMPO Y ESPINOSA."
+
+As soon as Captain Morgan received this letter, he called all his men
+together in the market-place of Maracaibo, and after reading the
+contents thereof, both in French and English, asked their advice and
+resolution on the whole matter, and whether they had rather surrender
+all they had got to obtain their liberty, than fight for it.
+
+They answered all, unanimously, they had rather fight to the last drop
+of blood, than surrender so easily the booty they had got with so much
+danger of their lives. Among the rest, one said to Captain Morgan, "Take
+you care for the rest, and I will undertake to destroy the biggest of
+those ships with only twelve men: the manner shall be, by making a
+brulot, or fire-ship, of that vessel we took in the river of Gibraltar;
+which, to the intent she may not be known for a fireship, we will fill
+her decks with logs of wood, standing with hats and montera caps, to
+deceive their sight with the representation of men. The same we will do
+at the port-holes that serve for the guns, which shall be filled with
+counterfeit cannon. At the stern we will hang out English colours, and
+persuade the enemy she is one of our best men-of-war going to fight
+them." This proposition was admitted and approved by every one; howbeit,
+their fears were not quite dispersed.
+
+For, notwithstanding what had been concluded there, they endeavoured the
+next day to come to an accommodation with Don Alonso. To this effect,
+Captain Morgan sent to him two persons, with these propositions: First,
+that he would quit Maracaibo, without doing any damage to the town, or
+exacting any ransom for the firing thereof. Secondly, that he would set
+at liberty one half of the slaves, and all the prisoners, without
+ransom. Thirdly, that he would send home freely the four chief
+inhabitants of Gibraltar, which he had in his custody as hostages for
+the contributions those people had promised to pay. These propositions
+were instantly rejected by Don Alonso, as dishonourable: neither would
+he hear of any other accommodation, but sent back this message: "That if
+they surrendered not themselves voluntarily into his hands, within two
+days, under the conditions which he had offered them by his letter, he
+would immediately come, and force them to do it."
+
+No sooner had Captain Morgan received this message from Don Alonso, than
+he put all things in order to fight, resolving to get out of the lake by
+main force, without surrendering anything. First, he commanded all the
+slaves and prisoners to be tied, and guarded very well, and gathered all
+the pitch, tar, and brimstone, they could find in the whole town, for
+the fire-ship above-mentioned; then they made several inventions of
+powder and brimstone with palm leaves, well annointed with tar. They
+covered very well their counterfeit cannon, laying under every piece
+many pounds of powder; besides, they cut down many outworks of the ship,
+that the powder might exert its strength the better; breaking open,
+also, new port-holes, where, instead of guns, they placed little drums
+used by the negroes. Finally, the decks were handsomely beset with many
+pieces of wood, dressed up like men with hats, or monteras, and armed
+with swords, muskets, and bandeleers.
+
+The fire-ship being thus fitted, they prepared to go to the entry of the
+port. All the prisoners were put into one great boat, and in another of
+the biggest they placed all the women, plate, jewels, and other rich
+things: into others they put the bales of goods and merchandise, and
+other things of bulk: each of these boats had twelve men aboard, very
+well armed; the brulot had orders to go before the rest of the vessels,
+and presently to fall foul with the great ship. All things being ready,
+Captain Morgan exacted an oath of all his comrades, protesting to defend
+themselves to the last drop of blood, without demanding quarter;
+promising withal, that whosoever behaved himself thus, should be very
+well rewarded.
+
+With this courageous resolution they set sail to seek the Spaniards. On
+April 30, 1669, they found the Spanish fleet riding at anchor in the
+middle of the entry of the lake. Captain Morgan, it being now late and
+almost dark, commanded all his vessels to an anchor, designing to fight
+even all night if they forced him to it. He ordered a careful watch to
+be kept aboard every vessel till morning, they being almost within shot,
+as well as within sight of the enemy. The day dawning, they weighed
+anchor, and sailed again, steering directly towards the Spaniards; who
+seeing them move, did instantly the same. The fire-ship sailing before
+the rest fell presently upon the great ship, and grappled her; which the
+Spaniards (too late) perceiving to be a fire-ship, they attempted to put
+her off, but in vain: for the flame seizing her timber and tackling,
+soon consumed all the stern, the fore part sinking into the sea, where
+she perished. The second Spanish ship perceiving the admiral to burn,
+not by accident, but by industry of the enemy, escaped towards the
+castle, where the Spaniards themselves sunk her, choosing to lose their
+ship rather than to fall into the hands of those pirates. The third,
+having no opportunity to escape, was taken by the pirates. The seamen
+that sunk the second ship near the castle, perceiving the pirates come
+towards them to take what remains they could find of their shipwreck
+(for some part was yet above water), set fire also to this vessel, that
+the pirates might enjoy nothing of that spoil. The first ship being set
+on fire, some of the persons in her swam towards the shore; these
+pirates would have taken up in their boats, but they would not ask or
+take quarter, choosing rather to lose their lives than receive them from
+their hands, for reasons which I shall relate.
+
+[Illustration: "'THE FIRE-SHIP, SAILING BEFORE THE REST, FELL PRESENTLY
+UPON THE GREAT SHIP'"--_Page 158_]
+
+The pirates being extremely glad at this signal victory so soon
+obtained, and with so great an inequality of forces, conceived greater
+pride than they had before, and all presently ran ashore, intending to
+take the castle. This they found well provided with men, cannon, and
+ammunition, they having no other arms than muskets, and a few hand
+granadoes: their own artillery they thought incapable, for its
+smallness, of making any considerable breach in the walls. Thus they
+spent the rest of the day, firing at the garrison with their muskets,
+till the dusk of the evening, when they attempted to advance nearer the
+walls, to throw in their fire-balls: but the Spaniards resolving to sell
+their lives as dear as they could, fired so furiously at them, that they
+having experimented the obstinacy of the enemy, and seeing thirty of
+their men dead, and as many more wounded, they retired to their ships.
+
+The Spaniards believing the pirates would next day renew the attack with
+their own cannon, laboured hard all night to put things in order for
+their coming; particularly, they dug down, and made plain, some little
+hills and eminences, when possibly the castle might be offended.
+
+But Captain Morgan intended not to come again, busying himself next day
+in taking prisoners some of the men who still swam alive, hoping to get
+part of the riches lost in the two ships that perished. Among the rest,
+he took a pilot, who was a stranger, and who belonged to the lesser ship
+of the two, of whom he inquired several things; as, What number of
+people those three ships had in them? Whether they expected any more
+ships to come? From what port they set forth last, when they came to
+seek them out? He answered, in Spanish, "Noble sir, be pleased to pardon
+and spare me, that no evil be done to me, being a stranger to this
+nation I have served, and I shall sincerely inform you of all that
+passed till our arrival at this lake. We were sent by orders from the
+Supreme Council of State in Spain, being six men-of-war well equipped,
+into these seas, with instructions to cruise upon the English pirates,
+and root them out from these parts by destroying as many of them as we
+could.
+
+"These orders were given, upon the news brought to the court of Spain of
+the loss and ruin of Puerto Bello, and other places; of all which
+damages and hostilities committed here by the English, dismal
+lamentations have often been made to the catholic king and council, to
+whom belongs the care and preservation of this new world. And though the
+Spanish court hath many times by their ambassadors complained hereof to
+the king of England; yet it hath been the constant answer of his Majesty
+of Great Britain, that he never gave any letters patent, nor
+commissions, for acting any hostility against the subjects of the king
+of Spain. Hereupon the catholic king resolved to revenge his subjects,
+and punish these proceedings: commanded six men-of-war to be equipped,
+which he sent under the command of Don Augustine de Bustos, admiral of
+the said fleet. He commanded the biggest ship, named _N. S. de la
+Soleda_, of forty-eight great guns, and eight small ones. The
+vice-admiral was Don Alonso del Campo y Espinosa, who commanded the
+second ship called _La Conception_, of forty-four great guns, and eight
+small ones; besides four vessels more, whereof the first was named the
+_Magdalen_, of thirty-six great guns, and twelve small ones, with two
+hundred and fifty men. The second was called _St. Lewis_, with
+twenty-six great guns, twelve small ones, and two hundred men. The third
+was called _La Marquesa_, of sixteen great guns, eight small ones, and
+one hundred and fifty men. The fourth and last, _N. S. del Carmen_, with
+eighteen great guns, eight small ones, and one hundred and fifty men.
+
+"Being arrived at Carthagena, the two greatest ships received orders to
+return to Spain, being judged too big for cruising on these coasts. With
+the four ships remaining, Don Alonso del Campo y Espinosa departed
+towards Campechy to seek the English: we arrived at the port there,
+where, being surprised by a huge storm from the north, we lost one of
+our ships, being that which I named last. Hence we sailed for
+Hispaniola, in sight of which we came in a few days, and steered for
+Santo Domingo: here we heard that there had passed that way a fleet from
+Jamaica, and that some men thereof had landed at Alta Gracia; the
+inhabitants had taken one prisoner, who confessed their design was to go
+and pillage the city of Caraccas. On this news, Don Alonso instantly
+weighed anchor, and, crossing over to the continent, we came in sight of
+the Caraccas: here we found them not, but met with a boat, which
+certified us they were in the lake of Maracaibo, and that the fleet
+consisted of seven small ships, and one boat.
+
+"Upon this we came here, and arriving at the entry of the lake, we shot
+off a gun for a pilot from the shore. Those on land perceiving we were
+Spaniards, came willingly to us with a pilot, and told us the English
+had taken Maracaibo, and that they were now at the pillage of Gibraltar.
+Don Alonso, on this news, made a handsome speech to his soldiers and
+mariners, encouraging them to their duty, and promising to divide among
+them all they should take from the English: he ordered the guns we had
+taken out of the ship that was lost to be put into the castle, and
+mounted for its defence, with two eighteen-pounders more, out of his own
+ship. The pilots conducted us into the port, and Don Alonso commanded
+the people on shore to come before him, whom he ordered to repossess the
+castle, and reinforce it with one hundred men more than it had before
+its being taken. Soon after, we heard of your return from Gibraltar to
+Maracaibo, whither Don Alonso wrote you a letter, giving you an account
+of his arrival and design, and exhorting you to restore what you had
+taken. This you refusing, he renewed his promises to his soldiers and
+seamen, and having given a very good supper to all his people, he
+ordered them not to take or give any quarter, which was the occasion of
+so many being drowned, who dared not to crave quarter, knowing
+themselves must give none. Two days before you came against us, a negro
+came aboard Don Alonso's ship, telling him, 'Sir, be pleased to have
+great care of yourself; for the English have prepared a fire-ship, with
+design to burn your fleet.' But Don Alonso not believing this, answered,
+'How can that be? Have they, peradventure, wit enough to build a
+fire-ship? Or what instruments have they to do it withal?'"
+
+This pilot having related so distinctly these things to Captain Morgan,
+was very well used by him, and, after some kind proffers made to him,
+remained in his service. He told Captain Morgan, that, in the ship which
+was sunk, there was a great quantity of plate, to the value of forty
+thousand pieces of eight; which occasioned the Spaniards to be often
+seen in boats about it. Hereupon, Captain Morgan ordered one of his
+ships to remain there, to find ways of getting out of it what plate they
+could; meanwhile, himself, with all his fleet, returned to Maracaibo,
+where he refitted the great ship he had taken, and chose it for himself,
+giving his own bottom to one of his captains.
+
+Then he sent again a messenger to the admiral, who was escaped ashore,
+and got into the castle, demanding of him a ransom of fire for
+Maracaibo; which being denied, he threatened entirely to consume and
+destroy it. The Spaniards considering the ill-luck they had all along
+with those pirates, and not knowing how to get rid of them, concluded to
+pay the said ransom, though Don Alonso would not consent.
+
+Hereupon, they sent to Captain Morgan, to know what sum he demanded. He
+answered, that on payment of 30,000 pieces of eight, and five hundred
+beeves, he would release the prisoners and do no damage to the town. At
+last they agreed on 20,000 pieces of eight, and five hundred beeves to
+victual his fleet. The cattle were brought the next day, with one part
+of the money; and, while the pirates were busied in salting the flesh,
+they made up the whole 20,000 pieces of eight, as was agreed.
+
+But Captain Morgan would not presently deliver the prisoners, as he had
+promised, fearing the shot of the castle at his going forth out of the
+lake. Hereupon he told them he intended not to deliver them till he was
+out of that danger, hoping thus to obtain a free passage. Then he set
+sail with his fleet in quest of the ship he had left, to seek for the
+plate of the vessel that was burnt. He found her on the place, with
+15,000 pieces of eight got out of the work, beside many pieces of plate,
+as hilts of swords, and the like; also a great quantity of pieces of
+eight melted and run together, by the force of the fire.
+
+Captain Morgan scarce thought himself secure, nor could he contrive how
+to avoid the shot of the castle: hereupon he wished the prisoners to
+agree with the governor to permit a safe passage to his fleet, which,
+if he should not allow, he would certainly hang them all up in his
+ships. Upon this the prisoners met, and appointed some of their
+fellow-messengers to go to the said governor, Don Alonso: these went to
+him, beseeching and supplicating him to have compassion on those
+afflicted prisoners, who were, with their wives and children, in the
+hands of Captain Morgan; and that to this effect he would be pleased to
+give his word to let the fleet of pirates freely pass, this being the
+only way to save both the lives of them that came with this petition, as
+also of those who remained in captivity; all being equally menaced with
+the sword and gallows, if he granted them not this humble request. But
+Don Alonso gave them for answer a sharp reprehension of their cowardice,
+telling them, "If you had been as loyal to your king in hindering the
+entry of these pirates, as I shall do their going out, you had never
+caused these troubles, neither to yourselves nor to our whole nation,
+which hath suffered so much through your pusillanimity. In a word, I
+shall never grant your request, but shall endeavour to maintain that
+respect which is due to my king, according to my duty."
+
+[Illustration: "MORGAN DIVIDING THE TREASURE TAKEN AT MARACAIBO"--_Page
+166_]
+
+Thus the Spaniards returned with much consternation, and no hopes of
+obtaining their request, telling Captain Morgan what answer they had
+received: his reply was, "If Don Alonso will not let me pass, I will
+find means how to do it without him." Hereupon he presently made a
+dividend of all they had taken, fearing he might not have an opportunity
+to do it in another place, if any tempest should rise and separate the
+ships, as also being jealous that any of the commanders might run away
+with the best part of the spoil, which then lay much more in one vessel
+than another. Thus they all brought in according to their laws, and
+declared what they had, first making oath not to conceal the least
+thing. The accounts being cast up, they found to the value of 25,000
+pieces of eight, in money and jewels, beside the huge quantity of
+merchandise and slaves, all which purchase was divided to every ship or
+boat, according to her share.
+
+The dividend being made, the question still remained how they should
+pass the castle, and get out of the lake. To this effect they made use
+of a stratagem, as follows: the day before the night wherein they
+determined to get forth, they embarked many of their men in canoes, and
+rowed towards the shore, as if they designed to land: here they hid
+themselves under branches of trees that hang over the coast awhile,
+laying themselves down in the boats; then the canoes returned to the
+ships, with the appearance of only two or three men rowing them back,
+the rest being unseen at the bottom of the canoes: thus much only could
+be perceived from the castle, and this false landing of men, for so we
+may call it, was repeated that day several times: this made the
+Spaniards think the pirates intended at night to force the castle by
+scaling it. This fear caused them to place most of their great guns
+on the land side, together with their main force, leaving the side
+towards the sea almost destitute of defence.
+
+Night being come, they weighed anchor, and by moonlight, without setting
+sail, committed themselves to the ebbing tide, which gently brought them
+down the river, till they were near the castle; being almost over
+against it, they spread their sails with all possible haste. The
+Spaniards perceiving this, transported with all speed their guns from
+the other side, and began to fire very furiously at them; but these
+having a very favourable wind, were almost past danger before those of
+the castle could hurt them; so that they lost few of their men, and
+received no considerable damage in their ships. Being out of the reach
+of the guns, Captain Morgan sent a canoe to the castle with some of the
+prisoners, and the governor thereof gave them a boat to return to their
+own homes; but he detained the hostages from Gibraltar, because the rest
+of the ransom for not firing the place was yet unpaid. Just as he
+departed, Captain Morgan ordered seven great guns with bullets to be
+fired against the castle, as it were to take his leave of them, but they
+answered not so much as with a musket shot.
+
+Next day after, they were surprised with a great tempest, which forced
+them to cast anchor in five or six fathom water: but the storm
+increasing, compelled them to weigh again, and put to sea, where they
+were in great danger of being lost; for if they should have been cast on
+shore, either into the hands of the Spaniards or Indians, they would
+certainly have obtained no mercy: at last, the tempest being spent, the
+wind ceased, to the great joy of the whole fleet.
+
+While Captain Morgan made his fortune by these pillagings, his
+companions, who were separated from his fleet at the Cape de Lobos, to
+take the ship spoken of before, endured much misery, and were
+unfortunate in all their attempts. Being arrived at Savona, they found
+not Captain Morgan there, nor any of their companions, nor had they the
+fortune to find a letter which Captain Morgan at his departure left
+behind him in a place where in all probability they would meet with it.
+Thus, not knowing what course to steer, they concluded to pillage some
+town or other. They were in all about four hundred men, divided into
+four ships and one boat: being ready to set forth, they constituted an
+admiral among themselves, being one who had behaved himself very
+courageously at the taking of Puerto Bello, named Captain Hansel. This
+commander attempted the taking of the town of Commana, on the continent
+of Caraccas, nigh sixty leagues to the west of the Isle de la Trinidad.
+Being arrived there, they landed their men, and killed some few Indians
+near the coast; but approaching the town, the Spaniards having in their
+company many Indians, disputed the entry so briskly, that, with great
+loss and confusion, they were forced to retire to the ships. At last
+they arrived at Jamaica, where the rest of their companions, who came
+with Captain Morgan, mocked and jeered them for their ill success at
+Commana, often telling them, "Let us see what money you brought from
+Commana, and if it be as good silver as that which we bring from
+Maracaibo."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII
+
+_Captain Morgan goes to Hispaniola to equip a new fleet, with intent to
+pillage again on the coast of the West Indies._
+
+
+CAPTAIN MORGAN perceived now that Fortune favoured him, by giving
+success to all his enterprises, which occasioned him, as is usual in
+human affairs, to aspire to greater things, trusting she would always be
+constant to him.
+
+Such was the burning of Panama, wherein Fortune failed not to assist
+him, as she had done before, though she had led him thereto through a
+thousand difficulties. The history hereof I shall now relate, being so
+remarkable in all its circumstances, as peradventure nothing more
+deserving memory will be read by future ages.
+
+Captain Morgan arriving at Jamaica, found many of his officers and
+soldiers reduced to their former indigency, by their vices and
+debaucheries. Hence they perpetually importuned him for new exploits.
+
+Captain Morgan, willing to follow Fortune's call, stopped the mouths of
+many inhabitants of Jamaica, who were creditors to his men for large
+sums, with the hopes and promises of greater achievements than ever, by
+a new expedition. This done, he could easily levy men for any
+enterprise, his name being so famous through all those islands as that
+alone would readily bring him in more men than he could well employ. He
+undertook therefore to equip a new fleet, for which he assigned the
+south side of Tortuga as a place of rendezvous, writing letters to all
+the expert pirates there inhabiting, as also to the governor, and to the
+planters and hunters of Hispaniola, informing them of his intentions,
+and desiring their appearance, if they intended to go with him. These
+people upon this notice flocked to the place assigned, in huge numbers,
+with ships, canoes, and boats, being desirous to follow him. Many, who
+had not the convenience of coming by sea, traversed the woods of
+Hispaniola, and with no small difficulties arrived there by land. Thus
+all were present at the place assigned, and ready against October 24,
+1670.
+
+Captain Morgan was not wanting to be there punctually, coming in his
+ship to Port Couillon, over against the island De la Vaca, the place
+assigned. Having gathered the greatest part of his fleet, he called a
+council to deliberate about finding provisions for so many people. Here
+they concluded to send four ships and one boat, with four hundred men,
+to the continent, in order to rifle some country towns and villages for
+all the corn or maize they could gather. They set sail for the continent
+towards the river De la Hacha, designing to assault the village called
+La Rancheria, usually best stored with maize of all the parts
+thereabouts. Meanwhile Captain Morgan sent another party to hunt in the
+woods, who killed a huge number of beasts, and salted them: the rest
+remained in the ships, to clean, fit, and rig them, that, at the return
+of their fellows, all things might be in a readiness to weigh anchor and
+follow their designs.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV
+
+_What happened in the river De la Hacha._
+
+
+THESE four ships setting sail from Hispaniola, steered for the river De
+la Hacha, where they were suddenly overtaken with a tedious calm. Being
+within sight of land becalmed for some days, the Spaniards inhabiting
+along the coast, who had perceived them to be enemies, had sufficient
+time to prepare themselves, at least to hide the best of their goods,
+that, without any care of preserving them, they might be ready to
+retire, if they proved unable to resist the pirates, by whose frequent
+attempts on those coasts they had already learned what to do in such
+cases. There was then in the river a good ship, come from Carthagena to
+lade with maize, and now almost ready to depart. The men of this ship
+endeavoured to escape; but, not being able to do it, both they and the
+vessel fell into their hands. This was a fit purchase for them, being
+good part of what they came for. Next morning, about break of day, they
+came with their ships ashore, and landed their men, though the Spaniards
+made good resistance from a battery they had raised on that side, where,
+of necessity, they were to land; but they were forced to retire to a
+village, whither the pirates followed them. Here the Spaniards rallying,
+fell upon them with great fury, and maintained a strong combat, which
+lasted till night; but then, perceiving they had lost a great number of
+men, which was no less on the pirates' side, they retired to secret
+places in the woods.
+
+Next day the pirates seeing them all fled, and the town left empty of
+people, they pursued them as far as they could, and overtook a party of
+Spaniards, whom they made prisoners, and exercised with most cruel
+torments, to discover their goods. Some were forced, by intolerable
+tortures, to confess; but others, who would not, were used more
+barbarously. Thus, in fifteen days that they remained there, they took
+many prisoners, much plate and movables, with which booty they resolved
+to return to Hispaniola: yet, not content with what they had got, they
+dispatched some prisoners into the woods to seek for the rest of the
+inhabitants, and to demand a ransom for not burning the town. They
+answered, they had no money nor plate; but if they would be satisfied
+with a quantity of maize, they would give as much as they could. The
+pirates accepted this, it being then more useful to them than ready
+money, and agreed they should pay four thousand hanegs, or bushels of
+maize. These were brought in three days after, the Spaniards being
+desirous to rid themselves of that inhuman sort of people. Having laded
+them on board with the rest of their purchase, they returned to
+Hispaniola, to give account to their leader, Captain Morgan, of all they
+had performed.
+
+They had now been absent five weeks on this commission, which long delay
+occasioned Captain Morgan almost in despair of their return, fearing
+lest they were fallen in to the hands of the Spaniards; especially
+considering the place whereto they went could easily be relieved from
+Carthagena and Santa Maria, if the inhabitants were careful to alarm the
+country. On the other side, he feared lest they should have made some
+great fortune in that voyage, and with it have escaped to some other
+place. But seeing his ships return in greater numbers than they
+departed, he resumed new courage, this sight causing both in him and his
+companions infinite joy, especially when they found them full laden with
+maize, which they much wanted for the maintenance of so many people,
+from whom they expected great matters under such a commander.
+
+Captain Morgan having divided the said maize, as also the flesh which
+the hunters brought, among his ships, according to the number of men, he
+concluded to depart; having viewed beforehand every ship, and observed
+their being well equipped and clean. Thus he set sail, and stood for
+Cape Tiburon, where he determined to resolve what enterprise he should
+take in hand. No sooner were they arrived, but they met some other ships
+newly come to join them from Jamaica; so that now their fleet consisted
+of thirty-seven ships, wherein were two thousand fighting men, beside
+mariners and boys. The admiral hereof was mounted with twenty-two great
+guns, and six small ones of brass; the rest carried some twenty; some
+sixteen, some eighteen, and the smallest vessel at least four; besides
+which, they had great quantities of ammunition and fire-balls, with
+other inventions of powder.
+
+Captain Morgan having such a number of ships, divided the whole fleet
+into two squadrons, constituting a vice-admiral, and other officers of
+the second squadron, distinct from the former. To these he gave letters
+patent, or commissions to act all manner of hostilities against the
+Spanish nation, and take of them what ships they could, either abroad at
+sea, or in the harbours, as if they were open and declared enemies (as
+he termed it) of the king of England, his pretended master. This done,
+he called all his captains and other officers together, and caused them
+to sign some articles of agreement betwixt them, and in the name of all.
+Herein it was stipulated, that he should have the hundredth part of all
+that was gotten to himself: that every captain should draw the shares of
+eight men for the expenses of his ship, besides his own. To the surgeon,
+beside his pay, two hundred pieces of eight for his chest of
+medicaments. To every carpenter, above his salary, one hundred pieces of
+eight. The rewards were settled in this voyage much higher than before:
+as, for the loss of both legs, fifteen hundred pieces of eight, or
+fifteen slaves, the choice left to the party, for the loss of both
+hands, eighteen hundred pieces of eight, or eighteen slaves: for one
+leg, whether right or left, six hundred pieces of eight, or six slaves:
+for a hand, as much as for a leg; and for the loss of an eye, one
+hundred pieces of eight, or one slave. Lastly, to him that in any battle
+should signalize himself, either by entering first any castle, or taking
+down the Spanish colours, and setting up the English, they allotted
+fifty pieces of eight for a reward. All which extraordinary salaries and
+rewards to be paid out of the first spoil they should take, as every one
+should occur to be either rewarded or paid.
+
+This contract being signed, Captain Morgan commanded his vice-admirals
+and captains to put all things in order, to attempt one of these three
+places; either Carthagena, Panama, or Vera Cruz. But the lot fell on
+Panama, as the richest of all three; though this city being situate at
+such a distance from the North Sea as they knew not well the approaches
+to it, they judged it necessary to go beforehand to the isle of St.
+Catherine, there to find some persons for guides in this enterprise; for
+in the garrison there are commonly many banditti and outlaws belonging
+to Panama and the neighbouring places, who are very expert in the
+knowledge of that country. But before they proceeded, they published an
+act through the whole fleet, promising, if they met with any Spanish
+vessel, the first captain who should take it should have for his reward
+the tenth part of what should be found in her.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV
+
+_Captain Morgan leaves Hispaniola and goes to St. Catherine's, which he
+takes._
+
+
+CAPTAIN MORGAN and his companions weighed anchor from the Cape of
+Tiburon, December 16, 1670. Four days after they arrived in sight of St.
+Catherine's, now in possession of the Spaniards again, as was said
+before, to which they commonly banish the malefactors of the Spanish
+dominions in the West Indies. Here are huge quantities of pigeons at
+certain seasons. It is watered by four rivulets, whereof two are always
+dry in summer. Here is no trade or commerce exercised by the
+inhabitants; neither do they plant more fruits than what are necessary
+for human life, though the country would make very good plantations of
+tobacco of considerable profit, were it cultivated.
+
+As soon as Captain Morgan came near the island with his fleet, he sent
+one of his best sailing vessels to view the entry of the river, and see
+if any other ships were there, who might hinder him from landing; as
+also fearing lest they should give intelligence of his arrival to the
+inhabitants, and prevent his designs.
+
+Next day, before sunrise, all the fleet anchored near the island, in a
+bay called Aguade Grande. On this bay the Spaniards had built a battery,
+mounted with four pieces of cannon. Captain Morgan landed about one
+thousand men in divers squadrons, marching through the woods, though
+they had no other guides than a few of his own men, who had been there
+before, under Mansvelt. The same day they came to a place where the
+governor sometimes resided: here they found a battery called the
+Platform, but nobody in it, the Spaniards having retired to the lesser
+island, which, as was said before, is so near the great one, that a
+short bridge only may conjoin them.
+
+This lesser island was so well fortified with forts and batteries round
+it, as might seem impregnable. Hereupon, as soon as the Spaniards
+perceived the pirates approach, they fired on them so furiously, that
+they could advance nothing that day, but were content to retreat, and
+take up their rest in the open fields, which was not strange to these
+people, being sufficiently used to such kind of repose. What most
+afflicted them was hunger, having not eat anything that whole day. About
+midnight it rained so hard, that they had much ado to bear it, the
+greatest part of them having no other clothes than a pair of seaman's
+trousers or breeches, and a shirt, without shoes or stockings. In this
+great extremity they pulled down a few thatched houses to make fires
+withal; in a word, they were in such a condition, that one hundred men,
+indifferently well armed, might easily that night have torn them all in
+pieces. Next morning, about break of day, the rain ceased, and they
+dried their arms and marched on: but soon after it rained afresh, rather
+harder than before, as if the skies were melted into waters; which kept
+them from advancing towards the forts, whence the Spaniards continually
+fired at them.
+
+The pirates were now reduced to great affliction and danger, through the
+hardness of the weather, their own nakedness, and great hunger; for a
+small relief hereof, they found in the fields an old horse, lean, and
+full of scabs and blotches, with galled back and sides: this they
+instantly killed and flayed, and divided in small pieces among
+themselves, as far as it would reach (for many could not get a morsel)
+which they roasted and devoured without salt or bread, more like
+ravenous wolves than men. The rain not ceasing, Captain Morgan perceived
+their minds to relent, hearing many of them say they would return on
+board. Among these fatigues of mind and body, he thought convenient to
+use some sudden remedy: to this effect, he commanded a canoe to be
+rigged in haste, and colours of truce to be hanged out. This canoe he
+sent to the Spanish governor, with this message: "That if within a few
+hours he delivered not himself and all his men into his hands, he did by
+that messenger swear to him, and all those that were in his company, he
+would most certainly put them to the sword, without granting quarter to
+any."
+
+In the afternoon the canoe returned with this answer: "That the governor
+desired two hours' time to deliberate with his officers about it, which
+being past, he would give his positive answer." The time being elapsed,
+the governor sent two canoes with white colours, and two persons to
+treat with Captain Morgan; but, before they landed, they demanded of the
+pirates two persons as hostages. These were readily granted by Captain
+Morgan, who delivered them two of the captains for a pledge of the
+security required. With this the Spaniards propounded to Captain Morgan,
+that the governor, in a full assembly, had resolved to deliver up the
+island, not being provided with sufficient forces to defend it against
+such an armada. But withal, he desired Captain Morgan would be pleased
+to use a certain stratagem of war, for the better saving of his own
+credit, and the reputation of his officers both abroad and at home,
+which should be as follows:--That Captain Morgan would come with his
+troops by night to the bridge that joined the lesser island to the great
+one, and there attack the fort of St. Jerome: that at the same time all
+his fleet would draw near the castle of Santa Teresa, and attack it by
+land, landing, in the meanwhile, more troops near the battery of St.
+Matthew: that these troops being newly landed, should by this means
+intercept the governor as he endeavoured to pass to St. Jerome's fort,
+and then take him prisoner; using the formality, as if they forced him
+to deliver the castle; and that he would lead the English into it, under
+colour of being his own troops. That on both sides there should be
+continual firing, but without bullets, or at least into the air, so that
+no side might be hurt. That thus having obtained two such considerable
+forts, the chiefest of the isle, he need not take care for the rest,
+which must fall of course into his hands.
+
+These propositions were granted by Captain Morgan, on condition they
+should see them faithfully observed; otherwise they should be used with
+the utmost rigour: this they promised to do, and took their leave, to
+give account of their negotiation to the governor. Presently after,
+Captain Morgan commanded the whole fleet to enter the port, and his men
+to be ready to assault, that night, the castle of St. Jerome. Thus the
+false battle began, with incessant firing from both the castles, against
+the ships, but without bullets, as was agreed. Then the pirates landed,
+and assaulted by night the lesser island, which they took, as also both
+fortresses; forcing the Spaniards, in appearance, to fly to the church.
+Before this assault, Captain Morgan sent word to the governor, that he
+should keep all his men together in a body; otherwise, if the pirates
+met any straggling Spaniards in the streets, they should certainly shoot
+them.
+
+This island being taken by this unusual stratagem, and all things put in
+order, the pirates made a new war against the poultry, cattle, and all
+sorts of victuals they could find, for some days; scarce thinking of
+anything else than to kill, roast, and eat, and make what good cheer
+they could. If wood was wanting, they pulled down the houses, and made
+fires with the timber, as had been done before in the field. Next day
+they numbered all the prisoners they had taken upon the island, which
+were found to be in all four hundred and fifty-nine persons, men, women,
+and children; viz., one hundred and ninety soldiers of the garrison;
+forty inhabitants, who were married: forty-three children, thirty-four
+slaves, belonging to the king; with eight children, eight banditti,
+thirty-nine negroes belonging to private persons; with twenty-seven
+female blacks, and thirty-four children. The pirates disarmed all the
+Spaniards, and sent them out immediately to the plantations to seek for
+provisions, leaving the women in the church to exercise their devotions.
+
+Soon after they reviewed the whole island, and all the fortresses
+thereof, which they found to be nine in all, viz., the fort of St.
+Jerome, next the bridge, had eight great guns, of twelve, six, and eight
+pounds carriage; with six pipes of muskets, every pipe containing ten
+muskets. Here they found still sixty muskets, with sufficient powder and
+other ammunition. The second fortress, called St. Matthew, had three
+guns, of eight pounds each. The third, and chiefest, named Santa
+Teresa, had twenty great guns, of eighteen, twelve, eight, and six
+pounds; with ten pipes of muskets, like those before, and ninety muskets
+remaining, besides other ammunition. This castle was built with stone
+and mortar, with very thick walls, and a large ditch round it, twenty
+feet deep, which, though it was dry, yet was very hard to get over. Here
+was no entry, but through one door, to the middle of the castle. Within
+it was a mount, almost inaccessible, with four pieces of cannon at the
+top; whence they could shoot directly into the port. On the sea side it
+was impregnable, by reason of the rocks round it, and the sea beating
+furiously upon them. To the land it was so commodiously seated on a
+mountain, as there was no access to it but by a path three or four feet
+broad. The fourth fortress was named St. Augustine, having three guns of
+eight and six pounds. The fifth, named La Plattaforma de la Conception,
+had only two guns, of eight pounds. The sixth, by name San Salvador, had
+likewise no more than two guns. The seventh, called Plattaforma de los
+Artilleros, had also two guns. The eighth, called Santa Cruz, had three
+guns. The ninth, called St. Joseph's Fort, had six guns, of twelve and
+eight pounds, besides two pipes of muskets, and sufficient ammunition.
+
+In the storehouses were above thirty thousand pounds of powder, with all
+other ammunition, which was carried by the pirates on board. All the
+guns were stopped and nailed, and the fortresses demolished, except
+that of St. Jerome, where the pirates kept guard and resistance. Captain
+Morgan inquired for any banditti from Panama or Puerto Bello, and three
+were brought him, who pretended to be very expert in the avenues of
+those parts. He asked them to be his guides, and show him the securest
+ways to Panama, which, if they performed, he promised them equal shares
+in the plunder of that expedition, and their liberty when they arrived
+in Jamaica. These propositions the banditti readily accepted, promising
+to serve him very faithfully, especially one of the three, who was the
+greatest rogue, thief, and assassin among them, who had deserved rather
+to be broken alive on the wheel, than punished with serving in a
+garrison. This wicked fellow had a great ascendant over the other two,
+and domineered over them as he pleased, they not daring to disobey his
+orders.
+
+Captain Morgan commanded four ships and one boat to be equipped, and
+provided with necessaries, to go and take the castle of Chagre, on the
+river of that name; neither would he go himself with his whole fleet,
+lest the Spaniards should be jealous of his farther design on Panama. In
+these vessels he embarked four hundred men, to put in execution these
+his orders. Meanwhile, himself remained in St. Catherine's with the rest
+of the fleet, expecting to hear of their success.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI
+
+_Captain Morgan takes the Castle of Chagre, with four hundred men sent
+to this purpose from St. Catherine's._
+
+
+CAPTAIN MORGAN sending this little fleet to Chagre, chose for
+vice-admiral thereof one Captain Brodely, who had been long in those
+quarters, and committed many robberies on the Spaniards, when Mansvelt
+took the isle of St. Catherine, as was before related; and therefore was
+thought a fit person for this exploit, his actions likewise having
+rendered him famous among the pirates, and their enemies the Spaniards.
+Captain Brodely being made commander, in three days after his departure
+arrived in sight of the said castle of Chagre, by the Spaniards called
+St. Lawrence. This castle is built on a high mountain, at the entry of
+the river, surrounded by strong palisades, or wooden walls, filled with
+earth, which secures them as well as the best wall of stone or brick.
+The top of this mountain is, in a manner, divided into two parts,
+between which is a ditch thirty feet deep. The castle hath but one
+entry, and that by a drawbridge over this ditch. To the land it has four
+bastions, and to the sea two more. The south part is totally
+inaccessible, through the cragginess of the mountain. The north is
+surrounded by the river, which here is very broad. At the foot of the
+castle, or rather mountain, is a strong fort, with eight great guns,
+commanding the entry of the river. Not much lower are two other
+batteries, each of six pieces, to defend likewise the mouth of the
+river. At one side of the castle are two great storehouses of all sorts
+of warlike ammunition and merchandise, brought thither from the island
+country. Near these houses is a high pair of stairs hewn out of the
+rock, to mount to the top of the castle. On the west is a small port,
+not above seven or eight fathoms deep, fit for small vessels, and of
+very good anchorage; besides, before the castle, at the entry of the
+river, is a great rock, scarce to be described but at low tides.
+
+No sooner had the Spaniards perceived the pirates, but they fired
+incessantly at them with the biggest of their guns. They came to an
+anchor in a small port, about a league from the castle. Next morning,
+very early, they went ashore, and marched through the woods, to attack
+the castle on that side. This march lasted till two of the clock in the
+afternoon, before they could reach the castle, by reason of the
+difficulties of the way, and its mire and dirt; and though their guides
+served them very exactly, yet they came so nigh the castle at first,
+that they lost many of their men by its shot, they being in an open
+place without covert. This much perplexed the pirates, not knowing what
+course to take; for on that side, of necessity, they must make the
+assault: and being uncovered from head to foot, they could not advance
+one step without danger: besides that, the castle, both for its
+situation and strength, made them much doubt of success. But to give it
+over they dared not, lest they should be reproached by their companions.
+
+At last, after many doubts and disputes, resolving to hazard the assault
+and their lives desperately, they advanced towards the castle with their
+swords in one hand, and fire-balls in the other. The Spaniards defended
+themselves very briskly, ceasing not to fire at them continually; crying
+withal, "Come on, ye English dogs! enemies to God and our king; and let
+your other companions that are behind come on too, ye shall not go to
+Panama this bout." The pirates making some trial to climb the walls,
+were forced to retreat, resting themselves till night. This being come,
+they returned to the assault, to try, by the help of their fire-balls,
+to destroy the pales before the wall; and while they were about it,
+there happened a very remarkable accident, which occasioned their
+victory. One of the pirates being wounded with an arrow in his back,
+which pierced his body through, he pulled it out boldly at the side of
+his breast, and winding a little cotton about it, he put it into his
+musket, and shot it back to the castle; but the cotton being kindled by
+the powder, fired two or three houses in the castle, being thatched with
+palm-leaves, which the Spaniards perceived not so soon as was
+necessary; for this fire meeting with a parcel of powder, blew it up,
+thereby causing great ruin, and no less consternation to the Spaniards,
+who were not able to put a stop to it, not having seen it time enough.
+
+The pirates perceiving the effect of the arrow, and the misfortunes of
+the Spaniards, were infinitely glad; and while they were busied in
+quenching the fire, which caused a great confusion for want of water,
+the pirates took this opportunity, setting fire likewise to the
+palisades. The fire thus seen at once in several parts about the castle,
+gave them great advantage against the Spaniards, many breaches being
+made by the fire among the pales, great heaps of earth falling into the
+ditch. Then the pirates climbing up, got over into the castle, though
+those Spaniards, who were not busy about the fire, cast down many
+flaming pots full of combustible matter, and odious smells, which
+destroyed many of the English.
+
+The Spaniards, with all their resistance, could not hinder the palisades
+from being burnt down before midnight. Meanwhile the pirates continued
+in their intention of taking the castle; and though the fire was very
+great, they would creep on the ground, as near as they could, and shoot
+amidst the flames against the Spaniards on the other side, and thus
+killed many from the walls. When day was come, they observed all the
+movable earth, that lay betwixt the pales, to be fallen into the ditch;
+so that now those within the castle lay equally exposed to them without,
+as had been on the contrary before; whereupon the pirates continued
+shooting very furiously, and killed many Spaniards; for the governor had
+charged them to make good those posts, answering to the heaps of earth
+fallen into the ditch, and caused the artillery to be transported to the
+breaches.
+
+The fire within the castle still continuing, the pirates from abroad did
+what they could to hinder its progress, by shooting incessantly against
+it; one party of them was employed only for this, while another watched
+all the motions of the Spaniards. About noon the English gained a
+breach, which the governor himself defended with twenty-five soldiers.
+Here was made a very courageous resistance by the Spaniards, with
+muskets, pikes, stones, and swords; but through all these the pirates
+fought their way, till they gained the castle. The Spaniards, who
+remained alive, cast themselves down from the castle into the sea,
+choosing rather to die thus (few or none surviving the fall) than to ask
+quarter for their lives. The governor himself retreated to the corps du
+gard, before which were placed two pieces of cannon: here he still
+defended himself, not demanding any quarter, till he was killed with a
+musket-shot in the head.
+
+The governor being dead, and the corps du gard surrendering, they found
+remaining in it alive thirty men, whereof scarce ten were not wounded:
+these informed the pirates that eight or nine of their soldiers had
+deserted, and were gone to Panama, to carry news of their arrival and
+invasion. These thirty men alone remained of three hundred and fourteen
+wherewith the castle was garrisoned, among which not one officer was
+found alive. These were all made prisoners, and compelled to tell
+whatever they knew of their designs and enterprises. Among other things,
+that the governor of Panama had notice sent him three weeks ago from
+Carthagena, that the English were equipping a fleet at Hispaniola, with
+a design to take Panama; and, beside, that this had been discovered by a
+deserter from the pirates at the river De la Hacha, where they had
+victualled. That upon this, the governor had sent one hundred and
+sixty-four men to strengthen the garrison of that castle, with much
+provision and ammunition; the ordinary garrison whereof was only one
+hundred and fifty men, but these made up two hundred and fourteen men,
+very well armed. Besides this, they declared that the governor of Panama
+had placed several ambuscades along the river of Chagre; and that he
+waited for them in the open fields of Panama with three thousand six
+hundred men.
+
+The taking of this castle cost the pirates excessively dear, in
+comparison to what they were wont to lose, and their toil and labour was
+greater than at the conquest of the isle of St. Catherine; for,
+numbering their men, they had lost above a hundred, beside seventy
+wounded. They commanded the Spanish prisoners to cast the dead bodies of
+their own men from the top of the mountain to the seaside, and to bury
+them. The wounded were carried to the church, of which they made an
+hospital, and where also they shut up the women.
+
+Captain Morgan remained not long behind at St. Catherine's, after taking
+the castle of Chagre, of which he had notice presently; but before he
+departed, he embarked all the provisions that could be found, with much
+maize, or Indian wheat, and cazave, whereof also is made bread in those
+ports. He transported great store of provisions to the garrison of
+Chagre, whencesoever they could be got. At a certain place they cast
+into the sea all the guns belonging thereto, designing to return, and
+leave that island well garrisoned, to the perpetual possession of the
+pirates; but he ordered all the houses and forts to be fired, except the
+castle of St. Teresa, which he judged to be the strongest and securest
+wherein to fortify himself at his return from Panama.
+
+Having completed his arrangements, he took with him all the prisoners of
+the island, and then sailed for Chagre, where he arrived in eight days.
+Here the joy of the whole fleet was so great, when they spied the
+English colours on the castle, that they minded not their way into the
+river, so that they lost four ships at the entry thereof, Captain
+Morgan's being one; yet they saved all the men and goods. The ships,
+too, had been preserved, if a strong northerly wind had not risen,
+which cast them on the rock at the entry of the river.
+
+Captain Morgan was brought into the castle with great acclamations of
+all the pirates, both of those within, and those newly come. Having
+heard the manner of the conquest, he commanded all the prisoners to
+work, and repair what was necessary, especially to set up new palisades
+round the forts of the castle. There were still in the river some
+Spanish vessels, called chatten, serving for transportation of
+merchandise up and down the river, and to go to Puerto Bello and
+Nicaragua. These commonly carry two great guns of iron, and four small
+ones of brass. These vessels they seized, with four little ships they
+found there, and all the canoes. In the castle they left a garrison of
+five hundred men, and in the ships in the river one hundred and fifty
+more. This done, Captain Morgan departed for Panama at the head of
+twelve hundred men. He carried little provisions with him, hoping to
+provide himself sufficiently among the Spaniards, whom he knew to lie in
+ambuscade by the way.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII
+
+_Captain Morgan departs from Chagre, at the head of twelve hundred men,
+to take the city of Panama._
+
+
+CAPTAIN MORGAN set forth from the castle of Chagre, towards Panama,
+August 18, 1670. He had with him twelve hundred men, five boats laden
+with artillery, and thirty-two canoes. The first day they sailed only
+six leagues, and came to a place called De los Bracos. Here a party of
+his men went ashore, only to sleep and stretch their limbs, being almost
+crippled with lying too much crowded in the boats. Having rested awhile,
+they went abroad to seek victuals in the neighbouring plantations; but
+they could find none, the Spaniards being fled, and carrying with them
+all they had. This day, being the first of their journey, they had such
+scarcity of victuals, as the greatest part were forced to pass with only
+a pipe of tobacco, without any other refreshment.
+
+Next day, about evening, they came to a place called Cruz de Juan
+Gallego. Here they were compelled to leave their boats and canoes, the
+river being very dry for want of rain, and many trees having fallen into
+it.
+
+The guides told them, that, about two leagues farther, the country
+would be very good to continue the journey by land. Hereupon they left
+one hundred and sixty men on board the boats, to defend them, that they
+might serve for a refuge in necessity.
+
+Next morning, being the third day, they all went ashore, except those
+who were to keep the boats. To these Captain Morgan gave order, under
+great penalties, that no man, on any pretext whatever, should dare to
+leave the boats, and go ashore; fearing lest they should be surprised by
+an ambuscade of Spaniards in the neighbouring woods, which appeared so
+thick as to seem almost impenetrable. This morning beginning their
+march, the ways proved so bad, that Captain Morgan thought it more
+convenient to transport some of the men in canoes (though with great
+labour) to a place farther up the river, called Cedro Bueno. Thus they
+re-embarked, and the canoes returned for the rest; so that about night
+they got altogether at the said place. The pirates much desired to meet
+some Spaniards or Indians, hoping to fill their bellies with their
+provisions, being reduced to extremity and hunger.
+
+The fourth day the greatest part of the pirates marched by land, being
+led by one of the guides; the rest went by water farther up, being
+conducted by another guide, who always went before them, to discover, on
+both sides the river, the ambuscades. These had also spies, who were
+very dextrous to give notice of all accidents, or of the arrival of the
+pirates, six hours, at least, before they came. This day, about noon,
+they came near a post called Torna Cavallos: here the guide of the
+canoes cried out, that he perceived an ambuscade. His voice caused
+infinite joy to all the pirates, hoping to find some provisions to
+satiate their extreme hunger. Being come to the place, they found nobody
+in it, the Spaniards being fled, and leaving nothing behind but a few
+leathern bags, all empty, and a few crumbs of bread scattered on the
+ground where they had eaten. Being angry at this, they pulled down a few
+little huts which the Spaniards had made, and fell to eating the
+leathern bags, to allay the ferment of their stomachs, which was now so
+sharp as to gnaw their very bowels. Thus they made a huge banquet upon
+these bags of leather, divers quarrels arising concerning the greatest
+shares. By the bigness of the place, they conjectured about five hundred
+Spaniards had been there, whom, finding no victuals, they were now
+infinitely desirous to meet, intending to devour some of them rather
+than perish.
+
+Having feasted themselves with those pieces of leather, they marched on,
+till they came about night to another post, called Torna Munni. Here
+they found another ambuscade, but as barren as the former. They searched
+the neighbouring woods, but could not find anything to eat, the
+Spaniards having been so provident, as not to leave anywhere the least
+crumb of sustenance, whereby the pirates were now brought to this
+extremity. Here again he was happy that had reserved since noon any bit
+of leather to make his supper of, drinking after it a good draught of
+water for his comfort. Some, who never were out of their mothers'
+kitchens, may ask, how these pirates could eat and digest those pieces
+of leather, so hard and dry? Whom I answer, that, could they once
+experiment what hunger, or rather famine, is, they would find the way as
+the pirates did. For these first sliced it in pieces, then they beat it
+between two stones, and rubbed it, often dipping it in water, to make it
+supple and tender. Lastly, they scraped off the hair, and broiled it.
+Being thus cooked, they cut it into small morsels, and ate it, helping
+it down with frequent gulps of water, which, by good fortune, they had
+at hand.
+
+The fifth day, about noon, they came to a place called Barbacoa. Here
+they found traces of another ambuscade, but the place totally as
+unprovided as the former. At a small distance were several plantations,
+which they searched very narrowly, but could not find any person,
+animal, or other thing, to relieve their extreme hunger. Finally, having
+ranged about, and searched a long time, they found a grot, which seemed
+to be but lately hewn out of a rock, where were two sacks of meal,
+wheat, and like things, with two great jars of wine, and certain fruits
+called platanoes. Captain Morgan, knowing some of his men were now
+almost dead with hunger, and fearing the same of the rest, caused what
+was found to be distributed among them who were in greatest necessity.
+Having refreshed themselves with these victuals, they marched anew with
+greater courage than ever. Such as were weak were put into the canoes,
+and those commanded to land that were in them before. Thus they
+prosecuted their journey till late at night; when coming to a
+plantation, they took up their rest, but without eating anything; for
+the Spaniards, as before, had swept away all manner of provisions.
+
+The sixth day they continued their march, part by land and part by
+water. Howbeit, they were constrained to rest very frequently, both for
+the ruggedness of the way, and their extreme weakness, which they
+endeavoured to relieve by eating leaves of trees and green herbs, or
+grass; such was their miserable condition. This day at noon they arrived
+at a plantation, where was a barn full of maize. Immediately they beat
+down the doors and ate it dry, as much as they could devour; then they
+distributed a great quantity, giving every man a good allowance. Thus
+provided, and prosecuting their journey for about an hour, they came to
+another ambuscade. This they no sooner discovered, but they threw away
+their maize, with the sudden hopes of finding all things in abundance.
+But they were much deceived, meeting neither Indians nor victuals, nor
+anything else: but they saw, on the other side of the river, about a
+hundred Indians, who, all fleeing, escaped. Some few pirates leaped into
+the river to cross it, and try to take any of the Indians, but in vain:
+for, being much more nimble than the pirates, they not only baffled
+them, but killed two or three with their arrows; hooting at them, and
+crying, "Ha, perros! a la savana, a la savana."--"Ha, ye dogs! go to the
+plain, go to the plain."
+
+This day they could advance no farther, being necessitated to pass the
+river, to continue their march on the other side. Hereupon they reposed
+for that night, though their sleep was not profound; for great
+murmurings were made at Captain Morgan, and his conduct; some being
+desirous to return home, while others would rather die there than go
+back a step from their undertaking: others, who had greater courage,
+laughed and joked at their discourses. Meanwhile, they had a guide who
+much comforted them, saying, "It would not now be long before they met
+with people from whom they should reap some considerable advantage."
+
+The seventh day, in the morning, they made clean their arms, and every
+one discharged his pistol, or musket, without bullet, to try their
+firelocks. This done, they crossed the river, leaving the post where
+they had rested, called Santa Cruz, and at noon they arrived at a
+village called Cruz. Being yet far from the place, they perceived much
+smoke from the chimneys: the sight hereof gave them great joy, and hopes
+of finding people and plenty of good cheer. Thus they went on as fast as
+they could, encouraging one another, saying, "There is smoke comes out
+of every house: they are making good fires, to roast and boil what we
+are to eat;" and the like.
+
+At length they arrived there, all sweating and panting, but found no
+person in the town, nor anything eatable to refresh themselves, except
+good fires, which they wanted not; for the Spaniards, before their
+departure, had every one set fire to his own house, except the king's
+storehouses and stables.
+
+They had not left behind them any beast, alive or dead, which much
+troubled their minds, not finding anything but a few cats and dogs,
+which they immediately killed and devoured. At last, in the king's
+stables, they found, by good fortune, fifteen or sixteen jars of Peru
+wine, and a leathern sack full of bread. No sooner had they drank of
+this wine, when they fell sick, almost every man: this made them think
+the wine was poisoned, which caused a new consternation in the whole
+camp, judging themselves now to be irrecoverably lost. But the true
+reason was, their want of sustenance, and the manifold sorts of trash
+they had eaten. Their sickness was so great, as caused them to remain
+there till the next morning, without being able to prosecute their
+journey in the afternoon. This village is seated in 9 deg. 2 min. north
+latitude, distant from the river Chagre twenty-six Spanish leagues, and
+eight from Panama. This is the last place to which boats or canoes can
+come; for which reason they built here storehouses for all sorts of
+merchandise, which to and from Panama are transported on the backs of
+mules.
+
+Here Captain Morgan was forced to leaves his canoes, and land all his
+men, though never so weak; but lest the canoes should be surprised, or
+take up too many men for their defence, he sent them all back to the
+place where the boats were, except one, which he hid, that it might
+serve to carry intelligence. Many of the Spaniards and Indians of this
+village having fled to the near plantations, Captain Morgan ordered that
+none should go out of the village, except companies of one hundred
+together, fearing lest the enemy should take an advantage upon his men.
+Notwithstanding, one party contravened these orders, being tempted with
+the desire of victuals: but they were soon glad to fly into the town
+again, being assaulted with great fury by some Spaniards and Indians,
+who carried one of them away prisoner. Thus the vigilancy and care of
+Captain Morgan was not sufficient to prevent every accident.
+
+The eighth day in the morning Captain Morgan sent two hundred men before
+the body of his army, to discover the way to Panama, and any ambuscades
+therein: the path being so narrow, that only ten or twelve persons could
+march abreast, and often not so many. After ten hours' march they came
+to a place called Quebrada Obscura: here, all on a sudden, three or four
+thousand arrows were shot at them, they not perceiving whence they came,
+or who shot them: though they presumed it was from a high rocky
+mountain, from one side to the other, whereon was a grot, capable of but
+one horse or other beast laded. This multitude of arrows much alarmed
+the pirates, especially because they could not discover whence they were
+discharged. At last, seeing no more arrows, they marched a little
+farther, and entered a wood: here they perceived some Indians to fly as
+fast as they could, to take the advantage of another post, thence to
+observe their march; yet there remained one troop of Indians on the
+place, resolved to fight and defend themselves, which they did with
+great courage till their captain fell down wounded; who, though he
+despaired of life, yet his valour being greater than his strength, would
+ask no quarter, but, endeavouring to raise himself, with undaunted mind
+laid hold of his azagayo, or javelin, and struck at one of the pirates;
+but before he could second the blow, he was shot to death. This was also
+the fate of many of his companions, who, like good soldiers, lost their
+lives with their captain, for the defence of their country.
+
+The pirates endeavoured to take some of the Indians prisoners, but they
+being swifter than the pirates, every one escaped, leaving eight pirates
+dead, and ten wounded: yea, had the Indians been more dextrous in
+military affairs, they might have defended that passage, and not let one
+man pass. A little while after they came to a large champaign, open, and
+full of fine meadows; hence they could perceive at a distance before
+them some Indians, on the top of a mountain, near the way by which they
+were to pass: they sent fifty men, the nimblest they had, to try to
+catch any of them, and force them to discover their companions: but all
+in vain; for they escaped by their nimbleness, and presently showed
+themselves in another place, hallooing to the English, and crying, "A la
+savana, a la savana, perros Ingleses!" that is, "To the plain, to the
+plain, ye English dogs!" Meanwhile the ten pirates that were wounded
+were dressed, and plastered up.
+
+Here was a wood, and on each side a mountain. The Indians possessed
+themselves of one, and the pirates of the other. Captain Morgan was
+persuaded the Spaniards had placed an ambuscade there, it lying so
+conveniently: hereupon, he sent two hundred men to search it. The
+Spaniards and Indians perceiving the pirates descend the mountain, did
+so too, as if they designed to attack them; but being got into the wood,
+out of sight of the pirates, they were seen no more, leaving the passage
+open.
+
+About night fell a great rain, which caused the pirates to march the
+faster, and seek for houses to preserve their arms from being wet; but
+the Indians had set fire to every one, and driven away all their cattle,
+that the pirates, finding neither houses nor victuals, might be
+constrained to return: but, after diligent search, they found a few
+shepherds' huts, but in them nothing to eat. These not holding many men,
+they placed in them, out of every company, a small number, who kept the
+arms of the rest: those who remained in the open field endured much
+hardship that night, the rain not ceasing till morning.
+
+Next morning, about break of day, being the ninth of that tedious
+journey, Captain Morgan marched on while the fresh air of the morning
+lasted; for the clouds hanging yet over their heads, were much more
+favourable than the scorching rays of the sun, the way being now more
+difficult than before. After two hours' march, they discovered about
+twenty Spaniards, who observed their motions: they endeavoured to catch
+some of them, but could not, they suddenly disappearing, and absconding
+themselves in caves among the rocks, unknown to the pirates. At last,
+ascending a high mountain, they discovered the South Sea. This happy
+sight, as if it were the end of their labours, caused infinite joy among
+them: hence they could descry also one ship, and six boats, which were
+set forth from Panama, and sailed towards the islands of Tavoga and
+Tavogilla: then they came to a vale where they found much cattle,
+whereof they killed good store: here, while some killed and flayed cows,
+horses, bulls, and chiefly asses, of which there were most; others
+kindled fires, and got wood to roast them: then cutting the flesh into
+convenient pieces, or gobbets, they threw them into the fire, and, half
+carbonaded or roasted, they devoured them, with incredible haste and
+appetite; such was their hunger, as they more resembled cannibals than
+Europeans; the blood many times running down from their beards to their
+waists.
+
+Having satisfied their hunger, Captain Morgan ordered them to continue
+the march. Here, again, he sent before the main body fifty men to take
+some prisoners, if they could; for he was much concerned, that in nine
+days he could not meet one person to inform him of the condition and
+forces of the Spaniards. About evening they discovered about two hundred
+Spaniards, who hallooed to the pirates, but they understood not what
+they said. A little while after they came in sight of the highest
+steeple of Panama: this they no sooner discovered but they showed signs
+of extreme joy, casting up their hats into the air, leaping and
+shouting, just as if they had already obtained the victory, and
+accomplished their designs. All their trumpets sounded, and drums beat,
+in token of this alacrity of their minds: thus they pitched their camp
+for that night, with general content of the whole army, waiting with
+impatience for the morning, when they intended to attack the city. This
+evening appeared fifty horse, who came out of the city, on the noise of
+the drums and trumpets, to observe, as it was thought, their motions:
+they came almost within musket-shot of the army, with a trumpet that
+sounded marvellously well. Those on horseback hallooed aloud to the
+pirates, and threatened them, saying, "Perros! nos veremos," that is,
+"Ye dogs! we shall meet ye." Having made this menace, they returned to
+the city, except only seven or eight horsemen, who hovered thereabouts
+to watch their motions. Immediately after the city fired, and ceased not
+to play their biggest guns all night long against the camp, but with
+little or no harm to the pirates, whom they could not easily reach. Now
+also the two hundred Spaniards, whom the pirates had seen in the
+afternoon, appeared again, making a show of blocking up the passages,
+that no pirates might escape their hands: but the pirates, though in a
+manner besieged, instead of fearing their blockades, as soon as they had
+placed sentinels about their camp, opened their satchels, and, without
+any napkins or plates, fell to eating, very heartily, the pieces of
+bulls' and horses' flesh which they had reserved since noon. This done,
+they laid themselves down to sleep on the grass, with great repose and
+satisfaction, expecting only, with impatience, the dawning of the next
+day.
+
+The tenth day, betimes in the morning, they put all their men in order,
+and, with drums and trumpets sounding, marched directly towards the
+city; but one of the guides desired Captain Morgan not to take the
+common highway, lest they should find in it many ambuscades. He took his
+advice, and chose another way through the wood, though very irksome and
+difficult. The Spaniards perceiving the pirates had taken another way
+they scarce had thought on, were compelled to leave their stops and
+batteries, and come out to meet them. The governor of Panama put his
+forces in order, consisting of two squadrons, four regiments of foot,
+and a huge number of wild bulls, which were driven by a great number of
+Indians, with some negroes, and others, to help them.
+
+The pirates, now upon their march, came to the top of a little hill,
+whence they had a large prospect of the city and champaign country
+underneath. Here they discovered the forces of the people of Panama, in
+battle array, to be so numerous, that they were surprised with fear,
+much doubting the fortune of the day: yea, few or none there were but
+wished themselves at home, or at least free from the obligation of that
+engagement, it so nearly concerning their lives. Having been some time
+wavering in their minds, they at last reflected on the straits they had
+brought themselves into, and that now they must either fight resolutely,
+or die; for no quarter could be expected from an enemy on whom they had
+committed so many cruelties. Hereupon they encouraged one another,
+resolving to conquer, or spend the last drop of blood. Then they divided
+themselves into three battalions, sending before two hundred bucaniers,
+who were very dextrous at their guns. Then descending the hill, they
+marched directly towards the Spaniards, who in a spacious field waited
+for their coming. As soon as they drew nigh, the Spaniards began to
+shout and cry, "Viva el rey!" "God save the king!" and immediately their
+horse moved against the pirates: but the fields being full of quags, and
+soft underfoot, they could not wheel about as they desired. The two
+hundred bucaniers, who went before, each putting one knee to the ground,
+began the battle briskly, with a full volley of shot: the Spaniards
+defended themselves courageously, doing all they could to disorder the
+pirates. Their foot endeavoured to second the horse, but were
+constrained by the pirates to leave them. Finding themselves baffled,
+they attempted to drive the bulls against them behind, to put them into
+disorder; but the wild cattle ran away, frighted with the noise of the
+battle; only some few broke through the English companies, and only tore
+the colours in pieces, while the bucaniers shot every one of them dead.
+
+The battle having continued two hours, the greatest part of the Spanish
+horse was ruined, and almost all killed: the rest fled, which the foot
+seeing, and that they could not possibly prevail, they discharged the
+shot they had in their muskets, and throwing them down, fled away, every
+one as he could. The pirates could not follow them, being too much
+harassed and wearied with their long journey. Many, not being able to
+fly whither they desired, hid themselves, for that present, among the
+shrubs of the sea-side, but very unfortunately; for most of them being
+found by the pirates, were instantly killed, without any quarter. Some
+religious men were brought prisoners before Captain Morgan; but he,
+being deaf to their cries, commanded them all to be pistolled, which was
+done. Soon after they brought a captain to him, whom he examined very
+strictly; particularly, wherein consisted the forces of those of Panama?
+He answered, their whole strength consisted in four hundred horse,
+twenty-four companies of foot, each of one hundred men complete; sixty
+Indians, and some negroes, who were to drive two thousand wild bulls
+upon the English, and thus, by breaking their files, put them into a
+total disorder: beside, that in the city they had made trenches, and
+raised batteries in several places, in all which they had placed many
+guns; and that at the entry of the highway, leading to the city, they
+had built a fort mounted with eight great brass guns, defended by fifty
+men.
+
+Captain Morgan having heard this, gave orders instantly to march another
+way; but first he made a review of his men, whereof he found both killed
+and wounded a considerable number, and much greater than had been
+believed. Of the Spaniards were found six hundred dead on the place,
+besides the wounded and prisoners. The pirates, nothing discouraged,
+seeing their number so diminished, but rather filled with greater pride,
+perceiving what huge advantage they had obtained against their enemies,
+having rested some time, prepared to march courageously towards the
+city, plighting their oaths to one another, that they would fight till
+not a man was left alive. With this courage they recommenced their
+march, either to conquer or be conquered; carrying with them all the
+prisoners.
+
+They found much difficulty in their approach to the city, for within the
+town the Spaniards had placed many great guns, at several quarters, some
+charged with small pieces of iron, and others with musket bullets; with
+all these they saluted the pirates at their approaching, and gave them
+full and frequent broadsides, firing at them incessantly; so that
+unavoidably they lost at every step great numbers of men. But these
+manifest dangers of their lives, nor the sight of so many as dropped
+continually at their sides, could deter them from advancing, and gaining
+ground every moment on the enemy; and though the Spaniards never ceased
+to fire, and act the best they could for their defence, yet they were
+forced to yield, after three hours' combat. And the pirates having
+possessed themselves, killed and destroyed all that attempted in the
+least to oppose them. The inhabitants had transported the best of their
+goods to more remote and occult places; howbeit, they found in the city
+several warehouses well stocked with merchandise, as well silks and
+cloths, as linen and other things of value. As soon as the first fury of
+their entrance was over, Captain Morgan assembled his men, and commanded
+them, under great penalties, not to drink or taste any wine; and the
+reason he gave for it was, because he had intelligence that it was all
+poisoned by the Spaniards. Howbeit, it was thought he gave these prudent
+orders to prevent the debauchery of his people, which he foresaw would
+be very great at the first, after so much hunger sustained by the way;
+fearing, withal, lest the Spaniards, seeing them in wine, should rally,
+and, falling on the city, use them as inhumanly as they had used the
+inhabitants before.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVIII
+
+_Captain Morgan sends canoes and boats to the South Sea--He fires the
+city of Panama--Robberies and cruelties committed there by the pirates,
+till their return to the Castle of Chagre._
+
+
+CAPTAIN MORGAN, as soon as he had placed necessary guards at several
+quarters within and without the city, commanded twenty-five men to seize
+a great boat, which had stuck in the mud of the port, for want of water,
+at a low tide. The same day about noon, he caused fire privately to be
+set to several great edifices of the city, nobody knowing who were the
+authors thereof, much less on what motives Captain Morgan did it, which
+are unknown to this day: the fire increased so, that before night the
+greatest part of the city was in a flame. Captain Morgan pretended the
+Spaniards had done it, perceiving that his own people reflected on him
+for that action. Many of the Spaniards, and some of the pirates, did
+what they could, either to quench the flame, or, by blowing up houses
+with gunpowder, and pulling down others, to stop it, but in vain: for in
+less than half an hour it consumed a whole street. All the houses of the
+city were built with cedar, very curious and magnificent, and richly
+adorned, especially with hangings and paintings, whereof part were
+before removed, and another great part were consumed by fire.
+
+There were in this city (which is the see of a bishop) eight
+monasteries, seven for men, and one for women; two stately churches, and
+one hospital. The churches and monasteries were all richly adorned with
+altar-pieces and paintings, much gold and silver, and other precious
+things, all which the ecclesiastics had hidden. Besides which, here were
+two thousand houses of magnificent building, the greatest part inhabited
+by merchants vastly rich. For the rest of less quality, and tradesmen,
+this city contained five thousand more. Here were also many stables for
+the horses and mules that carry the plate of the king of Spain, as well
+as private men, towards the North Sea. The neighbouring fields are full
+of fertile plantations and pleasant gardens, affording delicious
+prospects to the inhabitants all the year.
+
+[Illustration: "'MORGAN RE-ENTERED THE CITY WITH HIS TROOPS'"--_Page
+215_]
+
+The Genoese had in this city a stately house for their trade of negroes.
+This likewise was by Captain Morgan burnt to the very ground. Besides
+which building, there were consumed two hundred warehouses, and many
+slaves, who had hid themselves therein, with innumerable sacks of meal;
+the fire of which continued four weeks after it had begun. The greatest
+part of the pirates still encamped without the city, fearing and
+expecting the Spaniards would come and fight them anew, it being known
+they much outnumbered the pirates. This made them keep the field, to
+preserve their forces united, now much diminished by their losses. Their
+wounded, which were many, they put into one church, which remained
+standing, the rest being consumed by the fire. Besides these decreases
+of their men, Captain Morgan had sent a convoy of one hundred and fifty
+men to the castle of Chagre, to carry the news of his victory at Panama.
+
+They saw often whole troops of Spaniards run to and fro in the fields,
+which made them suspect their rallying, which they never had the courage
+to do. In the afternoon Captain Morgan re-entered the city with his
+troops, that every one might take up their lodgings, which now they
+could hardly find, few houses having escaped the fire. Then they sought
+very carefully among the ruins and ashes, for utensils of plate or gold,
+that were not quite wasted by the flames: and of such they found no
+small number, especially in wells and cisterns, where the Spaniards had
+hid them.
+
+Next day Captain Morgan dispatched away two troops, of one hundred and
+fifty men each, stout and well armed, to seek for the inhabitants who
+were escaped. These having made several excursions up and down the
+fields, woods, and mountains adjacent, returned after two days, bringing
+above two hundred prisoners, men, women, and slaves. The same day
+returned also the boat which Captain Morgan had sent to the South Sea,
+bringing three other boats which they had taken. But all these prizes
+they could willingly have given, and greater labour into the bargain,
+for one galleon, which miraculously escaped, richly laden with all the
+king's plate, jewels, and other precious goods of the best and richest
+merchants of Panama: on board which were also the religious women of the
+nunnery, who had embarked with them all the ornaments of their church,
+consisting in much gold, plate, and other things of great value.
+
+The strength of this galleon was inconsiderable, having only seven guns,
+and ten or twelve muskets, and very ill provided with victuals,
+necessaries, and fresh water, having no more sails than the uppermost of
+the mainmast. This account the pirates received from some one who had
+spoken with seven mariners belonging to the galleon, who came ashore in
+the cockboat for fresh water. Hence they concluded they might easily
+have taken it, had they given her chase, as they should have done; but
+they were impeded from following this vastly rich prize, by their
+gluttony and drunkenness, having plentifully debauched themselves with
+several rich wines they found ready, choosing rather to satiate their
+appetites than to lay hold on such huge advantage; since this only prize
+would have been of far greater value than all they got at Panama, and
+the places thereabout. Next day, repenting of their negligence, being
+weary of their vices and debaucheries, they set forth another boat, well
+armed, to pursue with all speed the said galleon; but in vain, the
+Spaniards who were on board having had intelligence of their own danger
+one or two days before, while the pirates were cruising so near them;
+whereupon they fled to places more remote and unknown.
+
+The pirates found, in the ports of the island of Tavoga and Tavogilla,
+several boats laden with very good merchandise; all which they took, and
+brought to Panama, where they made an exact relation of all that had
+passed to Captain Morgan. The prisoners confirmed what the pirates said,
+adding, that they undoubtedly knew where the galleon might then be, but
+that it was very probable they had been relieved before now from other
+places. This stirred up Captain Morgan anew, to send forth all the boats
+in the port of Panama to seek the said galleon till they could find her.
+These boats, being in all four, after eight days' cruising to and fro,
+and searching several ports and creeks, lost all hopes of finding her:
+hereupon they returned to Tavoga and Tavogilla; here they found a
+reasonable good ship newly come from Payta, laden with cloth, soap,
+sugar, and biscuit, with 20,000 pieces of eight; this they instantly
+seized, without the least resistance; as also a boat which was not far
+off, on which they laded great part of the merchandises from the ship,
+with some slaves. With this purchase they returned to Panama, somewhat
+better satisfied; yet, withal, much discontented that they could not
+meet with the galleon.
+
+The convoy which Captain Morgan had sent to the castle of Chagre
+returned much about the same time, bringing with them very good news;
+for while Captain Morgan was on his journey to Panama, those he had left
+in the castle of Chagre had sent for two boats to cruise. These met with
+a Spanish ship, which they chased within sight of the castle. This being
+perceived by the pirates in the castle, they put forth Spanish colours,
+to deceive the ship that fled before the boats; and the poor Spaniards,
+thinking to take refuge under the castle, were caught in a snare, and
+made prisoners. The cargo on board the said vessel consisted in victuals
+and provisions, than which nothing could be more opportune for the
+castle, where they began already to want things of this kind.
+
+This good luck of those of Chagre caused Captain Morgan to stay longer
+at Panama, ordering several new excursions into the country round about;
+and while the pirates at Panama were upon these expeditions, those at
+Chagre were busy in piracies on the North Sea. Captain Morgan sent
+forth, daily, parties of two hundred men, to make inroads into all the
+country round about; and when one party came back, another went forth,
+who soon gathered much riches, and many prisoners. These being brought
+into the city, were put to the most exquisite tortures, to make them
+confess both other people's goods and their own. Here it happened that
+one poor wretch was found in the house of a person of quality, who had
+put on, amidst the confusion, a pair of taffety breeches of his
+master's, with a little silver key hanging out; perceiving which, they
+asked him for the cabinet of the said key. His answer was, he knew not
+what was become of it, but that finding those breeches in his master's
+house, he had made bold to wear them. Not being able to get any other
+answer, they put him on the rack, and inhumanly disjointed his arms;
+then they twisted a cord about his forehead, which they wrung so hard
+that his eyes appeared as big as eggs, and were ready to fall out. But
+with these torments not obtaining any positive answer, they hung him up
+by the wrists, giving him many blows and stripes under that intolerable
+pain and posture of body. Afterwards they cut off his nose and ears, and
+singed his face with burning straw, till he could not speak, nor lament
+his misery any longer: then, losing all hopes of any confession, they
+bade a negro run him through, which put an end to his life, and to their
+inhuman tortures. Thus did many others of those miserable prisoners
+finish their days, the common sport and recreation of these pirates
+being such tragedies.
+
+Captain Morgan having now been at Panama full three weeks, commanded all
+things to be prepared for his departure. He ordered every company of men
+to seek so many beasts of carriage as might convey the spoil to the
+river where his canoes lay. About this time there was a great rumour,
+that a considerable number of pirates intended to leave Captain Morgan;
+and that, taking a ship then in port, they determined to go and rob on
+the South Sea, till they had got as much as they thought fit, and then
+return homewards, by way of the East Indies. For which purpose they had
+gathered much provisions, which they had hid in private places, with
+sufficient powder, bullets, and all other ammunition: likewise some
+great guns belonging to the town, muskets, and other things, wherewith
+they designed not only to equip their vessel, but to fortify themselves
+in some island which might serve them for a place of refuge.
+
+This design had certainly taken effect, had not Captain Morgan had
+timely advice of it from one of their comrades: hereupon he commanded
+the mainmast of the said ship to be cut down and burnt, with all the
+other boats in the port: hereby the intentions of all or most of his
+companions were totally frustrated. Then Captain Morgan sent many of the
+Spaniards into the adjoining fields and country to seek for money, to
+ransom not only themselves, but the rest of the prisoners, as likewise
+the ecclesiastics. Moreover, he commanded all the artillery of the town
+to be nailed and stopped up. At the same time he sent out a strong
+company of men to seek for the governor of Panama, of whom intelligence
+was brought, that he had laid several ambuscades in the way by which he
+ought to return: but they returned soon after, saying they had not found
+any sign of any such ambuscades. For confirmation whereof, they brought
+some prisoners, who declared that the said governor had had an intention
+of making some opposition by the way, but that the men designed to
+effect it were unwilling to undertake it: so that for want of means he
+could not put his design in execution.
+
+February 24, 1671, Captain Morgan departed from Panama, or rather from
+the place where the city of Panama stood; of the spoils whereof he
+carried with him one hundred and seventy-five beasts of carriage, laden
+with silver, gold, and other precious things, beside about six hundred
+prisoners, men, women, children and slaves. That day they came to a
+river that passes through a delicious plain, a league from Panama: here
+Captain Morgan put all his forces into good order, so as that the
+prisoners were in the middle, surrounded on all sides with pirates,
+where nothing else was to be heard but lamentations, cries, shrieks, and
+doleful sighs of so many women and children, who feared Captain Morgan
+designed to transport them all into his own country for slaves. Besides,
+all those miserable prisoners endured extreme hunger and thirst at that
+time, which misery Captain Morgan designedly caused them to sustain, to
+excite them to seek for money to ransom themselves, according to the tax
+he had set upon every one. Many of the women begged Captain Morgan, on
+their knees, with infinite sighs and tears, to let them return to
+Panama, there to live with their dear husbands and children in little
+huts of straw, which they would erect, seeing they had no houses till
+the rebuilding of the city. But his answer was, "He came not thither to
+hear lamentations and cries, but to seek money: therefore they ought
+first to seek out that, wherever it was to be had, and bring it to him;
+otherwise he would assuredly transport them all to such places whither
+they cared not to go."
+
+Next day, when the march began, those lamentable cries and shrieks were
+renewed, so as it would have caused compassion in the hardest heart: but
+Captain Morgan, as a man little given to mercy, was not moved in the
+least. They marched in the same order as before, one party of the
+pirates in the van, the prisoners in the middle, and the rest of the
+pirates in the rear; by whom the miserable Spaniards were at every step
+punched and thrust in their backs and sides, with the blunt ends of
+their arms, to make them march faster.
+
+A beautiful lady, wife to one of the richest merchants of Tavoga, was
+led prisoner by herself, between two pirates. Her lamentations pierced
+the skies, seeing herself carried away into captivity often crying to
+the pirates, and telling them, "That she had given orders to two
+religious persons, in whom she had relied, to go to a certain place, and
+fetch so much money as her ransom did amount to; that they had promised
+faithfully to do it, but having obtained the money, instead of bringing
+it to her, they had employed it another way, to ransom some of their
+own, and particular friends." This ill action of theirs was discovered
+by a slave, who brought a letter to the said lady. Her complaints, and
+the cause thereof, being brought to Captain Morgan, he thought fit to
+inquire thereinto. Having found it to be true--especially hearing it
+confirmed by the confession of the said religious men, though under some
+frivolous exercises of having diverted the money but for a day or two,
+in which time they expected more sums to repay it--he gave liberty to
+the said lady, whom otherwise he designed to transport to Jamaica. But
+he detained the said religious men as prisoners in her place, using them
+according to their deserts.
+
+Captain Morgan arriving at the town called Cruz, on the banks of the
+river Chagre, he published an order among the prisoners, that within
+three days every one should bring in their ransom, under the penalty of
+being transported to Jamaica. Meanwhile he gave orders for so much rice
+and maize to be collected thereabouts, as was necessary for victualling
+his ships. Here some of the prisoners were ransomed, but many others
+could not bring in their money. Hereupon he continued his voyage,
+leaving the village on the 5th of March following, carrying with him all
+the spoil he could. Hence he likewise led away some new prisoners,
+inhabitants there, with those in Panama, who had not paid their
+ransoms. But the two religious men, who had diverted the lady's money,
+were ransomed three days after by other persons, who had more compassion
+for them than they had showed for her.
+
+About the middle of the way to Chagre, Captain Morgan commanded them to
+be mustered, and caused every one to be sworn, that they had concealed
+nothing, even not to the value of sixpence. This done, Captain Morgan
+knowing those lewd fellows would not stick to swear falsely for
+interest, he commanded every one to be searched very strictly, both in
+their clothes and satchels, and elsewhere. Yea, that this order might
+not be ill taken by his companions, he permitted himself to be searched,
+even to his very shoes. To this effect, by common consent, one was
+assigned out of every company to be searchers of the rest. The French
+pirates that assisted on this expedition disliked this new practice of
+searching; but, being outnumbered by the English, they were forced to
+submit as well as the rest. The search being over, they re-embarked, and
+arrived at the castle of Chagre on the 9th of March. Here they found all
+things in good order, excepting the wounded men whom they had left at
+their departure; for of these the greatest number were dead of their
+wounds.
+
+From Chagre, Captain Morgan sent, presently after his arrival, a great
+boat to Puerto Bello, with all the prisoners taken at the isle of St.
+Catherine, demanding of them a considerable ransom for the castle of
+Chagre, where he then was; threatening otherwise to ruin it. To this
+those of Puerto Bello answered, they would not give one farthing towards
+the ransom of the said castle, and the English might do with it as they
+pleased. Hereupon the dividend was made of all the spoil made in that
+voyage; every company, and every particular person therein, receiving
+their proportion, or rather what part thereof Captain Morgan pleased to
+give them. For the rest of his companions, even of his own nation,
+murmured at his proceedings, and told him to his face that he had
+reserved the best jewels to himself: for they judged it impossible that
+no greater share should belong to them than two hundred pieces of eight,
+per capita, of so many valuable plunders they had made; which small sum
+they thought too little for so much labour, and such dangers, as they
+had been exposed to. But Captain Morgan was deaf to all this, and many
+other like complaints, having designed to cheat them of what he could.
+
+At last, finding himself obnoxious to many censures of his people, and
+fearing the consequence, he thought it unsafe to stay any longer at
+Chagre, but ordered the ordnance of the castle to be carried on board
+his ship; then he caused most of the walls to be demolished, the
+edifices to be burnt, and as many other things ruined as could be done
+in a short time. This done, he went secretly on board his own ship,
+without giving any notice to his companions, and put out to sea, being
+only followed by three or four vessels of the whole fleet. These were
+such (as the French pirates believed) as went shares with Captain Morgan
+in the best part of the spoil, which had been concealed from them in the
+dividend. The Frenchmen could willingly have revenged themselves on
+Captain Morgan and his followers, had they been able to encounter him at
+sea; but they were destitute of necessaries, and had much ado to find
+sufficient provisions for their voyage to Jamaica, he having left them
+unprovided for all things.
+
+
+THE END
+
+
+
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+
+
+Transcriber's Notes:
+
+Obvious punctuation errors were corrected.
+
+This text uses both main-mast and mainmast; French-man and Frenchman;
+sea-side and seaside; such-like and suchlike.
+
+Page xiii, "Robinsoe" changed to "Robinson" (Robinson Crusoe)
+
+Page xx, "West-Indies" was removed from the italics to match rest of
+usage (dominions of the_ West-Indies)
+
+Page xxi, "Soudiers" changed to "Souldiers" (either Souldiers or)
+
+Page xxi, "fortifie" moved into italics to match rest of usage (_both
+fortifie themselves)
+
+Page 9, "of" changed to "or" (or China root)
+
+Page 89, "chief" changed to "chiefs" (of the chiefs)
+
+Page 95, "fish" changed to "flesh" (eat human flesh)
+
+Page 116, "el" changed to "El" (of El Puerto del)
+
+Page 199, "then" changed to "than" (courage than ever)
+
+
+
+***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PIRATES OF PANAMA***
+
+
+******* This file should be named 26690-8.txt or 26690-8.zip *******
+
+
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/6/6/9/26690
+
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://www.gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit:
+https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
diff --git a/26690-8.zip b/26690-8.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f8a6de8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-8.zip
diff --git a/26690-h.zip b/26690-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7eb4f82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h.zip
diff --git a/26690-h/26690-h.htm b/26690-h/26690-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5b9a009
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/26690-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,7439 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+    "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1" />
+<title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Pirates of Panama, by A. O. (Alexandre Olivier) Exquemelin</title>
+    <style type="text/css">
+/*<![CDATA[  XML blockout */
+<!--
+    p {margin-top: .75em;
+       text-align: justify;
+       text-indent: 1.25em;
+       margin-bottom: .75em;
+        }
+    img {border: 0;}
+    .tnote      {border: dashed 1px; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; padding-bottom: .5em; padding-top: .5em;
+                  padding-left: .5em; padding-right: .5em;}
+    ins {text-decoration:none;  border-bottom: thin dotted gray;}
+    h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 {
+         text-align: center; /* all headings centered */
+         clear: both;
+         }
+    hr { width: 33%;
+	 margin-top: 2em;
+	 margin-bottom: 2em;
+         margin-left: auto;
+         margin-right: auto;
+         clear: both;
+       }
+
+    table {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;}
+
+    body{margin-left: 10%;
+         margin-right: 10%;
+        }
+
+    .pagenum  { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */
+            /*  visibility: hidden;  */
+                position: absolute;
+                left: 92%;
+                font-size: smaller;
+                text-align: right;
+              } /* page numbers */
+     .copyright {text-align: center; font-size: 70%;}
+    .blockquot{margin-left: 5%; margin-right: 10%; text-align: justify;}
+
+    .bbox     {border: solid 2px; margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; padding-bottom: .5em; padding-top: .5em;
+                  padding-left: .5em; padding-right: .5em;}
+ .cap:first-letter {float: left; clear: left;
+  margin: -0.2em 0.1em  0; margin-top: 0%;
+  padding: 0;
+  line-height: .75em; font-size: 300%; text-align: justify;}
+  .cap {text-align: justify;}
+    .center   {text-align: center;}
+    .smcap    {font-variant: small-caps;}
+
+    .caption  {font-weight: bold; font-variant: small-caps; font-size: 80%;}
+
+    .figcenter   {margin: auto; text-align: center;}
+
+    .figleft     {float: left; clear: left; margin-left: 0; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-top:
+                 1em; margin-right: 1em; padding: 0; text-align: center;}
+
+    .figright    {float: right; clear: right; margin-left: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em;
+                 margin-top: 1em; margin-right: 0; padding: 0; text-align: center;}
+
+    .unindent {margin-top: .75em;
+       text-align: justify;
+       margin-bottom: .75em;
+        }
+    .right    {text-align: right;}
+    .poem      {margin-left: 30%; margin-right: 10%; text-align: left;}
+    .poem2   {margin-left: 15%; margin-right: 10%; text-align: left;}
+    .sig    {margin-right: 10%; text-align: right;}
+    .hang1 {text-indent: -3em; margin-left: 3em; text-align: justify;}
+    .hang2 {text-indent: -2em; margin-left: 8em; margin-right: 3em; text-align: justify;}
+
+    hr.full { width: 100%;
+              margin-top: 3em;
+              margin-bottom: 0em;
+              margin-left: auto;
+              margin-right: auto;
+              height: 4px;
+              border-width: 4px 0 0 0; /* remove all borders except the top one */
+              border-style: solid;
+              border-color: #000000;
+              clear: both; }
+    pre      {font-size: 85%;}
+    // -->
+    /* XML end  ]]>*/
+    </style>
+</head>
+<body>
+<h1>The Project Gutenberg eBook, The Pirates of Panama, by A. O. (Alexandre
+Olivier) Exquemelin, Edited by George Alfred Williams, Illustrated by
+George Alfred Williams</h1>
+<pre>
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at <a href = "http://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a></pre>
+<p>Title: The Pirates of Panama</p>
+<p>       or, The Buccaneers of America; a True Account of the Famous Adventures and Daring Deeds of Sir Henry Morgan and Other Notorious Freebooters of the Spanish Main</p>
+<p>Author: A. O. (Alexandre Olivier) Exquemelin</p>
+<p>Editor: George Alfred Williams</p>
+<p>Release Date: September 23, 2008  [eBook #26690]</p>
+<p>Language: English</p>
+<p>Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1</p>
+<p>***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PIRATES OF PANAMA***</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<h3>E-text prepared by Suzanne Lybarger<br />
+    and the Booksmiths at <a href="http://www.eBookForge.net/">http://www.eBookForge.net</a></h3>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<div class='tnote'><h3>Transcriber's Note:</h3>
+
+<p>Page numbers are displayed in the right margin. An image of the
+original page can be seen by clicking on the page number.</p>
+</div>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<hr class="full" />
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_ii" id="Page_ii"></a><a href="images/ii.png">[ii]</a></span></p>
+<h1>THE PIRATES OF PANAMA</h1>
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 255px;"><a name="front" id="front"></a>
+<img src="images/illus002.jpg" width="255" height="400" alt="&quot;the man-of-war gave them chase&quot;&mdash;Page 43" title="&quot;the man-of-war gave them chase&quot;&mdash;Page 43" />
+<span class="caption">&quot;the man-of-war gave them chase&quot;&mdash;Page 43&mdash;<a href="#Page_43">Page 43</a></span>
+</div>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_iii" id="Page_iii"></a><a href="images/iii.png">[iii]</a></span></p>
+<h1>THE<br />
+PIRATES OF<br />
+PANAMA</h1>
+
+<h4>OR</h4>
+
+<h3>THE BUCCANEERS OF AMERICA</h3>
+
+<div class='center'>A TRUE ACCOUNT<br />
+OF THE FAMOUS ADVENTURES AND DARING DEEDS OF SIR HENRY MORGAN<br />
+AND OTHER NOTORIOUS FREEBOOTERS OF THE SPANISH MAIN</div>
+
+<h3>BY</h3>
+<h2>JOHN ESQUEMELING</h2>
+
+<div class='center'><i><small>One of the Buccaneers who was Present at those Tragedies</small></i><br />
+
+<br /><br /><small>EDITED AND ILLUSTRATED BY</small><br />
+GEORGE ALFRED WILLIAMS<br /><br /><br /></div>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 161px;">
+<img src="images/illus003.png" width="161" height="200" alt="Emblem" title="Emblem" />
+</div>
+
+<div class='center'>
+NEW YORK<br />
+FREDERICK A. STOKES COMPANY<br />
+PUBLISHERS<br /></div>
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_iv" id="Page_iv"></a><a href="images/iv.png">[iv]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class='copyright'><i>Copyright, 1914, by</i><br />
+<span class="smcap">Frederick A. Stokes Company</span><br />
+
+<br /><br /><i>All rights reserved, including that of translation into
+foreign languages.</i><br /><br /><br /><br />
+
+
+<i>Printed in the United States of America</i></div>
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_v" id="Page_v"></a><a href="images/v.png">[v]</a></span></p>
+
+<h2>CONTENTS</h2>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<div class='center'>
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="Contents">
+<tr><td align='left'>&nbsp;</td><td align='left'>PAGE</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>(1) <span class="smcap">Introduction by George Alfred Williams</span></td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_xi">xi</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>(2) <span class="smcap">The Translator's Preface to the First Edition</span></td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_xv">xv</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='center' colspan='2'><br />CHAPTER I.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>The Introduction&mdash;The Author sets forth for the Western Islands, in the service of the West India Company of France&mdash;They meet with an English frigate, and arrive at the Island of Tortuga</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_1">1</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='center' colspan='2'><br />CHAPTER II.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>A description of Tortuga&mdash;The fruits and plants there&mdash;How the French first settled there, at two several times, and forced out the Spaniards&mdash;The Author twice sold in the said island</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_7">7</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='center' colspan='2'><br />CHAPTER III.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>A description of Hispaniola&mdash;Also a relation of the French Buccaneers</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_19">19</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='center' colspan='2'><br />CHAPTER IV.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Original of the most famous pirates of the coasts of America&mdash;Famous exploit of Pierre le Grand</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_34">34</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_vi" id="Page_vi"></a><a href="images/vi.png">[vi]</a></span></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='center' colspan='2'><br />CHAPTER V.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>How the pirates arm their vessels, and regulate their voyages</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_39">39</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='center' colspan='2'><br />CHAPTER VI.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Of the origin of Francis Lolonois, and the beginning of his robberies</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_57">57</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='center' colspan='2'><br />CHAPTER VII.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Lolonois equips a fleet to land upon the Spanish islands of America, with intent to rob, sack, and burn whatsoever he met with</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_63">63</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='center' colspan='2'><br />CHAPTER VIII.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Lolonois makes new preparations to take the city of St. James de Leon; as also that of Nicaragua; where he miserably perishes</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_81">81</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='center' colspan='2'><br />CHAPTER IX.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>The origin and descent of Captain Henry Morgan&mdash;His exploits, and the most remarkable actions of his life</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_101">101</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='center' colspan='2'><br />CHAPTER X.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Of the Island of Cuba&mdash;Captain Morgan attempts to preserve the Isle of St. Catherine as a refuge to the nest of pirates; but fails of his design&mdash;He arrives at, and takes, the village of El Puerto del Principe</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_112">112</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='center' colspan='2'><br />CHAPTER XI.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Captain Morgan resolving to attack and plunder the City of Puerto Bello, equips a fleet, and with little expense and small forces takes it</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_123">123</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_vii" id="Page_vii"></a><a href="images/vii.png">[vii]</a></span></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='center' colspan='2'><br />CHAPTER XII.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Captain Morgan takes the City of Maracaibo, on the coast of Neuva Venezuela&mdash;Piracies committed in those seas&mdash;Ruin of three Spanish ships set forth to hinder the robberies of the pirates</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_134">134</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='center' colspan='2'><br />CHAPTER XIII.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Captain Morgan goes to Hispaniola to equip a new fleet, with intent to pillage again on the coast of the West Indies</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_170">170</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='center' colspan='2'><br />CHAPTER XIV.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>What happened in the river De la Hacha</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_173">173</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='center' colspan='2'><br />CHAPTER XV.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Captain Morgan leaves Hispaniola, and goes to St. Catherine's, which he takes</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_179">179</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='center' colspan='2'><br />CHAPTER XVI.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Captain Morgan takes the Castle of Chagre, with four hundred men sent to this purpose from St. Catherine's</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_187">187</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='center' colspan='2'><br />CHAPTER XVII.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Captain Morgan departs from Chagre, at the head of twelve hundred men, to take the city of Panama</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_195">195</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='center' colspan='2'><br />CHAPTER XVIII.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Captain Morgan sends canoes and boats to the South Sea&mdash;He fires the city of Panama&mdash;Robberies and cruelties committed there by the pirates, till their return to the Castle of Chagre</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_213">213</a></td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_ix" id="Page_ix"></a><a href="images/ix.png">[ix]</a></span></p>
+
+<h2>ILLUSTRATIONS</h2>
+
+
+
+
+<div class='center'>
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="List of Illustrations">
+<tr><td align='left'>"The Man-of-War gave them chase"</td><td align='right'><a href="#front"><i>Frontispiece</i></a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>&nbsp;</td><td align='right'><small>FACING<br />PAGE</small></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Pierre le Grand commanding the Spanish Captain to surrender the ship</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_36">36</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>"Portugues made the best of his way to del Golpho Triste"</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_46">46</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>"They boarded the ship with great agility"</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_92">92</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>"Lolonois, with those that remained, had much ado to escape aboard their boats"</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_96">96</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Captain Morgan recruiting his forces</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_114">114</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>"Being come to the place of the duel, the Englishman stabbed the Frenchman in the back"</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_120">120</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>"Morgan commanded the religious men and women to place the ladders against the walls"</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_128">128</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>"They hanged him on a tree"</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_146">146</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>"The fire-ship sailing before the rest fell presently upon the great ship"</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_158">158</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Morgan dividing the treasure taken at Maracaibo</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_166">166</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>Sacking of Panama&mdash;"Morgan re-entered the city with his troops"</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_214">214</a></td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_xi" id="Page_xi"></a><a href="images/xi.png">[xi]</a></span></p>
+
+<h2>INTRODUCTION</h2>
+
+
+<p>This volume was originally written in Dutch by
+John Esquemeling, and first published in Amsterdam
+in 1678 under the title of De Americaeneche Zee
+Roovers. It immediately became very popular and
+this first hand history of the Buccaneers of America
+was soon translated into the principal European languages.
+The first English edition was printed in 1684.</p>
+
+<p>Of the author, John Esquemeling, very little is
+known although it is generally conceded that he was in
+all probability a Fleming or Hollander, a quite natural
+supposition as his first works were written in the Dutch
+language. He came to the island of Tortuga, the headquarters
+of the Buccaneers, in 1666 in the employ of
+the French West India Company. Several years later
+this same company, owing to unsuccessful business arrangements,
+recalled their representatives to France
+and gave their officers orders to sell the company's land
+and all its servants. Esquemeling then a servant of
+the company was sold to a stern master by whom he was
+treated with great cruelty. Owing to hard work, poor
+food and exposure he became dangerously ill, and his
+master seeing his weak condition and fearing to lose the
+money Esquemeling had cost him resold him to a surgeon.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_xii" id="Page_xii"></a><a href="images/xii.png">[xii]</a></span>
+This new master treated him kindly so that
+Esquemeling's health was speedily restored, and after
+one year's service he was set at liberty upon a promise
+to pay his benefactor, the surgeon, 100 pieces of eight
+at such a time as he found himself in funds.</p>
+
+<p>Once more a free man he determined to join the
+pirates and was received into their society and remained
+with them until 1672. Esquemeling served the Buccaneers
+in the capacity of barber-surgeon, and was
+present at all their exploits. Little did he suspect that
+his first hand observations would some day be cherished
+as the only authentic and true history of the Buccaneers
+and Marooners of the Spanish Main.</p>
+
+<p>From time to time new editions of this work have
+been published, but in many cases much new material,
+not always authentic, has been added and the result has
+been to mar the original narrative as set forth by
+Esquemeling. In arranging this edition, the original
+English text only has been used, and but few changes
+made by cutting out the long and tedious description
+of plant and animal life of the West Indies of
+which Esquemeling had only a smattering of truth.
+But, the history of Captain Morgan and his fellow buccaneers
+is here printed almost identical with the original
+English translation, and we believe it is the first time
+this history has been published in a suitable form for the
+juvenile reader with no loss of interest to the adult.</p>
+
+<p>The world wide attention at this time in the Isthmus<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_xiii" id="Page_xiii"></a><a href="images/xiii.png">[xiii]</a></span>
+of Panama and the great canal connecting the Atlantic
+with the Pacific Ocean lends to this narrative an additional
+stimulus. Here are set forth the deeds of daring
+of the wild freebooters in crossing the isthmus to attack
+the cities, Puerto Bellow and Panama. The sacking
+and burning of these places accompanied by pillage,
+fire, and treasure seeking both on land and on sea form
+exciting reading. <i>The Buccaneers and Marooners of
+America</i> well deserves a place on the book shelf with
+those old world-wide favorites <i><ins title="Transcriber's Note: original reads 'Robinsoe'">Robinson</ins> Crusoe</i> and the
+<i>Swiss Family Robinson</i>.</p>
+
+<div class='sig'>
+<span class="smcap">George Alfred Williams.</span><br /></div>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_xv" id="Page_xv"></a><a href="images/xv.png">[xv]</a></span></p>
+
+<h2>THE TRANSLATOR</h2>
+
+<h3>TO THE</h3>
+
+<h2><span class="smcap">READER (of 1684).</span></h2>
+
+
+<div class='cap'><i>THE present Volume, both for its Curiosity and
+Ingenuity, I dare recommend unto the perusal
+of our English nation, whose glorious actions it
+containeth. What relateth unto the curiosity hereof,
+this Piece, both of Natural and Humane History, was
+no sooner published in the</i> Dutch Original, <i>than it was
+snatch't up for the most curious Library's of</i> Holland;
+<i>it was Translated into</i> Spanish <i>(two impressions thereof
+being sent into</i> Spain <i>in one year</i>); <i>it was taken notice
+of by the learned Academy of Paris; and finally recommended
+as worthy our esteem, by the ingenious Author
+of the</i> Weekly Memorials for the Ingenious, <i>printed
+here at</i> London <i>about two years ago. Neither all this
+undeservedly, seeing it enlargeth our acquaintance of
+Natural History, so much prized and enquir'd for, by
+the Learned of this present Age, with several observations
+not easily to be found in other accounts already
+received from</i> America: <i>and besides, it informeth us
+(with huge novelty) of as great and bold attempts, in
+point of Military conduct and valour, as ever were performed
+by mankind; without excepting, here, either</i><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_xvi" id="Page_xvi"></a><a href="images/xvi.png">[xvi]</a></span>
+Alexander the Great, <i>or</i> Julius C&aelig;sar, <i>or the rest of
+the</i> Nine Worthy's of Fame. <i>Of all which actions, as
+we cannot confess ourselves to have been ignorant
+hitherto (the very name of</i> Bucaniers <i>being, as yet,
+known but unto few of the</i> Ingenious; <i>as their Lives,
+Laws, and Conversation, are in a manner unto none)
+so can they not choose but be admired, out of this ingenuous
+Author, by whosoever is curious to learn the
+various revolutions of humane affairs. But, more especially
+by our</i> English Nation; <i>as unto whom these
+things more narrowly do appertain. We having here
+more than half the Book filled with the unparallel'd, if
+not inimitable, adventures and</i> Heroick <i>exploits of our
+own Country-men, and Relations; whose undaunted,
+and exemplary courage, when called upon by our King
+and Country, we ought to emulate.</i></div>
+
+<p><i>From whence it hath proceeded, that nothing of this
+kind was ever, as yet, published in</i> England, <i>I cannot
+easily determine; except, as some will say, from some
+secret</i> Ragion di Stato. <i>Let the reason be as t'will;
+this is certain, so much the more we are obliged unto
+this present Author, who though a stranger unto our
+Nation, yet with that Candour and Fidelity hath recorded
+our Actions, as to render the Metal of our true
+English Valour to be the more believed and feared
+abroad, than if these things had been divulged by our
+selves at home. From hence peradventure will other
+Nations learn, that the English people are of their</i><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_xvii" id="Page_xvii"></a><a href="images/xvii.png">[xvii]</a></span>
+<i>Genius more inclinable to act than to write; seeing as
+well they as we have lived unacquainted with these
+actions of our Nation, until such time as a Foreign
+Author to our Country came to tell them.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>Besides the merits of this Piece for its curiosity, another
+point of no less esteem, is the truth and sincerity
+wherewith everything seemeth to be penned. No
+greater ornament or dignity can be added unto History,
+either humane or natural, than truth. All other embellishments,
+if this be failing, are of little or no esteem;
+if this be delivered, are either needless or superfluous.
+What concerneth this requisite in our Author, his lines
+do everywhere declare the faithfulness and sincerity of
+his mind. He writeth not by hearsay, but was an eye
+witness, as he somewhere telleth you, unto all and every
+one of the bold and hazardous attempts which he relateth.
+And these he delivereth with such candour of
+stile, such ingenuity of mind, such plainness of words,
+such conciseness of periods, so much divested of Rhetorical
+Hyperboles, or the least flourishes of Eloquence,
+so hugely void of Passion or national Reflections, as
+that he strongly perswadeth all-along to the credit of
+what he saith; yea, raiseth the mind of the Reader to
+believe these things far greater than what he hath said;
+and having read him, leaveth onely this scruple or concern
+behind, that you can read him no longer. In a
+word, such are his deserts, that some persons peradventure
+would not stickle to compare him to the Father</i><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_xviii" id="Page_xviii"></a><a href="images/xviii.png">[xviii]</a></span>
+<i>of Historians</i>, Philip de Comines; <i>at least thus much
+may be said, with all truth imaginable, that he resembleth
+that great Author in many of his excellent
+qualities.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>I know some persons have objected against the greatness
+of these prodigious Adventures, intimating that
+the resistance our</i> Bucaniers <i>found in</i> America, <i>was
+everywhere but small. For the</i> Spaniards, <i>say they,
+in the</i> West Indies, <i>are become of late years nothing
+less, but rather much more degenerate than in</i> Europe.
+<i>The continual Peace they have enjoyed in those parts,
+the defect of Military Discipline, and</i> European <i>souldiers
+for their Commanders, much contributing hereunto.
+But more especially, and above all other reasons,
+the very luxury of the Soil and Riches, the extreme heat
+of those Countries, and influence of the Stars being
+such, as totally inclineth their bodies unto an infinite
+effeminacy and cowardize of minds.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>Unto these Reasons I shall only answer in brief.
+This History will convince them to be manifestly false.
+For as to the continual Peace here alleadged, we know
+that no Peace could ever be established</i> beyond the Line,
+<i>since the first possession of the</i> West-Indies <i>by the</i>
+Spaniards, <i>till the burning of</i> Panama. <i>At that time,
+or few months before</i>, Sir William Godolphin <i>by his
+prudent negotiation in quality of Embassadour for our
+most Gracious Monarch, did conclude at</i> Madrid <i>a
+peace to be observed even</i> beyond the Line, <i>and through</i><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_xix" id="Page_xix"></a><a href="images/xix.png">[xix]</a></span>
+<i>the whole extent of the Spanish Dominions in the</i> West-Indies.
+<i>This transaction gave the Spaniards new
+causes of complaints against our proceedings, that no
+sooner a Peace had been established for those parts of</i>
+America, <i>but our forces had taken and burnt both</i>
+Chagre, St. Catherine, <i>and</i> Panama. <i>But our reply
+was convincing, That whereas eight or ten months of
+time had been allowed by Articles for the publishing of
+the said Peace through all the Dominions of both
+Monarchies in</i> America, <i>those Hostilities had been committed,
+not onely without orders from his Majesty of</i>
+England, <i>but also within the space of the said eight or
+ten months of time. Until that time the Spanish Inhabitants
+of</i> America <i>being, as it were, in a perpetual
+War with</i> Europe, <i>certain it is that no Coasts nor Kingdoms
+in the World have been more frequently infested
+nor alarm'd with the invasions of several Nations than
+theirs. Thus from the very beginning of their Conquests
+in America, both</i> English, French, Dutch Portuguese,
+Swedes, Danes, <i>Curlanders, and all other nations
+that navigate the</i> Ocean, <i>have frequented the</i> West-Indies,
+<i>and filled them with their robberies and Assaults.
+From these occasions have they been in continual watch
+and ward, and kept their</i> Militia <i>in constant exercise,
+as also their Garrisons pretty well provided and paid;
+as fearing every sail they discovered at Sea, to be</i> Pirats
+<i>of one Nation or another. But much more especially,
+since that</i> Curasao, Tortuga, <i>and</i> Jamaica <i>have been</i><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_xx" id="Page_xx"></a><a href="images/xx.png">[xx]</a></span>
+<i>inhabited by</i> English, French, <i>and</i> Dutch, <i>and bred up
+that race of</i> Hunts-men, <i>than which, no other ever was
+more desperate, nor more mortal enemies to the Spaniards,
+called Bucaniers. Now shall we say, that these
+People, through too long continuation of Peace, have
+utterly abolished the exercises of War, having been all-along
+incessantly vexed with the Tumults and Alarms
+thereof?</i></p>
+
+<p><i>In like manner is it false, to accuse their defect of
+Military Discipline for want of</i> European <i>Commanders.
+For who knoweth not that all places, both Military and
+Civil, through those vast dominions of the</i> <ins title="Transcriber's Note: this word italicized in original">West-Indies</ins>,
+<i>are provided out of</i> Spain? <i>And those of the Militia
+most commonly given unto expert Commanders, trained
+up from their infancy in the Wars of</i> Europe, <i>either in</i>
+Africa, Milan, Sicily, Naples, <i>or</i> Flanders, <i>fighting
+against either</i> English, French, Dutch, Portuguese, <i>or</i>
+Moors? <i>Yea their very Garrisons, if you search them
+in those parts, will peradventure be found to be stock'd
+three parts to four with Souldiers both born and bred
+in the Kingdom of</i> Spain.</p>
+
+<p><i>From these Considerations it may be inferr'd what
+little difference ought to be allowed betwixt the Spanish
+Souldiers, Inhabitants of the</i> West-Indies, <i>and those
+of</i> Europe. <i>And how little the Soil or Climate hath
+influenced or caused their Courage to degenerate towards
+cowardize or baseness of mind. As if the very
+same Argument, deduced from the nature of that</i><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_xxi" id="Page_xxi"></a><a href="images/xxi.png">[xxi]</a></span>
+<i>Climate, did not equally militate against the valour of
+our famous Bucaniers, and represent this to be of as
+degenerate Metal as theirs.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>But nothing can be more clearly evinced, than is the
+Valour of the</i> American Spaniards, <i>either <ins title="Transcriber's Note: original reads 'Soudiers'">Souldiers</ins> or
+Officers, by the sequel of this History. What men ever
+fought more desperately than the Garrison of</i> Chagre?
+<i>Their number being 314, and of all these, only thirty
+remaining; of which number scarce ten were unwounded;
+and among them, not one officer found alive?
+Were not 600 killed upon the spot at</i> Panama, <i>500 at</i>
+Gibraltar, <i>almost as many more at</i> Puerto del Principe,
+<i>all dying with their Arms in their hands, and facing
+bravely the Enemy for the defence of their Country
+and private Concerns? Did not those of the Town of</i>
+San Pedro <i>both <ins title="Transcriber's Note: this word not italicized in original">fortifie</ins> themselves, lay several Ambuscades,
+and lastly sell their lives as dear as any European
+Souldier could do; Lolonois being forced to gain step
+by step his advance unto the Town, with huge loss both
+of bloud and men? Many other instances might be
+produced out of this compendious Volume, of the generous
+resistance the</i> Spaniards <i>made in several places,
+though Fortune favoured not their Arms.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>Next, as to the personal Valour of many of their
+Commanders, What man ever behaved himself more
+briskly than the Governour of</i> Gibraltar, <i>than the Governour
+of</i> Puerto del Principe, <i>both dying for the defence
+of their Towns; than Don Alonso del Campo, and</i><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_xxii" id="Page_xxii"></a><a href="images/xxii.png">[xxii]</a></span>
+<i>others? Or what examples can easily parallel the desperate
+courage of the Governour of</i> Chagre? <i>who,
+though the</i> Palizda's <i>were fired, the Terraplens were
+sunk into the Ditch, the Breaches were entred, the
+Houses all burnt above him, the whole Castle taken,
+his men all killed; yet would not admit of any quarter,
+but chose rather to die under his Arms, being shot into
+the brain, than surrender himself as a Prisoner unto the</i>
+Bucaniers. <i>What lion ever fought to the last gasp
+more obstinately than the Governour of</i> Puerto Velo?
+<i>who, seeing the Town enter'd by surprizal in the night,
+one chief Castle blown up into the Air, all the other
+Forts and Castles taken, his own assaulted several ways,
+both Religious men and women placed at the front of
+the Enemy to fix the Ladders against the Walls; yet
+spared not to kill as many of the said Religious persons
+as he could. And at last, the walls being scaled, the
+Castle enter'd and taken, all his own men overcome by
+fire and sword, who had cast down their Arms, and
+begged mercy from the Enemy; yet would admit of
+none for his own life. Yet, with his own hands killed
+several of his Souldiers, to force them to stand to their
+Arms, though all were lost. Yea, though his own Wife
+and Daughter begged of him upon their knees that he
+would have his life by craving quarter, though the
+Enemy desired of him the same thing; yet would
+hearken to no cries nor perswasions, but they were
+forced to kill him, combating with his Arms in his hands,</i><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_xxiii" id="Page_xxiii"></a><a href="images/xxiii.png">[xxiii]</a></span>
+<i>being not otherwise able to take him Prisoner, as they
+were desirous to do. Shall these men be said to be influenced
+with Cowardize, who thus acted to the very last</i>
+Scene <i>of their own</i> Tragedies? <i>Or shall we rather say
+that they wanted no Courage, but Fortune? It being
+certainly true, that he who is killed in a Batel, may be
+equally couragious with him that killeth. And that
+whosoever derogateth from the Valour of the</i> Spaniards
+<i>in the</i> West-Indies, <i>diminisheth in like manner the
+Courage of the</i> Bucaniers, <i>his own Country-men, who
+have seemed to act beyond mortal men in</i> America.</p>
+
+<p><i>Now, to say something concerning</i> John Esquemeling,
+<i>the first Author of this History. I take him to be
+a</i> Dutch-man, <i>or at least born in</i> Flanders, <i>notwithstanding
+that the Spanish Translation representeth him
+to be a Native of the Kingdom of</i> France. <i>His printing
+this History originally in Dutch, which doubtless
+must be his native Tongue, who otherwise was but an
+illiterate man, together with the very sound of his name,
+convincing me thereunto. True it is, he set sail from</i>
+France, <i>and was some years at</i> Tortuga; <i>but neither
+of these two Arguments, drawn from the History, are
+prevalent. For were he to be a</i> French-man <i>born, how
+came he to learn the</i> Dutch <i>language so perfectly as to
+prefer it to his own? Especially that not being spoken
+at Tortuga nor</i> Jamaica, <i>where he resided all the while.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>I hope I have made this English Translation something
+more plain and correct than the Spanish. Some</i><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_xxiv" id="Page_xxiv"></a><a href="images/xxiv.png">[xxiv]</a></span>
+<i>few notorious faults either of the Printer or the Interpreter,
+I am sure I have redressed. But the Spanish
+Translator complaining much of the intricacy of Stile
+in the Original (as flowing from a person who, as hath
+been said, was no Scholar) as he was pardonable, being
+in great haste, for not rendring his own Version so distinct
+and elaborate as he could desire; so must I be
+excused from the one, that is to say, Elegancy, if I have
+cautiously declined the other, I mean Confusion.</i></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_xxv" id="Page_xxv"></a><a href="images/xxv.png">[xxv]</a></span></p>
+<h2>THE PIRATES OF PANAMA</h2>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_1" id="Page_1"></a><a href="images/1.png">[1]</a></span></p>
+<h2>THE BUCCANEERS OF AMERICA</h2>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER I</h2>
+
+<div class='hang2'><i>The introduction&mdash;The author sets forth for the Western
+islands, in the service of the West-India Company
+of France&mdash;They meet with an English
+frigate, and arrive at the Island of Tortuga.</i><br /><br /></div>
+
+
+<div class='cap'>WE set sail from Havre-de-Grace in France,
+from whence we set sail in the ship called
+<i>St. John</i>, May 2, 1666. Our vessel was
+equipped with twenty-eight guns, twenty mariners, and
+two hundred and twenty passengers, including those
+whom the company sent as free passengers. Soon after
+we came to an anchor under the Cape of Barfleur, there
+to join seven other ships of the same West-India company,
+which were to come from Dieppe, under convoy
+of a man-of-war, mounted with thirty-seven guns, and
+two hundred and fifty men. Of these ships two were
+bound for Senegal, five for the Caribbee islands, and
+ours for Tortuga. Here gathered to us about twenty
+sail of other ships, bound for Newfoundland, with some
+Dutch vessels going for Nantz, Rochel, and St. Martin's,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_2" id="Page_2"></a><a href="images/2.png">[2]</a></span>
+so that in all we made thirty sail. Here we put
+ourselves in a posture of defence, having noticed that
+four English frigates, of sixty guns each, waited for
+us near Aldernay. Our admiral, the Chevalier Sourdis,
+having given necessary orders, we sailed thence
+with a favourable gale, and some mists arising, totally
+impeded the English frigates from discovering our
+fleet. We steered our course as near as we could to
+the coast of France, for fear of the enemy. As we
+sailed along, we met a vessel of Ostend, who complained
+to our admiral, that a French privateer had robbed him
+that very morning; whereupon we endeavoured to pursue
+the said pirate; but our labour was in vain, not being
+able to overtake him.</div>
+
+<p>Our fleet, as we sailed, caused no small fears and
+alarms to the inhabitants of the coasts of France, these
+judging us to be English, and that we sought some
+convenient place for landing. To allay their fright,
+we hung out our colours; but they would not trust us.
+After this we came to an anchor in the bay of Conquet
+in Brittany, near Ushant, there to take in water. Having
+stored ourselves with fresh provisions here, we prosecuted
+our voyage, designing to pass by the Ras of
+Fontenau, and not expose ourselves to the Sorlingues,
+fearing the English that were cruising thereabouts.
+The river Ras is of a current very strong and rapid,
+which, rolling over many rocks, disgorges itself into the
+sea, on the coast of France, in 48 deg. 10 min. latitude;<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_3" id="Page_3"></a><a href="images/3.png">[3]</a></span>
+so that this passage is very dangerous, all the rocks, as
+yet, being not thoroughly known.</p>
+
+<p>Here I shall mention the ceremony, which, at this
+passage, and some other places, is used by the mariners,
+and by them called baptism, though it may seem little
+to our purpose. The master's mate clothed himself
+with a ridiculous sort of garment, that reached to his
+feet, and on his head he put a suitable cap, made very
+burlesque; in his right hand he had a naked wooden
+sword, and in his left a pot full of ink: his face was horribly
+blacked with soot, and his neck adorned with a
+collar of many little pieces of wood. Thus apparelled,
+he commanded every one to be called who had never
+passed through that dangerous place before; and then,
+causing them to kneel down, he made the sign of the
+cross on their foreheads, with ink, and gave every one
+a stroke on the shoulders with his wooden sword.
+Meanwhile, the standers-by cast a bucket of water upon
+each man's head; and so ended the ceremony. But that
+done, each of the baptized must give a bottle of brandy,
+placing it nigh the main-mast, without speaking a word;
+even those who have no such liquor not being excused.
+If the vessel never passed that way before, the captain
+is obliged to distribute some wine among the mariners
+and passengers; but as for other gifts, which the newly-baptized
+frequently offer, they are divided among the
+old seamen, and of them they make a banquet among
+themselves.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_4" id="Page_4"></a><a href="images/4.png">[4]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>The Hollanders likewise, not only at this passage,
+but also at the rocks called Berlingues, nigh the coast
+of Portugal, in 39 deg. 40 min. (being a passage very
+dangerous, especially by night, when, in the dark, the
+rocks are not distinguishable, the land being very high)
+they use some such ceremony: but their manner of baptizing
+is very different from that of the French; for
+he that is to be baptized is fastened, and hoisted up
+thrice, at the mainyard's end, as if he were a criminal.
+If he be hoisted the fourth time, in the name of the
+Prince of Orange, or of the captain of the vessel, his
+honour is more than ordinary. Thus every one is
+dipped several times in the main ocean; but he that is
+dipped first has the honour of being saluted with a gun.
+Such as are not willing to fall, must pay twelve pence
+for ransom; if he be an officer, two shillings; and if a
+passenger, at their own pleasure. If the ship never
+passed that way before, the captain is to give a small
+rundlet of wine, which, if he denies, the mariners may
+cut off the stem of the vessel. All the profit accruing
+by this ceremony is kept by the master's mate, who,
+after reaching their port, usually lays it out in wine,
+which is drank amongst the ancient seamen. Some say
+this ceremony was instituted by the Emperor Charles
+V. though it is not amongst his laws. But here I leave
+these sea customs, and return to our voyage.</p>
+
+<p>Having passed the Ras, we had very good weather,
+till we came to Cape Finis Terr&aelig;: here a sudden tempest<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_5" id="Page_5"></a><a href="images/5.png">[5]</a></span>
+surprised us, and separated our ship from the rest that
+were in our company. This storm continued eight
+days; in which time it would move compassion to see
+how miserably the passengers were tumbled to and fro,
+on all sides of the ship; insomuch, that the mariners, in
+the performance of their duty, were compelled to tread
+upon them. This boisterous weather being over, we
+had very favourable gales again, till we came to the
+tropic of Cancer. This tropic is an imaginary circle,
+which astronomers have invented in the heavens, limiting
+the progress of the sun towards the north pole.
+It is placed in the latitude of 23 deg. 30 min. Here we
+were baptized a second time, as before. The French
+always perform this ceremony at the tropic of Cancer,
+as also under the tropic of Capricorn. In this part of
+the world we had very favourable weather, at which we
+were very glad, because of our great want of water;
+for that element is so scarce with us, that we were
+stinted to two half pints a man every day.</p>
+
+<p>About the latitude of Barbadoes, we met an English
+frigate, or privateer, who first began to give us chase;
+but finding herself not to exceed us in force, presently
+got away: hereupon, we pursued her, firing several
+guns, eight-pounders, at her; but at length she escaped,
+and we returned to our course. Soon after, we came
+within sight of Martinico. We were bent to the coast
+of the isle of St. Peter, but were frustrated by a storm,
+which took us hereabouts. Hence we resolved to steer<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_6" id="Page_6"></a><a href="images/6.png">[6]</a></span>
+to Gaudaloupe, yet we could not reach this island, by
+reason of the said storm; so that we directed our course
+to the isle of Tortuga, being the very same land we
+were bound to. We passed along the coast of Punta
+Rica, which is extremely agreeable and delightful to
+the sight, being adorned with beautiful woods, even to
+the tops of the mountains. Then we discovered Hispaniola
+(of which I shall give a description), and we
+coasted about it till we came to Tortuga, our desired
+port. Here we anchored, July 7, in the same year, not
+having lost one man in the voyage. We landed the
+goods that belonged to the West-India company, and,
+soon after, the ship was sent to Cal de Sac with some
+passengers.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_7" id="Page_7"></a><a href="images/7.png">[7]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER II</h2>
+
+<div class='hang2'><i>A description of Tortuga&mdash;The fruits and plants there&mdash;How
+the French first settled there, at two several
+times, and forced out the Spaniards&mdash;The
+author twice sold in the said island.</i><br /><br /></div>
+
+
+<div class='cap'>THE island of Tortuga is situate on the north side
+of Hispaniola, in 20 deg. 30 min. latitude; its
+just extent is threescore leagues about. The
+Spaniards, who gave name to this island, called it so
+from the shape of the land, in some manner resembling
+a great sea-tortoise, called by them Tortuga-de-mar.
+The country is very mountainous, and full of rocks, and
+yet thick of lofty trees, that grow upon the hardest of
+those rocks, without partaking of a softer soil. Hence
+it comes that their roots, for the greatest part, are seen
+naked, entangled among the rocks like the branching of
+ivy against our walls. That part of this island which
+stretches to the north is totally uninhabited: the reason
+is, first, because it is incommodious, and unhealthy: and,
+secondly, for the ruggedness of the coast, that gives no
+access to the shore, unless among rocks almost inaccessible:
+for this cause it is peopled only on the south part,
+which hath only one port indifferently good: yet this<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_8" id="Page_8"></a><a href="images/8.png">[8]</a></span>
+harbour has two entries, or channels, which afford passage
+to ships of seventy guns; the port itself being
+without danger, and capable of receiving a great number
+of vessels. The inhabited parts, of which the first
+is called the Low-Lands, or Low-Country: this is the
+chief among the rest, because it contains the port aforesaid.
+The town is called Cayona, and here live the
+chiefest and richest planters of the island. The second
+part is called the Middle Plantation: its soil is yet almost
+new, being only known to be good for tobacco.
+The third is named Ringot, and is situate towards the
+west part of the island. The fourth and last is called
+the Mountain, in which place were made the first plantations
+upon this island.</div>
+
+<p>As to the wood that grows here, we have already said
+that the trees are exceeding tall, and pleasing to the
+sight; whence no man will doubt, but they may be applied
+to several uses. Such is the yellow saunder, which
+by the inhabitants is called bois de chandel, or, in English,
+candle-wood, because it burns like a candle, and
+serves them with light while they fish by night. Here
+grows, also, lingnum sanctum, or guaiacum: its virtues
+are very well known, more especially to those who observe
+not the Seventh Commandment, and are given to
+impure copulations!&mdash;physicians drawing hence, in several
+compositions, the greatest antidote for venereal diseases;
+as also for cold and viscous humours. The trees,
+likewise, which afford gummi elemi, grow here in great<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9"></a><a href="images/9.png">[9]</a></span>
+abundance; as doth radix Chin&aelig;, <ins title="Transcriber's Note: original reads 'of'">or</ins> China root: yet this
+is not so good as that of other parts of the western
+world. It is very white and soft, and serves for pleasant
+food to the wild boars, when they can find nothing
+else. This island, also, is not deficient in aloes, nor an
+infinite number of the other medicinal herbs, which may
+please the curiosity of such as are given to their contemplation:
+moreover, for building of ships, or any other
+sort of architecture, here are found several sorts of timber.
+The fruits, likewise, which grow here abundantly,
+are nothing inferior, in quantity or quality, to what
+other islands produce. I shall name only some of the
+most ordinary and common: such are magnoit, potatoes,
+Abajou apples, yannas, bacones, paquays, carosoles,
+mamayns, annananes, and divers other sorts, which I
+omit to specify. Here grow likewise, in great numbers,
+those trees called palmitoes, or palmites, whence is
+drawn a certain juice which serves the inhabitants instead
+of wine, and whose leaves cover their houses instead
+of tiles.</p>
+
+<p>In this island aboundeth, also, the wild boar. The
+governor hath prohibited the hunting of them with dogs,
+fearing lest, the island being but small, the whole race
+of them, in a short time, should be destroyed. The
+reason why he thought convenient to preserve these wild
+beasts was, that, in case of any invasion, the inhabitants
+might sustain themselves with their food, especially were
+they once constrained to retire to the woods and mountains.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10"></a><a href="images/10.png">[10]</a></span>
+Yet this sort of game is almost impeded by
+itself, by reason of the many rocks and precipices,
+which, for the greatest part, are covered with little
+shrubs, very green and thick; whence the huntsmen have
+oftentimes fallen, and left us the sad remembrance of
+many a memorable disaster.</p>
+
+<p>At a certain time of the year there resort to Tortuga
+large flocks of wild pigeons, and then the inhabitants
+feed on them very plentifully, having more than they
+can consume, and leaving totally to their repose all other
+sorts of fowl, both wild and tame; that so, in the absence
+of the pigeons, these may supply their place. But as
+nothing in the universe, though never so pleasant, can
+be found, but what hath something of bitterness with it;
+the very symbol of this truth we see in the aforesaid
+pigeons: for these, the season being past, can scarce be
+touched with the tongue, they become so extremely lean,
+and bitter even to admiration. The reason of this bitterness
+is attributed to a certain seed which they eat
+about that time, even as bitter as gall. About the sea-shores,
+everywhere, are found great multitudes of crabs,
+both of land and sea, and both sorts very big. These
+are good to feed servants and slaves, whose palates they
+please, but are very hurtful to the sight: besides, being
+eaten too often, they cause great giddiness in the head,
+with much weakness of the brain; so that, very frequently,
+they are deprived of sight for a quarter of an
+hour.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11"></a><a href="images/11.png">[11]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>The French having settled in the isle of St. Christopher,
+planted there a sort of trees, of which, at present,
+there possibly may be greater quantities; with the
+timber whereof they made long-boats, and hoys, which
+they sent thence westward, well manned and victualled,
+to discover other islands. These setting sail from St.
+Christopher, came within sight of Hispaniola, where
+they arrived with abundance of joy. Having landed,
+they marched into the country, where they found large
+quantities of cattle; such as cows, bulls, horses, and wild
+boars: but finding no great profit in these animals, unless
+they could enclose them, and knowing, likewise, the
+island to be pretty well peopled by the Spaniards, they
+thought it convenient to enter upon and seize the island
+of Tortuga. This they performed without any difficulty,
+there being upon the island no more than ten or
+twelve Spaniards to guard it. These few men let the
+French come in peaceably, and possess the island for
+six months, without any trouble; meanwhile they passed
+and repassed, with their canoes, to Hispaniola, from
+whence they transported many people, and at last began
+to plant the whole island of Tortuga. The few Spaniards
+remaining there, perceiving the French to increase
+their number daily, began, at last, to repine at their
+prosperity, and grudge them the possession: hence they
+gave notice to others of their nation, their neighbours,
+who sent several boats, well armed and manned, to dispossess
+the French. This expedition succeeded accord<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12"></a><a href="images/12.png">[12]</a></span>ing
+to their desires; for the new possessors, seeing the
+great number of Spaniards, fled with all they had to the
+woods, and hence, by night, they wafted over with canoes
+to the island of Hispaniola: this they the more easily
+performed, having no women or children with them, nor
+any great substance to carry away. Here they also retired
+into the woods, both to seek for food, and from
+thence, with secrecy, to give intelligence to others of
+their own faction; judging for certain, that within a
+little while they should be in a capacity to hinder the
+Spaniards from fortifying in Tortuga.</p>
+
+<p>Meanwhile, the Spaniards of the great island ceased
+not to seek after their new guests, the French, with intent
+to root them out of the woods if possible, or cause
+them to perish with hunger; but this design soon failed,
+having found that the French were masters both of good
+guns, powder, and bullets. Here therefore the fugitives
+waited for a certain opportunity, wherein they
+knew the Spaniards were to come from Tortuga with
+arms, and a great number of men, to join with those of
+the greater island for their destruction. When this occasion
+offered, they in the meanwhile deserting the
+woods where they were, returned to Tortuga, and dispossessed
+the small number of Spaniards that remained
+at home. Having so done, they fortified themselves the
+best they could, thereby to prevent the return of the
+Spaniards in case they should attempt it. Moreover,
+they sent immediately to the governor of St. Christo<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13"></a><a href="images/13.png">[13]</a></span>pher's,
+craving his aid and relief, and demanding of him
+a governor, the better to be united among themselves,
+and strengthened on all occasions. The governor of St.
+Christopher's received their petition with much satisfaction,
+and, without delay, sent Monsieur le Passeur to
+them in quality of a governor, together with a ship full
+of men, and all necessaries for their establishment and
+defence. No sooner had they received this recruit, but
+the governor commanded a fortress to be built upon the
+top of a high rock, from whence he could hinder the entrance
+of any ships or other vessels to the port. To
+this fort no other access could be had, than by almost
+climbing through a very narrow passage that was capable
+only of receiving two persons at once, and those not
+without difficulty. In the middle of this rock was a
+great cavity, which now serves for a storehouse: besides,
+here was great convenience for raising a battery. The
+fort being finished, the governor commanded two guns
+to be mounted, which could not be done without great
+toil and labour; as also a house to be built within the
+fort, and afterwards the narrow way, that led to the said
+fort, to be broken and demolished, leaving no other
+ascent thereto than by a ladder. Within the fort
+gushes out a plentiful fountain of pure fresh water, sufficient
+to refresh a garrison of a thousand men. Being
+possessed of these conveniences, and the security these
+things might promise, the French began to people the
+island, and each of them to seek their living; some by<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14"></a><a href="images/14.png">[14]</a></span>
+hunting, others by planting tobacco, and others by cruizing
+and robbing upon the coasts of the Spanish islands,
+which trade is continued by them to this day.</p>
+
+<p>The Spaniards, notwithstanding, could not behold,
+but with jealous eyes, the daily increase of the French
+in Tortuga, fearing lest, in time, they might by them be
+dispossessed also of Hispaniola. Thus taking an opportunity
+(when many of the French were abroad at
+sea, and others employed in hunting), with eight hundred
+men, in several canoes, they landed again in Tortuga,
+almost without being perceived by the French;
+but finding that the governor had cut down many trees
+for the better discovery of any enemy in case of an assault,
+as also that nothing of consequence could be done
+without great guns, they consulted about the fittest
+place for raising a battery. This place was soon concluded
+to be the top of a mountain which was in sight,
+seeing that from thence alone they could level their
+guns at the fort, which now lay open to them since the
+cutting down of the trees by the new possessors. Hence
+they resolved to open a way for the carriage of some
+pieces of ordnance to the top. This mountain is somewhat
+high, and the upper part thereof plain, from
+whence the whole island may be viewed: the sides thereof
+are very rugged, by reason a great number of inaccessible
+rocks do surround it; so that the ascent was very difficult,
+and would always have been the same, had not
+the Spaniards undergone the immense labour and toil of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15"></a><a href="images/15.png">[15]</a></span>
+making the way before mentioned, as I shall now relate.</p>
+
+<p>The Spaniards had with them many slaves and Indians,
+labouring men, whom they call matades, or, in
+English, half-yellow men; these they ordered with iron
+tools to dig a way through the rocks. This they performed
+with the greatest speed imaginable; and through
+this way, by the help of many ropes and pulleys, they at
+last made shift to get up two pieces of ordnance, wherewith
+they made a battery next day, to play on the fort.
+Meanwhile, the French knowing these designs, prepared
+for a defence (while the Spaniards were busy about the
+battery) sending notice everywhere to their companions
+for help. Thus the hunters of the island all joined together,
+and with them all the pirates who were not already
+too far from home. These landed by night at
+Tortuga, lest they should be seen by the Spaniards; and,
+under the same obscurity of the night, they all together,
+by a back way, climbed the mountain where the Spaniards
+were posted, which they did the more easily being
+acquainted with these rocks. They came up at the very
+instant that the Spaniards, who were above, were preparing
+to shoot at the fort, not knowing in the least of their
+coming. Here they set upon them at their backs with
+such fury as forced the greatest part to precipitate themselves
+from the top to the bottom, and dash their bodies
+in pieces: few or none escaped; for if any remained
+alive, they were put to the sword. Some Spaniards did<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16"></a><a href="images/16.png">[16]</a></span>
+still keep the bottom of the mountain; but these, hearing
+the shrieks and cries of them that were killed, and believing
+some tragical revolution to be above, fled immediately
+towards the sea, despairing ever to regain the
+island of Tortuga.</p>
+
+<p>The governors of this island behaved themselves as
+proprietors and absolute lords thereof till 1664, when
+the West-India company of France took possession
+thereof, and sent thither, for their governor, Monsieur
+Ogeron. These planted the colony for themselves by
+their factors and servants, thinking to drive some considerable
+trade from thence with the Spaniards, even
+as the Hollanders do from Curacao: but this design did
+not answer; for with other nations they could drive no
+trade, by reason they could not establish any secure commerce
+from the beginning with their own; forasmuch
+as at the first institution of this company in France they
+agreed with the pirates, hunters, and planters, first possessors
+of Tortuga, that these should buy all their necessaries
+from the said company upon trust. And though
+this agreement was put in execution, yet the factors of
+the company soon after found that they could not recover
+either monies or returns from those people, that
+they were constrained to bring some armed men into the
+island, in behalf of the company, to get in some of their
+payments. But neither this endeavour, nor any other,
+could prevail towards the settling a second trade with
+those of the island. Hereupon, the company recalled<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17"></a><a href="images/17.png">[17]</a></span>
+their factors, giving them orders to sell all that was their
+own in the said plantation, both the servants belonging
+to the company (which were sold, some for twenty, and
+others for thirty pieces of eight), as also all other merchandizes
+and proprieties. And thus all their designs
+fell to the ground.</p>
+
+<p>On this occasion I was also sold, being a servant under
+the said company in whose service I left France: but my
+fortune was very bad, for I fell into the hands of the
+most cruel and perfidious man that ever was born, who
+was then governor, or rather lieutenant-general, of that
+island. This man treated me with all the hard usage
+imaginable, yea, with that of hunger, with which I
+thought I should have perished inevitably. Withal, he
+was willing to let me buy my freedom and liberty, but
+not under the rate of three hundred pieces of eight, I
+not being master of one at a time in the world. At last,
+through the manifold miseries I endured, as also affliction
+of mind, I was thrown into a dangerous sickness.
+This misfortune, added to the rest, was the cause of my
+happiness: for my wicked master, seeing my condition,
+began to fear lest he should lose his monies with my life.
+Hereupon he sold me a second time to a surgeon, for
+seventy pieces of eight. Being with this second master,
+I began soon to recover my health through the good
+usage I received, he being much more humane and civil
+than my first patron. He gave me both clothes and
+very good food; and after I had served him but one year,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18"></a><a href="images/18.png">[18]</a></span>
+he offered me my liberty, with only this condition, that
+I should pay him one hundred pieces of eight when I
+was in a capacity so to do; which kind proposal of his
+I could not but accept with infinite joy and gratitude.</p>
+
+<p>Being now at liberty, though like Adam when he was
+first created&mdash;that is, naked and destitute of all human
+necessaries&mdash;not knowing how to get my living, I determined
+to enter into the order of the pirates or robbers
+at sea. Into this society I was received with common
+consent, both of the superior and vulgar sort, where
+I continued till 1672. Having assisted them in all their
+designs and attempts, and served them in many notable
+exploits (of which hereafter I shall give the reader a
+true account), I returned to my own native country.
+But before I begin my relation, I shall say something of
+the island Hispaniola, which lies towards the western
+part of America; as also give my reader a brief description
+thereof, according to my slender ability and experience.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19"></a><a href="images/19.png">[19]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER III</h2>
+
+<div class='hang2'><i>A Description of Hispaniola.&mdash;Also a Relation of the
+French Buccaneers.</i><br /><br /></div>
+
+
+<div class='cap'>THE large and rich island called Hispaniola is situate
+from 17 degrees to 19 degrees latitude; the
+circumference is 300 leagues; the extent from
+east to west 120; its breadth almost 50, being broader
+or narrower at certain places. This island was first discovered
+by Christopher Columbus, <span class="smcap">a.d.</span> 1492; he being
+sent for this purpose by Ferdinand, king of Spain; from
+which time to this present the Spaniards have been continually
+possessors thereof. There are upon this island
+very good and strong cities, towns, and hamlets, as well
+as a great number of pleasant country houses and plantations,
+the effects of the care and industry of the Spaniards
+its inhabitants.</div>
+
+<p>The chief city and metropolis hereof is Santo Domingo;
+being dedicated to St. Dominic, from whom it
+derives its name. It is situate towards the south, and
+affords a most excellent prospect; the country round
+about being embellished with innumerable rich plantations,
+as also verdant meadows and fruitful gardens; all
+which produce plenty and variety of excellent pleasant<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20"></a><a href="images/20.png">[20]</a></span>
+fruits, according to the nature of those countries. The
+governor of the island resides in this city, which is, as it
+were, the storehouse of all the cities, towns, and villages,
+which hence export and provide themselves with all necessaries
+for human life; and yet hath it this particularity
+above many other cities, that it entertains no commerce
+with any nation but its own, the Spaniards. The greatest
+part of the inhabitants are rich and substantial merchants
+or shopkeepers.</p>
+
+<p>Another city of this island is San Jago, or St. James,
+being consecrated to that apostle. This is an open
+place, without walls or castle, situate in 19 deg. latitude.
+The inhabitants are generally hunters and planters, the
+adjacent territory and soil being very proper for the
+said exercises: the city is surrounded with large and delicious
+fields, as much pleasing to the view as those of
+Santo Domingo; and these abound with beasts both wild
+and tame, yielding vast numbers of skins and hides,
+very profitable to the owners.</p>
+
+<p>In the south part of this island is another city, called
+Nuestra Sennora de Alta Gracia. This territory produces
+great quantities of cacao, whereof the inhabitants
+make great store of the richest chocolate. Here grows
+also ginger and tobacco, and much tallow is made of the
+beasts which are hereabouts hunted.</p>
+
+<p>The inhabitants of this beautiful island of Hispaniola
+often resort in their canoes to the isle of Savona, not far
+distant, where is their chief fishery, especially of tor<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21"></a><a href="images/21.png">[21]</a></span>toises.
+Hither those fish constantly resort in great multitudes,
+at certain seasons, there to lay their eggs, burying
+them in the sands of the shoal, where, by the heat
+of the sun, which in those parts is very ardent, they are
+hatched. This island of Savona has little or nothing
+that is worthy consideration, being so very barren by
+reason of its sandy soil. True it is, that here grows
+some small quantity of lignum sanctum, or guaiacum, of
+whose use we say something in another place.</p>
+
+<p>Westward of Santo Domingo is another great village
+called El Pueblo de Aso, or the town of Aso: the inhabitants
+thereof drive great traffic with those of another
+village, in the very middle of the island, and is
+called San Juan de Goave, or St. John of Goave. This
+is environed with a magnificent prospect of gardens,
+woods, and meadows. Its territory extends above
+twenty leagues in length, and grazes a great number of
+wild bulls and cows. In this village scarce dwell any
+others than hunters and butchers, who flay the beasts
+that are killed. These are for the most part a mongrel
+sort of people; some of which are born of white European
+people and negroes, and called mulattoes: others
+of Indians and white people, and termed mesticos: but
+others come of negroes and Indians, and are called alcatraces.
+From the said village are exported yearly
+vast quantities of tallow and hides, they exercising no
+other traffic: for as to the lands in this place, they are
+not cultivated, by reason of the excessive dryness of the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22"></a><a href="images/22.png">[22]</a></span>
+soil. These are the chiefest places that the Spaniards
+possess in this island, from the Cape of Lobos towards
+St. John de Goave, unto the Cape of Samana nigh the
+sea, on the north side, and from the eastern part towards
+the sea, called Punta de Espada. All the rest of the
+island is possessed by the French, who are also planters
+and hunters.</p>
+
+<p>This island hath very good ports for ships, from the
+Cape of Lobos to the Cape of Tiburon, on the west side
+thereof. In this space there are no less than four ports,
+exceeding in goodness, largeness, and security, even the
+very best of England. Besides these, from the Cape of
+Tiburon to the Cape of Donna Maria, there are two
+very excellent ports; and from this cape to the Cape of
+St. Nicholas, there are no less than twelve others.
+Every one of these ports hath also the confluence of two
+or three good rivers, in which are great plenty of several
+sorts of fish very pleasing to the palate. The country
+hereabouts is well watered with large and deep rivers
+and brooks, so that this part of the land may easily be
+cultivated without any great fear of droughts, because
+of these excellent streams. The sea-coasts and shores
+are also very pleasant, to which the tortoises resort in
+large numbers to lay their eggs.</p>
+
+<p>This island was formerly very well peopled, on the
+north side, with many towns and villages; but these,
+being ruined by the Hollanders, were at last, for the
+greatest part, deserted by the Spaniards.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23"></a><a href="images/23.png">[23]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>The spacious fields of this island commonly are five
+or six leagues in length, the beauty whereof is so pleasing
+to the eye, that, together with the great variety of
+their natural productions, they captivate the senses of
+the beholder. For here at once they not only with diversity
+of objects recreate the sight, but with many of
+the same do also please the smell, and with most contribute
+delights to the taste; also they flatter and excite
+the appetite, especially with the multitudes of oranges
+and lemons here growing, both sweet and sour, and those
+that participate of both tastes, and are only pleasantly
+tartish. Besides here abundantly grow several sorts of
+fruit, such are citrons, toronjas, and limas; in English
+not improperly called crab lemons.</p>
+
+<p>Beside the fruit which this island produces, whose
+plenty, as is said, surpasses all the islands of America;
+it abounds also with all sorts of quadrupeds, as horses,
+bulls, cows, wild boars, and others, very useful to mankind,
+not only for food, but for cultivating the ground,
+and the management of commerce.</p>
+
+<p>Here are vast numbers of wild dogs: these destroy
+yearly many cattle; for no sooner hath a cow calved, or
+a mare foaled, but these wild mastiffs devour the young,
+if they find not resistance from keepers and domestic
+dogs. They run up and down the woods and fields,
+commonly fifty, threescore, or more, together; being
+withal so fierce, that they will often assault an entire
+herd of wild boars, not ceasing to worry them till they<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24"></a><a href="images/24.png">[24]</a></span>
+have fetched down two or three. One day a French
+buccaneer showed me a strange action of this kind: being
+in the fields a-hunting together, we heard a great noise
+of dogs which has surrounded a wild boar: having tame
+dogs with us, we left them to the custody of our servants,
+being desirous to see the sport. Hence my companion
+and I climbed up two several trees, both for security
+and prospect. The wild boar, all alone, stood against a
+tree, defending himself with his tusks from a great number
+of dogs that enclosed him; killed with his teeth, and
+wounded several of them. This bloody fight continued
+about an hour; the wild boar, meanwhile, attempting
+many times to escape. At last flying, one dog, leaping
+upon his back, fastened on his throat. The rest of the
+dogs, perceiving the courage of their companion, fastened
+likewise on the boar, and presently killed him.
+This done, all of them, the first only excepted, laid themselves
+down upon the ground about the prey, and there
+peaceably continued, till he, the first and most courageous
+of the troop, had ate as much as he could: when this
+dog had left off, all the rest fell in to take their share,
+till nothing was left. What ought we to infer from this
+notable action, performed by wild animals, but this: that
+even beasts themselves are not destitute of knowledge,
+and that they give us documents how to honour such as
+have deserved well; even since these irrational animals
+did reverence and respect him that exposed his life to
+the greatest danger against the common enemy?<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25"></a><a href="images/25.png">[25]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>The governor of Tortuga, Monsieur Ogeron, finding
+that the wild dogs killed so many of the wild boars, that
+the hunters of that island had much ado to find any;
+fearing lest that common substance of the island should
+fail, sent for a great quantity of poison from France to
+destroy the wild mastiffs: this was done, <span class="smcap">a.d.</span> 1668, by
+commanding horses to be killed, and empoisoned, and
+laid open at certain places where the wild dogs used to
+resort. This being continued for six months, there were
+killed an incredible number; and yet all this could not
+exterminate and destroy the race, or scarce diminish
+them; their number appearing almost as large as before.
+These wild dogs are easily tamed among men,
+even as tame as ordinary house dogs. The hunters of
+those parts, whenever they find a wild bitch with whelps,
+commonly take away the puppies, and bring them home;
+which being grown up, they hunt much better than other
+dogs.</p>
+
+<p>But here the curious reader may perhaps inquire how
+so many wild dogs came here. The occasion was, the
+Spaniards having possessed these isles, found them peopled
+with Indians, a barbarous people, sensual and
+brutish, hating all labour, and only inclined to killing,
+and making war against their neighbours; not out of
+ambition, but only because they agreed not with themselves
+in some common terms of language; and perceiving
+the dominion of the Spaniards laid great restrictions
+upon their lazy and brutish customs, they conceived an<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26"></a><a href="images/26.png">[26]</a></span>
+irreconcilable hatred against them; but especially because
+they saw them take possession of their kingdoms
+and dominions. Hereupon, they made against them all
+the resistance they could, opposing everywhere their designs
+to the utmost: and the Spaniards finding themselves
+cruelly hated by the Indians, and nowhere secure
+from their treacheries, resolved to extirpate and ruin
+them, since they could neither tame them by civility, nor
+conquer them with the sword. But the Indians, it being
+their custom to make the woods their chief places of
+defence, at present made these their refuge, whenever
+they fled from the Spaniards. Hereupon, those first
+conquerors of the New World made use of dogs to range
+and search the intricatest thickets of woods and forests
+for those their implacable and unconquerable enemies:
+thus they forced them to leave their old refuge, and submit
+to the sword, seeing no milder usage would do it;
+hereupon they killed some of them, and quartering their
+bodies, placed them in the highways, that others might
+take warning from such a punishment; but this severity
+proved of ill consequence, for instead of fighting them
+and reducing them to civility, they conceived such horror
+of the Spaniards, that they resolved to detest and
+fly their sight for ever; hence the greatest part died in
+caves and subterraneous places of the woods and mountains,
+in which places I myself have often seen great
+numbers of human bones. The Spaniards finding no
+more Indians to appear about the woods, turned away<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27"></a><a href="images/27.png">[27]</a></span>
+a great number of dogs they had in their houses, and
+they finding no masters to keep them, betook themselves
+to the woods and fields to hunt for food to preserve their
+lives; thus by degrees they became unacquainted with
+houses, and grew wild. This is the truest account I can
+give of the multitudes of wild dogs in these parts.</p>
+
+<p>But besides these wild mastiffs, here are also great
+numbers of wild horses everywhere all over the island:
+they are but low of stature, short bodied, with great
+heads, long necks, and big or thick legs: in a word, they
+have nothing handsome in their shape. They run up
+and down commonly in troops of two or three hundred
+together, one going always before to lead the multitude:
+when they meet any person travelling through the woods
+or fields, they stand still, suffering him to approach till
+he can almost touch them: and then suddenly starting,
+they betake themselves to flight, running away as fast as
+they can. The hunters catch them only for their skins,
+though sometimes they preserve their flesh likewise,
+which they harden with smoke, using it for provisions
+when they go to sea.</p>
+
+<p>Here would be also wild bulls and cows in great number,
+if by continual hunting they were not much diminished;
+yet considerable profit is made to this day by such
+as make it their business to kill them. The wild bulls
+are of a vast bigness of body, and yet they hurt not any
+one except they be exasperated. Their hides are from
+eleven to thirteen feet long.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28"></a><a href="images/28.png">[28]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>It is now time to speak of the French who inhabit
+great part of this island. We have already told how
+they came first into these parts: we shall now only describe
+their manner of living, customs, and ordinary employments.
+The callings or professions they follow are
+generally but three, either to hunt or plant, or else to
+rove the seas as pirates. It is a constant custom among
+them all, to seek out a comrade or companion, whom we
+may call partner in their fortunes, with whom they join
+the whole stock of what they possess towards a common
+gain. This is done by articles agreed to, and reciprocally
+signed. Some constitute their surviving companion
+absolute heir to what is left by the death of the
+first: others, if they be married, leave their estates to
+their wives and children; others, to other relations. This
+done, every one applies himself to his calling, which is
+always one of the three afore-mentioned.</p>
+
+<p>The hunters are again subdivided into two sorts; for
+some of these only hunt wild bulls and cows, others only
+wild boars. The first of these are called bucaniers, and
+not long ago were about six hundred on this island, but
+now they are reckoned about three hundred. The cause
+has been the great decrease of wild cattle, which has been
+such, that, far from getting, they now are but poor in
+their trade. When the bucaniers go into the woods to
+hunt for wild bulls and cows, they commonly remain
+there a twelvemonth or two years, without returning
+home. After the hunt is over, and the spoil divided,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29"></a><a href="images/29.png">[29]</a></span>
+they commonly sail to Tortuga, to provide themselves
+with guns, powder, and shot, and other necessaries for
+another expedition; the rest of their gains they spend
+prodigally, giving themselves to all manner of vices and
+debauchery, particularly to drunkenness, which they
+practise mostly with brandy: this they drink as liberally
+as the Spaniards do water. Sometimes they buy together
+a pipe of wine; this they stave at one end, and
+never cease drinking till it is out. Thus sottishly they
+live till they have no money left. The said bucaniers
+are very cruel and tyrannical to their servants, so that
+commonly they had rather be galley-slaves, or saw Brazil
+wood in the rasphouses of Holland, than serve such barbarous
+masters.</p>
+
+<p>The second sort hunt nothing but wild boars; the flesh
+of these they salt, and sell it so to the planters. These
+hunters have the same vicious customs, and are as much
+addicted to debauchery as the former; but their manner
+of hunting is different from that in Europe; for these
+bucaniers have certain places designed for hunting,
+where they live for three or four months, and sometimes
+a whole year. Such places are called deza boulan; and
+in these, with only the company of five or six friends,
+they continue all the said time in mutual friendship.
+The first bucaniers many times agree with planters to
+furnish them with meat all the year at a certain price:
+the payment hereof is often made with two or three hundredweight
+of tobacco in the leaf; but the planters com<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30"></a><a href="images/30.png">[30]</a></span>monly
+into the bargain furnish them with a servant,
+whom they send to help. To the servant they afford
+sufficient necessaries for the purpose, especially of powder
+and shot to hunt withal.</p>
+
+<p>The planters here have but very few slaves; for want
+of which, themselves and their servants are constrained
+to do all the drudgery. These servants commonly bind
+themselves to their masters for three years; but their
+masters, having no consciences, often traffic with their
+bodies, as with horses at a fair, selling them to other
+masters as they sell negroes. Yea, to advance this
+trade, some persons go purposely into France (and likewise
+to England, and other countries) to pick up young
+men or boys, whom they inveigle and transport; and
+having once got them into these islands, they work them
+like horses, the toil imposed on them being much harder
+than what they enjoin the negroes, their slaves; for
+these they endeavour to preserve, being their perpetual
+bondmen: but for their white servants, they care not
+whether they live or die, seeing they are to serve them
+no longer than three years. These miserable kidnapped
+people are frequently subject to a disease, which in these
+parts is called coma, being a total privation of their
+senses. This distemper is judged to proceed from their
+hard usage, and the change of their native climate; and
+there being often among these some of good quality, tender
+education, and soft constitutions, they are more
+easily seized with this disease, and others of those coun<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31"></a><a href="images/31.png">[31]</a></span>tries,
+than those of harder bodies, and laborious lives.
+Beside the hard usage in their diet, apparel, and rest,
+many times they beat them so cruelly, that they fall
+down dead under the hands of their cruel masters. This
+I have often seen with great grief. Of the many instances,
+I shall only give you the following history, it
+being remarkable in its circumstances.</p>
+
+<p>A certain planter of these countries exercised such
+cruelty towards one of his servants, as caused him to run
+away. Having absconded, for some days, in the woods,
+at last he was taken, and brought back to the wicked
+Pharaoh. No sooner had he got him, but he commanded
+him to be tied to a tree; here he gave him so
+many lashes on his naked back, as made his body run
+with an entire stream of blood; then, to make the smart
+of his wounds the greater, he anointed him with lemon-juice,
+mixed with salt and pepper. In this miserable
+posture he left him tied to the tree for twenty-four
+hours, which being past, he began his punishment again,
+lashing him, as before, so cruelly, that the miserable
+wretch gave up the ghost, with these dying words: "I
+beseech the Almighty God, creator of heaven and earth,
+that he permit the wicked spirit to make thee feel as
+many torments before thy death, as thou hast caused
+me to feel before mine." A strange thing, and worthy
+of astonishment and admiration! Scarce three or four
+days were past, after this horrible fact, when the Almighty
+Judge, who had heard the cries of the tormented<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32"></a><a href="images/32.png">[32]</a></span>
+wretch, suffered the evil one suddenly to possess this
+barbarous and inhuman homicide, so that those cruel
+hands which had punished to death his innocent servant,
+were the tormentors of his own body: for he beat himself
+and tore his flesh, after a miserable manner, till he
+lost the very shape of a man; not ceasing to howl and
+cry, without any rest by day or night. Thus he continued
+raving mad, till he died. Many other examples
+of this kind I could rehearse; but these not belonging
+to our present discourse, I omit them.</p>
+
+<p>The planters of the Caribbee islands are rather worse,
+and more cruel to their servants, than the former. In
+the isle of St. Christopher dwells one named Bettesa,
+well known to the Dutch merchants, who has killed
+above a hundred of his servants with blows and stripes.
+The English do the same with their servants; and the
+mildest cruelty they exercise towards them is, that when
+they have served six years of their time (they being
+bound among the English for seven) they use them so
+cruelly, as to force them to beg of their masters to sell
+them to others, though it be to begin another servitude
+of seven years, or at least three or four. And I have
+known many, who have thus served fifteen or twenty
+years, before they could obtain their freedom. Another
+law, very rigorous in that nation, is, if any man owes
+another above twenty-five shillings English, if he cannot
+pay it, he is liable to be sold for six or eight months.
+Not to trouble the reader any longer with relations of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33"></a><a href="images/33.png">[33]</a></span>
+this kind, I shall now describe the famous actions and
+exploits of the greatest pirates of my time, during my
+residence in those parts: these I shall relate without the
+least passion or partiality, and assure my reader that I
+shall give him no stories upon trust, or hearsay, but only
+those enterprises to which I was myself an eye-witness.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34"></a><a href="images/34.png">[34]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER IV</h2>
+
+<div class='hang2'><i>Original of the most famous pirates of the coasts of
+America&mdash;Famous exploit of Pierre le Grand.</i><br /><br /></div>
+
+
+<div class='cap'>I HAVE told you in the preceding chapters how I
+was compelled to adventure my life among the
+pirates of America; which sort of men I name so,
+because they are not authorized by any sovereign prince:
+for the kings of Spain having on several occasions sent
+their ambassadors to the kings of England and France,
+to complain of the molestations and troubles those pirates
+often caused on the coasts of America, even in the
+calm of peace; it hath always been answered, "that such
+men did not commit those acts of hostility and piracy
+as subjects to their majesties; and therefore his Catholic
+Majesty might proceed against them as he should think
+fit." The king of France added, "that he had no fortress
+nor castle upon Hispaniola, neither did he receive
+a farthing of tribute from thence." And the king of
+England adjoined, "that he had never given any commissions
+to those of Jamaica, to commit hostilities
+against the subjects of his Catholic Majesty." Nor
+did he only give this bare answer, but out of his royal
+desire to pleasure the court of Spain, recalled the governor
+of Jamaica, placing another in his room; all which<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35"></a><a href="images/35.png">[35]</a></span>
+could not prevent these pirates from acting as heretofore.
+But before I relate their bold actions, I shall say
+something of their rise and exercises; as also of the
+chiefest of them, and their manner of arming themselves
+before they put to sea.</div>
+
+<p>The first pirate that was known upon Tortuga was
+Pierre le Grand, or Peter the Great. He was born at
+Dieppe in Normandy. That action which rendered him
+famous was his taking the vice-admiral of the Spanish
+flota, near the Cape of Tiburon, on the west side of
+Hispaniola; this he performed with only one boat, and
+twenty-eight men. Now till that time the Spaniards
+had passed and repassed with all security, through the
+channel of Bahama; so that Pierre le Grand setting out
+to sea by the Caycos, he took this great ship with all the
+ease imaginable. The Spaniards they found aboard
+they set ashore, and sent the vessel to France. The
+manner how this undaunted spirit attempted and took
+this large ship I shall give you, out of the journal of the
+author, in his own words. "The boat," says he, "wherein
+Pierre le Grand was with his companions, had been at
+sea a long time without finding any prize worth his taking;
+and their provisions beginning to fail, they were
+in danger of starving. Being almost reduced to despair,
+they spied a great ship of the Spanish flota, separated
+from the rest; this vessel they resolved to take,
+or die in the attempt. Hereupon, they sailed towards
+her, to view her strength. And though they judged the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36"></a><a href="images/36.png">[36]</a></span>
+vessel to be superior to theirs, yet their covetousness,
+and the extremity they were reduced to, made them venture.
+Being come so near that they could not possibly
+escape, they made an oath to their captain, Pierre le
+Grand, to stand by him to the last. 'Tis true, the
+pirates did believe they should find the ship unprovided
+to fight, and thereby the sooner master her. It was in
+the dusk of the evening they began to attack; but before
+they engaged, they ordered the surgeon of the boat to
+bore a hole in the sides of it, that their own vessel sinking
+under them, they might be compelled to attack
+more vigorously, and endeavour more hastily to board
+the ship. This was done accordingly, and without any
+other arms than a pistol in one hand and a sword in the
+other, they immediately climbed up the sides of the ship,
+and ran altogether into the great cabin, where they
+found the captain, with several of his companions, playing
+at cards. Here they set a pistol to his breast, commanding
+him to deliver up the ship. The Spaniards,
+surprised to see the pirates on board their ship, cried
+'Jesus bless us! are these devils, or what are they?'
+Meanwhile some of them took possession of the gun-room,
+and seized the arms, killing as many as made any
+opposition; whereupon the Spaniards presently surrendered.
+That very day the captain of the ship had been
+told by some of the seamen that the boat which was in
+view, cruising, was a boat of pirates; whom the captain
+slightly answered, 'What then, must I be afraid of such<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37"></a><a href="images/37.png">[37]</a></span>
+a pitiful thing as that is? No, though she were a ship
+as big and as strong as mine is.' As soon as Pierre le
+Grand had taken this rich prize, he detained in his service
+as many of the common seamen as he had need of,
+setting the rest ashore, and then set sail for France,
+where he continued, without ever returning to America
+again."</p>
+
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 251px;">
+<img src="images/illus004.jpg" width="251" height="400" alt="&quot;pierre le grand commanding the spanish captain to surrender the ship&quot;&mdash;Page 36" title="&quot;pierre le grand commanding the spanish captain to surrender the ship&quot;&mdash;Page 36" />
+<span class="caption">&quot;pierre le grand commanding the spanish captain to surrender the ship&quot;&mdash;<a href="#Page_36">Page 36</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>The planters and hunters of Tortuga had no sooner
+heard of the rich prize those pirates had taken, but they
+resolved to follow their example. Hereupon, many of
+them left their employments, and endeavoured to get
+some small boats, wherein to exercise piracy; but not
+being able to purchase, or build them at Tortuga, they
+resolved to set forth in their canoes, and seek them elsewhere.
+With these they cruised at first upon Cape de
+Alvarez, where the Spaniards used to trade from one
+city to another in small vessels, in which they carry hides,
+tobacco, and other commodities, to the Havannah, and
+to which the Spaniards from Europe do frequently resort.</p>
+
+<p>Here it was that those pirates at first took a great
+many boats laden with the aforesaid commodities; these
+they used to carry to Tortuga, and sell the whole purchase
+to the ships that waited for their return, or accidentally
+happened to be there. With the gains of these
+prizes they provided themselves with necessaries, wherewith
+to undertake other voyages, some of which were
+made to Campechy, and others toward New Spain; in<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38"></a><a href="images/38.png">[38]</a></span>
+both which the Spaniards then drove a great trade.
+Upon those coasts they found great numbers of trading
+vessels, and often ships of great burden. Two of the
+biggest of these vessels, and two great ships which the
+Spaniards had laden with plate in the port of Campechy,
+to go to the Caraccas, they took in less than a month's
+time, and carried to Tortuga; where the people of the
+whole island, encouraged by their success, especially seeing
+in two years the riches of the country so much increased,
+they augmented the number of pirates so fast,
+that in a little time there were, in that small island and
+port, above twenty ships of this sort of people. Hereupon
+the Spaniards, not able to bear their robberies any
+longer, equipped two large men-of-war, both for the
+defence of their own coasts, and to cruise upon the enemies.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39"></a><a href="images/39.png">[39]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER V</h2>
+
+<div class='hang2'><i>How the pirates arm their vessels, and regulate their
+voyages.</i><br /><br /></div>
+
+
+<div class='cap'>BEFORE the pirates go to sea, they give notice to
+all concerned, of the day on which they are to
+embark; obliging each man to bring so many
+pounds of powder and ball as they think necessary.
+Being all come aboard, they consider where to get provisions,
+especially flesh, seeing they scarce eat anything
+else; and of this the most common sort is pork; the next
+food is tortoises, which they salt a little: sometimes they
+rob such or such hog-yards, where the Spaniards often
+have a thousand head of swine together. They come to
+these places in the night, and having beset the keeper's
+lodge, they force him to rise, and give them as many
+heads as they desire, threatening to kill him if he refuses,
+or makes any noise; and these menaces are oftentimes
+executed on the miserable swine-keepers, or any other
+person that endeavours to hinder their robberies.</div>
+
+<p>Having got flesh sufficient for their voyage, they return
+to their ship: here they allow, twice a day, every
+one as much as he can eat, without weight or measure;
+nor does the steward of the vessel give any more flesh,
+or anything else, to the captain, than to the meanest<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40"></a><a href="images/40.png">[40]</a></span>
+mariner. The ship being well victualled, they deliberate
+whither they shall go to seek their desperate fortunes,
+and likewise agree upon certain articles, which are put
+in writing, which every one is bound to observe; and all
+of them, or the chiefest part, do set their hands to it.
+Here they set down distinctly what sums of money each
+particular person ought to have for that voyage, the
+fund of all the payments being what is gotten by the
+whole expedition; for otherwise it is the same law among
+these people as with other pirates. No prey, no pay.
+First, therefore, they mention how much the captain is
+to have for his ship; next, the salary of the carpenter,
+or shipwright, who careened, mended, and rigged the
+vessel: this commonly amounts to one hundred or one
+hundred and fifty pieces of eight, according to the agreement.
+Afterwards, for provisions and victualling, they
+draw out of the same common stock about two hundred
+pieces of eight; also a salary for the surgeon, and his
+chest of medicaments, which usually is rated at two hundred
+or two hundred and fifty pieces of eight. Lastly,
+they agree what rate each one ought to have that is either
+wounded or maimed in his body, suffering the loss of
+any limb; as, for the loss of a right arm, six hundred
+pieces of eight, or six slaves; for the left arm, five hundred
+pieces of eight, or five slaves; for a right leg, five
+hundred pieces of eight, or five slaves; for the left leg,
+four hundred pieces of eight, or four slaves; for an eye,
+one hundred pieces of eight, or one slave; for a finger,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41"></a><a href="images/41.png">[41]</a></span>
+the same as for an eye. All which sums are taken out of
+the common stock of what is gotten by their piracy, and
+a very exact and equal dividend is made of the remainder.
+They have also regard to qualities and places: thus
+the captain, or chief, is allotted five or six portions, to
+what the ordinary seamen have: the master's mate only
+two, and other officers proportionately to their employ:
+after which, they draw equal parts from the highest to
+the lowest mariner, the boys not being omitted, who draw
+half a share; because when they take a better vessel than
+their own, it is in the boys' duty to fire their former vessel,
+and then retire to the prize.</p>
+
+<p>They observe among themselves very good orders; for
+in the prizes which they take, it is severely prohibited,
+to every one, to take anything to themselves: hence all
+they take is equally divided, as hath been said before:
+yea, they take a solemn oath to each other, not to conceal
+the least thing they find among the prizes; and if
+any one is found false to the said oath, he is immediately
+turned out of the society. They are very civil and charitable
+to each other; so that if any one wants what another
+has, with great willingness they give it one to
+another. As soon as these pirates have taken a prize,
+they immediately set ashore the prisoners, detaining only
+some few, for their own help and service: whom, also,
+they release, after two or three years. They refresh
+themselves at one island or another, but especially at
+those on the south of Cuba; here they careen their ves<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42"></a><a href="images/42.png">[42]</a></span>sels,
+while some hunt, and others cruise in canoes for
+prizes.</p>
+
+<p>The inhabitants of New Spain and Campechy lade
+their best merchandize in ships of great bulk: the vessels
+from Campechy sail in the winter to Caraccas, Trinity
+isles, and that of Margarita, and return back again in
+the summer. The pirates knowing these seasons (being
+very diligent in their inquiries) always cruise between
+the places above-mentioned; but in case they light on
+no considerable booty, they commonly undertake some
+more hazardous enterprises: one remarkable instance of
+which I shall here give you.</p>
+
+<p>A certain pirate called Pierre Fran&ccedil;ois, or Peter
+Francis, waiting a long time at sea with his boat and
+twenty-six men, for the ships that were to return from
+Maracaibo to Campechy, and not being able to find
+any prey, at last he resolved to direct his course to
+Rancheiras, near the River de la Plata, in 12 deg. and
+a half north latitude. Here lies a rich bank of pearl,
+to the fishery whereof they yearly sent from Carthagena
+twelve vessels with a man-of-war for their defence.
+Every vessel has at least two negroes in it, who are very
+dextrous in diving to the depth of six fathoms, where
+they find good store of pearls. On this fleet, called the
+pearl-fleet, Pierre Fran&ccedil;ois resolved to venture, rather
+than go home empty; they then rid at anchor at the
+mouth of the River de la Hacha, the man-of-war scarce
+half a league distant from the small ships, and the wind<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43"></a><a href="images/43.png">[43]</a></span>
+very calm. Having spied them in this posture, he
+presently pulled down his sails, and rowed along the
+coast feigning to be a Spanish vessel coming from Maracaibo;
+but no sooner was he come to the pearl-bank,
+when suddenly he assaulted the vice-admiral of eight
+guns and sixty men, commanding them to surrender.
+The Spaniards made a good defence for some time, but
+at last were forced to submit.</p>
+
+<p>Having thus taken the vice-admiral, he resolved to
+attempt the man-of-war, with which addition he hoped
+to master the rest of the fleet: to this end he presently
+sunk his own boat, putting forth the Spanish colours,
+and weighed anchor with a little wind which then began
+to stir, having with threats and promises compelled most
+of the Spaniards to assist him: but so soon as the man-of-war
+perceived one of his fleet to sail, he did so too,
+fearing lest the mariners designed to run away with the
+riches they had on board. The pirate on this immediately
+gave over the enterprise, thinking themselves unable
+to encounter force to force: hereupon they endeavoured
+to get out of the river and gain the open seas,
+by making as much sail as they could; which the man-of-war
+perceiving, he presently gave them chase, but the
+pirates having laid on too much sail, and a gust of wind
+suddenly rising, their main-mast was brought by the
+board, which disabled them from escaping.</p>
+
+<p>This unhappy event much encouraged those in the
+man-of-war, they gaining upon the pirates every mo<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44"></a><a href="images/44.png">[44]</a></span>ment,
+and at last overtook them; but finding they had
+twenty-two sound men, the rest being either killed or
+wounded, resolved to defend themselves as long as possible;
+this they performed very courageously for some
+time, till they were forced by the man-of-war, on condition
+that they should not be used as slaves to carry
+stones, or be employed in other labours for three or four
+years, as they served their negroes, but that they should
+be set safe ashore on free land. On these articles they
+yielded with all they had taken, which was worth, in
+pearls alone, above 100,000 pieces of eight, besides the
+vessel, provisions, goods, &amp;c. All of which would have
+made this a greater prize than he could desire, which he
+had certainly carried off, if his main-mast had not been
+lost, as we said before.</p>
+
+<p>Another bold attempt like this, no less remarkable, I
+shall also give you. A certain pirate of Portugal, thence
+called Bartholomew Portugues, was cruising in a boat
+of thirty men and four small guns from Jamaica, upon
+the Cape de Corriente in Cuba, where he met a great
+ship from Maracaibo and Carthagena, bound for the
+Havannah, well provided with twenty great guns and
+seventy men, passengers and mariners; this ship he
+presently assaulted, which they on board as resolutely
+defended. The pirate escaping the first encounter, resolved
+to attack her more vigorously than before, seeing
+he had yet suffered no great damage: this he performed
+with so much resolution, that at last, after a<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45"></a><a href="images/45.png">[45]</a></span>
+long and dangerous fight, he became master of it. The
+Portuguese lost only ten men, and had four wounded;
+so that he had still remaining twenty fighting men,
+whereas the Spaniards had double the number. Having
+possessed themselves of the ship, the wind being contrary
+to return to Jamaica, they resolved to steer to
+Cape St. Anthony (which lies west of Cuba), there to
+repair and take in fresh water, of which they were then
+in great want.</p>
+
+<p>Being very near the cape abovesaid, they unexpectedly
+met with three great ships coming from New Spain, and
+bound for the Havannah; by these not being able to
+escape, they were easily retaken, both ship and pirates,
+and all made prisoners, and stripped of all the riches
+they had taken but just before. The cargo consisted in
+120,000 weight of cocoa-nuts, the chief ingredient of
+chocolate, and 70,000 pieces of eight. Two days after
+this misfortune, there arose a great storm, which separated
+the ships from one another. The great vessel,
+where the pirates were, arrived at Campechy, where
+many considerable merchants came and saluted the captain;
+these presently knew the Portuguese pirate, being
+infamous for the many insolencies, robberies and murders
+he had committed on their coasts, which they kept
+fresh in their memory.</p>
+
+<p>The next day after their arrival, the magistrates of
+the city sent to demand the prisoners from on board the
+ship, in order to punish them according to their deserts;<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46"></a><a href="images/46.png">[46]</a></span>
+but fearing the captain of the pirates should make his
+escape (as he had formerly done, being their prisoner
+once before) they judged it safer to leave him guarded
+on ship-board for the present, while they erected a gibbet
+to hang him on the next day, without any other process
+than to lead him from the ship to his punishment; the
+rumour of which was presently brought to Bartholomew
+Portugues, whereby he sought all possible means to
+escape that night: with this design he took two earthen
+jars, wherein the Spaniards carry wine from Spain to
+the West Indies, and stopped them very well, intending
+to use them for swimming, as those unskilled in that
+art do corks or empty bladders; having made this necessary
+preparation, he waited when all should be asleep;
+but not being able to escape his sentinel's vigilance, he
+stabbed him with a knife he had secretly purchased, and
+then threw himself into the sea with the earthen jars
+before-mentioned, by the help of which, though he never
+learned to swim, he reached the shore, and immediately
+took to the woods, where he hid himself for three days,
+not daring to appear, eating no other food than wild
+herbs.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 254px;">
+<img src="images/illus005.jpg" width="254" height="400" alt="&quot;&#39;portugues made the best of his way to del golpho triste&#39;&quot;&mdash;Page 46" title="&quot;&#39;portugues made the best of his way to del golpho triste&#39;&quot;&mdash;Page 46" />
+<span class="caption">&quot;&#39;portugues made the best of his way to del golpho triste&#39;&quot;&mdash;<a href="#Page_46">Page 46</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>Those of the city next day made diligent search for
+him in the woods, where they concluded him to be. This
+strict inquiry Portugues saw from the hollow of a tree,
+wherein he lay hid; and upon their return he made the
+best of his way to del Golpho Triste, forty leagues from
+Campechy, where he arrived within a fortnight after his<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47"></a><a href="images/47.png">[47]</a></span>
+escape: during which time, as also afterwards, he endured
+extreme hunger and thirst, having no other provision
+with him than a small calabaca with a little water:
+besides the fears of falling again into the hands of the
+Spaniards. He eat nothing but a few shell-fish, which
+he found among the rocks near the seashore; and being
+obliged to pass some rivers, not knowing well how to
+swim, he found at last an old board which the waves had
+driven ashore, wherein were a few great nails; these he
+took, and with no small labour whetted on a stone, till
+he had made them like knives, though not so well; with
+these, and nothing else, he cut down some branches of
+trees, which with twigs and osiers he joined together,
+and made as well as he could a boat to waft him over the
+rivers: thus arriving at the Cape of Golpho Triste, as
+was said, he found a vessel of pirates, comrades of his
+own, lately come from Jamaica.</p>
+
+<p>To these he related all his adversities and misfortunes,
+and withal desired they would fit him with a boat and
+twenty men, with which company alone he promised to
+return to Campechy, and assault the ship that was in
+the river, by which he had been taken fourteen days
+before. They presently granted his request, and
+equipped him a boat accordingly. With this small company
+he set out to execute his design, which he bravely
+performed eight days after he left Golpho Triste; for
+being arrived at Campechy, with an undaunted courage,
+and without any noise, he assaulted the said ship: those<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48"></a><a href="images/48.png">[48]</a></span>
+on board thought it was a boat from land that came to
+bring contraband goods, and so were in no posture of
+defence; which opportunity the pirates laying hold of,
+assaulted them so resolutely, that in a little time they
+compelled the Spaniards to surrender.</p>
+
+<p>Being masters of the ship, they immediately weighed
+anchor and set sail from the port, lest they should be
+pursued by other vessels. This they did with the utmost
+joy, seeing themselves possessors of so brave a ship; especially
+Portugues, who by a second turn of fortune was
+become rich and powerful again, who was so lately in
+that same vessel a prisoner, condemned to be hanged.
+With this purchase he designed greater things, which
+he might have done, since there remained in the vessel
+so great a quantity of rich merchandise, though the plate
+had been sent to the city: but while he was making his
+voyage to Jamaica, near the isle of Pinos, on the south
+of Cuba, a terrible storm arose, which drove against the
+Jardines rocks, where she was lost; but Portugues, with
+his companions, escaped in a canoe, in which he arrived
+at Jamaica, where it was not long ere he went on new
+adventures, but was never fortunate after.</p>
+
+<p>Nor less considerable are the actions of another pirate
+who now lives at Jamaica, who on several occasions has
+performed very surprising things. He was born at
+Groninghen in the United Provinces. His own name
+not being known, his companions gave him that of Roche
+Brasiliano, by reason of his long residence in Brasil:<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49"></a><a href="images/49.png">[49]</a></span>
+hence he was forced to fly, when the Portuguese retook
+those countries from the Dutch, several nations then inhabiting
+at Brasil (as English, French, Dutch, and
+others), being constrained to seek new fortunes.</p>
+
+<p>This person fled to Jamaica, where, being at a stand
+how to get his living, he entered himself into the society
+of pirates, where he served as a private mariner for some
+time, and behaved himself so well, that he was beloved
+and respected by all. One day some of the mariners
+quarrelled with their captain to that degree, that they
+left the boat. Brasiliano following them, was chosen
+their leader, who having fitted out a small vessel, they
+made him captain.</p>
+
+<p>Within a few days after, he took a great ship coming
+from New Spain, which had a great quantity of plate on
+board, and carried it to Jamaica. This action got him
+a great reputation at home; and though in his private
+affairs he governed himself very well, he would oftentimes
+appear brutish and foolish when in drink, running
+up and down the streets, beating and wounding those
+he met, no person daring to make any resistance.</p>
+
+<p>To the Spaniards he was always very barbarous and
+cruel, out of an inveterate hatred against that nation.
+Of these he commanded several to be roasted alive on
+wooden spits, for not showing him hog-yards where he
+might steal swine. After many of these cruelties, as he
+was cruising on the coasts of Campechy, a dismal tempest
+surprised him so violently, that his ship was wrecked<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50"></a><a href="images/50.png">[50]</a></span>
+upon the coasts, the mariners only escaping with their
+muskets and some few bullets and powder, which were
+the only things they could save. The ship was lost between
+Campechy and the Golpho Triste: here they got
+ashore in a canoe, and, marching along the coast with
+all the speed they could, they directed their course towards
+Golpho Triste, the common refuge of the pirates.
+Being upon his journey, and all very hungry and thirsty,
+as is usual in desert places, they were pursued by a troop
+of an hundred Spaniards. Brasiliano, perceiving their
+imminent danger, encouraged his companions, telling
+them they were better soldiers, and ought rather to die
+under their arms fighting, as it became men of courage,
+than surrender to the Spaniards, who would take away
+their lives with the utmost torments. The pirates were
+but thirty; yet, seeing their brave commander oppose the
+enemy with such courage, resolved to do the like: hereupon
+they faced the troop of Spaniards, and discharged
+their muskets on them so dextrously, that they killed one
+horseman almost with every shot. The fight continued
+for an hour, till at last the Spaniards were put to flight.
+They stripped the dead, and took from them what was
+most for their use; such as were also not quite dead they
+dispatched with the ends of their muskets.</p>
+
+<p>Having vanquished the enemy, they mounted on
+horses they found in the field, and continued their
+journey; Brasiliano having lost but two of his companions
+in this bloody fight, and had two wounded.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51"></a><a href="images/51.png">[51]</a></span>
+Prosecuting their way, before they came to the port
+they spied a boat at anchor from Campechy, well
+manned, protecting a few canoes that were lading wood:
+hereupon they sent six of their men to watch them, who
+next morning, by a wile, possessed themselves of the
+canoes. Having given notice to their companions, they
+boarded them, and also took the little man-of-war, their
+convoy. Being thus masters of this fleet, they wanted
+only provisions, of which they found little aboard those
+vessels: but this defect was supplied by the horses, which
+they killed, and salted with salt, which by good fortune
+the wood-cutters had brought with them, with which
+they supported themselves till they could get better.</p>
+
+<p>They took also another ship going from New Spain
+to Maracaibo, laden with divers sorts of merchandise
+and pieces of eight, designed to buy cocoa-nuts for their
+lading home: all these they carried to Jamaica, where
+they safely arrived, and, according to custom, wasted
+all in a few days in taverns, giving themselves to all
+manner of debauchery. Such of these pirates will
+spend two or three thousand pieces of eight in a night,
+not leaving themselves a good shirt to wear in the morning.
+My own master would buy sometimes a pipe of
+wine, and, placing it in the street, would force those
+that passed by to drink with him, threatening also to
+pistol them if they would not. He would do the like
+with barrels of beer or ale; and very often he would
+throw these liquors about the streets, and wet peoples'<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52"></a><a href="images/52.png">[52]</a></span>
+clothes without regarding whether he spoiled their apparel.</p>
+
+<p>Among themselves these pirates are very liberal: if
+any one has lost all, which often happens in their manner
+of life, they freely give him of what they have. In
+taverns and alehouses they have great credit; but at
+Jamaica they ought not to run very deep in debt, seeing
+the inhabitants there easily sell one another for debt.
+This happened to my patron, to be sold for a debt of a
+tavern wherein he had spent the greatest part of his
+money. This man had, within three months before,
+three thousand pieces of eight in ready cash, all which
+he wasted in that little time, and became as poor as I
+have told you.</p>
+
+<p>But to return Brasiliano, after having spent all, was
+forced to go to sea again to seek his fortune. He set
+forth towards the coast of Campechy, his common
+rendezvous: fifteen days after his arrival, he put himself
+into a canoe to espy the port of that city, and see if he
+could rob any Spanish vessel; but his fortune was so
+bad, that both he and all his men were taken and carried
+before the governor, who immediately cast them into a
+dungeon, intending to hang them every one; and doubtless
+he had done so, but for a stratagem of Brasiliano,
+which saved their lives. He wrote a letter to the governor,
+in the names of other pirates that were abroad
+at sea, telling them he should have a care how he used
+those persons he had in custody; for if he hurt them in<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53"></a><a href="images/53.png">[53]</a></span>
+the least, they swore they would never give quarter to
+any Spaniard that should fall into their hands.</p>
+
+<p>These pirates having been often at Campechy, and
+other places of the West Indies in the Spanish dominions,
+the governor feared what mischief their companions
+abroad might do, if he should punish them. Hereupon
+he released them, exacting only an oath on them
+that they would leave their exercise of piracy for ever;
+and withal he sent them as common mariners, in the
+galleons, to Spain. They got in this voyage, all together,
+five hundred pieces of eight; so that they tarried
+not long there after their arrival. Providing themselves
+with necessaries, they returned to Jamaica, from whence
+they set forth again to sea, committing greater robberies
+and cruelties than before; but especially abusing the poor
+Spaniards, who fell into their hands, with all sorts of
+cruelty.</p>
+
+<p>The Spaniards, finding they could gain nothing on
+these people, nor diminish their number, daily resolved
+to lessen the number of their trading ships. But neither
+was this of any service; for the pirates, finding few ships
+at sea, began to gather into companies, and to land on
+their dominions, ruining cities, towns, and villages; pillaging,
+burning, and carrying away as much as they
+could.</p>
+
+<p>The first pirate who began these invasions by land
+was Lewis Scot, who sacked the city of Campechy,
+which he almost ruined, robbing and destroying all he<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54"></a><a href="images/54.png">[54]</a></span>
+could; and after he had put it to an excessive ransom,
+he left it. After Scot came another named Mansvelt,
+who invaded Granada, and penetrated even to the South
+Sea; till at last, for want of provision, he was forced to
+go back. He assaulted the isle of St. Catherine, which
+he took, with a few prisoners. These directed him to
+Carthagena, a principal city in Neuva Granada. But
+the bold attempts and actions of John Davis, born at
+Jamaica, ought not to be forgotten, being some of the
+most remarkable; especially his rare prudence and valour
+showed in the fore-mentioned kingdom of Granada.
+This pirate, having long cruised in the Gulf of Pocatauro,
+on the ships expected to Carthagena, bound for
+Nicaragua, and not meeting any of them, resolved at
+last to land in Nicaragua, leaving his ship hid on the
+coast.</p>
+
+<p>This design he soon executed; for taking eighty men
+out of ninety, which he had in all&mdash;and the rest he left
+to keep the ship&mdash;he divided them equally into three
+canoes. His intent was to rob the churches, and rifle
+the houses of the chief citizens of Nicaragua. Thus in
+the dark night they entered the river leading to that
+city, rowing in their canoes; by day they hid themselves
+and boats under the branches of trees, on the banks,
+which grow very thick along the river-sides in those
+countries, and along the sea-coast. Being arrived at
+the city the third night, the sentinel, who kept the post
+of the river, thought them to be fishermen that had been<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55"></a><a href="images/55.png">[55]</a></span>
+fishing in the lake: and most of the pirates understanding
+Spanish, he doubted not, as soon as he heard them
+speak. They had in their company an Indian who had
+run away from his master, who would have enslaved
+him unjustly. He went first ashore, and instantly
+killed the sentinel: this done, they entered the city, and
+went directly to three or four houses of the chief citizens,
+where they knocked softly. These, believing them
+to be friends, opened the doors; and the pirates, suddenly
+possessing themselves of the houses, stole all the
+money and plate they could find. Nor did they spare
+the churches and most sacred things; all of which were
+pillaged and profaned, without any respect or veneration.</p>
+
+<p>Meanwhile, great cries and lamentations were heard
+of some who had escaped them; so that the whole city
+was in an uproar, and all the citizens rallied in order, to
+a defence; which the pirates perceiving, they instantly
+fled, carrying away their booty, and some prisoners:
+these they led away, that if any of them should be taken
+by the Spaniards, they might use them for ransom.
+Thus they got to their ship, and with all speed put to
+sea, forcing the prisoners, before they let them go, to
+procure them as much flesh as was necessary for their
+voyage to Jamaica. But no sooner had they weighed
+anchor, when they saw a troop of about five hundred
+Spaniards, all well armed, at the sea-side: against these
+they let fly several guns, wherewith they forced them<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56"></a><a href="images/56.png">[56]</a></span>
+to quit the sands, and retire, with no small regret to see
+these pirates carry away so much plate of their churches
+and houses, though distant at least forty leagues from
+the sea.</p>
+
+<p>These pirates got, on this occasion, above four thousand
+pieces of eight in money, besides much plate, and
+many jewels; in all, to the value of fifty thousand pieces
+of eight, or more: with all this they arrived at Jamaica
+soon after. But this sort of people being never long
+masters of their money, they were soon constrained to
+seek more by the same means; and Captain John Davis,
+presently after his return, was chosen admiral of seven
+or eight vessels, he being now esteemed an able conductor
+for such enterprises. He began his new command
+by directing his fleet to the north of Cuba, there
+to wait for the fleet from New Spain; but missing his
+design, they determined for Florida. Being arrived
+there, they landed their men, and sacked a small city
+named St. Augustine of Florida. The castle had a
+garrison of two hundred men, but could not prevent the
+pillage of the city, they effecting it without the least
+damage from the soldiers or townsmen.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57"></a><a href="images/57.png">[57]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER VI</h2>
+
+<div class='hang2'><i>Of the origin of Francis Lolonois, and the beginning of
+his robberies.</i><br /><br /></div>
+
+
+<div class='cap'>FRANCIS LOLONOIS was a native of that
+territory in France which is called Les Sables
+d'Olone, or The Sands of Olone. In his youth
+he was transported to the Caribbee islands, in quality
+of servant, or slave, according to custom; of which we
+have already spoken. Being out of his time, he came
+to Hispaniola; here he joined for some time with the
+hunters, before he began his robberies upon the Spaniards,
+which I shall now relate, till his unfortunate
+death.</div>
+
+<p>At first he made two or three voyages as a common
+mariner, wherein he behaved himself so courageously as
+to gain the favour of the governor of Tortuga, Monsieur
+de la Place; insomuch that he gave him a ship, in which
+he might seek his fortune, which was very favourable to
+him at first; for in a short time he got great riches. But
+his cruelties against the Spaniards were such, that the
+fame of them made him so well known through the
+Indies, that the Spaniards, in his time, would choose
+rather to die, or sink fighting, than surrender, knowing
+they should have no mercy at his hands. But Fortune,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58"></a><a href="images/58.png">[58]</a></span>
+being seldom constant, after some time turned her back;
+for in a huge storm he lost his ship on the coast of Campechy.
+The men were all saved, but coming upon dry
+land, the Spaniards pursued them, and killed the greatest
+part, wounding also Lolonois. Not knowing how to
+escape, he saved his life by a stratagem; mingling sand
+with the blood of his wounds, with which besmearing his
+face, and other parts of his body, and hiding himself
+dextrously among the dead, he continued there till the
+Spaniards quitted the field.</p>
+
+<p>They being gone, he retired to the woods, and bound
+up his wounds as well as he could. These being pretty
+well healed, he took his way to Campechy, having disguised
+himself in a Spanish habit; here he enticed certain
+slaves, to whom he promised liberty if they would
+obey him and trust to his conduct. They accepted his
+promises, and stealing a canoe, they went to sea with
+him. Now the Spaniards, having made several of his
+companions prisoners, kept them close in a dungeon,
+while Lolonois went about the town and saw what
+passed. These were often asked, "What is become of
+your captain?" To whom they constantly answered,
+"He is dead:" which rejoiced the Spaniards, who made
+bonfires, and, knowing nothing to the contrary, gave
+thanks to God for their deliverance from such a cruel
+pirate. Lolonois, having seen these rejoicings for his
+death, made haste to escape, with the slaves above-mentioned,
+and came safe to Tortuga, the common<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59"></a><a href="images/59.png">[59]</a></span>
+refuge of all sorts of wickedness, and the seminary, as
+it were, of pirates and thieves. Though now his fortune
+was low, yet he got another ship with craft and
+subtlety, and in it twenty-one men. Being well provided
+with arms and necessaries, he set forth for Cuba,
+on the south whereof is a small village, called De los
+Cayos. The inhabitants drive a great trade in tobacco,
+sugar, and hides, and all in boats, not being able to use
+ships, by reason of the little depth of that sea.</p>
+
+<p>Lolonois was persuaded he should get here some considerable
+prey; but by the good fortune of some fishermen
+who saw him, and the mercy of God, they escaped
+him: for the inhabitants of the town dispatched immediately
+a vessel overland to the Havannah, complaining
+that Lolonois was come to destroy them with two canoes.
+The governor could very hardly believe this, having received
+letters from Campechy that he was dead: but, at
+their importunity, he sent a ship to their relief, with ten
+guns, and ninety men, well armed; giving them this
+express command, "that they should not return into
+his presence without having totally destroyed those
+pirates." To this effect he gave them a negro to serve
+for a hangman, and orders, "that they should immediately
+hang every one of the pirates, excepting
+Lolonois, their captain, whom they should bring alive
+to the Havannah." This ship arrived at Cayos, of
+whose coming the pirates were advertised beforehand,
+and instead of flying, went to seek it in the river Estera,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60"></a><a href="images/60.png">[60]</a></span>
+where she rode at anchor. The pirates seized some
+fishermen, and forced them by night to show them the
+entry of the port, hoping soon to obtain a greater vessel
+than their two canoes, and thereby to mend their fortune.
+They arrived, after two in the morning, very nigh the
+ship; and the watch on board the ship asking them,
+whence they came, and if they had seen any pirates
+abroad? They caused one of the prisoners to answer,
+they had seen no pirates, nor anything else. Which
+answer made them believe that they were fled upon
+hearing of their coming.</p>
+
+<p>But they soon found the contrary, for about break of
+day the pirates assaulted the vessel on both sides, with
+their two canoes, with such vigour, that though the
+Spaniards behaved themselves as they ought, and made
+as good defence as they could, making some use of their
+great guns, yet they were forced to surrender, being
+beaten by the pirates, with sword in hand, down under
+the hatches. From hence Lolonois commanded them to
+be brought up, one by one, and in this order caused their
+heads to be struck off: among the rest came up the
+negro, designed to be the pirates' executioner; this fellow
+implored mercy at his hands very dolefully, telling
+Lolonois he was constituted hangman of that ship, and if
+he would spare him, he would tell him faithfully all that
+he should desire. Lolonois, making him confess what he
+thought fit, commanded him to be murdered with the
+rest. Thus he cruelly and barbarously put them all to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61"></a><a href="images/61.png">[61]</a></span>
+death, reserving only one alive, whom he sent back to
+the governor of the Havannah, with this message in
+writing: "I shall never henceforward give quarter to
+any Spaniard whatsoever; and I have great hopes I
+shall execute on your own person the very same punishment
+I have done upon them you sent against me.
+Thus I have retaliated the kindness you designed to me
+and my companions." The governor, much troubled at
+this sad news, swore, in the presence of many, that he
+would never grant quarter to any pirate that should fall
+into his hands. But the citizens of the Havannah desired
+him not to persist in the execution of that rash and
+rigorous oath, seeing the pirates would certainly take
+occasion from thence to do the same, and they had an
+hundred times more opportunity of revenge than he;
+that being necessitated to get their livelihood by fishery,
+they should hereafter always be in danger of their lives.
+By these reasons he was persuaded to bridle his anger,
+and remit the severity of his oath.</p>
+
+<p>Now Lolonois had got a good ship, but very few provisions
+and people in it; to purchase both which, he
+resolved to cruise from one port to another. Doing
+thus, for some time, without success, he determined to
+go to the port of Maracaibo. Here he surprised a ship
+laden with plate, and other merchandises, outward
+bound, to buy cocoa-nuts. With this prize he returned
+to Tortuga, where he was received with joy by the
+inhabitants; they congratulating his happy success, and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62"></a><a href="images/62.png">[62]</a></span>
+their own private interest. He stayed not long there,
+but designed to equip a fleet sufficient to transport five
+hundred men, and necessaries. Thus provided, he resolved
+to pillage both cities, towns, and villages, and
+finally, to take Maracaibo itself. For this purpose he
+knew the island of Tortuga would afford him many
+resolute and courageous men, fit for such enterprises:
+besides, he had in his service several prisoners well acquainted
+with the ways and places designed upon.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63"></a><a href="images/63.png">[63]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER VII</h2>
+
+<div class='hang2'><i>Lolonois equips a fleet to land upon the Spanish islands
+of America, with intent to rob, sack and burn whatsoever
+he met with.</i><br /><br /></div>
+
+
+<div class='cap'>OF this design Lolonois giving notice to all the
+pirates, whether at home or abroad, he got together,
+in a little while, above four hundred
+men; beside which, there was then in Tortuga another
+pirate, named Michael de Basco, who, by his piracy,
+had got riches sufficient to live at ease, and go no more
+abroad; having, withal, the office of major of the island.
+But seeing the great preparations that Lolonois made
+for this expedition, he joined him, and offered him, that
+if he would make him his chief captain by land (seeing
+he knew the country very well, and all its avenues) he
+would share in his fortunes, and go with him. They
+agreed upon articles to the great joy of Lolonois, knowing
+that Basco had done great actions in Europe, and
+had the repute of a good soldier. Thus they all embarked
+in eight vessels, that of Lolonois being the greatest,
+having ten guns of indifferent carriage.</div>
+
+<p>All things being ready, and the whole company on
+board, they set sail together about the end of April,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64"></a><a href="images/64.png">[64]</a></span>
+being, in all, six hundred and sixty persons. They
+steered for that part called Bayala, north of Hispaniola:
+here they took into their company some French hunters,
+who voluntarily offered themselves, and here they provided
+themselves with victuals and necessaries for their
+voyage.</p>
+
+<p>From hence they sailed again the last of July, and
+steered directly to the eastern cape of the isle called
+Punta d'Espada. Hereabouts espying a ship from
+Puerto Rico, bound for New Spain, laden with cocoa-nuts,
+Lolonois commanded the rest of the fleet to wait
+for him near Savona, on the east of Cape Punta
+d'Espada, he alone intending to take the said vessel.
+The Spaniards, though they had been in sight full two
+hours, and knew them to be pirates, yet would not flee,
+but prepared to fight, being well armed, and provided.
+The combat lasted three hours, and then they surrendered.
+This ship had sixteen guns, and fifty fighting
+men aboard: they found in her 120,000 weight of
+cocoa, 40,000 pieces of eight, and the value of 10,000
+more in jewels. Lolonois sent the vessel presently to
+Tortuga to be unladed, with orders to return as soon
+as possible to Savona, where he would wait for them:
+meanwhile, the rest of the fleet being arrived at Savona,
+met another Spanish vessel coming from Coman, with
+military provisions to Hispaniola, and money to pay
+the garrisons there. This vessel they also took, without
+any resistance, though mounted with eight guns. In it<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65"></a><a href="images/65.png">[65]</a></span>
+were 7,000 weight of powder, a great number of muskets,
+and like things, with 12,000 pieces of eight.</p>
+
+<p>These successes encouraged the pirates, they seeming
+very lucky beginnings, especially finding their fleet
+pretty well recruited in a little time: for the first ship
+arriving at Tortuga, the governor ordered it to be instantly
+unladen, and soon after sent back, with fresh
+provisions, and other necessaries, to Lolonois. This
+ship he chose for himself, and gave that which he commanded
+to his comrade, Anthony du Puis. Being thus
+recruited with men in lieu of them he had lost in taking
+the prizes, and by sickness, he found himself in a good
+condition to set sail for Maracaibo, in the province of
+Neuva Venezuela, in the latitude of 12 deg. 10 min.
+north. This island is twenty leagues long, and twelve
+broad. To this port also belong the islands of Onega
+and Monges. The east side thereof is called Cape St.
+Roman, and the western side Cape of Caquibacoa: the
+gulf is called, by some, the Gulf of Venezuela, but the
+pirates usually call it the Bay of Maracaibo.</p>
+
+<p>At the entrance of this gulf are two islands extending
+from east to west; that towards the east is called Isla de
+las Vigilias, or the Watch Isle; because in the middle
+is a high hill, on which stands a watch-house. The other
+is called Isla de la Palomas, or the Isle of Pigeons. Between
+these two islands runs a little sea, or rather lake
+of fresh water, sixty leagues long, and thirty broad;
+which disgorging itself into the ocean, dilates itself<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66"></a><a href="images/66.png">[66]</a></span>
+about the said two islands. Between them is the best
+passage for ships, the channel being no broader than
+the flight of a great gun, of about eight pounds. On
+the Isle of Pigeons standeth a castle, to impede the
+entry of vessels, all being necessitated to come very nigh
+the castle, by reason of two banks of sand on the other
+side, with only fourteen feet water. Many other banks
+of sand there are in this lake; as that called El Tablazo,
+or the Great Table, no deeper than ten feet, forty
+leagues within the lake; others there are, that have no
+more than six, seven, or eight feet in depth: all are very
+dangerous, especially to mariners unacquainted with
+them. West hereof is the city of Maracaibo, very
+pleasant to the view, its houses being built along the
+shore, having delightful prospects all round: the city
+may contain three or four thousand persons, slaves included,
+all which make a town of reasonable bigness.
+There are judged to be about eight hundred persons
+able to bear arms, all Spaniards. Here are one parish
+church, well built and adorned, four monasteries, and
+one hospital. The city is governed by a deputy governor,
+substituted by the governor of the Caraccas.
+The trade here exercised is mostly in hides and tobacco.
+The inhabitants possess great numbers of cattle, and
+many plantations, which extend thirty leagues in the
+country, especially towards the great town of Gibraltar,
+where are gathered great quantities of cocoa-nuts, and
+all other garden fruits, which serve for the regale and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67"></a><a href="images/67.png">[67]</a></span>
+sustenance of the inhabitants of Maracaibo, whose territories
+are much drier than those of Gibraltar. Hither
+those of Maracaibo send great quantities of flesh, they
+making returns in oranges, lemons, and other fruits;
+for the inhabitants of Gibraltar want flesh, their fields
+not being capable of feeding cows or sheep.</p>
+
+<p>Before Maracaibo is a very spacious and secure port,
+wherein may be built all sorts of vessels, having great
+convenience of timber, which may be transported thither
+at little charge. Nigh the town lies also a small island
+called Borrica, where they feed great numbers of goats,
+which cattle the inhabitants use more for their skins
+than their flesh or milk; they slighting these two, unless
+while they are tender and young kids. In the fields are
+fed some sheep, but of a very small size. In some
+islands of the lake, and in other places hereabouts, are
+many savage Indians, called by the Spaniards bravoes,
+or wild: these could never be reduced by the Spaniards,
+being brutish, and untameable. They dwell mostly towards
+the west side of the lake, in little huts built on
+trees growing in the water; so to keep themselves from
+innumerable mosquitoes, or gnats, which infest and torment
+them night and day. To the east of the said lake
+are whole towns of fishermen, who likewise live in huts
+built on trees, as the former. Another reason of this
+dwelling, is the frequent inundations; for after great
+rains, the land is often overflown for two or three
+leagues, there being no less than twenty-five great rivers<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68"></a><a href="images/68.png">[68]</a></span>
+that feed this lake. The town of Gibraltar is also frequently
+drowned by these, so that the inhabitants are
+constrained to retire to their plantations.</p>
+
+<p>Gibraltar, situate at the side of the lake about forty
+leagues within it, receives its provisions of flesh, as has
+been said, from Maracaibo. The town is inhabited by
+about 1,500 persons, whereof four hundred may bear
+arms; the greatest part of them keep shops, wherein
+they exercise one trade or another. In the adjacent
+fields are numerous plantations of sugar and cocoa, in
+which are many tall and beautiful trees, of whose timber
+houses may be built, and ships. Among these are
+many handsome and proportionable cedars, seven or
+eight feet about, of which they can build boats and ships,
+so as to bear only one great sail; such vessels being called
+piraguas. The whole country is well furnished with
+rivers and brooks, very useful in droughts, being then
+cut into many little channels to water their fields and
+plantations. They plant also much tobacco, well esteemed
+in Europe, and for its goodness is called there
+tobacco de sacerdotes, or priest's tobacco. They enjoy
+nigh twenty leagues of jurisdiction, which is bounded by
+very high mountains perpetually covered with snow.
+On the other side of these mountains is situate a great
+city called Merida, to which the town of Gibraltar is
+subject. All merchandise is carried hence to the aforesaid
+city on mules, and that but at one season of the
+year, by reason of the excessive cold in those high moun<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69"></a><a href="images/69.png">[69]</a></span>tains.
+On the said mules returns are made in flour of
+meal, which comes from towards Peru, by the way of
+Estaffe.</p>
+
+<p>Thus far I thought good to make a short description
+of the lake of Maracaibo, that my reader might the
+better comprehend what I shall say concerning the
+actions of pirates in this place, as follows.</p>
+
+<p>Lolonois arriving at the gulf of Venezuela, cast
+anchor with his whole fleet out of sight of the Vigilia
+or Watch Isle; next day very early he set sail thence
+with all his ships for the lake of Maracaibo, where they
+cast anchor again; then they landed their men, with
+design to attack first the fortress that commanded the
+bar, therefore called de la barra. This fort consists
+only of several great baskets of earth placed on a rising
+ground, planted with sixteen great guns, with several
+other heaps of earth round about for covering their men:
+the pirates having landed a league off this fort, advanced
+by degrees towards it; but the governor having
+espied their landing, had placed an ambuscade to cut
+them off behind, while he should attack them in front.
+This the pirates discovered, and getting before, they
+defeated it so entirely, that not a man could retreat to
+the castle: this done, Lolonois, with his companions,
+advanced immediately to the fort, and after a fight of
+almost three hours, with the usual desperation of this
+sort of people, they became masters thereof, without
+any other arms than swords and pistols: while they were<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70"></a><a href="images/70.png">[70]</a></span>
+fighting, those who were the routed ambuscade, not
+being able to get into the castle, retired into Maracaibo
+in great confusion and disorder, crying "The pirates
+will presently be here with two thousand men and more."
+The city having formerly been taken by this kind of
+people, and sacked to the uttermost, had still an idea
+of that misery; so that upon these dismal news they endeavoured
+to escape towards Gibraltar in their boats
+and canoes, carrying with them all the goods and money
+they could. Being come to Gibraltar, they told how
+the fortress was taken, and nothing had been saved, nor
+any persons escaped.</p>
+
+<p>The castle thus taken by the pirates, they presently
+signified to the ships their victory, that they should come
+farther in without fear of danger: the rest of that day
+was spent in ruining and demolishing the said castle.
+They nailed the guns, and burnt as much as they could
+not carry away, burying the dead, and sending on board
+the fleet the wounded. Next day, very early, they
+weighed anchor, and steered altogether towards Maracaibo,
+about six leagues distant from the fort; but the
+wind failing that day, they could advance little, being
+forced to expect the tide. Next morning they came in
+sight of the town, and prepared for landing under the
+protection of their own guns, fearing the Spaniards
+might have laid an ambuscade in the woods: they put
+their men into canoes, brought for that purpose, and
+landed where they thought most convenient, shooting<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71"></a><a href="images/71.png">[71]</a></span>
+still furiously with their great guns: of those in the
+canoes, half only went ashore, the other half remained
+aboard; they fired from the ships as fast as possible,
+towards the woody part of the shore, but could discover
+nobody; then they entered the town, whose inhabitants,
+as I told you, were retired to the woods, and Gibraltar,
+with their wives, children, and families. Their houses
+they left well provided with victuals, as flour, bread,
+pork, brandy, wines, and poultry, with these the pirates
+fell to making good cheer, for in four weeks before they
+had no opportunity of filling their stomachs with such
+plenty.</p>
+
+<p>They instantly possessed themselves of the best houses
+in the town, and placed sentinels wherever they thought
+convenient; the great church served them for their main
+guard. Next day they sent out an hundred and sixty
+men to find out some of the inhabitants in the woods
+thereabouts; these returned the same night, bringing
+with them 20,000 pieces of eight, several mules laden
+with household goods and merchandise, and twenty
+prisoners, men, women, and children. Some of these
+were put to the rack, to make them confess where they
+had hid the rest of the goods; but they could extort very
+little from them. Lolonois, who valued not murdering,
+though in cold blood, ten or twelve Spaniards, drew his
+cutlass, and hacked one to pieces before the rest, saying,
+"If you do not confess and declare where you have hid
+the rest of your goods, I will do the like to all your<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72"></a><a href="images/72.png">[72]</a></span>
+companions." At last, amongst these horrible cruelties
+and inhuman threats, one promised to show the place
+where the rest of the Spaniards were hid; but those that
+were fled, having intelligence of it, changed place,
+and buried the remnant of their riches underground,
+so that the pirates could not find them out, unless
+some of their own party should reveal them; besides,
+the Spaniards flying from one place to another every
+day, and often changing woods, were jealous even of
+each other, so as the father durst scarce trust his own
+son.</p>
+
+<p>After the pirates had been fifteen days in Maracaibo,
+they resolved for Gibraltar; but the inhabitants having
+received intelligence thereof, and that they intended
+afterwards to go to Merida, gave notice of it to the
+governor there, who was a valiant soldier, and had been
+an officer in Flanders. His answer was, "he would
+have them take no care, for he hoped in a little while to
+exterminate the said pirates." Whereupon he came to
+Gibraltar with four hundred men well armed, ordering
+at the same time the inhabitants to put themselves in
+arms, so that in all he made eight hundred fighting men.
+With the same speed he raised a battery toward the sea,
+mounted with twenty guns, covered with great baskets
+of earth: another battery he placed in another place,
+mounted with eight guns. This done, he barricaded a
+narrow passage to the town through which the pirates
+must pass, opening at the same time another through<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73"></a><a href="images/73.png">[73]</a></span>
+much dirt and mud into the wood totally unknown to
+the pirates.</p>
+
+<p>The pirates, ignorant of these preparations, having
+embarked all their prisoners and booty, took their way
+towards Gibraltar. Being come in sight of the place,
+they saw the royal standard hanging forth, and that
+those of the town designed to defend their houses.
+Lolonois seeing this, called a council of war what they
+ought to do, telling his officers and mariners, "That the
+difficulty of the enterprise was very great, seeing the
+Spaniards had had so much time to put themselves in a
+posture of defence, and had got a good body of men
+together, with much ammunition; but notwithstanding,"
+said he, "have a good courage; we must either defend
+ourselves like good soldiers, or lose our lives with all the
+riches we have got. Do as I shall do who am your captain:
+at other times we have fought with fewer men than
+we have in our company at present, and yet we have
+overcome greater numbers than there possibly can be in
+this town: the more they are, the more glory and the
+greater riches we shall gain." The pirates supposed
+that all the riches of the inhabitants of Maracaibo were
+transported to Gibraltar, or at least the greatest part.
+After this speech, they all promised to follow, and obey
+him. Lolonois made answer, "'Tis well; but know ye,
+withal, that the first man who shall show any fear, or
+the least apprehension thereof, I will pistol him with
+my own hands."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74"></a><a href="images/74.png">[74]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>With this resolution they cast anchor nigh the shore,
+near three-quarters of a league from the town: next day
+before sun-rising, they landed three hundred and eighty
+men well provided, and armed every one with a cutlass,
+and one or two pistols, and sufficient powder and bullet
+for thirty charges. Here they all shook hands in testimony
+of good courage, and began their march, Lolonois
+speaking thus, "Come, my brethren, follow me, and have
+good courage." They followed their guide, who, believing
+he led them well, brought them to the way which
+the governor had barricaded. Not being able to pass
+that way, they went to the other newly made in the wood
+among the mire, which the Spaniards could shoot into at
+pleasure; but the pirates, full of courage, cut down the
+branches of trees and threw them on the way, that they
+might not stick in the dirt. Meanwhile, those of Gibraltar
+fired with their great guns so furiously, they could
+scarce hear nor see for the noise and smoke. Being
+passed the wood, they came on firm ground, where they
+met with a battery of six guns, which immediately the
+Spaniards discharged upon them, all loaded with small
+bullets and pieces of iron; and the Spaniards sallying
+forth, set upon them with such fury, as caused the
+pirates to give way, few of them caring to advance towards
+the fort, many of them being already killed and
+wounded. This made them go back to seek another
+way; but the Spaniards having cut down many trees to
+hinder the passage, they could find none, but were<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75"></a><a href="images/75.png">[75]</a></span>
+forced to return to that they had left. Here the Spaniards
+continued to fire as before, nor would they sally
+out of their batteries to attack them any more.
+Lolonois and his companions not being able to grimp up
+the baskets of earth, were compelled to use an old
+stratagem, wherewith at last they deceived and overcame
+the Spaniards.</p>
+
+<p>Lolonois retired suddenly with all his men, making
+show as if he fled; hereupon the Spaniards crying out
+"They flee, they flee, let us follow them," sallied forth
+with great disorder to the pursuit. Being drawn to
+some distance from the batteries, which was the pirates
+only design, they turned upon them unexpectedly with
+sword in hand, and killed above two hundred men; and
+thus fighting their way through those who remained,
+they possessed themselves of the batteries. The Spaniards
+that remained abroad, giving themselves over for
+lost, fled to the woods: those in the battery of eight
+guns surrendered themselves, obtaining quarter for their
+lives. The pirates being now become masters of the
+town, pulled down the Spanish colours and set up their
+own, taking prisoners as many as they could find.
+These they carried to the great church, where they raised
+a battery of several great guns, fearing lest the Spaniards
+that were fled should rally, and come upon them
+again; but next day, being all fortified, their fears were
+over. They gathered the dead to bury them, being
+above five hundred Spaniards, besides the wounded in<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76"></a><a href="images/76.png">[76]</a></span>
+the town, and those that died of their wounds in the
+woods. The pirates had also above one hundred and
+fifty prisoners, and nigh five hundred slaves, many
+women and children.</p>
+
+<p>Of their own companions only forty were killed, and
+almost eighty wounded, whereof the greatest part died
+through the bad air, which brought fevers and other
+illness. They put the slain Spaniards into two great
+boats, and carrying them a quarter of a league to sea,
+they sunk the boats; this done, they gathered all the
+plate, household stuff, and merchandise they could, or
+thought convenient to carry away. The Spaniards who
+had anything left had hid it carefully: but the unsatisfied
+pirates, not contented with the riches they had got,
+sought for more goods and merchandise, not sparing
+those who lived in the fields, such as hunters and
+planters. They had scarce been eighteen days on the
+place, when the greatest part of the prisoners died for
+hunger. For in the town were few provisions, especially
+of flesh, though they had some, but no sufficient
+quantity of flour of meal, and this the pirates had taken
+for themselves, as they also took the swine, cows, sheep,
+and poultry, without allowing any share to the poor
+prisoners; for these they only provided some small
+quantity of mules' and asses' flesh; and many who could
+not eat of that loathsome provision died for hunger, their
+stomachs not being accustomed to such sustenance. Of
+the prisoners many also died under the torment they<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77"></a><a href="images/77.png">[77]</a></span>
+sustained to make them discover their money or jewels;
+and of these, some had none, nor knew of none, and
+others denying what they knew, endured such horrible
+deaths.</p>
+
+<p>Finally, after having been in possession of the town
+four entire weeks, they sent four of the prisoners to the
+Spaniards that were fled to the woods, demanding of
+them a ransom for not burning the town. The sum
+demanded was 10,000 pieces of eight, which if not sent,
+they threatened to reduce it to ashes. For bringing in
+this money, they allowed them only two days; but the
+Spaniards not having been able to gather so punctually
+such a sum, the pirates fired many parts of the town;
+whereupon the inhabitants begged them to help quench
+the fire, and the ransom should be readily paid. The
+pirates condescended, helping as much as they could to
+stop the fire; but, notwithstanding all their best endeavours,
+one part of the town was ruined, especially
+the church belonging to the monastery was burnt down.
+After they had received the said sum, they carried
+aboard all the riches they had got, with a great number
+of slaves which had not paid the ransom; for all the
+prisoners had sums of money set upon them, and the
+slaves were also commanded to be redeemed. Hence
+they returned to Maracaibo, where being arrived, they
+found a general consternation in the whole city, to which
+they sent three or four prisoners to tell the governor
+and inhabitants, "they should bring them 30,000 pieces<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78"></a><a href="images/78.png">[78]</a></span>
+of eight aboard their ships, for a ransom of their houses,
+otherwise they should be sacked anew and burnt."</p>
+
+<p>Among these debates a party of pirates came on shore,
+and carried away the images, pictures, and bells of the
+great church, aboard the fleet. The Spaniards who
+were sent to demand the sum aforesaid returned, with
+orders to make some agreement; who concluded with
+the pirates to give for their ransom and liberty 20,000
+pieces of eight, and five hundred cows, provided that
+they should commit no farther hostilities, but depart
+thence presently after payment of money and cattle.
+The one and the other being delivered, the whole fleet
+set sail, causing great joy to the inhabitants of Maracaibo,
+to see themselves quit of them: but three days
+after they renewed their fears with admiration, seeing
+the pirates appear again, and re-enter the port with all
+their ships: but these apprehensions vanished, upon hearing
+one of the pirate's errand, who came ashore from
+Lolonois, "to demand a skilful pilot to conduct one of
+the greatest ships over the dangerous bank that lieth at
+the very entry of the lake." Which petition, or rather
+command, was instantly granted.</p>
+
+<p>They had now been full two months in those towns,
+wherein they committed those cruel and insolent actions
+we have related. Departing thence, they took their
+course to Hispaniola, and arrived there in eight days,
+casting anchor in a port called Isla de la Vacca, or Cow
+Island. This island is inhabited by French bucaniers,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79"></a><a href="images/79.png">[79]</a></span>
+who mostly sell the flesh they hunt to pirates and others,
+who now and then put in there to victual, or trade.
+Here they unladed their whole cargazon of riches, the
+usual storehouse of the pirates being commonly under
+the shelter of the bucaniers. Here they made a dividend
+of all their prizes and gains, according to the order
+and degree of every one, as has been mentioned before.
+Having made an exact calculation of all their plunder,
+they found in ready money 260,000 pieces of eight: this
+being divided, every one received for his share in money,
+as also in silk, linen, and other commodities, to the value
+of above 100 pieces of eight. Those who had been
+wounded received their first part, after the rate mentioned
+before, for the loss of their limbs: then they
+weighed all the plate uncoined, reckoning ten pieces of
+eight to a pound; the jewels were prized indifferently,
+either too high or too low, by reason of their ignorance:
+this done, every one was put to his oath again, that he
+had not smuggled anything from the common stock.
+Hence they proceeded to the dividend of the shares of
+such as were dead in battle, or otherwise: these shares
+were given to their friends, to be kept entire for them,
+and to be delivered in due time to their nearest relations,
+or their apparent lawful heirs.</p>
+
+<p>The whole dividend being finished, they set sail for
+Tortuga: here they arrived a month after, to the great
+joy of most of the island; for as to the common pirates,
+in three weeks they had scarce any money left, having<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80"></a><a href="images/80.png">[80]</a></span>
+spent it all in things of little value, or lost it at play.
+Here had arrived, not long before them, two French
+ships, with wine and brandy, and suchlike commodities;
+whereby these liquors, at the arrival of the pirates, were
+indifferent cheap. But this lasted not long, for soon
+after they were enhanced extremely, a gallon of brandy
+being sold for four pieces of eight. The governor of
+the island bought of the pirates the whole cargo of the
+ship laden with cocoa, giving for that rich commodity
+scarce the twentieth part of its worth. Thus they made
+shift to lose and spend the riches they had got, in much
+less time than they were purchased: the taverns and
+stews, according to the custom of pirates, got the greatest
+part; so that, soon after, they were forced to seek
+more by the same unlawful means they had got the
+former.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81"></a><a href="images/81.png">[81]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER VIII</h2>
+
+<div class='hang2'><i>Lolonois makes new preparations to make the city of
+St. James de Leon; as also that of Nicaragua;
+where he miserably perishes.</i><br /><br /></div>
+
+
+<div class='cap'>LOLONOIS had got great repute at Tortuga by
+this last voyage, because he brought home such
+considerable profit; and now he need take no
+great care to gather men to serve under him, more coming
+in voluntarily than he could employ; every one
+reposing such confidence in his conduct that they judged
+it very safe to expose themselves, in his company, to the
+greatest dangers. He resolved therefore a second voyage
+to the parts of Nicaragua, to pillage there as many
+towns as he could.</div>
+
+<p>Having published his new preparations, he had all his
+men together at the time, being about seven hundred.
+Of these he put three hundred aboard the ship he took
+at Maracaibo, and the rest in five other vessels of lesser
+burthen; so that they were in all six ships. The first
+port they went to was Bayaha in Hispaniola, to victual
+the fleet, and take in provisions; which done, they steered
+their course to a port called Matamana, on the south
+side of Cuba, intending to take here all the canoes they<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82"></a><a href="images/82.png">[82]</a></span>
+could; these coasts being frequented by the fishers of
+tortoises, who carry them hence to the Havannah.
+They took as many of them, to the great grief of those
+miserable people, as they thought necessary; for they
+had great use for these small bottoms, by reason the
+port they designed for had not depth enough for ships
+of any burthen. Hence they took their course towards
+the cape Gracias &agrave; Dios on the continent, in latitude 15
+deg. north, one hundred leagues from the Island de los
+Pinos. Being at sea, they were taken with a sad and
+tedious calm, and, by the agitation of the waves alone,
+were thrown into the gulf of Honduras: here they
+laboured hard in vain to regain what they had lost, both
+the waters and the winds being contrary; besides, the
+ship wherein Lolonois was embarked could not follow
+the rest; and what was worse, they wanted provisions.
+Hereupon, they were forced to put into the first port
+they could reach, to revictual: so they entered with their
+canoes into the river Xagua, inhabited by Indians, whom
+they totally destroyed, finding great quantities of millet,
+and many hogs and hens: not contented with which, they
+determined to remain there till the bad weather was
+over, and to pillage all the towns and villages along the
+coast of the gulf. Thus they passed from one place to
+another, seeking still more provisions, with which they
+were not sufficiently supplied. Having searched and
+rifled many villages, where they found no great matter,
+they came at last to Puerto Cavallo: here the Spaniards<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83"></a><a href="images/83.png">[83]</a></span>
+have two storehouses to keep the merchandises that are
+brought from the inner parts of the country, till the
+arrival of the ships. There was then in the port a
+Spanish ship of twenty-four guns, and sixteen pedreros
+or mortar-pieces: this ship was immediately seized by
+the pirates, and then drawing nigh the shore, they
+landed, and burnt the two storehouses, with all the rest
+of the houses there. Many inhabitants likewise they
+took prisoners, and committed upon them the most inhuman
+cruelties that ever heathens invented; putting
+them to the cruellest tortures they could devise. It
+was the custom of Lolonois, that having tormented
+persons not confessing, he would instantly cut them in
+pieces with his hanger, and pull out their tongues, desiring
+to do so, if possible, to every Spaniard in the
+world. It often happened that some of these miserable
+prisoners, being forced by the rack, would promise to
+discover the places where the fugitive Spaniards lay
+hid, which not being able afterwards to perform, they
+were put to more cruel deaths than they who were dead
+before.</p>
+
+<p>The prisoners being all dead but two (whom they reserved
+to show them what they desired), they marched
+hence to the town of San Pedro, or St. Peter, ten or
+twelve leagues from Puerto Cavallo, being three hundred
+men, whom Lolonois led, leaving behind him
+Moses van Vin his lieutenant, to govern the rest in his
+absence. Being come three leagues on their way, they<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84"></a><a href="images/84.png">[84]</a></span>
+met with a troop of Spaniards, who lay in ambuscade
+for their coming: these they set upon, with all the courage
+imaginable, and at last totally defeated. Howbeit,
+they behaved themselves very manfully at first; but not
+being able to resist the fury of the pirates, they were
+forced to give way, and save themselves by flight, leaving
+many pirates dead in the place, some wounded, and
+some of their own party maimed, by the way. These
+Lolonois put to death without mercy, having asked
+them what questions he thought fit for his purpose.</p>
+
+<p>There were still remaining some few prisoners not
+wounded; these were asked by Lolonois, if any more
+Spaniards did lie farther on in ambuscade? They answered,
+there were. Then being brought before him,
+one by one, he asked if there was no other way to town
+but that. This he did to avoid if possible those ambuscades.
+But they all constantly answered him they
+knew none. Having asked them all, and finding they
+could show him no other way, Lolonois grew outrageously
+passionate; so that he drew his cutlass, and with
+it cut open the breast of one of those poor Spaniards,
+and pulling out his heart began to bite and gnaw it
+with his teeth, like a ravenous wolf, saying to the rest,
+"I will serve you all alike, if you show me not another
+way."</p>
+
+<p>Hereupon, those miserable wretches promised to
+show him another way, but withal, they told him, it was
+extremely difficult, and laborious. Thus to satisfy that<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85"></a><a href="images/85.png">[85]</a></span>
+cruel tyrant, they began to lead him and his army; but
+finding it not for his purpose as they had told him, he
+was forced to return to the former way, swearing with
+great choler and indignation, "Mort Dieu, les Espagnols
+me le payeront. By God's death, the Spaniards
+shall pay me for this."</p>
+
+<p>Next day he fell into another ambuscade, which he
+assaulted with such horrible fury, that in less than an
+hour's time he routed the Spaniards, and killed the
+greatest part of them. The Spaniards thought by these
+ambuscades better to destroy the pirates, assaulting
+them by degrees, and for this reason had posted themselves
+in several places. At last he met with a third
+ambuscade, where was placed a party stronger, and
+more advantageously, than the former: yet notwithstanding,
+the pirates, by continually throwing little fire-balls
+in great numbers, for some time, forced this party,
+as well as the former, to flee, and this with so great loss
+of men, that before they could reach the town, the
+greatest part of the Spaniards were either killed or
+wounded. There was but one path which led to the
+town, very well barricaded with good defences; and
+the rest of the town round was planted with shrubs
+called raqueltes, full of thorns very sharp pointed.
+This sort of fortification seemed stronger than the triangles
+used in Europe, when an army is of necessity to
+pass by the place of an enemy; it being almost impossible
+for the pirates to traverse those shrubs. The<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86"></a><a href="images/86.png">[86]</a></span>
+Spaniards posted behind the said defences, seeing the
+pirates come, began to ply them with their great guns;
+but these perceiving them ready to fire, used to stoop
+down, and when the shot was made, to fall upon the
+defendants with fire-balls and naked swords, killing
+many of the town: yet notwithstanding, not being able
+to advance any farther, they retired, for the present:
+then they renewed the attack with fewer men than before,
+and observing not to shoot till they were very
+nigh, they gave the Spaniards a charge so dextrously,
+that with every shot they killed an enemy.</p>
+
+<p>The attack continuing thus eager on both sides till
+night, the Spaniards were compelled to hang forth a
+white flag, and desired to come to a parley: the only
+conditions they required were, "that the pirates should
+give the inhabitants quarter for two hours." This little
+time they demanded with intent to carry away and
+hide as much of their goods and riches as they could,
+and to fly to some other neighbouring town. Granting
+this article, they entered the town, and continued
+there the two hours, without committing the least hostility
+on the inhabitants; but no sooner was that time
+past, than Lolonois ordered that the inhabitants should
+be followed, and robbed of all they had carried away;
+and not only their goods, but their persons likewise to
+be made prisoners; though the greatest part of their
+merchandise and goods were so hid, as the pirates could<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87"></a><a href="images/87.png">[87]</a></span>
+not find them, except a few leathern sacks, filled with
+anil, or indigo.</p>
+
+<p>Having stayed here a few days, and, according to
+their custom, committed most horrid insolences, they at
+last quitted the place, carrying away all they possibly
+could, and reducing the town to ashes. Being come to
+the seaside, where they left a party of their own, they
+found these had been cruising upon the fishermen
+thereabouts, or who came that way from the river of
+Guatemala: in this river was also expected a ship from
+Spain. Finally, they resolved to go toward the islands
+on the other side of the gulf, there to cleanse and
+careen their vessels; but they left two canoes before the
+coast, or rather the mouth of the river of Guatemala,
+in order to take the ship, which, as I said, was expected
+from Spain.</p>
+
+<p>But their chief intent in going hither was to seek
+provisions, knowing the tortoises of those places are
+excellent food. Being arrived, they divided themselves,
+each party choosing a fit post for that fishery.
+They undertook to knit nets with the rinds of certain
+trees called macoa, whereof they make also ropes and
+cables; so that no vessel can be in need of such things,
+if they can but find the said trees. There are also many
+places where they find pitch in so great abundance,
+that running down the sea-coasts, being melted by the
+sun, it congeals in the water in great heaps, like small<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88"></a><a href="images/88.png">[88]</a></span>
+islands. This pitch is not like that of Europe, but resembles,
+both in colour and shape, that froth of the sea
+called bitumen; but, in my judgment, this matter is
+nothing but wax mixed with sand, which stormy
+weather, and the rolling waves of great rivers hath cast
+into the sea; for in those parts are great quantities of
+bees who make their honey in trees, to the bodies of
+which the honeycomb being fixed, when tempests arise,
+they are torn away, and by the fury of the winds carried
+into the sea, as is said. Some naturalists say, that
+the honey and the wax are separated by the salt water;
+whence proceeds the good amber. This opinion seems
+the more probable, because the said amber tastes as wax
+doth.</p>
+
+<p>But to return to my discourse. The pirates made in
+those islands all the haste they possibly could to equip
+their vessels, hearing that the Spanish ship was come
+which they expected. They spent some time cruising
+on the coasts of Jucatan, where inhabit many Indians,
+who seek for the said amber in those seas. And I shall
+here, by the by, make some short remarks on the manner
+of living of the Indians, and their religion.</p>
+
+<p>They have now been above a hundred years under
+the Spaniards, to whom they performed all manner of
+services; for whensoever any of them needed a slave or
+servant, they sent for these to serve them as long as
+they pleased. By the Spaniards they were initiated in
+the principles of the Christian faith and religion, and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89"></a><a href="images/89.png">[89]</a></span>
+they sent them every Sunday and holiday a priest to
+perform divine service among them; afterwards, for
+reasons not known, but certainly through temptations
+of the father of idolatry, the devil, they suddenly cast
+off the Christian religion, abusing the priest that was
+sent them: this provoked the Spaniards to punish them,
+by casting many of the <ins title="Transcriber's Note: original reads 'chief'">chiefs</ins> into prison. Every one
+of those barbarians had, and hath still, a god to himself,
+whom he serves and worships. It is a matter of admiration,
+how they use a child newly born: as soon as it
+comes into the world, they carry it to the temple; here
+they make a hole, which they fill with ashes only, on
+which they place the child naked, leaving it there a
+whole night alone, not without great danger, nobody
+daring to come near it; meanwhile the temple is open
+on all sides, that all sorts of beasts may freely come in
+and out. Next day, the father, and relations of the
+infant, return to see if the track or step of any animal
+appears in the ashes: not finding any, they leave the
+child there till some beast has approached the infant,
+and left behind him the marks of his feet: to this animal,
+whatsoever it be, they consecrate the creature
+newly born, as to its god, which he is bound to worship
+all his life, esteeming the said beast his patron and protector.
+They offer to their gods sacrifices of fire,
+wherein they burn a certain gum called by them copal,
+whose smoke smells very deliciously. When the infant
+is grown up, the parents thereof tell him who he<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90"></a><a href="images/90.png">[90]</a></span>
+ought to worship, and serve, and honour as his own
+proper god. Then he goes to the temple, where he
+makes offerings to the said beast. Afterwards, if in
+the course of his life, any one injure him, or any evil
+happen to him, he complains to that beast, and sacrifices
+to it for revenge. Hence it often comes, that those
+who have done the injury of which he complains are
+bitten, killed, or otherwise hurt by such animals.</p>
+
+<p>After this superstitious and idolatrous manner live
+those miserable and ignorant Indians that inhabit the
+islands of the gulf of Honduras; as also many of them
+on the continent of Jucatan, in the territories whereof
+are most excellent ports, where those Indians most
+commonly build their houses. These people are not
+very faithful to one another, and use strange ceremonies
+at their marriages. Whensoever any one pretends
+to marry a young damsel, he first applies himself
+to her father or nearest relation: he examines him nicely
+about the manner of cultivating their plantations, and
+other things at his pleasure. Having satisfied the
+questions of his father-in-law, he gives the young man
+a bow and arrow, with which he repairs to the young
+maid, and presents her with a garland of green leaves
+and sweet-smelling flowers; this she is obliged to put
+on her head, and lay aside that which she wore before,
+it being the custom for virgins to go perpetually
+crowned with flowers. This garland being received,
+and put on her head, every one of the relations and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91"></a><a href="images/91.png">[91]</a></span>
+friends go to advise with others whether that marriage
+will be like to be happy or not; then they meet at the
+house of the damsel's father, where they drink of a
+liquor made of maize, or Indian wheat; and here, before
+the whole company, the father gives his daughter
+in marriage to the bridegroom. Next day the bride
+comes to her mother, and in her presence pulls off the
+garland, and tears it in pieces, with great cries and lamentations.
+Many other things I could relate of the
+manner of living and customs of those Indians, but I
+shall follow my discourse.</p>
+
+<p>Our pirates therefore had many canoes of the Indians
+in the isle of Sambale, five leagues from the coasts
+of Jucatan. Here is great quantity of amber, but especially
+when any storm arises from towards the east;
+whence the waves bring many things, and very different.
+Through this sea no vessels can pass, unless very
+small, it being too shallow. In the lands that are surrounded
+by this sea, is found much Campechy wood,
+and other things that serve for dyeing, much esteemed
+in Europe, and would be more, if we had the skill of the
+Indians, who make a dye or tincture that never fades.</p>
+
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 258px;">
+<img src="images/illus006.jpg" width="258" height="400" alt="&quot;&#39;they boarded the ship with great agility&#39;&quot;&mdash;Page 92" title="&quot;&#39;they boarded the ship with great agility&#39;&quot;&mdash;Page 92" />
+<span class="caption">&quot;&#39;they boarded the ship with great agility&#39;&quot;&mdash;<a href="#Page_92">Page 92</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>The pirates having been in that gulf three months,
+and receiving advice that the Spanish ship was come,
+hastened to the port where the ship lay at anchor unlading
+her merchandise, with design to assault her as
+soon as possible; but first they thought convenient to
+send away some of their boats to seek for a small ves<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92"></a><a href="images/92.png">[92]</a></span>sel
+also expected very richly laden with plate, indigo,
+and cochineal. Meanwhile, the ship's crew having notice
+that the pirates designed upon them, prepared all
+things for a good defence, being mounted with forty-two
+guns, well furnished with arms and other necessaries,
+and one hundred and thirty fighting men. To
+Lolonois all this seemed but little, for he assaulted her
+with great courage, his own ship carrying but twenty-two
+guns, and having no more than a small saety or
+fly-boat for help: but the Spaniards defended themselves
+so well, as they forced the pirates to retire; but
+the smoke of the powder continuing thick, as a dark
+fog or mist, with four canoes well manned, they boarded
+the ship with great agility, and forced the Spaniards to
+surrender.</p>
+
+<p>The ship being taken, they found not in her what
+they thought, being already almost unladen. All they
+got was only fifty bars of iron, a small parcel of paper,
+some earthen jars of wine, and other things of small
+importance.</p>
+
+<p>Then Lolonois called a council of war, and told them,
+he intended for Guatemala: hereupon they divided into
+several sentiments, some liking the proposal, and others
+disliking it, especially a party of them who were but
+raw in those exercises, and who imagined at their setting
+forth from Tortuga that pieces of eight were gathered
+as easy as pears from a tree; but finding most
+things contrary to their expectation, they quitted the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93"></a><a href="images/93.png">[93]</a></span>
+fleet, and returned; others affirmed they had rather
+starve than return home without a great deal of money.</p>
+
+<p>But the major part judging the propounded voyage
+little to their purpose, separated from Lolonois and
+the rest: of these one Moses Vanclein was ringleader,
+captain of the ship taken at Puerto Cavallo: this fellow
+steered for Tortuga, to cruise to and fro in these seas.
+With him joined another comrade of his, by name Pierre
+le Picard, who seeing the rest leave Lolonois, thought
+fit to do the same. These runaways having thus parted
+company, steered homewards, coasting along the continent
+till they came to Costa Rica; here they landed a
+strong party nigh the river Veraguas, and marched in
+good order to the town of the same name: this they
+took and totally pillaged, though the Spaniards made a
+strong resistance. They brought away some of the
+inhabitants as prisoners, with all they had, which was of
+no great importance, by reason of the poverty of the
+place, which exerciseth no other trade than working in
+the mines, where some of the inhabitants constantly attend,
+while none seek for gold, but only slaves. These
+they compel to dig and wash the earth in the neighbouring
+rivers, where often they find pieces of gold as
+big as peas. The pirates gaining in this adventure
+but seven or eight pounds weight of gold, they returned,
+giving over the design to go to the town of Nata, situate
+on the coasts of the South Sea, whose inhabitants
+are rich merchants, and their slaves work in the mines<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94"></a><a href="images/94.png">[94]</a></span>
+of Veraguas; being deterred by the multitudes of Spaniards
+gathered on all sides to fall upon them, whereof
+they had timely advice.</p>
+
+<p>Lolonois, thus left by his companions, remained alone
+in the gulf of Honduras. His ship being too great to
+get out at the reflux of those seas, there he sustained
+great want of provisions, so as they were constrained
+to go ashore every day to seek sustenance, and not finding
+anything else, they were forced to kill and eat
+monkeys, and other animals, such as they could find.</p>
+
+<p>At last in the altitude of the cape of Gracias a Dios,
+near a certain little island called De las Pertas, his ship
+struck on a bank of sand, where it stuck so fast, as no
+art could get her off again, though they unladed all
+the guns, iron, and other weighty things as much as
+they could. Hereupon they were forced to break the
+ship in pieces, and with planks and nails build themselves
+a boat to get away; and while they are busy about
+it, I shall describe the said isles and their inhabitants.</p>
+
+<p>The islands De las Pertas are inhabited by savage
+Indians, not having known or conversed with civil people:
+they are tall and very nimble, running almost as
+fast as horses; at diving also they are very dextrous and
+hardy. From the bottom of the sea I saw them take
+up an anchor of six hundredweight, tying a cable to it
+with great dexterity, and pulling it from a rock. Their
+arms are made of wood, without any iron point; but
+some instead thereof use a crocodile's tooth. They<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95"></a><a href="images/95.png">[95]</a></span>
+have no bows nor arrows, as the other Indians have, but
+their common weapon is a sort of lance a fathom and a
+half long. Here are many plantations surrounded
+with woods, whence they gather abundance of fruits,
+as potatoes, bananas, racoven, ananas, and many others.
+They have no houses to dwell in, as at other places in
+the Indies. Some say they eat human <ins title="Transcriber's Note: original reads 'fish'">flesh</ins>, which is
+confirmed by what happened when Lolonois was there.
+Two of his companions, one a Frenchman and the other
+a Spaniard, went into the woods, where having straggled
+awhile, a troop of Indians pursued them. They
+defended themselves as well as they could with their
+swords, but at last were forced to flee. The nimble
+Frenchman escaped; but the Spaniard being not so
+swift, was taken and heard of no more. Some days
+after, twelve pirates set forth well armed to seek their
+companion, among whom was the Frenchman, who conducted
+them, and showed them the place where he left
+him; here they found that the Indians had kindled a fire,
+and at a small distance they found a man's bones well
+roasted, with some pieces of flesh ill scraped off the
+bones, and one hand, which had only two fingers remaining,
+whence they concluded they had roasted the
+poor Spaniard.</p>
+
+<p>They marched on, seeking for Indians, and found a
+great number together, who endeavoured to escape, but
+they overtook some of them, and brought aboard their
+ships five men and four women; with these they took<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96"></a><a href="images/96.png">[96]</a></span>
+much pains to make themselves be understood, and to
+gain their affections, giving them trifles, as knives,
+beads, and the like; they gave them also victuals and
+drink, but nothing would they taste. It was also observable,
+that while they were prisoners, they spoke not
+one word to each other; so that seeing these poor Indians
+were much afraid, they presented them again with
+some small things, and let them go. When they parted,
+they made signs they would come again, but they soon
+forgot their benefactors, and were never heard of more;
+neither could any notice afterwards be had of these Indians,
+nor any others in the whole island, which made
+the pirates suspect that both those that were taken, and
+all the rest of the islanders, swam away by night to some
+little neighbouring islands, especially considering they
+could never set eyes on any Indian more, nor any boat
+or other vessel. Meanwhile the pirates were very desirous
+to see their long-boat finished out of the timber
+that struck on the sands; yet considering their work
+would be long, they began to cultivate some pieces of
+ground; here they sowed French beans, which ripened
+in six weeks, and many other fruits. They had good
+provision of Spanish wheat, bananas, racoven, and other
+things; with the wheat they made bread, and baked it
+in portable ovens, brought with them. Thus they
+feared not hunger in those desert places, employing
+themselves thus for five or six months; which past, and
+the long-boat finished, they resolved for the river of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97"></a><a href="images/97.png">[97]</a></span>
+Nicaragua, to see if they could take some canoes, and
+return to the said islands for their companions that remained
+behind, by reason the boat could not hold so
+many men together; hereupon, to avoid disputes, they
+cast lots, determining who should go or stay.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 256px;">
+<img src="images/illus007.jpg" width="256" height="400" alt="&quot;&#39;lolonois, with those that remained, had much ado to escape aboard their boats&#39;&quot;&mdash;Page 97" title="&quot;&#39;lolonois, with those that remained, had much ado to escape aboard their boats&#39;&quot;&mdash;Page 97" />
+<span class="caption">&quot;&#39;lolonois, with those that remained, had much ado to escape aboard their boats&#39;&quot;&mdash;<a href="#Page_97">Page 97</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>The lot fell on one half of the people of the lost vessel,
+who embarked in the long-boat, and on the skiff
+which they had before, the other half remaining ashore.
+Lolonois having set sail, arrived in a few days at the
+river of Nicaragua: here that ill-fortune assailed him
+which of long time had been reserved for him, as a punishment
+due to the multitude of horrible crimes committed
+in his licentious and wicked life. Here he met
+with both Spaniards and Indians, who jointly setting
+upon him and his companions, the greatest part of the
+pirates were killed on the place. Lolonois, with those
+that remained alive, had much ado to escape aboard
+their boats: yet notwithstanding this great loss, he resolved
+not to return to those he had left at the isle of
+Pertas, without taking some boats, such as he looked
+for. To this effect he determined to go on to the coasts
+of Carthagena; but God Almighty, the time of His
+Divine justice being now come, had appointed the Indians
+of Darien to be the instruments and executioners
+thereof. These Indians of Darien are esteemed as
+bravoes, or wild savage Indians, by the neighbouring
+Spaniards, who never could civilize them. Hither
+Lolonois came (brought by his evil conscience that cried<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98"></a><a href="images/98.png">[98]</a></span>
+for punishment), thinking to act his cruelties; but the
+Indians within a few days after his arrival took him
+prisoner, and tore him in pieces alive, throwing his body
+limb by limb into the fire, and his ashes into the air,
+that no trace or memory might remain of such an infamous,
+inhuman creature. One of his companions
+gave me an exact account of this tragedy, affirming that
+himself had escaped the same punishment with the
+greatest difficulty; he believed also that many of his
+comrades, who were taken in that encounter by those
+Indians, were, as their cruel captain, torn in pieces and
+burnt alive. Thus ends the history, the life, and miserable
+death of that infernal wretch Lolonois, who full
+of horrid, execrable, and enormous deeds, and debtor
+to so much innocent blood, died by cruel and butcherly
+hands, such as his own were in the course of his life.</p>
+
+<p>Those that remained in the island De las Pertas,
+waiting for the return of them who got away only to
+their great misfortune, hearing no news of their captain
+nor companions, at last embarked on the ship of a
+certain pirate, who happened to pass that way. This
+fellow came from Jamaica, with intent to land at Gracias
+a Dios, and from thence to enter the river with his
+canoes, and take the city of Carthagena. These two
+crews of pirates being now joined, were infinitely glad
+at the presence and society of one another. Those, because
+they found themselves delivered from their miseries,
+poverty, and necessities, wherein they had lived<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99"></a><a href="images/99.png">[99]</a></span>
+ten entire months. These, because they were now considerably
+strengthened, to effect with greater satisfaction
+their designs. Hereupon, as soon as they were
+arrived at Gracias a Dios, they all put themselves into
+canoes, and entered the river, being five hundred men,
+leaving only five or six persons in each ship to keep
+them. They took no provisions, being persuaded they
+should find everywhere sufficient; but these their hopes
+were found totally vain, not being grounded on Almighty
+God; for He ordained it so, that the Indians,
+aware of their coming, all fled, not leaving in their
+houses or plantations, which for the most part border
+on the sides of rivers, any necessary provisions or victuals:
+hereby, in a few days after they had quitted their
+ships, they were reduced to most extreme necessity and
+hunger; but their hopes of making their fortunes very
+soon, animating them for the present, they contented
+themselves with a few green herbs, such as they could
+gather on the banks of the river.</p>
+
+<p>Yet all this courage and vigour lasted but a fortnight,
+when their hearts, as well as bodies, began to fail
+for hunger; insomuch as they were forced to quit the
+river, and betake themselves to the woods, seeking out
+some villages where they might find relief, but all in
+vain; for having ranged up and down the woods for
+some days, without finding the least comfort, they were
+forced to return to the river, where being come, they
+thought convenient to descend to the sea-coast where<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100"></a><a href="images/100.png">[100]</a></span>
+they had left their ships, not having been able to find
+what they sought for. In this laborious journey they
+were reduced to such extremity, that many of them devoured
+their own shoes, the sheaths of their swords,
+knives, and other such things, being almost ravenous,
+and eager to meet some Indians, intending to sacrifice
+them to their teeth. At last they arrived at the sea-coast,
+where they found some comfort and relief to their
+former miseries, and also means to seek more: yet the
+greatest part perished through faintness and other diseases
+contracted by hunger, which also caused the remaining
+part to disperse, till at last, by degrees, many
+or most of them fell into the same pit that Lolonois
+did; of whom, and of whose companions, having given
+a compendious narrative, I shall continue with the actions
+and exploits of Captain Henry Morgan, who may
+deservedly be called the second Lolonois, not being unlike
+or inferior to him, either in achievements against
+the Spaniards, or in robberies of many innocent people.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101"></a><a href="images/101.png">[101]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER IX</h2>
+
+<div class='hang2'><i>The origin and descent of Captain Henry Morgan&mdash;His
+exploits, and the most remarkable actions of
+his life.</i><br /><br /></div>
+
+
+<div class='cap'>CAPTAIN HENRY MORGAN was born in
+Great Britain, in the principality of Wales;
+his father was a rich yeoman, or farmer, of
+good quality, even as most who bear that name in
+Wales are known to be. Morgan, when young, had no
+inclination to the calling of his father, and therefore
+left his country, and came towards the sea-coasts to seek
+some other employment more suitable to his aspiring
+humour; where he found several ships at anchor, bound
+for Barbadoes. With these he resolved to go in the
+service of one, who, according to the practice of those
+parts, sold him as soon as he came ashore. He served
+his time at Barbadoes, and obtaining his liberty, betook
+himself to Jamaica, there to seek new fortunes: here he
+found two vessels of pirates ready to go to sea; and
+being destitute of employment, he went with them, with
+intent to follow the exercises of that sort of people: he
+soon learned their manner of living, so exactly, that
+having performed three or four voyages with profit and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102"></a><a href="images/102.png">[102]</a></span>
+success, he agreed with some of his comrades, who had
+got by the same voyages a little money, to join stocks,
+and buy a ship. The vessel being bought, they unanimously
+chose him captain and commander.</div>
+
+<p>With this ship he set forth from Jamaica to cruise
+on the coasts of Campechy, in which voyage he took
+several ships, with which he returned triumphant.
+Here he found an old pirate, named Mansvelt (whom
+we have already mentioned), busied in equipping a considerable
+fleet, with design to land on the continent,
+and pillage whatever he could. Mansvelt seeing Captain
+Morgan return with so many prizes, judged him
+to be a man of courage, and chose him for his vice-admiral
+in that expedition: thus having fitted out fifteen
+ships, great and small, they sailed from Jamaica with
+five hundred men, Walloons and French. This fleet
+arrived, not long after, at the isle of St. Catherine, near
+the continent of Costa Rica, latitude 12 deg. 30 min.
+and distant thirty-five leagues from the river Chagre.
+Here they made their first descent, landing most of their
+men, who soon forced the garrison that kept the island
+to surrender all the forts and castles thereof; which
+they instantly demolished, except one, wherein they
+placed a hundred men of their own party, and all the
+slaves they had taken from the Spaniards: with the rest
+of their men they marched to another small island, so
+near St. Catherine's, that with a bridge they made in
+a few days, they passed thither, taking with them all<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_103" id="Page_103"></a><a href="images/103.png">[103]</a></span>
+the ordnance they had taken on the great island. Having
+ruined with fire and sword both the islands, leaving
+necessary orders at the said castle, they put to sea again,
+with their Spanish prisoners; yet these they set ashore
+not long after, on the firm land, near Puerto Velo: then
+they cruised on Costa Rica, till they came to the river
+Colla, designing to pillage all the towns in those parts,
+thence to pass to the village of Nata, to do the same.</p>
+
+<p>The governor of Panama, on advice of their arrival,
+and of the hostilities they committed, thought it his duty
+to meet them with a body of men. His coming caused
+the pirates to retire suddenly, seeing the whole country
+was alarmed, and that their designs were known, and
+consequently defeated at that time. Hereupon, they
+returned to St. Catherine's, to visit the hundred men
+they left in garrison there. The governor of these men
+was a Frenchman, named Le Sieur Simon, who behaved
+himself very well in that charge, while Mansvelt was
+absent, having put the great island in a very good posture
+of defence, and the little one he had caused to be
+cultivated with many fertile plantations, sufficient to
+revictual the whole fleet, not only for the present, but
+also for a new voyage. Mansvelt was very much bent
+to keep the two islands in perpetual possession, being
+very commodiously situated for the pirates; being so
+near the Spanish dominions, and easily defended.</p>
+
+<p>Hereupon, Mansvelt determined to return to Jamaica,
+to send recruits to St. Catherine's, that in case of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104"></a><a href="images/104.png">[104]</a></span>
+an invasion the pirates might be provided for a defence.
+As soon as he arrived, he propounded his intentions to
+the governor there, who rejected his propositions, fearing
+to displease his master, the king of England; besides,
+that giving him the men he desired, and necessaries,
+he must of necessity diminish the forces of that
+island, whereof he was governor. Hereupon, Mansvelt,
+knowing that of himself he could not compass his
+designs, he went to Tortuga; but there, before he could
+put in execution what was intended, death surprised
+him, and put a period to his wicked life, leaving all
+things in suspense till the occasion I shall hereafter relate.</p>
+
+<p>Le Sieur Simon, governor of St. Catherine's, receiving
+no news from Mansvelt, his admiral, was impatiently
+desirous to know the cause thereof: meanwhile,
+Don John Perez de Guzman, being newly come to the
+government of Costa Rica, thought it not convenient
+for the interest of Spain for that island to be in the
+hands of the pirates: hereupon, he equipped a considerable
+fleet, which he sent to retake it; but before he
+used violence, he writ a letter to Le Sieur Simon, telling
+him, that if he would surrender the island to his
+Catholic Majesty, he should be very well rewarded; but,
+in case of refusal, severely punished, when he had forced
+him to do it. Le Sieur Simon, seeing no probability
+of being able to defend it alone, nor any emolument
+that by so doing could accrue either to him, or his peo<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105"></a><a href="images/105.png">[105]</a></span>ple,
+after some small resistance delivered it up to its
+true lord and master, under the same articles they had
+obtained it from the Spaniards; a few days after which
+surrender, there arrived from Jamaica an English ship,
+which the governor there had sent underhand, with a
+good supply of people, both men and women: the Spaniards
+from the castle having espied the ship, put forth
+English colours, and persuaded Le Sieur Simon to go
+aboard, and conduct the ship into a port they assigned
+him. This he performed and they were all made prisoners.
+A certain Spanish engineer has published in
+print an exact relation of the retaking of this isle by
+the Spaniards, which I have thought fit to insert here:&mdash;<br /><br /></p>
+
+<div class="hang1"><i>A true relation, and particular account of the victory
+obtained by the arms of his Catholic Majesty
+against the English pirates, by the direction and
+valour of Don John Perez de Guzman, knight of
+the order of St. James, governor and captain-general
+of Terra Firma, and the Province of Veraguas.</i></div>
+
+<div class='unindent'><span class="smcap">The</span> kingdom of Terra Firma, which of itself is sufficiently
+strong to repel and destroy great fleets, especially
+the pirates of Jamaica, had several ways notice imparted
+to the governor thereof, that fourteen English
+vessels cruised on the coasts belonging to his Catholic
+Majesty. July 14, 1665, news came to Panama, that
+they were arrived at Puerto de Naos, and had forced<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106"></a><a href="images/106.png">[106]</a></span>
+the Spanish garrison of the isle of St. Catherine, whose
+governor was Don Estevan del Campo, and possessed
+themselves of the said island, taking prisoners the inhabitants,
+and destroying all that they met. About the
+same time, Don John Perez de Guzman received particular
+information of these robberies from some Spaniards
+who escaped out of the island (and whom he ordered
+to be conveyed to Puerto Velo), that the said
+pirates came into the island May 2, by night, without
+being perceived; and that the next day, after some
+skirmishes, they took the fortresses, and made prisoners
+all the inhabitants and soldiers that could not escape.
+Upon this, Don John called a council of war, wherein
+he declared the great progress the said pirates had made
+in the dominions of his Catholic Majesty; and propounded
+"that it was absolutely necessary to send some
+forces to the isle of St. Catherine, sufficient to retake
+it from the pirates, the honour and interest of his Majesty
+of Spain being very narrowly concerned herein;
+otherwise the pirates by such conquests might easily, in
+course of time, possess themselves of all the countries
+thereabouts." To this some made answer, "that the
+pirates, not being able to subsist in the said island,
+would of necessity consume and waste themselves, and
+be forced to quit it, without any necessity of retaking
+it: that consequently it was not worth the while to engage
+in so many expenses and troubles as this would
+cost." Notwithstanding which, Don John being an ex<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107"></a><a href="images/107.png">[107]</a></span>pert
+and valiant soldier, ordered that provisions should
+be conveyed to Puerto Velo for the use of the militia,
+and transported himself thither, with no small danger
+of his life. Here he arrived July 2, with most things
+necessary to the expedition in hand, where he found in
+the port a good ship, and well mounted, called the <i>St.
+Vincent</i>, that belonged to the company of the negroes,
+which he manned and victualled very well, and sent to
+the isle of St. Catherine, constituting Captain Joseph
+Sanchez Ximenez, major of Puerto Velo, commander
+thereof. He carried with him two hundred and seventy
+soldiers, and thirty-seven prisoners of the same island,
+besides thirty-four Spaniards of the garrison of Puerto
+Velo, twenty-nine mulattoes of Panama, twelve Indians,
+very dextrous at shooting with bows and arrows,
+seven expert and able gunners, two lieutenants, two
+pilots, one surgeon, and one priest, of the order of St.
+Francis, for their chaplain.</div>
+
+<p>Don John soon after gave orders to all the officers
+how to behave themselves, telling them that the governor
+of Carthagena would supply them with more men,
+boats, and all things else, necessary for that enterprise;
+to which effect he had already written to the said governor.
+July 24, Don John setting sail with a fair wind,
+he called before him all his people, and made them a
+speech, encouraging them to fight against the enemies
+of their country and religion, and especially against
+those inhuman pirates, who had committed so many<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108"></a><a href="images/108.png">[108]</a></span>
+horrid cruelties upon the subjects of his Catholic
+Majesty; withal, promising every one most liberal rewards,
+especially to such as should behave themselves
+well in the service of their king and country. Thus
+Don John bid them farewell, and the ship set sail under
+a favourable gale. The 22nd they arrived at Carthagena,
+and presented a letter to the governor thereof,
+from the noble and valiant Don John, who received it
+with testimonies of great affection to the person of
+Don John, and his Majesty's service: and seeing their
+resolution to be comfortable to his desires, he promised
+them his assistance, with one frigate, one galleon,
+one boat, and one hundred and twenty-six men; one
+half out of his own garrison, and the other half mulattoes.
+Thus being well provided with necessaries, they
+left the port of Carthagena, August 2, and the 10th
+they arrived in sight of St. Catherine's towards the
+western point thereof; and though the wind was contrary,
+yet they reached the port, and anchored within
+it, having lost one of their boats by foul weather, at the
+rock called Quita Signos.</p>
+
+<p>The pirates, seeing our ships come to an anchor, gave
+them presently three guns with bullets, which were soon
+answered in the same coin. Hereupon, Major Joseph
+Sanchez Ximenez sent ashore to the pirates one of his
+officers to require them, in the name of the Catholic
+King his master, to surrender the island, seeing they
+had taken it in the midst of peace between the two<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109"></a><a href="images/109.png">[109]</a></span>
+crowns of Spain and England; and that if they would
+be obstinate, he would certainly put them all to the
+sword. The pirates made answer, that the island had
+once before belonged unto the government and dominions
+of the king of England, and that instead of surrendering
+it, they preferred to lose their lives.</p>
+
+<p>On Friday the 13th, three negroes, from the enemy,
+came swimming aboard our admiral; these brought intelligence
+that all the pirates upon the island were only
+seventy-two in number, and that they were under a
+great consternation, seeing such considerable forces
+come against them. With this intelligence, the Spaniards
+resolved to land, and advance towards the fortresses,
+which ceased not to fire as many great guns
+against them as they possibly could; which were answered
+in the same manner on our side, till dark night.
+On Sunday, the 15th, the day of the Assumption of our
+Lady, the weather being very calm and clear, the Spaniards
+began to advance thus: The ship <i>St. Vincent</i>,
+riding admiral, discharged two whole broadsides on the
+battery called the Conception; the ship <i>St. Peter</i>, that
+was vice-admiral, discharged likewise her guns against
+the other battery named St. James: meanwhile, our people
+landed in small boats, directing their course towards
+the point of the battery last mentioned, and thence they
+marched towards the gate called Cortadura. Lieutenant
+Francis de Cazeres, being desirous to view the
+strength of the enemy, with only fifteen men, was com<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_110" id="Page_110"></a><a href="images/110.png">[110]</a></span>pelled
+to retreat in haste, by reason of the great guns,
+which played so furiously on the place where he stood;
+they shooting, not only pieces of iron, and small bullets,
+but also the organs of the church, discharging in every
+shot threescore pipes at a time.</p>
+
+<p>Notwithstanding this heat of the enemy, Captain
+Don Joseph Ramirez de Leyva, with sixty men, made
+a strong attack, wherein they fought on both sides very
+desperately, till at last he overcame, and forced the
+pirates to surrender the fort.</p>
+
+<p>On the other side, Captain John Galeno, with ninety
+men, passed over the hills, to advance that way towards
+the castle of St. Teresa. Meanwhile Major Don Joseph
+Sanchez Ximenes, as commander-in-chief, with the
+rest of his men, set forth from the battery of St. James,
+passing the port with four boats, and landing, in despite
+of the enemy. About this same time, Captain John
+Galeno began to advance with the men he led to the
+forementioned fortress; so that our men made three attacks
+on three several sides, at one and the same time,
+with great courage; till the pirates seeing many of their
+men already killed, and that they could in no manner
+subsist any longer, retreated towards Cortadura, where
+they surrendered, themselves and the whole island, into
+our hands. Our people possessed themselves of all, and
+set up the Spanish colours, as soon as they had rendered
+thanks to God Almighty for the victory obtained on
+such a signalized day. The number of dead were six<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111"></a><a href="images/111.png">[111]</a></span>
+men of the enemies, with many wounded, and seventy
+prisoners: on our side was only one man killed, and four
+wounded.</p>
+
+<p>There were found on the island eight hundred pounds
+of powder, two hundred and fifty pounds of small bullets,
+with many other military provisions. Among the
+prisoners were taken also, two Spaniards, who had bore
+arms under the English against his Catholic Majesty:
+these were shot to death the next day, by order of the
+major. The 10th day of September arrived at the isle
+an English vessel, which being seen at a great distance
+by the major, he ordered Le Sieur Simon, who was a
+Frenchman, to go and visit the said ship, and tell them
+that were on board, that the island belonged still to the
+English. He performed the command, and found in
+the said ship only fourteen men, one woman and her
+daughter, who were all instantly made prisoners.</p>
+
+<p>The English pirates were all transported to Puerto
+Velo, excepting three, who by order of the governor
+were carried to Panama, there to work in the castle of
+St. Jerom. This fortification is an excellent piece of
+workmanship, and very strong, being raised in the middle
+of the port of a quadrangular form, and of very
+hard stone: its height is eighty-eight geometrical feet,
+the wall being fourteen, and the curtains seventy-five feet
+diameter. It was built at the expense of several private
+persons, the governor of the city furnishing the greatest
+part of the money; so that it cost his Majesty nothing.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112"></a><a href="images/112.png">[112]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER X</h2>
+
+<div class='hang2'><i>Of the Island of Cuba&mdash;Captain Morgan attempts to
+preserve the Isle of St. Catherine as a refuge to
+the nest of pirates, but fails of his design&mdash;He arrives
+at and takes the village of El Puerto del
+Principe.</i><br /><br /></div>
+
+
+<div class='cap'>CAPTAIN MORGAN seeing his predecessor
+and admiral Mansvelt were dead, used all the
+means that were possible, to keep in possession
+the isle of St. Catherine, seated near Cuba. His chief
+intent was to make it a refuge and sanctuary to the
+pirates of those parts, putting it in a condition of being
+a convenient receptacle of their preys and robberies.
+To this effect he left no stone unmoved, writing to several
+merchants in Virginia and New England, persuading
+them to send him provisions and necessaries, towards
+putting the said island in such a posture of defence,
+as to fear no danger of invasion from any side.
+But all this proved ineffectual, by the Spaniards retaking
+the said island: yet Captain Morgan retained his
+courage, which put him on new designs. First, he
+equipped a ship, in order to gather a fleet as great,
+and as strong as he could. By degrees he effected it,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113"></a><a href="images/113.png">[113]</a></span>
+and gave orders to every member of his fleet to meet at
+a certain port of Cuba, there determining to call a council,
+and deliberate what was best to be done, and what
+place first to fall upon. Leaving these preparations in
+this condition, I shall give my reader some small account
+of the said isle of Cuba, in whose port this expedition
+was hatched, seeing I omitted to do it in its
+proper place.</div>
+
+<p>Cuba lies from east to west, in north latitude, from
+20 to 23 deg. in length one hundred and fifty German
+leagues, and about forty in breadth. Its fertility is
+equal to that of Hispaniola; besides which, it affords
+many things proper for trading and commerce; such
+as hides of several beasts, particularly those that in Europe
+are called hides of Havanna. On all sides it is
+surrounded with many small islands, called the Cayos:
+these little islands the pirates use as ports of refuge.
+Here they have their meetings, and hold their councils,
+how best to assault the Spaniards. It is watered on
+all sides with plentiful and pleasant rivers, whose entries
+form both secure and spacious ports; beside many
+other harbours for ships, which along the calm shores
+and coasts adorn this rich and beautiful island; all which
+contribute much to its happiness, by facilitating trade,
+whereto they invited both natives and aliens. The chief
+of these ports are San Jago, Byame, Santa Maria, Espiritu
+Santo, Trinidad, Zagoa, Cabo de Corientes, and
+others, on the south side of the island: on the north side<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114"></a><a href="images/114.png">[114]</a></span>
+are, La Havanna, Puerto Mariano, Santa Cruz, Mata
+Ricos, and Barracoa.</p>
+
+<p>This island hath two chief cities, to which all the
+towns and villages thereof give obedience. The first
+is Santa Jago, or St. James, seated on the south side,
+and having under its jurisdiction one half of the island.
+The chief magistrates hereof are a bishop and a governor,
+who command the villages and towns of the
+said half. The chief of these are, on the south side,
+Espiritu Santo, Puerto del Principe, and Bayame. On
+the north it has Barracoa, and De los Cayos. The
+greatest part of the commerce driven here comes from
+the Canaries, whither they transport much tobacco, sugar,
+and hides, which sort of merchandise are drawn to
+the head city from the subordinate towns and villages.
+Formerly the city of Santa Jago was miserably sacked
+by the pirates of Jamaica and Tortuga, though it is defended
+by a considerable castle.</p>
+
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 254px;">
+<img src="images/illus008.jpg" width="254" height="400" alt="&quot;captain morgan recruiting his forces&quot;&mdash;Page 115" title="&quot;captain morgan recruiting his forces&quot;&mdash;Page 115" />
+<span class="caption">&quot;captain morgan recruiting his forces&quot;&mdash;<a href="#Page_115">Page 115</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>The city and port De la Havanna lies between the
+north and west side of the island: this is one of the
+strongest places of the West Indies; its jurisdiction extends
+over the other half of the island; the chief places
+under it being Santa Cruz on the north side, and La
+Trinidad on the south. Hence is transported huge
+quantities of tobacco, which is sent to New Spain and
+Costa Rica, even as far as the South Sea, besides many
+ships laden with this commodity, that are consigned to
+Spain and other parts of Europe, not only in the leaf,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115"></a><a href="images/115.png">[115]</a></span>
+but in rolls. This city is defended by three castles,
+very great and strong, two of which lie towards the
+port, and the other is seated on a hill that commands
+the town. It is esteemed to contain about ten thousand
+families. The merchants of this place trade in
+New Spain, Campechy, Honduras, and Florida. All
+ships that come from the parts before mentioned, as
+also from Caraccas, Carthagena and Costa Rica, are
+necessitated to take their provisions in at Havanna to
+make their voyage for Spain; this being the necessary
+and straight course they must steer for the south of Europe,
+and other parts. The plate-fleet of Spain, which
+the Spaniards call Flota, being homeward bound,
+touches here yearly to complete their cargo with hides,
+tobacco, and Campechy wood.</p>
+
+<p>Captain Morgan had been but two months in these
+ports of the south of Cuba, when he had got together
+a fleet of twelve sail, between ships and great boats,
+with seven hundred fighting men, part English and
+part French. They called a council, and some advised
+to assault the city of Havanna in the night, which they
+said might easily be done, if they could but take any
+of the ecclesiastics; yea, that the city might be sacked
+before the castles could put themselves in a posture of
+defence. Others propounded, according to their several
+opinions, other attempts; but the former proposal
+was rejected, because many of the pirates, who had been
+prisoners at other times in the said city, affirmed noth<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_116" id="Page_116"></a><a href="images/116.png">[116]</a></span>ing
+of consequence could be done with less than one
+thousand five hundred men. Moreover, that with all
+these people, they ought first go to the island De los
+Pinos, and land them in small boats about Matamona,
+fourteen leagues from the said city, whereby to accomplish
+their designs.</p>
+
+<p>Finally, they saw no possibility of gathering so great
+a fleet, and hereupon, with what they had, they concluded
+to attempt some other place. Among the rest,
+one propounded they should assault the town of El
+Puerto del Principe. This proposition he persuaded
+to, by saying he knew that place very well, and that
+being at a distance from sea, it never was sacked by
+any pirates, whereby the inhabitants were rich, exercising
+their trade by ready money, with those of Havanna
+who kept here an established commerce, chiefly in hides.
+This proposal was presently admitted by Captain Morgan,
+and the chief of his companions. Hereupon they
+ordered every captain to weigh anchor and set sail,
+steering towards that coast nearest to El Puerto del
+Principe. Here is a bay named by the Spaniards El
+Puerto de Santa Maria: being arrived at this bay, a
+Spaniard, who was prisoner aboard the fleet, swam
+ashore by night to the town of <ins title="Transcriber's Note: original reads 'el'">El</ins> Puerto del Principe,
+giving an account to the inhabitants of the design of
+the pirates, which he overheard in their discourse, while
+they thought he did not understand English. The
+Spaniards upon this advice began to hide their riches,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117"></a><a href="images/117.png">[117]</a></span>
+and carry away their movables; the governor immediately
+raised all the people of the town, freemen and
+slaves, and with part of them took a post by which of
+necessity the pirates must pass, and commanded many
+trees to be cut down and laid cross the ways to hinder
+their passage, placing several ambuscades strengthened
+with some pieces of cannon to play upon them on their
+march. He gathered in all about eight hundred men,
+of which detaching part into the said ambuscades, with
+the rest he begirt the town, drawing them up in a spacious
+field, whence they could see the coming of the
+pirates at length.</p>
+
+<p>Captain Morgan, with his men, now on the march,
+found the avenues to the town unpassable; hereupon
+they took their way through the wood, traversing it
+with great difficulty, whereby they escaped divers ambuscades;
+at last they came to the plain, from its figure
+called by the Spaniards La Savanna, or the Sheet. The
+governor seeing them come, detached a troop of horse
+to charge them in the front, thinking to disperse them,
+and to pursue them with his main body: but this design
+succeeded not, for the pirates marched in very good
+order, at the sound of their drums, and with flying colours;
+coming near the horse they drew into a semicircle,
+and so advanced towards the Spaniards, who charged
+them valiantly for a while; but the pirates being very
+dextrous at their arms, and their governor, with many
+of their companions, being killed, they retreated to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118"></a><a href="images/118.png">[118]</a></span>wards
+the wood, to save themselves with more advantage;
+but before they could reach it, most of them
+were unfortunately killed by the pirates. Thus they
+left the victory to these new-come enemies, who had no
+considerable loss of men in the battle, and but very few
+wounded. The skirmish lasted four hours: they entered
+the town not without great resistance of such as
+were within, who defended themselves as long as possible,
+and many seeing the enemy in the town, shut themselves
+up in their own houses, and thence made several
+shots upon the pirates; who thereupon threatened them,
+saying, "If you surrender not voluntarily, you shall soon
+see the town in a flame, and your wives and children
+torn to pieces before your faces." Upon these menaces
+the Spaniards submitted to the discretion of the pirates,
+believing they could not continue there long.</p>
+
+<p>As soon as the pirates had possessed themselves of
+the town, they enclosed all the Spaniards, men, women,
+children, and slaves, in several churches, and pillaged
+all the goods they could find; then they searched the
+country round about, bringing in daily many goods
+and prisoners, with much provision. With this they
+fell to making great cheer, after their old custom, without
+remembering the poor prisoners, whom they let
+starve in the churches, though they tormented them
+daily and inhumanly to make them confess where they
+had hid their goods, money, &amp;c., though little or nothing
+was left them, not sparing the women and little<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_119" id="Page_119"></a><a href="images/119.png">[119]</a></span>
+children, giving them nothing to eat, whereby the greatest
+part perished.</p>
+
+<p>Pillage and provisions growing scarce, they thought
+convenient to depart and seek new fortunes in other
+places; they told the prisoners, "they should find money
+to ransom themselves, else they should be all transported
+to Jamaica; and beside, if they did not pay a
+second ransom for the town, they would turn every
+house into ashes." The Spaniards hereupon nominated
+among themselves four fellow-prisoners to go and seek
+for the above-mentioned contributions; but the pirates,
+to the intent that they should return speedily with those
+ransoms, tormented several cruelly in their presence,
+before they departed. After a few days, the Spaniards
+returned, telling Captain Morgan, "We have ran
+up and down, and searched all the neighbouring woods
+and places we most suspected, and yet have not been
+able to find any of our own party, nor consequently
+any fruit of our embassy; but if you are pleased to
+have a little longer patience with us, we shall certainly
+cause all that you demand to be paid within fifteen
+days;" which Captain Morgan granted. But not long
+after, there came into the town seven or eight pirates
+who had been ranging in the woods and fields, and got
+considerable booty. These brought amongst other
+prisoners, a negro, whom they had taken with letters.
+Captain Morgan having perused them, found that they
+were from the governor of Santa Jago, being written<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_120" id="Page_120"></a><a href="images/120.png">[120]</a></span>
+to some of the prisoners, wherein he told them, "they
+should not make too much haste to pay any ransom for
+their town or persons, or any other pretext; but on the
+contrary, they should put off the pirates as well as they
+could with excuses and delays, expecting to be relieved
+by him in a short time, when he would certainly come to
+their aid." Upon this intelligence Captain Morgan
+immediately ordered all their plunder to be carried
+aboard; and withal, he told the Spaniards, that the very
+next day they should pay their ransoms, for he would
+not wait a moment longer, but reduce the whole town
+to ashes, if they failed of the sum he demanded.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 255px;">
+<img src="images/illus009.jpg" width="255" height="400" alt="&quot;&#39;being come to the place of duel, the englishman stabbed the frenchman in the back&#39;&quot;&mdash;Page 121" title="&quot;&#39;being come to the place of duel, the englishman stabbed the frenchman in the back&#39;&quot;&mdash;Page 121" />
+<span class="caption">&quot;&#39;being come to the place of duel, the englishman stabbed the frenchman in the back&#39;&quot;&mdash;<a href="#Page_121">Page 121</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>With this intimation, Captain Morgan made no mention
+to the Spaniards of the letters he had intercepted.
+They answered, "that it was impossible for them to give
+such a sum of money in so short a space of time, seeing
+their fellow-townsmen were not to be found in all the
+country thereabouts." Captain Morgan knew full well
+their intentions, but thought it not convenient to stay
+there any longer, demanding of them only five hundred
+oxen or cows, with sufficient salt to powder them, with
+this condition, that they should carry them on board
+his ships. Thus he departed with all his men, taking
+with him only six of the principal prisoners as pledges.
+Next day the Spaniards brought the cattle and salt to
+the ships, and required the prisoners; but Captain Morgan
+refused to deliver them, till they had helped his
+men to kill and salt the beeves: this was performed in<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121"></a><a href="images/121.png">[121]</a></span>
+great haste, he not caring to stay there any longer, lest
+he should be surprised by the forces that were gathering
+against him; and having received all on board his vessels,
+he set at liberty the hostages. Meanwhile there
+happened some dissensions between the English and the
+French: the occasion was as follows: A Frenchman
+being employed in killing and salting the beeves, an
+English pirate took away the marrow-bones he had
+taken out of the ox, which these people esteem much;
+hereupon they challenged one another: being come to
+the place of duel, the Englishman stabbed the Frenchman
+in the back, whereby he fell down dead. The other
+Frenchmen, desirous of revenge, made an insurrection
+against the English; but Captain Morgan soon appeased
+them, by putting the criminal in chains to be carried
+to Jamaica, promising he would see justice done upon
+him; for though he might challenge his adversary, yet
+it was not lawful to kill him treacherously, as he did.</p>
+
+<p>All things being ready, and on board, and the prisoners
+set at liberty, they sailed thence to a certain
+island, where Captain Morgan intended to make a dividend
+of what they had purchased in that voyage; where
+being arrived, they found nigh the value of fifty thousand
+pieces of eight in money and goods; the sum being
+known, it caused a general grief to see such a small
+purchase, not sufficient to pay their debts at Jamaica.
+Hereupon Captain Morgan proposed they should think
+on some other enterprise and pillage before they re<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_122" id="Page_122"></a><a href="images/122.png">[122]</a></span>turned.
+But the French not being able to agree with
+the English, left Captain Morgan with those of his own
+nation, notwithstanding all the persuasions he used to
+reduce them to continue in his company. Thus they
+parted with all external signs of friendship, Captain
+Morgan reiterating his promises to them that he would
+see justice done on that criminal. This he performed;
+for being arrived at Jamaica, he caused him to be
+hanged, which was all the satisfaction the French pirates
+could expect.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_123" id="Page_123"></a><a href="images/123.png">[123]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XI</h2>
+
+<div class='hang2'><i>Captain Morgan resolving to attack and plunder the
+city of Puerto Bello, equips a fleet, and with little
+expense and small forces takes it.</i><br /><br /></div>
+
+
+<div class='cap'>SOME may think that the French having deserted
+Captain Morgan, the English alone could not
+have sufficient courage to attempt such great
+actions as before. But Captain Morgan, who always
+communicated vigour with his words, infused such spirit
+into his men, as put them instantly upon new designs;
+they being all persuaded that the sole execution of his
+orders would be a certain means of obtaining great
+riches, which so influenced their minds, that with inimitable
+courage they all resolved to follow him, as did
+also a certain pirate of Campechy, who on this occasion
+joined with Captain Morgan, to seek new fortunes
+under his conduct. Thus Captain Morgan in a few
+days gathered a fleet of nine sail, either ships or great
+boats, wherein he had four hundred and sixty military
+men.</div>
+
+<p>All things being ready, they put forth to sea, Captain
+Morgan imparting his design to nobody at present; he
+only told them on several occasions, that he doubted not<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_124" id="Page_124"></a><a href="images/124.png">[124]</a></span>
+to make a good fortune by that voyage, if strange occurrences
+happened not. They steered towards the continent,
+where they arrived in a few days near Costa
+Rica, all their fleet safe. No sooner had they discovered
+land but Captain Morgan declared his intentions to the
+captains, and presently after to the company. He told
+them he intended to plunder Puerto Bello by night,
+being resolved to put the whole city to the sack: and to
+encourage them he added, this enterprise could not fail,
+seeing he had kept it secret, without revealing it to anybody,
+whereby they could not have notice of his coming.
+To this proposition some answered, "they had not a
+sufficient number of men to assault so strong and great
+a city." But Captain Morgan replied, "If our number
+is small, our hearts are great; and the fewer persons we
+are, the more union and better shares we shall have in
+the spoil." Hereupon, being stimulated with the hope
+of those vast riches they promised themselves from their
+success, they unanimously agreed to that design. Now,
+that my reader may better comprehend the boldness of
+this exploit, it may be necessary to say something beforehand
+of the city of Puerto Bello.</p>
+
+<p>This city is in the province of Costa Rica, 10 deg.
+north latitude, fourteen leagues from the gulf of Darien,
+and eight westwards from the port called Nombre de
+Dios. It is judged the strongest place the king of
+Spain possesses in all the West Indies, except Havanna
+and Carthagena. Here are two castles almost impreg<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_125" id="Page_125"></a><a href="images/125.png">[125]</a></span>nable,
+that defend the city, situate at the entry of the
+port, so that no ship or boat can pass without permission.
+The garrison consists of three hundred soldiers,
+and the town is inhabited by about four hundred families.
+The merchants dwell not here, but only reside
+awhile, when the galleons come from or go for Spain,
+by reason of the unhealthiness of the air, occasioned by
+vapours from the mountains; so that though their chief
+warehouses are at Puerto Bello, their habitations are at
+Panama, whence they bring the plate upon mules, when
+the fair begins, and when the ships belonging to the
+company of negroes arrive to sell slaves.</p>
+
+<p>Captain Morgan, who knew very well all the avenues
+of this city and the neighbouring coasts, arrived in the
+dusk of the evening at Puerto de Naos, ten leagues to
+the west of Puerto Bello. Being come hither, they
+sailed up the river to another harbour called Puerto
+Pontin, where they anchored: here they put themselves
+into boats and canoes, leaving in the ships only a few
+men to bring them next day to the port. About midnight
+they came to a place called Estera longa Lemos,
+where they all went on shore, and marched by land to
+the first posts of the city: they had in their company an
+Englishman, formerly a prisoner in those parts, who
+now served them for a guide: to him and three or four
+more they gave commission to take the sentinel, if possible,
+or kill him on the place: but they seized him so
+cunningly, as he had no time to give warning with his<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_126" id="Page_126"></a><a href="images/126.png">[126]</a></span>
+musket, or make any noise, and brought him, with his
+hands bound, to Captain Morgan, who asked him how
+things went in the city, and what forces they had; with
+other circumstances he desired to know. After every
+question they made him a thousand menaces to kill him,
+if he declared not the truth. Then they advanced to
+the city, carrying the said sentinel bound before them:
+having marched about a quarter of a league, they came
+to the castle near the city, which presently they closely
+surrounded, so that no person could get either in or
+out.</p>
+
+<p>Being posted under the walls of the castle, Captain
+Morgan commanded the sentinel, whom they had taken
+prisoner, to speak to those within, charging them to surrender
+to his discretion; otherwise they should all be cut
+in pieces, without quarter. But they regarding none of
+these threats, began instantly to fire, which alarmed the
+city; yet notwithstanding, though the governor and
+soldiers of the said castle made as great resistance as
+could be, they were forced to surrender. Having taken
+the castle, they resolved to be as good as their words,
+putting the Spaniards to the sword, thereby to strike a
+terror into the rest of the city. Whereupon, having
+shut up all the soldiers and officers as prisoners into one
+room, they set fire to the powder (whereof they found
+great quantity) and blew up the castle into the air, with
+all the Spaniards that were within. This done, they
+pursued the course of their victory, falling upon the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_127" id="Page_127"></a><a href="images/127.png">[127]</a></span>
+city, which, as yet, was not ready to receive them.
+Many of the inhabitants cast their precious jewels and
+money into wells and cisterns, or hid them in places
+underground, to avoid, as much as possible, being totally
+robbed. One of the party of pirates, assigned to this
+purpose, ran immediately to the cloisters, and took as
+many religious men and women as they could find.
+The governor of the city, not being able to rally the
+citizens, through their great confusion, retired to one of
+the castles remaining, and thence fired incessantly at
+the pirates: but these were not in the least negligent
+either to assault him, or defend themselves, so that
+amidst the horror of the assault, they made very few
+shots in vain; for aiming with great dexterity at the
+mouths of the guns, the Spaniards were certain to lose
+one or two men every time they charged each gun anew.</p>
+
+<p>This continued very furious from break of day till
+noon; yea, about this time of the day the case was very
+dubious which party should conquer, or be conquered.
+At last, the pirates perceiving they had lost many men,
+and yet advanced but little towards gaining either this,
+or the other castles, made use of fire-balls, which they
+threw with their hands, designing to burn the doors of
+the castles; but the Spaniards from the walls let fall
+great quantities of stones, and earthen pots full of
+powder, and other combustible matter, which forced
+them to desist. Captain Morgan seeing this generous
+defence made by the Spaniards, began to despair of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_128" id="Page_128"></a><a href="images/128.png">[128]</a></span>
+success. Hereupon, many faint and calm meditations
+came into his mind; neither could he determine which
+way to turn himself in that strait. Being thus puzzled,
+he was suddenly animated to continue the assault, by
+seeing English colours put forth at one of the lesser
+castles, then entered by his men; of whom he presently
+after spied a troop coming to meet him, proclaiming
+victory with loud shouts of joy. This instantly put him
+on new resolutions of taking the rest of the castles,
+especially seeing the chiefest citizens were fled to them,
+and had conveyed thither great part of their riches, with
+all the plate belonging to the churches and divine
+service.</p>
+
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 256px;">
+<img src="images/illus010.jpg" width="256" height="400" alt="&quot;morgan commanded the religious men and women to place the ladders against the walls&quot;&mdash;Page 128" title="&quot;morgan commanded the religious men and women to place the ladders against the walls&quot;&mdash;Page 128" />
+<span class="caption">&quot;morgan commanded the religious men and women to place the ladders against the walls&quot;&mdash;<a href="#Page_128">Page 128</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>To this effect, he ordered ten or twelve ladders to be
+made in all haste, so broad, that three or four men at
+once might ascend them: these being finished, he commanded
+all the religious men and women, whom he had
+taken prisoners, to fix them against the walls of the
+castle. This he had before threatened the governor to
+do, if he delivered not the castle: but his answer was,
+"he would never surrender himself alive." Captain
+Morgan was persuaded the governor would not employ
+his utmost force, seeing the religious women, and ecclesiastical
+persons, exposed in the front of the soldiers to
+the greatest danger. Thus the ladders, as I have said,
+were put into the hands of religious persons of both
+sexes, and these were forced, at the head of the companies,
+to raise and apply them to the walls: but Cap<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_129" id="Page_129"></a><a href="images/129.png">[129]</a></span>tain
+Morgan was fully deceived in his judgment of this
+design; for the governor, who acted like a brave soldier
+in performance of his duty, used his utmost endeavour
+to destroy whosoever came near the walls. The religious
+men and women ceased not to cry to him, and
+beg of him, by all the saints of heaven, to deliver the
+castle, and spare both his and their own lives; but nothing
+could prevail with his obstinacy and fierceness.
+Thus many of the religious men and nuns were killed
+before they could fix the ladders; which at last being
+done, though with great loss of the said religious people,
+the pirates mounted them in great numbers, and with
+not less valour, having fire-balls in their hands, and
+earthen pots full of powder; all which things, being now
+at the top of the walls, they kindled and cast in among
+the Spaniards.</p>
+
+<p>This effort of the pirates was very great, insomuch
+that the Spaniards could no longer resist nor defend the
+castle, which was now entered. Hereupon they all
+threw down their arms, and craved quarter for their
+lives; only the governor of the city would crave no
+mercy, but killed many of the pirates with his own
+hands, and not a few of his own soldiers; because they
+did not stand to their arms. And though the pirates
+asked him if he would have quarter; yet he constantly
+answered, "By no means, I had rather die as a valiant
+soldier, than be hanged as a coward." They endeavoured
+as much as they could to take him prisoner,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_130" id="Page_130"></a><a href="images/130.png">[130]</a></span>
+but he defended himself so obstinately, that they were
+forced to kill him, notwithstanding all the cries and
+tears of his own wife and daughter, who begged him, on
+their knees, to demand quarter, and save his life. When
+the pirates had possessed themselves of the castle, which
+was about night, they enclosed therein all the prisoners,
+placing the women and men by themselves, with some
+guards: the wounded were put in an apartment by itself,
+that their own complaints might be the cure of their
+diseases; for no other was afforded them.</p>
+
+<p>This done, they fell to eating and drinking, as usual;
+that is, committing in both all manner of debauchery and
+excess, so that fifty courageous men might easily have
+retaken the city, and killed all the pirates. Next day,
+having plundered all they could find, they examined
+some of the prisoners (who had been persuaded by their
+companions to say they were the richest of the town),
+charging them severely to discover where they had hid
+their riches and goods. Not being able to extort anything
+from them, they not being the right persons, it
+was resolved to torture them: this they did so cruelly,
+that many of them died on the rack, or presently after.
+Now the president of Panama being advertised of the
+pillage and ruin of Puerto Bello, he employed all his
+care and industry to raise forces to pursue and cast
+out the pirates thence; but these cared little for his
+preparations, having their ships at hand, and determining
+to fire the city, and retreat. They had now been<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_131" id="Page_131"></a><a href="images/131.png">[131]</a></span>
+at Puerto Bello fifteen days, in which time they had
+lost many of their men, both by the unhealthiness of the
+country, and their extravagant debaucheries.</p>
+
+<p>Hereupon, they prepared to depart, carrying on
+board all the pillage they had got, having first provided
+the fleet with sufficient victuals for the voyage. While
+these things were doing, Captain Morgan demanded of
+the prisoners a ransom for the city, or else he would
+burn it down, and blow up all the castles; withal, he
+commanded them to send speedily two persons, to procure
+the sum, which was 100,000 pieces of eight. To
+this effect two men were sent to the president of
+Panama, who gave him an account of all. The president,
+having now a body of men ready, set forth towards
+Puerto Bello, to encounter the pirates before their
+retreat; but, they, hearing of his coming, instead of flying
+away, went out to meet him at a narrow passage,
+which he must pass: here they placed a hundred men,
+very well armed, which at the first encounter put to
+flight a good party of those of Panama. This obliged
+the president to retire for that time, not being yet in a
+posture of strength to proceed farther. Presently
+after, he sent a message to Captain Morgan, to tell him,
+"that if he departed not suddenly with all his forces
+from Puerto Bello, he ought to expect no quarter for
+himself, nor his companions, when he should take them,
+as he hoped soon to do." Captain Morgan, who feared
+not his threats, knowing he had a secure retreat in his<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_132" id="Page_132"></a><a href="images/132.png">[132]</a></span>
+ships, which were at hand, answered, "he would not deliver
+the castles, before he had received the contribution
+money he had demanded; which if it were not paid down,
+he would certainly burn the whole city, and then leave
+it, demolishing beforehand the castles, and killing the
+prisoners."</p>
+
+<p>The governor of Panama perceived by this answer
+that no means would serve to mollify the hearts of the
+pirates, nor reduce them to reason: hereupon, he determined
+to leave them, as also those of the city whom he
+came to relieve, involved in the difficulties of making
+the best agreement they could. Thus in a few days
+more the miserable citizens gathered the contributions
+required, and brought 100,000 pieces of eight to the
+pirates for a ransom of their cruel captivity: but the
+president of Panama was much amazed to consider that
+four hundred men could take such a great city, with so
+many strong castles, especially having no ordnance,
+wherewith to raise batteries, and, what was more, knowing
+the citizens of Puerto Bello had always great repute
+of being good soldiers themselves, and who never wanted
+courage in their own defence. This astonishment was
+so great, as made him send to Captain Morgan, desiring
+some small pattern of those arms wherewith he had
+taken with much vigour so great a city. Captain Morgan
+received this messenger very kindly, and with great
+civility; and gave him a pistol, and a few small bullets,
+to carry back to the president his master; telling him,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_133" id="Page_133"></a><a href="images/133.png">[133]</a></span>
+withal, "he desired him to accept that slender pattern
+of the arms wherewith he had taken Puerto Bello, and
+keep them for a twelvemonth; after which time he
+promised to come to Panama, and fetch them away."
+The governor returned the present very soon to Captain
+Morgan, giving him thanks for the favour of lending
+him such weapons as he needed not; and, withal,
+sent him a ring of gold, with this message, "that he
+desired him not to give himself the labour of coming to
+Panama, as he had done to Puerto Bello: for he did
+assure him, he should not speed so well here, as he had
+done there."</p>
+
+<p>After this, Captain Morgan (having provided his
+fleet with all necessaries, and taken with him the best
+guns of the castles, nailing up the rest) set sail from
+Puerto Bello with all his ships, and arriving in a few
+days at Cuba, he sought out a place wherein he might
+quickly make the dividend of their spoil. They found
+in ready money 250,000 pieces of eight, besides other
+merchandises; as cloth, linen, silks, &amp;c. With this rich
+purchase they sailed thence to their common place of
+rendezvous, Jamaica. Being arrived, they passed here
+some time in all sorts of vices and debaucheries, according
+to their custom; spending very prodigally what
+others had gained with no small labour and toil.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_134" id="Page_134"></a><a href="images/134.png">[134]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XII</h2>
+
+<div class='hang2'><i>Captain Morgan takes the city of Maracaibo on the
+coast of Neuva Venezuela&mdash;Piracies committed in
+those seas&mdash;Ruin of three Spanish ships, set forth
+to hinder the robberies of the pirates.</i><br /><br /></div>
+
+
+<div class='cap'>NOT long after their arrival at Jamaica, being
+that short time they needed to lavish away all
+the riches above mentioned, they concluded on
+another enterprise to seek new fortunes: to this effect
+Captain Morgan ordered all the commanders of his
+ships to meet at De la Vacca, or the Cow Isle, south of
+Hispaniola, as is said. Hither flocked to them great
+numbers of other pirates, French and English; the name
+of Captain Morgan being now famous in all the neighbouring
+countries for his great enterprises. There was
+then at Jamaica an English ship newly come from New
+England, well mounted with thirty-six guns: this vessel,
+by order of the governor of Jamaica, joined Captain
+Morgan to strengthen his fleet, and give him greater
+courage to attempt mighty things. With this supply
+Captain Morgan judged himself sufficiently strong; but
+there being in the same place another great vessel of
+twenty-four iron guns, and twelve brass ones, belonging
+to the French, Captain Morgan endeavoured also to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_135" id="Page_135"></a><a href="images/135.png">[135]</a></span>
+join this ship to his own; but the French not daring to
+trust the English, denied absolutely to consent.</div>
+
+<p>The French pirates belonging to this great ship had
+met at sea an English vessel; and being under great
+want of victuals, they had taken some provisions out of
+the English ship, without paying for them, having, perhaps,
+no ready money aboard: only they gave them bills
+of exchange for Jamaica and Tortuga, to receive money
+there. Captain Morgan having notice of this, and perceiving
+he could not prevail with the French captain
+to follow him, resolved to lay hold on this occasion, to
+ruin the French, and seek his revenge. Hereupon he
+invited, with dissimulation, the French commander, and
+several of his men, to dine with him on board the great
+ship that was come to Jamaica, as is said. Being come,
+he made them all prisoners, pretending the injury aforesaid
+done to the English vessel.</p>
+
+<p>This unjust action of Captain Morgan was soon followed
+by Divine punishment, as we may conceive: the
+manner I shall instantly relate. Captain Morgan,
+presently after he had taken these French prisoners,
+called a council to deliberate what place they should
+first pitch upon in this new expedition. Here it was
+determined to go to the isle of Savona, to wait for the
+flota then expected from Spain, and take any of the
+Spanish vessels straggling from the rest. This resolution
+being taken, they began aboard the great ship to
+feast one another for joy of their new voyage, and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_136" id="Page_136"></a><a href="images/136.png">[136]</a></span>
+happy council, as they hoped: they drank many healths,
+and discharged many guns, the common sign of mirth
+among seamen. Most of the men being drunk, by what
+accident is not known, the ship suddenly was blown up,
+with three hundred and fifty Englishmen, besides the
+French prisoners in the hold; of all which there escaped
+but thirty men, who were in the great cabin, at some
+distance from the main force of the powder. Many
+more, it is thought, might have escaped, had they not
+been so much overtaken with wine.</p>
+
+<p>This loss brought much consternation of mind upon
+the English; they knew not whom to blame, but at last
+the accusation was laid on the French prisoners, whom
+they suspected to have fired the powder of the ship out
+of revenge, though with the loss of their own lives:
+hereupon they added new accusations to their former,
+whereby to seize the ship and all that was in it, by saying
+the French designed to commit piracy on the English.
+The grounds of this accusation were given by a
+commission from the governor of Barracoa, found
+aboard the French vessel, wherein were these words,
+"that the said governor did permit the French to trade
+in all Spanish ports," &amp;c. "As also to cruise on the
+English pirates in what place soever they could find
+them, because of the multitudes of hostilities which they
+had committed against the subjects of his Catholic
+Majesty in time of peace betwixt the two crowns."
+This commission for trade was interpreted as an express<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_137" id="Page_137"></a><a href="images/137.png">[137]</a></span>
+order to exercise piracy and war against them, though
+it was only a bare licence for coming into the Spanish
+ports; the cloak of which permission were those words,
+"that they should cruise upon the English." And
+though the French did sufficiently expound the true
+sense of it, yet they could not clear themselves to Captain
+Morgan nor his council: but in lieu thereof, the
+ship and men were seized and sent to Jamaica. Here
+they also endeavoured to obtain justice, and the restitution
+of their ship, but all in vain; for instead of justice,
+they were long detained in prison, and threatened with
+hanging.</p>
+
+<p>Eight days after the loss of the said ship, Captain
+Morgan commanded the bodies of the miserable
+wretches who were blown up to be searched for, as they
+floated on the sea; not to afford them Christian burial,
+but for their clothes and attire: and if any had gold
+rings on their fingers, these were cut off, leaving them
+exposed to the voracity of the monsters of the sea. At
+last they set sail for Savona, the place of their assignation.
+There were in all fifteen vessels, Captain Morgan
+commanding the biggest, of only fourteen small guns;
+his number of men was nine hundred and sixty. Few
+days after, they arrived at the Cabo de Lobos, south of
+Hispaniola, between Cape Tiburon and Cape Punta de
+Espada: hence they could not pass by reason of contrary
+winds for three weeks, notwithstanding all the
+utmost endeavours Captain Morgan used to get forth;<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_138" id="Page_138"></a><a href="images/138.png">[138]</a></span>
+then they doubled the cape, and spied an English vessel
+at a distance. Having spoken with her, they found she
+came from England, and bought of her, for ready
+money, some provisions they wanted.</p>
+
+<p>Captain Morgan proceeded on his voyage till he came
+to the port of Ocoa; here he landed some men, sending
+them into the woods to seek water and provisions, the
+better to spare such as he had already on board. They
+killed many beasts, and among others some horses. But
+the Spaniards, not well satisfied at their hunting, laid a
+stratagem for them, ordering three or four hundred men
+to come from Santo Domingo not far distant, and desiring
+them to hunt in all the parts thereabout near the
+sea, that so, if the pirates should return, they might find
+no subsistence. Within few days the same pirates returned
+to hunt, but finding nothing to kill, a party of
+about fifty straggled farther on into the woods. The
+Spaniards, who watched all their motions, gathered a
+great herd of cows, and set two or three men to keep
+them. The pirates having spied them, killed a sufficient
+number; and though the Spaniards could see them at a
+distance, yet they could not hinder them at present; but
+as soon as they attempted to carry them away, they set
+upon them furiously, crying, "Mata, mata," <i>i.e.</i>, "Kill,
+kill." Thus the pirates were compelled to quit the prey,
+and retreat to their ships; but they did it in good order,
+retiring by degrees, and when they had opportunity, dis<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_139" id="Page_139"></a><a href="images/139.png">[139]</a></span>charging
+full volleys on the Spaniards, killing many of
+their enemies, though with some loss.</p>
+
+<p>The Spaniards seeing their damage, endeavoured to
+save themselves by flight, and carry off their dead and
+wounded companions. The pirates perceiving them
+flee, would not content themselves with what hurt they
+had already done, but pursued them speedily into the
+woods, and killed the greatest part of those that remained.
+Next day Captain Morgan, extremely offended
+at what had passed, went himself with two
+hundred men into the woods to seek for the rest of the
+Spaniards, but finding nobody, he revenged his wrath
+on the houses of the poor and miserable rustics that inhabit
+those scattering fields and woods, of which he burnt
+a great number: with this he returned to his ships, somewhat
+more satisfied in his mind for having done some
+considerable damage to the enemy; which was always
+his most ardent desire.</p>
+
+<p>The impatience wherewith Captain Morgan had
+waited a long while for some of his ships not yet arrived,
+made him resolve to sail away without them, and steer
+for Savona, the place he always designed. Being arrived,
+and not finding any of his ships come, he was
+more impatient and concerned than before, fearing their
+loss, or that he must proceed without them; but he waiting
+for their arrival a few days longer, and having no
+great plenty of provisions, he sent a crew of one hundred<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_140" id="Page_140"></a><a href="images/140.png">[140]</a></span>
+and fifty men to Hispaniola to pillage some towns near
+Santo Domingo; but the Spaniards, upon intelligence
+of their coming, were so vigilant, and in such good
+posture of defence, that the pirates thought not convenient
+to assault them, choosing rather to return
+empty-handed to Captain Morgan, than to perish in
+that desperate enterprise.</p>
+
+<p>At last Captain Morgan, seeing the other ships did
+not come, made a review of his people, and found only
+about five hundred men; the ships wanting were seven,
+he having only eight in his company, of which the greatest
+part were very small. Having hitherto resolved to
+cruise on the coasts of Caraccas, and to plunder the
+towns and villages there, finding himself at present with
+such small forces, he changed his resolution by advice of
+a French captain in his fleet. This Frenchman having
+served Lolonois in the like enterprises, and at the taking
+of Maracaibo, knew all the entries, passages, forces, and
+means, how to put in execution the same again in company
+of Captain Morgan; to whom having made a full
+relation of all, he concluded to sack it the second time,
+being himself persuaded, with all his men, of the facility
+the Frenchman propounded. Hereupon they weighed
+anchor, and steered towards Curasao. Being come
+within sight of it, they landed at another island near it,
+called Ruba, about twelve leagues from Curasao to the
+west. This island, defended by a slender garrison, is
+inhabited by Indians subject to Spain, and speak<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_141" id="Page_141"></a><a href="images/141.png">[141]</a></span>
+Spanish, by reason of the Roman Catholic religion, here
+cultivated by a few priests sent from the neighbouring
+continent.</p>
+
+<p>The inhabitants exercise commerce or trade with the
+pirates that go or come this way: they buy of the
+islanders sheep, lambs, and kids, which they exchange
+for linen, thread, and like things. The country is very
+dry and barren, the whole substance thereof consisting
+in those three things, and in a little indifferent wheat.
+This isle produces many venomous insects, as vipers,
+spiders, and others. These last are so pernicious, that
+a man bitten by them dies mad; and the manner of recovering
+such is to tie them very fast both hands and
+feet, and so to leave them twenty-four hours, without
+eating or drinking anything. Captain Morgan, as was
+said, having cast anchor before this island, bought of
+the inhabitants sheep, lambs, and wood, for all his fleet.
+After two days, he sailed again in the night, to the intent
+they might not see what course he steered.</p>
+
+<p>Next day they arrived at the sea of Maracaibo, taking
+great care not to be seen from Vigilia, for which reason
+they anchored out of sight of it. Night being come,
+they set sail again towards the land, and next morning,
+by break of day, were got directly over against the bar
+of the said lake. The Spaniards had built another fort
+since the action of Lolonois, whence they now fired continually
+against the pirates, while they put their men
+into boats to land. The dispute continued very hot,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_142" id="Page_142"></a><a href="images/142.png">[142]</a></span>
+being managed with great courage from morning till
+dark night. This being come, Captain Morgan, in the
+obscurity thereof, drew nigh the fort, which having
+examined, he found nobody in it, the Spaniards having
+deserted it not long before. They left behind them a
+match lighted near a train of powder, to have blown up
+the pirates and the whole fortress as soon as they were
+in it. This design had taken effect, had not the pirates
+discovered it in a quarter of an hour; but Captain Morgan
+snatching away the match, saved both his own and
+his companions' lives. They found here much powder,
+whereof he provided his fleet, and then demolished part
+of the walls, nailing sixteen pieces of ordnance, from
+twelve to twenty-four pounders. Here they also found
+many muskets and other military provisions.</p>
+
+<p>Next day they commanded the ships to enter the bar,
+among which they divided the powder, muskets, and
+other things found in the fort: then they embarked
+again to continue their course towards Maracaibo; but
+the waters being very low, they could not pass a certain
+bank at the entry of the lake: hereupon they were compelled
+to go into canoes and small boats, with which they
+arrived next day before Maracaibo, having no other
+defence than some small pieces which they could carry
+in the said boats. Being landed, they ran immediately
+to the fort De la Barra, which they found as the precedent,
+without any person in it, for all were fled into the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_143" id="Page_143"></a><a href="images/143.png">[143]</a></span>
+woods, leaving also the town without any people, unless
+a few miserable folks, who had nothing to lose.</p>
+
+<p>As soon as they had entered the town, the pirates
+searched every corner, to see if they could find any people
+that were hid, who might offend them unawares;
+not finding anybody, every party, as they came out of
+their several ships, chose what houses they pleased.
+The church was deputed for the common corps du
+guard, where they lived after their military manner,
+very insolently. Next day after they sent a troop of
+a hundred men to seek for the inhabitants and their
+goods; these returned next day, bringing with them
+thirty persons, men, women, and children, and fifty
+mules laden with good merchandise. All these miserable
+people were put to the rack, to make them confess
+where the rest of the inhabitants were, and their goods.
+Among other tortures, one was to stretch their limbs
+with cords, and then to beat them with sticks and other
+instruments. Others had burning matches placed betwixt
+their fingers, which were thus burnt alive. Others
+had slender cords or matches twisted about their heads,
+till their eyes burst out. Thus all inhuman cruelties
+were executed on those innocent people. Those who
+would not confess, or who had nothing to declare, died
+under the hands of those villains. These tortures and
+racks continued for three whole weeks, in which time
+they sent out daily parties to seek for more people to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_144" id="Page_144"></a><a href="images/144.png">[144]</a></span>
+torment and rob, they never returning without booty
+and new riches.</p>
+
+<p>Captain Morgan having now gotten into his hands
+about a hundred of the chief families, with all their
+goods, at last resolved for Gibraltar, as Lolonois had
+done before: with this design he equipped his fleet, providing
+it sufficiently with all necessaries. He put likewise
+on board all the prisoners, and weighing anchor,
+set sail with resolution to hazard a battle. They had
+sent before some prisoners to Gibraltar, to require the
+inhabitants to surrender, otherwise Captain Morgan
+would certainly put them all to the sword, without any
+quarter. Arriving before Gibraltar, the inhabitants received
+him with continual shooting of great cannon
+bullets; but the pirates, instead of fainting hereat,
+ceased not to encourage one another, saying, "We must
+make one meal upon bitter things, before we come to
+taste the sweetness of the sugar this place affords."</p>
+
+<p>Next day very early they landed all their men, and
+being guided by the Frenchman abovesaid, they marched
+towards the town, not by the common way, but crossing
+through the woods, which way the Spaniards scarce
+thought they would have come; for at the beginning of
+their march they made as if they intended to come the
+next and open way to the town, hereby to deceive the
+Spaniards: but these remembering full well what
+Lolonois had done but two years before, thought it not
+safe to expect a second brunt, and hereupon all fled out<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_145" id="Page_145"></a><a href="images/145.png">[145]</a></span>
+of the town as fast as they could, carrying all their
+goods and riches, as also all the powder; and having
+nailed all the great guns, so as the pirates found not one
+person in the whole city, but one poor innocent man
+who was born a fool. This man they asked whither the
+inhabitants were fled, and where they had hid their
+goods. To all which questions and the like, he constantly
+answered, "I know nothing, I know nothing:"
+but they presently put him to the rack, and tortured
+him with cords; which torments forced him to cry out,
+"Do not torture me any more, but come with me, and
+I will show you my goods and my riches." They were
+persuaded, it seems, he was some rich person disguised
+under those clothes so poor, and that innocent tongue;
+so they went along with him, and he conducted them to
+a poor miserable cottage, wherein he had a few earthen
+dishes and other things of no value, and three pieces of
+eight, concealed with some other trumpery underground.
+Then they asked him his name, and he readily
+answered, "My name is Don Sebastian Sanchez, and I
+am brother unto the governor of Maracaibo." This
+foolish answer, it must be conceived, these inhuman
+wretches took for truth: for no sooner had they heard
+it, but they put him again upon the rack, lifting him up
+on high with cords, and tying huge weights to his feet
+and neck. Besides which, they burnt him alive, applying
+palm-leaves burning to his face.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 252px;">
+<img src="images/illus011.jpg" width="252" height="400" alt="&quot;&#39;they hanged him on a tree&#39;&quot;&mdash;Page 146" title="&quot;&#39;they hanged him on a tree&#39;&quot;&mdash;Page 146" />
+<span class="caption">&quot;&#39;they hanged him on a tree&#39;&quot;&mdash;<a href="#Page_146">Page 146</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>The same day they sent out a party to seek for the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_146" id="Page_146"></a><a href="images/146.png">[146]</a></span>
+inhabitants, on whom they might exercise their cruelties.
+These brought back an honest peasant with two daughters
+of his, whom they intended to torture as they used
+others, if they showed not the places where the inhabitants
+were hid. The peasant knew some of those
+places, and seeing himself threatened with the rack,
+went with the pirates to show them; but the Spaniards
+perceiving their enemies to range everywhere up and
+down the woods, were already fled thence farther off
+into the thickest of the woods, where they built themselves
+huts, to preserve from the weather those few
+goods they had. The pirates judged themselves deceived
+by the peasant, and hereupon, to revenge themselves,
+notwithstanding all his excuses and supplication,
+they hanged him on a tree.</p>
+
+<p>Then they divided into parties to search the plantations;
+for they knew the Spaniards that were absconded
+could not live on what the woods afforded, without
+coming now and then for provisions to their country
+houses. Here they found a slave, to whom they promised
+mountains of gold and his liberty, by transporting
+him to Jamaica, if he would show them where the inhabitants
+of Gibraltar lay hid. This fellow conducted
+them to a party of Spaniards, whom they instantly
+made prisoners, commanding this slave to kill some before
+the eyes of the rest; that by this perpetrated crime,
+he might never be able to leave their wicked company.
+The negro, according to their orders, committed many<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_147" id="Page_147"></a><a href="images/147.png">[147]</a></span>
+murders and insolencies upon the Spaniards, and followed
+the unfortunate traces of the pirates; who eight
+days after returned to Gibraltar with many prisoners,
+and some mules laden with riches. They examined
+every prisoner by himself (who were in all about two
+hundred and fifty persons), where they had hid the rest
+of their goods, and if they know of their fellow-townsmen.
+Such as would not confess were tormented after
+a most inhuman manner. Among the rest, there happened
+to be a Portuguese, who by a negro was reported,
+though falsely, to be very rich; this man was commanded
+to produce his riches. His answer was, he had
+no more than one hundred pieces of eight in the world,
+and these had been stolen from him two days before by
+his servant; which words, though he sealed with many
+oaths and protestations, yet they would not believe him,
+but dragging him to the rack, without any regard to his
+age of sixty years, they stretched him with cords, breaking
+both his arms behind his shoulders.</p>
+
+<p>This cruelty went not alone; for he not being able or
+willing to make any other declaration, they put him to
+another sort of torment more barbarous; they tied him
+with small cords by his two thumbs and great toes to
+four stakes fixed in the ground, at a convenient distance,
+the whole weight of his body hanging on those cords.
+Not satisfied yet with this cruel torture, they took a
+stone of above two hundred pounds, and laid it upon
+his belly, as if they intended to press him to death;<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_148" id="Page_148"></a><a href="images/148.png">[148]</a></span>
+they also kindled palm leaves, and applied the flame to
+the face of this unfortunate Portuguese, burning with
+them the whole skin, beard, and hair. At last, seeing
+that neither with these tortures, nor others, they could
+get anything out of him, they untied the cords, and carried
+him half dead to the church, where was their corps
+du guard; here they tied him anew to one of the pillars
+thereof, leaving him in that condition, without giving
+him either to eat or drink, unless very sparingly, and so
+little that would scarce sustain life for some days; four
+or five being past, he desired one of the prisoners might
+come to him, by whose means he promised he would
+endeavour to raise some money to satisfy their demands.
+The prisoner whom he required was brought to him,
+and he ordered him to promise the pirate five hundred
+pieces of eight for his ransom; but they were deaf and
+obstinate at such a small sum, and instead of accepting
+it, beat him cruelly with cudgels, saying, "Old fellow,
+instead of five hundred, you must say five hundred thousand
+pieces of eight; otherwise you shall here end your
+life." Finally, after a thousand protestations that he
+was but a miserable man, and kept a poor tavern for
+his living, he agreed with them for one thousand pieces
+of eight. These he raised, and having paid them, got
+his liberty; though so horribly maimed, that it is scarce
+to be believed he could survive many weeks.</p>
+
+<p>Others were crucified by these tyrants, and with
+kindled matches burnt between the joints of their<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_149" id="Page_149"></a><a href="images/149.png">[149]</a></span>
+fingers and toes: others had their feet put into the fire,
+and thus were left to be roasted alive. Having used
+these and other cruelties with the white men, they began
+to practise the same with the negroes, their slaves, who
+were treated with no less inhumanity than their masters.</p>
+
+<p>Among these slaves was one who promised Captain
+Morgan to conduct him to a river of the lake, where he
+should find a ship and four boats, richly laden with
+goods of the inhabitants of Maracaibo: the same discovered
+likewise where the governor of Gibraltar lay
+hid, with the greatest part of the women of the town;
+but all this he revealed, upon great menaces to hang
+him, if he told not what he knew. Captain Morgan
+sent away presently two hundred men in two settees,
+or great boats, to this river, to seek for what the slave
+had discovered; but he himself, with two hundred and
+fifty more, undertook to go and take the governor.
+This gentleman was retired to a small island in the
+middle of the river, where he had built a little fort, as
+well as he could, for his defence; but hearing that Captain
+Morgan came in person with great forces to seek
+him, he retired to the top of a mountain not far off, to
+which there was no ascent but by a very narrow passage,
+so straight, that whosoever did attempt to gain
+the ascent, must march his men one by one. Captain
+Morgan spent two days before he arrived at this little
+island, whence he designed to proceed to the mountain
+where the governor was posted, had he not been told of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_150" id="Page_150"></a><a href="images/150.png">[150]</a></span>
+the impossibility of ascent, not only for the narrowness
+of the way, but because the governor was well provided
+with all sorts of ammunition: beside, there was fallen a
+huge rain, whereby all the pirates' baggage and powder
+was wet. By this rain, also, they lost many men at the
+passage over a river that was overflown: here perished,
+likewise, some women and children, and many mules
+laden with plate and goods, which they had taken from
+the fugitive inhabitants; so that things were in a very
+bad condition with Captain Morgan, and his men much
+harassed, as may be inferred from this relation: whereby,
+if the Spaniards, in that juncture, had had but fifty
+men well armed, they might have entirely destroyed the
+pirates. But the fears the Spaniards had at first conceived
+were so great, that the leaves stirring on the
+trees they often fancied to be pirates. Finally, Captain
+Morgan and his people, having upon this march
+sometimes waded up to their middles in water for half,
+or whole miles together, they at last escaped, for the
+greatest part; but the women and children for the major
+part died.</p>
+
+<p>Thus twelve days after they set forth to seek the
+governor they returned to Gibraltar, with many prisoners:
+two days after arrived also the two settees that
+went to the river, bringing with them four boats, and
+some prisoners; but the greatest part of the merchandise
+in the said boats they found not, the Spaniards having
+unladed and secured it, having intelligence of their<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_151" id="Page_151"></a><a href="images/151.png">[151]</a></span>
+coming; who designed also, when the merchandise was
+taken out, to burn the boats: yet the Spaniards made
+not so much haste to unlade these vessels, but that they
+left in the ship and boats great parcels of goods, which
+the pirates seized, and brought a considerable booty to
+Gibraltar. Thus, after they had been in possession of
+the place five entire weeks, and committed an infinite
+number of murders, robberies, and such-like insolencies,
+they concluded to depart; but first they ordered some
+prisoners to go forth into the woods and fields, and
+collect a ransom for the town, otherwise they would certainly
+burn it down to the ground. These poor afflicted
+men went as they were sent, and having searched the
+adjoining fields and woods, returned to Captain Morgan,
+telling him they had scarce been able to find anybody,
+but that to such as they had found they had proposed
+his demands; to which they had answered, that the
+governor had prohibited them to give any ransom for
+the town, but they beseeched him to have a little patience,
+and among themselves they would collect five
+thousand pieces of eight; and for the rest, they would
+give some of their own townsmen as hostages, whom he
+might carry to Maracaibo, till he had received full satisfaction.</p>
+
+<p>Captain Morgan having now been long absent from
+Maracaibo, and knowing the Spaniards had had sufficient
+time to fortify themselves, and hinder his departure
+out of the lake, granted their proposition, and made<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_152" id="Page_152"></a><a href="images/152.png">[152]</a></span>
+as much haste as he could for his departure: he gave
+liberty to all the prisoners, first putting every one to a
+ransom; yet he detained the slaves. They delivered him
+four persons agreed on for hostages of what money
+more he was to receive, and they desired to have the
+slave mentioned above, intending to punish him according
+to his deserts; but Captain Morgan would not deliver
+him, lest they should burn him alive. At last,
+they weighed anchor, and set sail in all haste for Maracaibo:
+here they arrived in four days, and found all
+things as they had left them; yet here they received
+news from a poor distressed old man, whom alone they
+found sick in the town, that three Spanish men-of-war
+were arrived at the entry of the lake, waiting the return
+of the pirates: moreover, that the castle at the entry
+thereof was again put into a good posture of defence,
+well provided with guns and men, and all sorts of ammunition.</p>
+
+<p>This relation could not choose but disturb the mind
+of Captain Morgan, who now was careful how to get
+away through the narrow entry of the lake: hereupon
+he sent his swiftest boat to view the entry, and see if
+things were as they had been related. Next day the
+boat came back, confirming what was said; assuring
+him, they had viewed the ships so nigh, that they had
+been in great danger of their shot, hereunto they added,
+that the biggest ship was mounted with forty guns, the
+second with thirty, and the smallest with twenty-four.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_153" id="Page_153"></a><a href="images/153.png">[153]</a></span>
+These forces being much beyond those of Captain Morgan,
+caused a general consternation in the pirates, whose
+biggest vessel had not above fourteen small guns.
+Every one judged Captain Morgan to despond, and to
+be hopeless, considering the difficulty of passing safe
+with his little fleet amidst those great ships and the fort,
+or he must perish. How to escape any other way, by
+sea or land, they saw no way. Under these necessities,
+Captain Morgan resumed new courage, and resolving
+to show himself still undaunted, he boldly sent a Spaniard
+to the admiral of those three ships, demanding of
+him a considerable ransom for not putting the city of
+Maracaibo to the flames. This man (who was received
+by the Spaniards with great admiration of the boldness
+of those pirates) returned two days after, bringing
+to Captain Morgan a letter from the said admiral, as
+follows:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="hang1"><i>The Letter of Don Alonso del Campo y Espinosa, Admiral
+of the Spanish Fleet, to Captain Morgan,
+Commander of the Pirates.</i></div>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>"Having understood by all our friends and neighbours,
+the unexpected news that you have dared to
+attempt and commit hostilities in the countries, cities,
+towns, and villages belonging to the dominions of his
+Catholic Majesty, my sovereign lord and master; I let
+you understand by these lines, that I am come to this
+place, according to my obligation, near that castle which<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_154" id="Page_154"></a><a href="images/154.png">[154]</a></span>
+you took out of the hands of a parcel of cowards; where
+I have put things into a very good posture of defence,
+and mounted again the artillery which you had nailed
+and dismounted. My intent is, to dispute with you
+your passage out of the lake, and follow and pursue
+you everywhere, to the end you may see the performance
+of my duty. Notwithstanding, if you be contented
+to surrender with humility all that you have
+taken, together with the slaves and all other prisoners,
+I will let you freely pass, without trouble or molestation;
+on condition that you retire home presently to
+your own country. But if you make any resistance or
+opposition to what I offer you, I assure you I will command
+boats to come from Caraccas, wherein I will put
+my troops, and coming to Maracaibo, will put you every
+man to the sword. This is my last and absolute resolution.
+Be prudent, therefore, and do not abuse my
+bounty with ingratitude. I have with me very good
+soldiers, who desire nothing more ardently than to revenge
+on you, and your people, all the cruelties, and
+base infamous actions, you have committed upon the
+Spanish nation in America. Dated on board the royal
+ship named the <i>Magdalen</i>, lying at anchor at the entry
+of the lake of Maracaibo, this 24th of April, 1669.</p>
+
+<div class='sig'>
+<span class="smcap">"Don Alonso del Campo y Espinosa."</span><br />
+</div></div>
+<p>As soon as Captain Morgan received this letter, he
+called all his men together in the market-place of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_155" id="Page_155"></a><a href="images/155.png">[155]</a></span>
+Maracaibo, and after reading the contents thereof, both
+in French and English, asked their advice and resolution
+on the whole matter, and whether they had rather
+surrender all they had got to obtain their liberty, than
+fight for it.</p>
+
+<p>They answered all, unanimously, they had rather
+fight to the last drop of blood, than surrender so easily
+the booty they had got with so much danger of their
+lives. Among the rest, one said to Captain Morgan,
+"Take you care for the rest, and I will undertake to
+destroy the biggest of those ships with only twelve men:
+the manner shall be, by making a brulot, or fire-ship, of
+that vessel we took in the river of Gibraltar; which, to
+the intent she may not be known for a fireship, we will
+fill her decks with logs of wood, standing with hats and
+montera caps, to deceive their sight with the representation
+of men. The same we will do at the port-holes
+that serve for the guns, which shall be filled with counterfeit
+cannon. At the stern we will hang out English
+colours, and persuade the enemy she is one of our best
+men-of-war going to fight them." This proposition
+was admitted and approved by every one; howbeit, their
+fears were not quite dispersed.</p>
+
+<p>For, notwithstanding what had been concluded there,
+they endeavoured the next day to come to an accommodation
+with Don Alonso. To this effect, Captain
+Morgan sent to him two persons, with these propositions:
+First, that he would quit Maracaibo, without<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_156" id="Page_156"></a><a href="images/156.png">[156]</a></span>
+doing any damage to the town, or exacting any ransom
+for the firing thereof. Secondly, that he would set at
+liberty one half of the slaves, and all the prisoners,
+without ransom. Thirdly, that he would send home
+freely the four chief inhabitants of Gibraltar, which he
+had in his custody as hostages for the contributions
+those people had promised to pay. These propositions
+were instantly rejected by Don Alonso, as dishonourable:
+neither would he hear of any other accommodation,
+but sent back this message: "That if they surrendered
+not themselves voluntarily into his hands,
+within two days, under the conditions which he had
+offered them by his letter, he would immediately come,
+and force them to do it."</p>
+
+<p>No sooner had Captain Morgan received this message
+from Don Alonso, than he put all things in order
+to fight, resolving to get out of the lake by main force,
+without surrendering anything. First, he commanded
+all the slaves and prisoners to be tied, and guarded very
+well, and gathered all the pitch, tar, and brimstone, they
+could find in the whole town, for the fire-ship above-mentioned;
+then they made several inventions of powder
+and brimstone with palm leaves, well annointed with
+tar. They covered very well their counterfeit cannon,
+laying under every piece many pounds of powder; besides,
+they cut down many outworks of the ship, that
+the powder might exert its strength the better; breaking
+open, also, new port-holes, where, instead of guns, they<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_157" id="Page_157"></a><a href="images/157.png">[157]</a></span>
+placed little drums used by the negroes. Finally, the
+decks were handsomely beset with many pieces of wood,
+dressed up like men with hats, or monteras, and armed
+with swords, muskets, and bandeleers.</p>
+
+<p>The fire-ship being thus fitted, they prepared to go to
+the entry of the port. All the prisoners were put into
+one great boat, and in another of the biggest they placed
+all the women, plate, jewels, and other rich things: into
+others they put the bales of goods and merchandise, and
+other things of bulk: each of these boats had twelve
+men aboard, very well armed; the brulot had orders
+to go before the rest of the vessels, and presently to
+fall foul with the great ship. All things being ready,
+Captain Morgan exacted an oath of all his comrades,
+protesting to defend themselves to the last drop of
+blood, without demanding quarter; promising withal,
+that whosoever behaved himself thus, should be very
+well rewarded.</p>
+
+<p>With this courageous resolution they set sail to seek
+the Spaniards. On April 30, 1669, they found the
+Spanish fleet riding at anchor in the middle of the entry
+of the lake. Captain Morgan, it being now late and
+almost dark, commanded all his vessels to an anchor,
+designing to fight even all night if they forced him to it.
+He ordered a careful watch to be kept aboard every vessel
+till morning, they being almost within shot, as well
+as within sight of the enemy. The day dawning, they
+weighed anchor, and sailed again, steering directly to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_158" id="Page_158"></a><a href="images/158.png">[158]</a></span>wards
+the Spaniards; who seeing them move, did instantly
+the same. The fire-ship sailing before the rest
+fell presently upon the great ship, and grappled her;
+which the Spaniards (too late) perceiving to be a fire-ship,
+they attempted to put her off, but in vain: for
+the flame seizing her timber and tackling, soon consumed
+all the stern, the fore part sinking into the sea, where
+she perished. The second Spanish ship perceiving the
+admiral to burn, not by accident, but by industry of the
+enemy, escaped towards the castle, where the Spaniards
+themselves sunk her, choosing to lose their ship rather
+than to fall into the hands of those pirates. The
+third, having no opportunity to escape, was taken by
+the pirates. The seamen that sunk the second ship
+near the castle, perceiving the pirates come towards
+them to take what remains they could find of their
+shipwreck (for some part was yet above water), set
+fire also to this vessel, that the pirates might enjoy
+nothing of that spoil. The first ship being set on fire,
+some of the persons in her swam towards the shore;
+these pirates would have taken up in their boats, but
+they would not ask or take quarter, choosing rather to
+lose their lives than receive them from their hands, for
+reasons which I shall relate.</p>
+
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 258px;">
+<img src="images/illus012.jpg" width="258" height="400" alt="&quot;&#39;the fire-ship, sailing before the rest, fell presently upon the great ship&#39;&quot;&mdash;Page 158" title="&quot;&#39;the fire-ship, sailing before the rest, fell presently upon the great ship&#39;&quot;&mdash;Page 158" />
+<span class="caption">&quot;&#39;the fire-ship, sailing before the rest, fell presently upon the great ship&#39;&quot;&mdash;<a href="#Page_158">Page 158</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>The pirates being extremely glad at this signal victory
+so soon obtained, and with so great an inequality
+of forces, conceived greater pride than they had before,
+and all presently ran ashore, intending to take the cas<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_159" id="Page_159"></a><a href="images/159.png">[159]</a></span>tle.
+This they found well provided with men, cannon,
+and ammunition, they having no other arms than muskets,
+and a few hand granadoes: their own artillery they
+thought incapable, for its smallness, of making any considerable
+breach in the walls. Thus they spent the rest
+of the day, firing at the garrison with their muskets, till
+the dusk of the evening, when they attempted to advance
+nearer the walls, to throw in their fire-balls: but
+the Spaniards resolving to sell their lives as dear as they
+could, fired so furiously at them, that they having experimented
+the obstinacy of the enemy, and seeing thirty
+of their men dead, and as many more wounded, they
+retired to their ships.</p>
+
+<p>The Spaniards believing the pirates would next day
+renew the attack with their own cannon, laboured hard
+all night to put things in order for their coming; particularly,
+they dug down, and made plain, some little hills
+and eminences, when possibly the castle might be offended.</p>
+
+<p>But Captain Morgan intended not to come again,
+busying himself next day in taking prisoners some of
+the men who still swam alive, hoping to get part of the
+riches lost in the two ships that perished. Among the
+rest, he took a pilot, who was a stranger, and who belonged
+to the lesser ship of the two, of whom he inquired
+several things; as, What number of people those
+three ships had in them? Whether they expected any
+more ships to come? From what port they set forth<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_160" id="Page_160"></a><a href="images/160.png">[160]</a></span>
+last, when they came to seek them out? He answered,
+in Spanish, "Noble sir, be pleased to pardon and spare
+me, that no evil be done to me, being a stranger to this
+nation I have served, and I shall sincerely inform you
+of all that passed till our arrival at this lake. We were
+sent by orders from the Supreme Council of State in
+Spain, being six men-of-war well equipped, into these
+seas, with instructions to cruise upon the English pirates,
+and root them out from these parts by destroying
+as many of them as we could.</p>
+
+<p>"These orders were given, upon the news brought to
+the court of Spain of the loss and ruin of Puerto Bello,
+and other places; of all which damages and hostilities
+committed here by the English, dismal lamentations
+have often been made to the catholic king and council,
+to whom belongs the care and preservation of this new
+world. And though the Spanish court hath many times
+by their ambassadors complained hereof to the king of
+England; yet it hath been the constant answer of his
+Majesty of Great Britain, that he never gave any letters
+patent, nor commissions, for acting any hostility
+against the subjects of the king of Spain. Hereupon
+the catholic king resolved to revenge his subjects, and
+punish these proceedings: commanded six men-of-war
+to be equipped, which he sent under the command of
+Don Augustine de Bustos, admiral of the said fleet.
+He commanded the biggest ship, named <i>N. S. de la
+Soleda</i>, of forty-eight great guns, and eight small ones.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_161" id="Page_161"></a><a href="images/161.png">[161]</a></span>
+The vice-admiral was Don Alonso del Campo y Espinosa,
+who commanded the second ship called <i>La Conception</i>,
+of forty-four great guns, and eight small ones;
+besides four vessels more, whereof the first was named
+the <i>Magdalen</i>, of thirty-six great guns, and twelve small
+ones, with two hundred and fifty men. The second was
+called <i>St. Lewis</i>, with twenty-six great guns, twelve
+small ones, and two hundred men. The third was called
+<i>La Marquesa</i>, of sixteen great guns, eight small ones,
+and one hundred and fifty men. The fourth and last,
+<i>N. S. del Carmen</i>, with eighteen great guns, eight small
+ones, and one hundred and fifty men.</p>
+
+<p>"Being arrived at Carthagena, the two greatest ships
+received orders to return to Spain, being judged too
+big for cruising on these coasts. With the four ships
+remaining, Don Alonso del Campo y Espinosa departed
+towards Campechy to seek the English: we arrived at
+the port there, where, being surprised by a huge storm
+from the north, we lost one of our ships, being that
+which I named last. Hence we sailed for Hispaniola,
+in sight of which we came in a few days, and steered for
+Santo Domingo: here we heard that there had passed
+that way a fleet from Jamaica, and that some men
+thereof had landed at Alta Gracia; the inhabitants had
+taken one prisoner, who confessed their design was to
+go and pillage the city of Caraccas. On this news, Don
+Alonso instantly weighed anchor, and, crossing over to
+the continent, we came in sight of the Caraccas: here<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_162" id="Page_162"></a><a href="images/162.png">[162]</a></span>
+we found them not, but met with a boat, which certified
+us they were in the lake of Maracaibo, and that the fleet
+consisted of seven small ships, and one boat.</p>
+
+<p>"Upon this we came here, and arriving at the entry
+of the lake, we shot off a gun for a pilot from the shore.
+Those on land perceiving we were Spaniards, came willingly
+to us with a pilot, and told us the English had
+taken Maracaibo, and that they were now at the pillage
+of Gibraltar. Don Alonso, on this news, made a handsome
+speech to his soldiers and mariners, encouraging
+them to their duty, and promising to divide among them
+all they should take from the English: he ordered the
+guns we had taken out of the ship that was lost to be
+put into the castle, and mounted for its defence, with
+two eighteen-pounders more, out of his own ship. The
+pilots conducted us into the port, and Don Alonso commanded
+the people on shore to come before him, whom
+he ordered to repossess the castle, and reinforce it with
+one hundred men more than it had before its being
+taken. Soon after, we heard of your return from Gibraltar
+to Maracaibo, whither Don Alonso wrote you a
+letter, giving you an account of his arrival and design,
+and exhorting you to restore what you had taken. This
+you refusing, he renewed his promises to his soldiers
+and seamen, and having given a very good supper to
+all his people, he ordered them not to take or give any
+quarter, which was the occasion of so many being<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_163" id="Page_163"></a><a href="images/163.png">[163]</a></span>
+drowned, who dared not to crave quarter, knowing themselves
+must give none. Two days before you came
+against us, a negro came aboard Don Alonso's ship, telling
+him, 'Sir, be pleased to have great care of yourself;
+for the English have prepared a fire-ship, with design
+to burn your fleet.' But Don Alonso not believing this,
+answered, 'How can that be? Have they, peradventure,
+wit enough to build a fire-ship? Or what instruments
+have they to do it withal?'"</p>
+
+<p>This pilot having related so distinctly these things to
+Captain Morgan, was very well used by him, and, after
+some kind proffers made to him, remained in his service.
+He told Captain Morgan, that, in the ship which was
+sunk, there was a great quantity of plate, to the value
+of forty thousand pieces of eight; which occasioned the
+Spaniards to be often seen in boats about it. Hereupon,
+Captain Morgan ordered one of his ships to remain
+there, to find ways of getting out of it what plate
+they could; meanwhile, himself, with all his fleet, returned
+to Maracaibo, where he refitted the great ship
+he had taken, and chose it for himself, giving his own
+bottom to one of his captains.</p>
+
+<p>Then he sent again a messenger to the admiral, who
+was escaped ashore, and got into the castle, demanding
+of him a ransom of fire for Maracaibo; which being denied,
+he threatened entirely to consume and destroy it.
+The Spaniards considering the ill-luck they had all along<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_164" id="Page_164"></a><a href="images/164.png">[164]</a></span>
+with those pirates, and not knowing how to get rid of
+them, concluded to pay the said ransom, though Don
+Alonso would not consent.</p>
+
+<p>Hereupon, they sent to Captain Morgan, to know
+what sum he demanded. He answered, that on payment
+of 30,000 pieces of eight, and five hundred beeves,
+he would release the prisoners and do no damage to the
+town. At last they agreed on 20,000 pieces of eight,
+and five hundred beeves to victual his fleet. The cattle
+were brought the next day, with one part of the
+money; and, while the pirates were busied in salting the
+flesh, they made up the whole 20,000 pieces of eight, as
+was agreed.</p>
+
+<p>But Captain Morgan would not presently deliver the
+prisoners, as he had promised, fearing the shot of the
+castle at his going forth out of the lake. Hereupon he
+told them he intended not to deliver them till he was
+out of that danger, hoping thus to obtain a free passage.
+Then he set sail with his fleet in quest of the ship he
+had left, to seek for the plate of the vessel that was
+burnt. He found her on the place, with 15,000 pieces
+of eight got out of the work, beside many pieces of plate,
+as hilts of swords, and the like; also a great quantity of
+pieces of eight melted and run together, by the force of
+the fire.</p>
+
+<p>Captain Morgan scarce thought himself secure, nor
+could he contrive how to avoid the shot of the castle:
+hereupon he wished the prisoners to agree with the gov<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_165" id="Page_165"></a><a href="images/165.png">[165]</a></span>ernor
+to permit a safe passage to his fleet, which, if he
+should not allow, he would certainly hang them all up
+in his ships. Upon this the prisoners met, and appointed
+some of their fellow-messengers to go to the said
+governor, Don Alonso: these went to him, beseeching
+and supplicating him to have compassion on those afflicted
+prisoners, who were, with their wives and children,
+in the hands of Captain Morgan; and that to this
+effect he would be pleased to give his word to let the
+fleet of pirates freely pass, this being the only way to
+save both the lives of them that came with this petition,
+as also of those who remained in captivity; all being
+equally menaced with the sword and gallows, if he
+granted them not this humble request. But Don
+Alonso gave them for answer a sharp reprehension of
+their cowardice, telling them, "If you had been as loyal
+to your king in hindering the entry of these pirates, as
+I shall do their going out, you had never caused these
+troubles, neither to yourselves nor to our whole nation,
+which hath suffered so much through your pusillanimity.
+In a word, I shall never grant your request, but
+shall endeavour to maintain that respect which is due
+to my king, according to my duty."</p>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 252px;">
+<img src="images/illus013.jpg" width="252" height="400" alt="&quot;morgan dividing the treasure taken at maracaibo&quot;&mdash;Page 166" title="&quot;morgan dividing the treasure taken at maracaibo&quot;&mdash;Page 166" />
+<span class="caption">&quot;morgan dividing the treasure taken at maracaibo&quot;&mdash;<a href="#Page_166">Page 166</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>Thus the Spaniards returned with much consternation,
+and no hopes of obtaining their request, telling
+Captain Morgan what answer they had received: his
+reply was, "If Don Alonso will not let me pass, I will
+find means how to do it without him." Hereupon he<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_166" id="Page_166"></a><a href="images/166.png">[166]</a></span>
+presently made a dividend of all they had taken, fearing
+he might not have an opportunity to do it in another
+place, if any tempest should rise and separate the
+ships, as also being jealous that any of the commanders
+might run away with the best part of the spoil,
+which then lay much more in one vessel than another.
+Thus they all brought in according to their laws, and
+declared what they had, first making oath not to conceal
+the least thing. The accounts being cast up, they
+found to the value of 25,000 pieces of eight, in money
+and jewels, beside the huge quantity of merchandise
+and slaves, all which purchase was divided to every ship
+or boat, according to her share.</p>
+
+<p>The dividend being made, the question still remained
+how they should pass the castle, and get out of the lake.
+To this effect they made use of a stratagem, as follows:
+the day before the night wherein they determined to get
+forth, they embarked many of their men in canoes, and
+rowed towards the shore, as if they designed to land:
+here they hid themselves under branches of trees that
+hang over the coast awhile, laying themselves down in
+the boats; then the canoes returned to the ships, with the
+appearance of only two or three men rowing them back,
+the rest being unseen at the bottom of the canoes: thus
+much only could be perceived from the castle, and this
+false landing of men, for so we may call it, was repeated
+that day several times: this made the Spaniards think
+the pirates intended at night to force the castle by scal<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_167" id="Page_167"></a><a href="images/167.png">[167]</a></span>ing
+it. This fear caused them to place most of their
+great guns on the land side, together with their main
+force, leaving the side towards the sea almost destitute
+of defence.</p>
+
+<p>Night being come, they weighed anchor, and by moonlight,
+without setting sail, committed themselves to the
+ebbing tide, which gently brought them down the river,
+till they were near the castle; being almost over against
+it, they spread their sails with all possible haste. The
+Spaniards perceiving this, transported with all speed
+their guns from the other side, and began to fire very
+furiously at them; but these having a very favourable
+wind, were almost past danger before those of the castle
+could hurt them; so that they lost few of their men, and
+received no considerable damage in their ships. Being
+out of the reach of the guns, Captain Morgan sent a
+canoe to the castle with some of the prisoners, and the
+governor thereof gave them a boat to return to their
+own homes; but he detained the hostages from Gibraltar,
+because the rest of the ransom for not firing the
+place was yet unpaid. Just as he departed, Captain
+Morgan ordered seven great guns with bullets to be
+fired against the castle, as it were to take his leave of
+them, but they answered not so much as with a musket
+shot.</p>
+
+<p>Next day after, they were surprised with a great
+tempest, which forced them to cast anchor in five or six
+fathom water: but the storm increasing, compelled them<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_168" id="Page_168"></a><a href="images/168.png">[168]</a></span>
+to weigh again, and put to sea, where they were in great
+danger of being lost; for if they should have been cast
+on shore, either into the hands of the Spaniards or Indians,
+they would certainly have obtained no mercy:
+at last, the tempest being spent, the wind ceased, to the
+great joy of the whole fleet.</p>
+
+<p>While Captain Morgan made his fortune by these
+pillagings, his companions, who were separated from
+his fleet at the Cape de Lobos, to take the ship spoken
+of before, endured much misery, and were unfortunate
+in all their attempts. Being arrived at Savona, they
+found not Captain Morgan there, nor any of their companions,
+nor had they the fortune to find a letter which
+Captain Morgan at his departure left behind him in a
+place where in all probability they would meet with it.
+Thus, not knowing what course to steer, they concluded
+to pillage some town or other. They were in all about
+four hundred men, divided into four ships and one boat:
+being ready to set forth, they constituted an admiral
+among themselves, being one who had behaved himself
+very courageously at the taking of Puerto Bello, named
+Captain Hansel. This commander attempted the taking
+of the town of Commana, on the continent of Caraccas,
+nigh sixty leagues to the west of the Isle de la Trinidad.
+Being arrived there, they landed their men, and
+killed some few Indians near the coast; but approaching
+the town, the Spaniards having in their company many
+Indians, disputed the entry so briskly, that, with great<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_169" id="Page_169"></a><a href="images/169.png">[169]</a></span>
+loss and confusion, they were forced to retire to the
+ships. At last they arrived at Jamaica, where the rest
+of their companions, who came with Captain Morgan,
+mocked and jeered them for their ill success at Commana,
+often telling them, "Let us see what money you
+brought from Commana, and if it be as good silver as
+that which we bring from Maracaibo."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_170" id="Page_170"></a><a href="images/170.png">[170]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XIII</h2>
+
+<div class='hang2'><i>Captain Morgan goes to Hispaniola to equip a new
+fleet, with intent to pillage again on the coast of
+the West Indies.</i><br /><br /></div>
+
+
+<div class='cap'>CAPTAIN MORGAN perceived now that Fortune
+favoured him, by giving success to all his
+enterprises, which occasioned him, as is usual
+in human affairs, to aspire to greater things, trusting
+she would always be constant to him.</div>
+
+<p>Such was the burning of Panama, wherein Fortune
+failed not to assist him, as she had done before, though
+she had led him thereto through a thousand difficulties.
+The history hereof I shall now relate, being so remarkable
+in all its circumstances, as peradventure nothing
+more deserving memory will be read by future ages.</p>
+
+<p>Captain Morgan arriving at Jamaica, found many
+of his officers and soldiers reduced to their former indigency,
+by their vices and debaucheries. Hence they
+perpetually importuned him for new exploits.</p>
+
+<p>Captain Morgan, willing to follow Fortune's call,
+stopped the mouths of many inhabitants of Jamaica,
+who were creditors to his men for large sums, with the
+hopes and promises of greater achievements than ever,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_171" id="Page_171"></a><a href="images/171.png">[171]</a></span>
+by a new expedition. This done, he could easily levy
+men for any enterprise, his name being so famous
+through all those islands as that alone would readily
+bring him in more men than he could well employ. He
+undertook therefore to equip a new fleet, for which he
+assigned the south side of Tortuga as a place of rendezvous,
+writing letters to all the expert pirates there inhabiting,
+as also to the governor, and to the planters
+and hunters of Hispaniola, informing them of his intentions,
+and desiring their appearance, if they intended
+to go with him. These people upon this notice flocked
+to the place assigned, in huge numbers, with ships,
+canoes, and boats, being desirous to follow him. Many,
+who had not the convenience of coming by sea, traversed
+the woods of Hispaniola, and with no small difficulties
+arrived there by land. Thus all were present at the
+place assigned, and ready against October 24, 1670.</p>
+
+<p>Captain Morgan was not wanting to be there punctually,
+coming in his ship to Port Couillon, over against
+the island De la Vaca, the place assigned. Having
+gathered the greatest part of his fleet, he called a council
+to deliberate about finding provisions for so many
+people. Here they concluded to send four ships and
+one boat, with four hundred men, to the continent, in
+order to rifle some country towns and villages for all
+the corn or maize they could gather. They set sail for
+the continent towards the river De la Hacha, designing
+to assault the village called La Rancheria, usually best<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_172" id="Page_172"></a><a href="images/172.png">[172]</a></span>
+stored with maize of all the parts thereabouts. Meanwhile
+Captain Morgan sent another party to hunt in
+the woods, who killed a huge number of beasts, and
+salted them: the rest remained in the ships, to clean,
+fit, and rig them, that, at the return of their fellows, all
+things might be in a readiness to weigh anchor and follow
+their designs.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_173" id="Page_173"></a><a href="images/173.png">[173]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XIV</h2>
+
+<div class='center'><i>What happened in the river De la Hacha.</i><br /><br /></div>
+
+
+<div class='cap'>THESE four ships setting sail from Hispaniola,
+steered for the river De la Hacha, where they
+were suddenly overtaken with a tedious calm.
+Being within sight of land becalmed for some days, the
+Spaniards inhabiting along the coast, who had perceived
+them to be enemies, had sufficient time to prepare
+themselves, at least to hide the best of their goods,
+that, without any care of preserving them, they might
+be ready to retire, if they proved unable to resist the
+pirates, by whose frequent attempts on those coasts they
+had already learned what to do in such cases. There
+was then in the river a good ship, come from Carthagena
+to lade with maize, and now almost ready to depart.
+The men of this ship endeavoured to escape;
+but, not being able to do it, both they and the vessel
+fell into their hands. This was a fit purchase for them,
+being good part of what they came for. Next morning,
+about break of day, they came with their ships
+ashore, and landed their men, though the Spaniards
+made good resistance from a battery they had raised
+on that side, where, of necessity, they were to land; but<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_174" id="Page_174"></a><a href="images/174.png">[174]</a></span>
+they were forced to retire to a village, whither the pirates
+followed them. Here the Spaniards rallying, fell
+upon them with great fury, and maintained a strong
+combat, which lasted till night; but then, perceiving they
+had lost a great number of men, which was no less on
+the pirates' side, they retired to secret places in the
+woods.</div>
+
+<p>Next day the pirates seeing them all fled, and the
+town left empty of people, they pursued them as far as
+they could, and overtook a party of Spaniards, whom
+they made prisoners, and exercised with most cruel torments,
+to discover their goods. Some were forced, by
+intolerable tortures, to confess; but others, who would
+not, were used more barbarously. Thus, in fifteen days
+that they remained there, they took many prisoners,
+much plate and movables, with which booty they resolved
+to return to Hispaniola: yet, not content with
+what they had got, they dispatched some prisoners into
+the woods to seek for the rest of the inhabitants, and to
+demand a ransom for not burning the town. They answered,
+they had no money nor plate; but if they would
+be satisfied with a quantity of maize, they would give
+as much as they could. The pirates accepted this, it
+being then more useful to them than ready money, and
+agreed they should pay four thousand hanegs, or bushels
+of maize. These were brought in three days after,
+the Spaniards being desirous to rid themselves of that
+inhuman sort of people. Having laded them on board<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_175" id="Page_175"></a><a href="images/175.png">[175]</a></span>
+with the rest of their purchase, they returned to Hispaniola,
+to give account to their leader, Captain Morgan,
+of all they had performed.</p>
+
+<p>They had now been absent five weeks on this commission,
+which long delay occasioned Captain Morgan
+almost in despair of their return, fearing lest they were
+fallen in to the hands of the Spaniards; especially considering
+the place whereto they went could easily be
+relieved from Carthagena and Santa Maria, if the inhabitants
+were careful to alarm the country. On the
+other side, he feared lest they should have made some
+great fortune in that voyage, and with it have escaped to
+some other place. But seeing his ships return in greater
+numbers than they departed, he resumed new courage,
+this sight causing both in him and his companions infinite
+joy, especially when they found them full laden
+with maize, which they much wanted for the maintenance
+of so many people, from whom they expected
+great matters under such a commander.</p>
+
+<p>Captain Morgan having divided the said maize, as
+also the flesh which the hunters brought, among his ships,
+according to the number of men, he concluded to depart;
+having viewed beforehand every ship, and observed
+their being well equipped and clean. Thus he
+set sail, and stood for Cape Tiburon, where he determined
+to resolve what enterprise he should take in
+hand. No sooner were they arrived, but they met some
+other ships newly come to join them from Jamaica; so<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_176" id="Page_176"></a><a href="images/176.png">[176]</a></span>
+that now their fleet consisted of thirty-seven ships,
+wherein were two thousand fighting men, beside mariners
+and boys. The admiral hereof was mounted with
+twenty-two great guns, and six small ones of brass; the
+rest carried some twenty; some sixteen, some eighteen,
+and the smallest vessel at least four; besides which, they
+had great quantities of ammunition and fire-balls, with
+other inventions of powder.</p>
+
+<p>Captain Morgan having such a number of ships, divided
+the whole fleet into two squadrons, constituting a
+vice-admiral, and other officers of the second squadron,
+distinct from the former. To these he gave letters patent,
+or commissions to act all manner of hostilities
+against the Spanish nation, and take of them what ships
+they could, either abroad at sea, or in the harbours, as
+if they were open and declared enemies (as he termed
+it) of the king of England, his pretended master. This
+done, he called all his captains and other officers together,
+and caused them to sign some articles of agreement
+betwixt them, and in the name of all. Herein it
+was stipulated, that he should have the hundredth part
+of all that was gotten to himself: that every captain
+should draw the shares of eight men for the expenses
+of his ship, besides his own. To the surgeon, beside his
+pay, two hundred pieces of eight for his chest of medicaments.
+To every carpenter, above his salary, one hundred
+pieces of eight. The rewards were settled in this<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_177" id="Page_177"></a><a href="images/177.png">[177]</a></span>
+voyage much higher than before: as, for the loss of both
+legs, fifteen hundred pieces of eight, or fifteen slaves,
+the choice left to the party, for the loss of both
+hands, eighteen hundred pieces of eight, or eighteen
+slaves: for one leg, whether right or left, six hundred
+pieces of eight, or six slaves: for a hand, as much as for
+a leg; and for the loss of an eye, one hundred pieces of
+eight, or one slave. Lastly, to him that in any battle
+should signalize himself, either by entering first any
+castle, or taking down the Spanish colours, and setting
+up the English, they allotted fifty pieces of eight for a
+reward. All which extraordinary salaries and rewards
+to be paid out of the first spoil they should take, as every
+one should occur to be either rewarded or paid.</p>
+
+<p>This contract being signed, Captain Morgan commanded
+his vice-admirals and captains to put all things
+in order, to attempt one of these three places; either
+Carthagena, Panama, or Vera Cruz. But the lot fell
+on Panama, as the richest of all three; though this city
+being situate at such a distance from the North Sea as
+they knew not well the approaches to it, they judged it
+necessary to go beforehand to the isle of St. Catherine,
+there to find some persons for guides in this enterprise;
+for in the garrison there are commonly many banditti
+and outlaws belonging to Panama and the neighbouring
+places, who are very expert in the knowledge of that
+country. But before they proceeded, they published an<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_178" id="Page_178"></a><a href="images/178.png">[178]</a></span>
+act through the whole fleet, promising, if they met with
+any Spanish vessel, the first captain who should take it
+should have for his reward the tenth part of what should
+be found in her.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_179" id="Page_179"></a><a href="images/179.png">[179]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XV</h2>
+
+<div class='hang2'><i>Captain Morgan leaves Hispaniola and goes to St.
+Catherine's, which he takes.</i><br /><br /></div>
+
+
+<div class='cap'>CAPTAIN MORGAN and his companions
+weighed anchor from the Cape of Tiburon,
+December 16, 1670. Four days after they arrived
+in sight of St. Catherine's, now in possession of
+the Spaniards again, as was said before, to which they
+commonly banish the malefactors of the Spanish dominions
+in the West Indies. Here are huge quantities of
+pigeons at certain seasons. It is watered by four rivulets,
+whereof two are always dry in summer. Here is
+no trade or commerce exercised by the inhabitants;
+neither do they plant more fruits than what are necessary
+for human life, though the country would make
+very good plantations of tobacco of considerable profit,
+were it cultivated.</div>
+
+<p>As soon as Captain Morgan came near the island with
+his fleet, he sent one of his best sailing vessels to view
+the entry of the river, and see if any other ships were
+there, who might hinder him from landing; as also fearing
+lest they should give intelligence of his arrival to
+the inhabitants, and prevent his designs.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_180" id="Page_180"></a><a href="images/180.png">[180]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Next day, before sunrise, all the fleet anchored near
+the island, in a bay called Aguade Grande. On this
+bay the Spaniards had built a battery, mounted with
+four pieces of cannon. Captain Morgan landed about
+one thousand men in divers squadrons, marching
+through the woods, though they had no other guides than
+a few of his own men, who had been there before, under
+Mansvelt. The same day they came to a place where
+the governor sometimes resided: here they found a battery
+called the Platform, but nobody in it, the Spaniards
+having retired to the lesser island, which, as was
+said before, is so near the great one, that a short bridge
+only may conjoin them.</p>
+
+<p>This lesser island was so well fortified with forts and
+batteries round it, as might seem impregnable. Hereupon,
+as soon as the Spaniards perceived the pirates
+approach, they fired on them so furiously, that they
+could advance nothing that day, but were content to
+retreat, and take up their rest in the open fields, which
+was not strange to these people, being sufficiently used
+to such kind of repose. What most afflicted them was
+hunger, having not eat anything that whole day. About
+midnight it rained so hard, that they had much ado to
+bear it, the greatest part of them having no other clothes
+than a pair of seaman's trousers or breeches, and a shirt,
+without shoes or stockings. In this great extremity
+they pulled down a few thatched houses to make fires<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_181" id="Page_181"></a><a href="images/181.png">[181]</a></span>
+withal; in a word, they were in such a condition, that one
+hundred men, indifferently well armed, might easily
+that night have torn them all in pieces. Next morning,
+about break of day, the rain ceased, and they dried their
+arms and marched on: but soon after it rained afresh,
+rather harder than before, as if the skies were melted
+into waters; which kept them from advancing towards
+the forts, whence the Spaniards continually fired at
+them.</p>
+
+<p>The pirates were now reduced to great affliction and
+danger, through the hardness of the weather, their own
+nakedness, and great hunger; for a small relief hereof,
+they found in the fields an old horse, lean, and full of
+scabs and blotches, with galled back and sides: this they
+instantly killed and flayed, and divided in small pieces
+among themselves, as far as it would reach (for many
+could not get a morsel) which they roasted and devoured
+without salt or bread, more like ravenous wolves than
+men. The rain not ceasing, Captain Morgan perceived
+their minds to relent, hearing many of them say they
+would return on board. Among these fatigues of mind
+and body, he thought convenient to use some sudden
+remedy: to this effect, he commanded a canoe to be
+rigged in haste, and colours of truce to be hanged out.
+This canoe he sent to the Spanish governor, with this
+message: "That if within a few hours he delivered not
+himself and all his men into his hands, he did by that<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_182" id="Page_182"></a><a href="images/182.png">[182]</a></span>
+messenger swear to him, and all those that were in his
+company, he would most certainly put them to the
+sword, without granting quarter to any."</p>
+
+<p>In the afternoon the canoe returned with this answer:
+"That the governor desired two hours' time to
+deliberate with his officers about it, which being past, he
+would give his positive answer." The time being
+elapsed, the governor sent two canoes with white colours,
+and two persons to treat with Captain Morgan;
+but, before they landed, they demanded of the pirates
+two persons as hostages. These were readily granted
+by Captain Morgan, who delivered them two of the captains
+for a pledge of the security required. With this
+the Spaniards propounded to Captain Morgan, that the
+governor, in a full assembly, had resolved to deliver up
+the island, not being provided with sufficient forces to
+defend it against such an armada. But withal, he desired
+Captain Morgan would be pleased to use a certain
+stratagem of war, for the better saving of his own credit,
+and the reputation of his officers both abroad and at
+home, which should be as follows:&mdash;That Captain Morgan
+would come with his troops by night to the bridge
+that joined the lesser island to the great one, and there
+attack the fort of St. Jerome: that at the same time all
+his fleet would draw near the castle of Santa Teresa,
+and attack it by land, landing, in the meanwhile, more
+troops near the battery of St. Matthew: that these
+troops being newly landed, should by this means inter<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_183" id="Page_183"></a><a href="images/183.png">[183]</a></span>cept
+the governor as he endeavoured to pass to St. Jerome's
+fort, and then take him prisoner; using the formality,
+as if they forced him to deliver the castle; and
+that he would lead the English into it, under colour of
+being his own troops. That on both sides there should
+be continual firing, but without bullets, or at least into
+the air, so that no side might be hurt. That thus having
+obtained two such considerable forts, the chiefest
+of the isle, he need not take care for the rest, which must
+fall of course into his hands.</p>
+
+<p>These propositions were granted by Captain Morgan,
+on condition they should see them faithfully observed;
+otherwise they should be used with the utmost rigour:
+this they promised to do, and took their leave, to give
+account of their negotiation to the governor. Presently
+after, Captain Morgan commanded the whole fleet
+to enter the port, and his men to be ready to assault,
+that night, the castle of St. Jerome. Thus the false battle
+began, with incessant firing from both the castles,
+against the ships, but without bullets, as was agreed.
+Then the pirates landed, and assaulted by night the
+lesser island, which they took, as also both fortresses;
+forcing the Spaniards, in appearance, to fly to the
+church. Before this assault, Captain Morgan sent word
+to the governor, that he should keep all his men together
+in a body; otherwise, if the pirates met any straggling
+Spaniards in the streets, they should certainly shoot
+them.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_184" id="Page_184"></a><a href="images/184.png">[184]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>This island being taken by this unusual stratagem,
+and all things put in order, the pirates made a new war
+against the poultry, cattle, and all sorts of victuals they
+could find, for some days; scarce thinking of anything
+else than to kill, roast, and eat, and make what good
+cheer they could. If wood was wanting, they pulled
+down the houses, and made fires with the timber, as had
+been done before in the field. Next day they numbered
+all the prisoners they had taken upon the island, which
+were found to be in all four hundred and fifty-nine persons,
+men, women, and children; viz., one hundred and
+ninety soldiers of the garrison; forty inhabitants, who
+were married: forty-three children, thirty-four slaves,
+belonging to the king; with eight children, eight banditti,
+thirty-nine negroes belonging to private persons;
+with twenty-seven female blacks, and thirty-four children.
+The pirates disarmed all the Spaniards, and sent
+them out immediately to the plantations to seek for provisions,
+leaving the women in the church to exercise their
+devotions.</p>
+
+<p>Soon after they reviewed the whole island, and all the
+fortresses thereof, which they found to be nine in all,
+viz., the fort of St. Jerome, next the bridge, had eight
+great guns, of twelve, six, and eight pounds carriage;
+with six pipes of muskets, every pipe containing ten
+muskets. Here they found still sixty muskets, with
+sufficient powder and other ammunition. The second
+fortress, called St. Matthew, had three guns, of eight<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_185" id="Page_185"></a><a href="images/185.png">[185]</a></span>
+pounds each. The third, and chiefest, named Santa
+Teresa, had twenty great guns, of eighteen, twelve,
+eight, and six pounds; with ten pipes of muskets, like
+those before, and ninety muskets remaining, besides
+other ammunition. This castle was built with stone and
+mortar, with very thick walls, and a large ditch round it,
+twenty feet deep, which, though it was dry, yet was very
+hard to get over. Here was no entry, but through one
+door, to the middle of the castle. Within it was a
+mount, almost inaccessible, with four pieces of cannon
+at the top; whence they could shoot directly into the
+port. On the sea side it was impregnable, by reason of
+the rocks round it, and the sea beating furiously upon
+them. To the land it was so commodiously seated on a
+mountain, as there was no access to it but by a path
+three or four feet broad. The fourth fortress was
+named St. Augustine, having three guns of eight and
+six pounds. The fifth, named La Plattaforma de la
+Conception, had only two guns, of eight pounds. The
+sixth, by name San Salvador, had likewise no more than
+two guns. The seventh, called Plattaforma de los Artilleros,
+had also two guns. The eighth, called Santa
+Cruz, had three guns. The ninth, called St. Joseph's
+Fort, had six guns, of twelve and eight pounds, besides
+two pipes of muskets, and sufficient ammunition.</p>
+
+<p>In the storehouses were above thirty thousand pounds
+of powder, with all other ammunition, which was carried
+by the pirates on board. All the guns were stopped<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_186" id="Page_186"></a><a href="images/186.png">[186]</a></span>
+and nailed, and the fortresses demolished, except that
+of St. Jerome, where the pirates kept guard and resistance.
+Captain Morgan inquired for any banditti from
+Panama or Puerto Bello, and three were brought him,
+who pretended to be very expert in the avenues of those
+parts. He asked them to be his guides, and show him
+the securest ways to Panama, which, if they performed,
+he promised them equal shares in the plunder of that
+expedition, and their liberty when they arrived in Jamaica.
+These propositions the banditti readily accepted,
+promising to serve him very faithfully, especially
+one of the three, who was the greatest rogue, thief, and
+assassin among them, who had deserved rather to be
+broken alive on the wheel, than punished with serving in
+a garrison. This wicked fellow had a great ascendant
+over the other two, and domineered over them as he
+pleased, they not daring to disobey his orders.</p>
+
+<p>Captain Morgan commanded four ships and one boat
+to be equipped, and provided with necessaries, to go and
+take the castle of Chagre, on the river of that name;
+neither would he go himself with his whole fleet, lest the
+Spaniards should be jealous of his farther design on
+Panama. In these vessels he embarked four hundred
+men, to put in execution these his orders. Meanwhile,
+himself remained in St. Catherine's with the rest of the
+fleet, expecting to hear of their success.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_187" id="Page_187"></a><a href="images/187.png">[187]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XVI</h2>
+
+<div class='hang2'><i>Captain Morgan takes the Castle of Chagre, with four
+hundred men sent to this purpose from St. Catherine's.</i><br /><br /></div>
+
+
+<div class='cap'>CAPTAIN MORGAN sending this little fleet to
+Chagre, chose for vice-admiral thereof one Captain
+Brodely, who had been long in those quarters,
+and committed many robberies on the Spaniards,
+when Mansvelt took the isle of St. Catherine, as was
+before related; and therefore was thought a fit person
+for this exploit, his actions likewise having rendered him
+famous among the pirates, and their enemies the Spaniards.
+Captain Brodely being made commander, in
+three days after his departure arrived in sight of the
+said castle of Chagre, by the Spaniards called St. Lawrence.
+This castle is built on a high mountain, at the
+entry of the river, surrounded by strong palisades, or
+wooden walls, filled with earth, which secures them as
+well as the best wall of stone or brick. The top of this
+mountain is, in a manner, divided into two parts, between
+which is a ditch thirty feet deep. The castle hath
+but one entry, and that by a drawbridge over this ditch.
+To the land it has four bastions, and to the sea two more.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_188" id="Page_188"></a><a href="images/188.png">[188]</a></span>
+The south part is totally inaccessible, through the cragginess
+of the mountain. The north is surrounded by
+the river, which here is very broad. At the foot of the
+castle, or rather mountain, is a strong fort, with eight
+great guns, commanding the entry of the river. Not
+much lower are two other batteries, each of six pieces,
+to defend likewise the mouth of the river. At one side
+of the castle are two great storehouses of all sorts of
+warlike ammunition and merchandise, brought thither
+from the island country. Near these houses is a high
+pair of stairs hewn out of the rock, to mount to the top
+of the castle. On the west is a small port, not above
+seven or eight fathoms deep, fit for small vessels, and of
+very good anchorage; besides, before the castle, at the
+entry of the river, is a great rock, scarce to be described
+but at low tides.</div>
+
+<p>No sooner had the Spaniards perceived the pirates,
+but they fired incessantly at them with the biggest of
+their guns. They came to an anchor in a small port,
+about a league from the castle. Next morning, very
+early, they went ashore, and marched through the woods,
+to attack the castle on that side. This march lasted till
+two of the clock in the afternoon, before they could reach
+the castle, by reason of the difficulties of the way, and
+its mire and dirt; and though their guides served them
+very exactly, yet they came so nigh the castle at first,
+that they lost many of their men by its shot, they being
+in an open place without covert. This much perplexed<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_189" id="Page_189"></a><a href="images/189.png">[189]</a></span>
+the pirates, not knowing what course to take; for on
+that side, of necessity, they must make the assault: and
+being uncovered from head to foot, they could not advance
+one step without danger: besides that, the castle,
+both for its situation and strength, made them much
+doubt of success. But to give it over they dared not,
+lest they should be reproached by their companions.</p>
+
+<p>At last, after many doubts and disputes, resolving to
+hazard the assault and their lives desperately, they advanced
+towards the castle with their swords in one hand,
+and fire-balls in the other. The Spaniards defended
+themselves very briskly, ceasing not to fire at them continually;
+crying withal, "Come on, ye English dogs!
+enemies to God and our king; and let your other companions
+that are behind come on too, ye shall not go to
+Panama this bout." The pirates making some trial to
+climb the walls, were forced to retreat, resting themselves
+till night. This being come, they returned to the
+assault, to try, by the help of their fire-balls, to destroy
+the pales before the wall; and while they were about it,
+there happened a very remarkable accident, which occasioned
+their victory. One of the pirates being
+wounded with an arrow in his back, which pierced his
+body through, he pulled it out boldly at the side of his
+breast, and winding a little cotton about it, he put it
+into his musket, and shot it back to the castle; but the
+cotton being kindled by the powder, fired two or three
+houses in the castle, being thatched with palm-leaves,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_190" id="Page_190"></a><a href="images/190.png">[190]</a></span>
+which the Spaniards perceived not so soon as was necessary;
+for this fire meeting with a parcel of powder, blew
+it up, thereby causing great ruin, and no less consternation
+to the Spaniards, who were not able to put a stop
+to it, not having seen it time enough.</p>
+
+<p>The pirates perceiving the effect of the arrow, and
+the misfortunes of the Spaniards, were infinitely glad;
+and while they were busied in quenching the fire, which
+caused a great confusion for want of water, the pirates
+took this opportunity, setting fire likewise to the palisades.
+The fire thus seen at once in several parts about
+the castle, gave them great advantage against the Spaniards,
+many breaches being made by the fire among
+the pales, great heaps of earth falling into the ditch.
+Then the pirates climbing up, got over into the castle,
+though those Spaniards, who were not busy about the
+fire, cast down many flaming pots full of combustible
+matter, and odious smells, which destroyed many of the
+English.</p>
+
+<p>The Spaniards, with all their resistance, could not
+hinder the palisades from being burnt down before midnight.
+Meanwhile the pirates continued in their intention
+of taking the castle; and though the fire was very
+great, they would creep on the ground, as near as they
+could, and shoot amidst the flames against the Spaniards
+on the other side, and thus killed many from the
+walls. When day was come, they observed all the movable
+earth, that lay betwixt the pales, to be fallen into<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_191" id="Page_191"></a><a href="images/191.png">[191]</a></span>
+the ditch; so that now those within the castle lay equally
+exposed to them without, as had been on the contrary
+before; whereupon the pirates continued shooting very
+furiously, and killed many Spaniards; for the governor
+had charged them to make good those posts, answering
+to the heaps of earth fallen into the ditch, and caused
+the artillery to be transported to the breaches.</p>
+
+<p>The fire within the castle still continuing, the pirates
+from abroad did what they could to hinder its progress,
+by shooting incessantly against it; one party of them
+was employed only for this, while another watched all
+the motions of the Spaniards. About noon the English
+gained a breach, which the governor himself defended
+with twenty-five soldiers. Here was made a very
+courageous resistance by the Spaniards, with muskets,
+pikes, stones, and swords; but through all these the
+pirates fought their way, till they gained the castle.
+The Spaniards, who remained alive, cast themselves
+down from the castle into the sea, choosing rather to die
+thus (few or none surviving the fall) than to ask quarter
+for their lives. The governor himself retreated to
+the corps du gard, before which were placed two pieces
+of cannon: here he still defended himself, not demanding
+any quarter, till he was killed with a musket-shot in
+the head.</p>
+
+<p>The governor being dead, and the corps du gard surrendering,
+they found remaining in it alive thirty men,
+whereof scarce ten were not wounded: these informed<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_192" id="Page_192"></a><a href="images/192.png">[192]</a></span>
+the pirates that eight or nine of their soldiers had deserted,
+and were gone to Panama, to carry news of their
+arrival and invasion. These thirty men alone remained
+of three hundred and fourteen wherewith the castle was
+garrisoned, among which not one officer was found
+alive. These were all made prisoners, and compelled
+to tell whatever they knew of their designs and enterprises.
+Among other things, that the governor of Panama
+had notice sent him three weeks ago from Carthagena,
+that the English were equipping a fleet at
+Hispaniola, with a design to take Panama; and, beside,
+that this had been discovered by a deserter from the
+pirates at the river De la Hacha, where they had victualled.
+That upon this, the governor had sent one
+hundred and sixty-four men to strengthen the garrison
+of that castle, with much provision and ammunition; the
+ordinary garrison whereof was only one hundred and
+fifty men, but these made up two hundred and fourteen
+men, very well armed. Besides this, they declared that
+the governor of Panama had placed several ambuscades
+along the river of Chagre; and that he waited for them
+in the open fields of Panama with three thousand six
+hundred men.</p>
+
+<p>The taking of this castle cost the pirates excessively
+dear, in comparison to what they were wont to lose,
+and their toil and labour was greater than at the conquest
+of the isle of St. Catherine; for, numbering their
+men, they had lost above a hundred, beside seventy<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_193" id="Page_193"></a><a href="images/193.png">[193]</a></span>
+wounded. They commanded the Spanish prisoners to
+cast the dead bodies of their own men from the top of
+the mountain to the seaside, and to bury them. The
+wounded were carried to the church, of which they made
+an hospital, and where also they shut up the women.</p>
+
+<p>Captain Morgan remained not long behind at St.
+Catherine's, after taking the castle of Chagre, of which
+he had notice presently; but before he departed, he embarked
+all the provisions that could be found, with much
+maize, or Indian wheat, and cazave, whereof also is made
+bread in those ports. He transported great store of
+provisions to the garrison of Chagre, whencesoever they
+could be got. At a certain place they cast into the sea
+all the guns belonging thereto, designing to return, and
+leave that island well garrisoned, to the perpetual possession
+of the pirates; but he ordered all the houses and
+forts to be fired, except the castle of St. Teresa, which
+he judged to be the strongest and securest wherein to
+fortify himself at his return from Panama.</p>
+
+<p>Having completed his arrangements, he took with
+him all the prisoners of the island, and then sailed for
+Chagre, where he arrived in eight days. Here the joy
+of the whole fleet was so great, when they spied the
+English colours on the castle, that they minded not their
+way into the river, so that they lost four ships at the
+entry thereof, Captain Morgan's being one; yet they
+saved all the men and goods. The ships, too, had been
+preserved, if a strong northerly wind had not risen,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_194" id="Page_194"></a><a href="images/194.png">[194]</a></span>
+which cast them on the rock at the entry of the river.</p>
+
+<p>Captain Morgan was brought into the castle with
+great acclamations of all the pirates, both of those
+within, and those newly come. Having heard the manner
+of the conquest, he commanded all the prisoners to
+work, and repair what was necessary, especially to set
+up new palisades round the forts of the castle. There
+were still in the river some Spanish vessels, called chatten,
+serving for transportation of merchandise up and
+down the river, and to go to Puerto Bello and Nicaragua.
+These commonly carry two great guns of iron,
+and four small ones of brass. These vessels they seized,
+with four little ships they found there, and all the
+canoes. In the castle they left a garrison of five hundred
+men, and in the ships in the river one hundred and
+fifty more. This done, Captain Morgan departed for
+Panama at the head of twelve hundred men. He carried
+little provisions with him, hoping to provide himself
+sufficiently among the Spaniards, whom he knew to
+lie in ambuscade by the way.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_195" id="Page_195"></a><a href="images/195.png">[195]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XVII</h2>
+
+<div class='hang2'><i>Captain Morgan departs from Chagre, at the head of
+twelve hundred men, to take the city of Panama.</i><br /><br /></div>
+
+
+<div class='cap'>CAPTAIN MORGAN set forth from the castle
+of Chagre, towards Panama, August 18, 1670.
+He had with him twelve hundred men, five boats
+laden with artillery, and thirty-two canoes. The first
+day they sailed only six leagues, and came to a place
+called De los Bracos. Here a party of his men went
+ashore, only to sleep and stretch their limbs, being almost
+crippled with lying too much crowded in the boats.
+Having rested awhile, they went abroad to seek victuals
+in the neighbouring plantations; but they could find
+none, the Spaniards being fled, and carrying with them
+all they had. This day, being the first of their journey,
+they had such scarcity of victuals, as the greatest part
+were forced to pass with only a pipe of tobacco, without
+any other refreshment.</div>
+
+<p>Next day, about evening, they came to a place called
+Cruz de Juan Gallego. Here they were compelled to
+leave their boats and canoes, the river being very dry for
+want of rain, and many trees having fallen into it.</p>
+
+<p>The guides told them, that, about two leagues farther,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_196" id="Page_196"></a><a href="images/196.png">[196]</a></span>
+the country would be very good to continue the journey
+by land. Hereupon they left one hundred and sixty
+men on board the boats, to defend them, that they might
+serve for a refuge in necessity.</p>
+
+<p>Next morning, being the third day, they all went
+ashore, except those who were to keep the boats. To
+these Captain Morgan gave order, under great penalties,
+that no man, on any pretext whatever, should dare
+to leave the boats, and go ashore; fearing lest they
+should be surprised by an ambuscade of Spaniards in
+the neighbouring woods, which appeared so thick as to
+seem almost impenetrable. This morning beginning
+their march, the ways proved so bad, that Captain Morgan
+thought it more convenient to transport some of
+the men in canoes (though with great labour) to a place
+farther up the river, called Cedro Bueno. Thus they
+re-embarked, and the canoes returned for the rest; so
+that about night they got altogether at the said place.
+The pirates much desired to meet some Spaniards or
+Indians, hoping to fill their bellies with their provisions,
+being reduced to extremity and hunger.</p>
+
+<p>The fourth day the greatest part of the pirates
+marched by land, being led by one of the guides; the
+rest went by water farther up, being conducted by another
+guide, who always went before them, to discover,
+on both sides the river, the ambuscades. These had also
+spies, who were very dextrous to give notice of all accidents,
+or of the arrival of the pirates, six hours, at least,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_197" id="Page_197"></a><a href="images/197.png">[197]</a></span>
+before they came. This day, about noon, they came
+near a post called Torna Cavallos: here the guide of the
+canoes cried out, that he perceived an ambuscade. His
+voice caused infinite joy to all the pirates, hoping to
+find some provisions to satiate their extreme hunger.
+Being come to the place, they found nobody in it, the
+Spaniards being fled, and leaving nothing behind but
+a few leathern bags, all empty, and a few crumbs of
+bread scattered on the ground where they had eaten.
+Being angry at this, they pulled down a few little huts
+which the Spaniards had made, and fell to eating the
+leathern bags, to allay the ferment of their stomachs,
+which was now so sharp as to gnaw their very bowels.
+Thus they made a huge banquet upon these bags of
+leather, divers quarrels arising concerning the greatest
+shares. By the bigness of the place, they conjectured
+about five hundred Spaniards had been there, whom,
+finding no victuals, they were now infinitely desirous to
+meet, intending to devour some of them rather than
+perish.</p>
+
+<p>Having feasted themselves with those pieces of leather,
+they marched on, till they came about night to another
+post, called Torna Munni. Here they found another
+ambuscade, but as barren as the former. They searched
+the neighbouring woods, but could not find anything to
+eat, the Spaniards having been so provident, as not to
+leave anywhere the least crumb of sustenance, whereby
+the pirates were now brought to this extremity. Here<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_198" id="Page_198"></a><a href="images/198.png">[198]</a></span>
+again he was happy that had reserved since noon any
+bit of leather to make his supper of, drinking after it a
+good draught of water for his comfort. Some, who
+never were out of their mothers' kitchens, may ask, how
+these pirates could eat and digest those pieces of
+leather, so hard and dry? Whom I answer, that, could
+they once experiment what hunger, or rather famine, is,
+they would find the way as the pirates did. For these
+first sliced it in pieces, then they beat it between two
+stones, and rubbed it, often dipping it in water, to make
+it supple and tender. Lastly, they scraped off the hair,
+and broiled it. Being thus cooked, they cut it into
+small morsels, and ate it, helping it down with frequent
+gulps of water, which, by good fortune, they had at
+hand.</p>
+
+<p>The fifth day, about noon, they came to a place called
+Barbacoa. Here they found traces of another ambuscade,
+but the place totally as unprovided as the former.
+At a small distance were several plantations, which they
+searched very narrowly, but could not find any person,
+animal, or other thing, to relieve their extreme hunger.
+Finally, having ranged about, and searched a long time,
+they found a grot, which seemed to be but lately hewn
+out of a rock, where were two sacks of meal, wheat, and
+like things, with two great jars of wine, and certain
+fruits called platanoes. Captain Morgan, knowing
+some of his men were now almost dead with hunger, and
+fearing the same of the rest, caused what was found to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_199" id="Page_199"></a><a href="images/199.png">[199]</a></span>
+be distributed among them who were in greatest necessity.
+Having refreshed themselves with these victuals,
+they marched anew with greater courage <ins title="Transcriber's Note: original reads 'then'">than</ins> ever.
+Such as were weak were put into the canoes, and those
+commanded to land that were in them before. Thus
+they prosecuted their journey till late at night; when
+coming to a plantation, they took up their rest, but
+without eating anything; for the Spaniards, as before,
+had swept away all manner of provisions.</p>
+
+<p>The sixth day they continued their march, part by
+land and part by water. Howbeit, they were constrained
+to rest very frequently, both for the ruggedness
+of the way, and their extreme weakness, which they endeavoured
+to relieve by eating leaves of trees and green
+herbs, or grass; such was their miserable condition.
+This day at noon they arrived at a plantation, where
+was a barn full of maize. Immediately they beat down
+the doors and ate it dry, as much as they could devour;
+then they distributed a great quantity, giving every man
+a good allowance. Thus provided, and prosecuting
+their journey for about an hour, they came to another
+ambuscade. This they no sooner discovered, but they
+threw away their maize, with the sudden hopes of finding
+all things in abundance. But they were much deceived,
+meeting neither Indians nor victuals, nor anything
+else: but they saw, on the other side of the river,
+about a hundred Indians, who, all fleeing, escaped.
+Some few pirates leaped into the river to cross it, and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_200" id="Page_200"></a><a href="images/200.png">[200]</a></span>
+try to take any of the Indians, but in vain: for, being
+much more nimble than the pirates, they not only
+baffled them, but killed two or three with their arrows;
+hooting at them, and crying, "Ha, perros! a la savana,
+a la savana."&mdash;"Ha, ye dogs! go to the plain, go to the
+plain."</p>
+
+<p>This day they could advance no farther, being necessitated
+to pass the river, to continue their march on the
+other side. Hereupon they reposed for that night,
+though their sleep was not profound; for great murmurings
+were made at Captain Morgan, and his conduct;
+some being desirous to return home, while others would
+rather die there than go back a step from their undertaking:
+others, who had greater courage, laughed and
+joked at their discourses. Meanwhile, they had a guide
+who much comforted them, saying, "It would not now
+be long before they met with people from whom they
+should reap some considerable advantage."</p>
+
+<p>The seventh day, in the morning, they made clean
+their arms, and every one discharged his pistol, or
+musket, without bullet, to try their firelocks. This
+done, they crossed the river, leaving the post where they
+had rested, called Santa Cruz, and at noon they arrived
+at a village called Cruz. Being yet far from the place,
+they perceived much smoke from the chimneys: the sight
+hereof gave them great joy, and hopes of finding people
+and plenty of good cheer. Thus they went on as
+fast as they could, encouraging one another, saying,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_201" id="Page_201"></a><a href="images/201.png">[201]</a></span>
+"There is smoke comes out of every house: they are
+making good fires, to roast and boil what we are to eat;"
+and the like.</p>
+
+<p>At length they arrived there, all sweating and panting,
+but found no person in the town, nor anything eatable
+to refresh themselves, except good fires, which they
+wanted not; for the Spaniards, before their departure,
+had every one set fire to his own house, except the king's
+storehouses and stables.</p>
+
+<p>They had not left behind them any beast, alive or
+dead, which much troubled their minds, not finding anything
+but a few cats and dogs, which they immediately
+killed and devoured. At last, in the king's stables, they
+found, by good fortune, fifteen or sixteen jars of Peru
+wine, and a leathern sack full of bread. No sooner had
+they drank of this wine, when they fell sick, almost
+every man: this made them think the wine was poisoned,
+which caused a new consternation in the whole camp,
+judging themselves now to be irrecoverably lost. But the
+true reason was, their want of sustenance, and the manifold
+sorts of trash they had eaten. Their sickness was
+so great, as caused them to remain there till the next
+morning, without being able to prosecute their journey
+in the afternoon. This village is seated in 9 deg. 2 min.
+north latitude, distant from the river Chagre twenty-six
+Spanish leagues, and eight from Panama. This is
+the last place to which boats or canoes can come; for
+which reason they built here storehouses for all sorts of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_202" id="Page_202"></a><a href="images/202.png">[202]</a></span>
+merchandise, which to and from Panama are transported
+on the backs of mules.</p>
+
+<p>Here Captain Morgan was forced to leaves his canoes,
+and land all his men, though never so weak; but lest the
+canoes should be surprised, or take up too many men for
+their defence, he sent them all back to the place where
+the boats were, except one, which he hid, that it might
+serve to carry intelligence. Many of the Spaniards and
+Indians of this village having fled to the near plantations,
+Captain Morgan ordered that none should go out
+of the village, except companies of one hundred together,
+fearing lest the enemy should take an advantage
+upon his men. Notwithstanding, one party contravened
+these orders, being tempted with the desire of
+victuals: but they were soon glad to fly into the town
+again, being assaulted with great fury by some Spaniards
+and Indians, who carried one of them away prisoner.
+Thus the vigilancy and care of Captain Morgan
+was not sufficient to prevent every accident.</p>
+
+<p>The eighth day in the morning Captain Morgan sent
+two hundred men before the body of his army, to discover
+the way to Panama, and any ambuscades therein:
+the path being so narrow, that only ten or twelve persons
+could march abreast, and often not so many.
+After ten hours' march they came to a place called
+Quebrada Obscura: here, all on a sudden, three or four
+thousand arrows were shot at them, they not perceiving
+whence they came, or who shot them: though they pre<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_203" id="Page_203"></a><a href="images/203.png">[203]</a></span>sumed
+it was from a high rocky mountain, from one side
+to the other, whereon was a grot, capable of but one
+horse or other beast laded. This multitude of arrows
+much alarmed the pirates, especially because they could
+not discover whence they were discharged. At last,
+seeing no more arrows, they marched a little farther,
+and entered a wood: here they perceived some Indians
+to fly as fast as they could, to take the advantage of
+another post, thence to observe their march; yet there
+remained one troop of Indians on the place, resolved to
+fight and defend themselves, which they did with great
+courage till their captain fell down wounded; who,
+though he despaired of life, yet his valour being greater
+than his strength, would ask no quarter, but, endeavouring
+to raise himself, with undaunted mind laid hold of
+his azagayo, or javelin, and struck at one of the pirates;
+but before he could second the blow, he was shot to
+death. This was also the fate of many of his companions,
+who, like good soldiers, lost their lives with their
+captain, for the defence of their country.</p>
+
+<p>The pirates endeavoured to take some of the Indians
+prisoners, but they being swifter than the pirates, every
+one escaped, leaving eight pirates dead, and ten
+wounded: yea, had the Indians been more dextrous in
+military affairs, they might have defended that passage,
+and not let one man pass. A little while after they
+came to a large champaign, open, and full of fine
+meadows; hence they could perceive at a distance before<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_204" id="Page_204"></a><a href="images/204.png">[204]</a></span>
+them some Indians, on the top of a mountain, near the
+way by which they were to pass: they sent fifty men, the
+nimblest they had, to try to catch any of them, and force
+them to discover their companions: but all in vain; for
+they escaped by their nimbleness, and presently showed
+themselves in another place, hallooing to the English,
+and crying, "A la savana, a la savana, perros Ingleses!"
+that is, "To the plain, to the plain, ye English dogs!"
+Meanwhile the ten pirates that were wounded were
+dressed, and plastered up.</p>
+
+<p>Here was a wood, and on each side a mountain. The
+Indians possessed themselves of one, and the pirates of
+the other. Captain Morgan was persuaded the Spaniards
+had placed an ambuscade there, it lying so conveniently:
+hereupon, he sent two hundred men to search
+it. The Spaniards and Indians perceiving the pirates
+descend the mountain, did so too, as if they designed to
+attack them; but being got into the wood, out of sight
+of the pirates, they were seen no more, leaving the passage
+open.</p>
+
+<p>About night fell a great rain, which caused the pirates
+to march the faster, and seek for houses to preserve their
+arms from being wet; but the Indians had set fire to
+every one, and driven away all their cattle, that the
+pirates, finding neither houses nor victuals, might be
+constrained to return: but, after diligent search, they
+found a few shepherds' huts, but in them nothing to eat.
+These not holding many men, they placed in them, out<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_205" id="Page_205"></a><a href="images/205.png">[205]</a></span>
+of every company, a small number, who kept the arms
+of the rest: those who remained in the open field endured
+much hardship that night, the rain not ceasing till
+morning.</p>
+
+<p>Next morning, about break of day, being the ninth
+of that tedious journey, Captain Morgan marched on
+while the fresh air of the morning lasted; for the clouds
+hanging yet over their heads, were much more favourable
+than the scorching rays of the sun, the way being
+now more difficult than before. After two hours'
+march, they discovered about twenty Spaniards, who
+observed their motions: they endeavoured to catch some
+of them, but could not, they suddenly disappearing, and
+absconding themselves in caves among the rocks, unknown
+to the pirates. At last, ascending a high mountain,
+they discovered the South Sea. This happy sight,
+as if it were the end of their labours, caused infinite joy
+among them: hence they could descry also one ship, and
+six boats, which were set forth from Panama, and sailed
+towards the islands of Tavoga and Tavogilla: then they
+came to a vale where they found much cattle, whereof
+they killed good store: here, while some killed and flayed
+cows, horses, bulls, and chiefly asses, of which there were
+most; others kindled fires, and got wood to roast them:
+then cutting the flesh into convenient pieces, or gobbets,
+they threw them into the fire, and, half carbonaded or
+roasted, they devoured them, with incredible haste and
+appetite; such was their hunger, as they more resembled<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_206" id="Page_206"></a><a href="images/206.png">[206]</a></span>
+cannibals than Europeans; the blood many times running
+down from their beards to their waists.</p>
+
+<p>Having satisfied their hunger, Captain Morgan ordered
+them to continue the march. Here, again, he
+sent before the main body fifty men to take some
+prisoners, if they could; for he was much concerned,
+that in nine days he could not meet one person to inform
+him of the condition and forces of the Spaniards.
+About evening they discovered about two hundred
+Spaniards, who hallooed to the pirates, but they understood
+not what they said. A little while after they came
+in sight of the highest steeple of Panama: this they no
+sooner discovered but they showed signs of extreme
+joy, casting up their hats into the air, leaping and shouting,
+just as if they had already obtained the victory,
+and accomplished their designs. All their trumpets
+sounded, and drums beat, in token of this alacrity of
+their minds: thus they pitched their camp for that night,
+with general content of the whole army, waiting with
+impatience for the morning, when they intended to
+attack the city. This evening appeared fifty horse, who
+came out of the city, on the noise of the drums and
+trumpets, to observe, as it was thought, their motions:
+they came almost within musket-shot of the army, with
+a trumpet that sounded marvellously well. Those on
+horseback hallooed aloud to the pirates, and threatened
+them, saying, "Perros! nos veremos," that is, "Ye dogs!
+we shall meet ye." Having made this menace, they<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_207" id="Page_207"></a><a href="images/207.png">[207]</a></span>
+returned to the city, except only seven or eight horsemen,
+who hovered thereabouts to watch their motions.
+Immediately after the city fired, and ceased not to play
+their biggest guns all night long against the camp, but
+with little or no harm to the pirates, whom they could
+not easily reach. Now also the two hundred Spaniards,
+whom the pirates had seen in the afternoon, appeared
+again, making a show of blocking up the passages, that
+no pirates might escape their hands: but the pirates,
+though in a manner besieged, instead of fearing their
+blockades, as soon as they had placed sentinels about
+their camp, opened their satchels, and, without any napkins
+or plates, fell to eating, very heartily, the pieces of
+bulls' and horses' flesh which they had reserved since
+noon. This done, they laid themselves down to sleep on
+the grass, with great repose and satisfaction, expecting
+only, with impatience, the dawning of the next day.</p>
+
+<p>The tenth day, betimes in the morning, they put all
+their men in order, and, with drums and trumpets sounding,
+marched directly towards the city; but one of the
+guides desired Captain Morgan not to take the common
+highway, lest they should find in it many ambuscades.
+He took his advice, and chose another way through the
+wood, though very irksome and difficult. The Spaniards
+perceiving the pirates had taken another way they
+scarce had thought on, were compelled to leave their
+stops and batteries, and come out to meet them. The
+governor of Panama put his forces in order, consisting<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_208" id="Page_208"></a><a href="images/208.png">[208]</a></span>
+of two squadrons, four regiments of foot, and a huge
+number of wild bulls, which were driven by a great
+number of Indians, with some negroes, and others, to
+help them.</p>
+
+<p>The pirates, now upon their march, came to the top
+of a little hill, whence they had a large prospect of the
+city and champaign country underneath. Here they
+discovered the forces of the people of Panama, in battle
+array, to be so numerous, that they were surprised with
+fear, much doubting the fortune of the day: yea, few
+or none there were but wished themselves at home, or
+at least free from the obligation of that engagement, it
+so nearly concerning their lives. Having been some
+time wavering in their minds, they at last reflected on
+the straits they had brought themselves into, and that
+now they must either fight resolutely, or die; for no
+quarter could be expected from an enemy on whom they
+had committed so many cruelties. Hereupon they encouraged
+one another, resolving to conquer, or spend
+the last drop of blood. Then they divided themselves
+into three battalions, sending before two hundred
+bucaniers, who were very dextrous at their guns. Then
+descending the hill, they marched directly towards the
+Spaniards, who in a spacious field waited for their
+coming. As soon as they drew nigh, the Spaniards
+began to shout and cry, "Viva el rey!" "God save the
+king!" and immediately their horse moved against the
+pirates: but the fields being full of quags, and soft<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_209" id="Page_209"></a><a href="images/209.png">[209]</a></span>
+underfoot, they could not wheel about as they desired.
+The two hundred bucaniers, who went before, each putting
+one knee to the ground, began the battle briskly,
+with a full volley of shot: the Spaniards defended themselves
+courageously, doing all they could to disorder the
+pirates. Their foot endeavoured to second the horse,
+but were constrained by the pirates to leave them.
+Finding themselves baffled, they attempted to drive the
+bulls against them behind, to put them into disorder;
+but the wild cattle ran away, frighted with the noise of
+the battle; only some few broke through the English
+companies, and only tore the colours in pieces, while the
+bucaniers shot every one of them dead.</p>
+
+<p>The battle having continued two hours, the greatest
+part of the Spanish horse was ruined, and almost all
+killed: the rest fled, which the foot seeing, and that they
+could not possibly prevail, they discharged the shot they
+had in their muskets, and throwing them down, fled
+away, every one as he could. The pirates could not
+follow them, being too much harassed and wearied with
+their long journey. Many, not being able to fly
+whither they desired, hid themselves, for that present,
+among the shrubs of the sea-side, but very unfortunately;
+for most of them being found by the pirates,
+were instantly killed, without any quarter. Some religious
+men were brought prisoners before Captain
+Morgan; but he, being deaf to their cries, commanded
+them all to be pistolled, which was done. Soon after<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_210" id="Page_210"></a><a href="images/210.png">[210]</a></span>
+they brought a captain to him, whom he examined very
+strictly; particularly, wherein consisted the forces of
+those of Panama? He answered, their whole strength
+consisted in four hundred horse, twenty-four companies
+of foot, each of one hundred men complete; sixty Indians,
+and some negroes, who were to drive two thousand
+wild bulls upon the English, and thus, by breaking
+their files, put them into a total disorder: beside, that
+in the city they had made trenches, and raised batteries
+in several places, in all which they had placed many
+guns; and that at the entry of the highway, leading to
+the city, they had built a fort mounted with eight great
+brass guns, defended by fifty men.</p>
+
+<p>Captain Morgan having heard this, gave orders instantly
+to march another way; but first he made a review
+of his men, whereof he found both killed and
+wounded a considerable number, and much greater than
+had been believed. Of the Spaniards were found six
+hundred dead on the place, besides the wounded and
+prisoners. The pirates, nothing discouraged, seeing
+their number so diminished, but rather filled with
+greater pride, perceiving what huge advantage they had
+obtained against their enemies, having rested some time,
+prepared to march courageously towards the city,
+plighting their oaths to one another, that they would
+fight till not a man was left alive. With this courage
+they recommenced their march, either to conquer or be
+conquered; carrying with them all the prisoners.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_211" id="Page_211"></a><a href="images/211.png">[211]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>They found much difficulty in their approach to the
+city, for within the town the Spaniards had placed many
+great guns, at several quarters, some charged with small
+pieces of iron, and others with musket bullets; with all
+these they saluted the pirates at their approaching, and
+gave them full and frequent broadsides, firing at them
+incessantly; so that unavoidably they lost at every step
+great numbers of men. But these manifest dangers of
+their lives, nor the sight of so many as dropped continually
+at their sides, could deter them from advancing,
+and gaining ground every moment on the
+enemy; and though the Spaniards never ceased to fire,
+and act the best they could for their defence, yet they
+were forced to yield, after three hours' combat. And
+the pirates having possessed themselves, killed and destroyed
+all that attempted in the least to oppose them.
+The inhabitants had transported the best of their goods
+to more remote and occult places; howbeit, they found
+in the city several warehouses well stocked with merchandise,
+as well silks and cloths, as linen and other
+things of value. As soon as the first fury of their entrance
+was over, Captain Morgan assembled his men,
+and commanded them, under great penalties, not to
+drink or taste any wine; and the reason he gave for it
+was, because he had intelligence that it was all poisoned
+by the Spaniards. Howbeit, it was thought he gave
+these prudent orders to prevent the debauchery of his
+people, which he foresaw would be very great at the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_212" id="Page_212"></a><a href="images/212.png">[212]</a></span>
+first, after so much hunger sustained by the way; fearing,
+withal, lest the Spaniards, seeing them in wine,
+should rally, and, falling on the city, use them as inhumanly
+as they had used the inhabitants before.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_213" id="Page_213"></a><a href="images/213.png">[213]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XVIII</h2>
+
+<div class='hang2'><i>Captain Morgan sends canoes and boats to the South
+Sea&mdash;He fires the city of Panama&mdash;Robberies and
+cruelties committed there by the pirates, till their
+return to the Castle of Chagre.</i><br /><br /></div>
+
+
+<div class='cap'>CAPTAIN MORGAN, as soon as he had placed
+necessary guards at several quarters within and
+without the city, commanded twenty-five men to
+seize a great boat, which had stuck in the mud of the
+port, for want of water, at a low tide. The same day
+about noon, he caused fire privately to be set to several
+great edifices of the city, nobody knowing who were
+the authors thereof, much less on what motives Captain
+Morgan did it, which are unknown to this day: the fire
+increased so, that before night the greatest part of the
+city was in a flame. Captain Morgan pretended the
+Spaniards had done it, perceiving that his own people reflected
+on him for that action. Many of the Spaniards,
+and some of the pirates, did what they could, either to
+quench the flame, or, by blowing up houses with gunpowder,
+and pulling down others, to stop it, but in vain:
+for in less than half an hour it consumed a whole street.
+All the houses of the city were built with cedar, very<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_214" id="Page_214"></a><a href="images/214.png">[214]</a></span>
+curious and magnificent, and richly adorned, especially
+with hangings and paintings, whereof part were before
+removed, and another great part were consumed by
+fire.</div>
+
+<p>There were in this city (which is the see of a bishop)
+eight monasteries, seven for men, and one for women;
+two stately churches, and one hospital. The churches
+and monasteries were all richly adorned with altar-pieces
+and paintings, much gold and silver, and other
+precious things, all which the ecclesiastics had hidden.
+Besides which, here were two thousand houses of magnificent
+building, the greatest part inhabited by merchants
+vastly rich. For the rest of less quality, and
+tradesmen, this city contained five thousand more.
+Here were also many stables for the horses and mules
+that carry the plate of the king of Spain, as well as
+private men, towards the North Sea. The neighbouring
+fields are full of fertile plantations and pleasant
+gardens, affording delicious prospects to the inhabitants
+all the year.</p>
+
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 256px;">
+<img src="images/illus014.jpg" width="256" height="400" alt="&quot;&#39;morgan re-entered the city with his troops&#39;&quot;&mdash;Page 215" title="&quot;&#39;morgan re-entered the city with his troops&#39;&quot;&mdash;Page 215" />
+<span class="caption">&quot;&#39;morgan re-entered the city with his troops&#39;&quot;&mdash;<a href="#Page_215">Page 215</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>The Genoese had in this city a stately house for their
+trade of negroes. This likewise was by Captain Morgan
+burnt to the very ground. Besides which building,
+there were consumed two hundred warehouses, and
+many slaves, who had hid themselves therein, with innumerable
+sacks of meal; the fire of which continued
+four weeks after it had begun. The greatest part of
+the pirates still encamped without the city, fearing and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_215" id="Page_215"></a><a href="images/215.png">[215]</a></span>
+expecting the Spaniards would come and fight them
+anew, it being known they much outnumbered the
+pirates. This made them keep the field, to preserve
+their forces united, now much diminished by their losses.
+Their wounded, which were many, they put into one
+church, which remained standing, the rest being consumed
+by the fire. Besides these decreases of their
+men, Captain Morgan had sent a convoy of one hundred
+and fifty men to the castle of Chagre, to carry the news
+of his victory at Panama.</p>
+
+<p>They saw often whole troops of Spaniards run to and
+fro in the fields, which made them suspect their rallying,
+which they never had the courage to do. In the
+afternoon Captain Morgan re-entered the city with his
+troops, that every one might take up their lodgings,
+which now they could hardly find, few houses having
+escaped the fire. Then they sought very carefully
+among the ruins and ashes, for utensils of plate or gold,
+that were not quite wasted by the flames: and of such
+they found no small number, especially in wells and
+cisterns, where the Spaniards had hid them.</p>
+
+<p>Next day Captain Morgan dispatched away two
+troops, of one hundred and fifty men each, stout and
+well armed, to seek for the inhabitants who were escaped.
+These having made several excursions up and
+down the fields, woods, and mountains adjacent, returned
+after two days, bringing above two hundred prisoners,
+men, women, and slaves. The same day re<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_216" id="Page_216"></a><a href="images/216.png">[216]</a></span>turned
+also the boat which Captain Morgan had sent to
+the South Sea, bringing three other boats which they
+had taken. But all these prizes they could willingly
+have given, and greater labour into the bargain, for one
+galleon, which miraculously escaped, richly laden with
+all the king's plate, jewels, and other precious goods of
+the best and richest merchants of Panama: on board
+which were also the religious women of the nunnery,
+who had embarked with them all the ornaments of their
+church, consisting in much gold, plate, and other things
+of great value.</p>
+
+<p>The strength of this galleon was inconsiderable, having
+only seven guns, and ten or twelve muskets, and
+very ill provided with victuals, necessaries, and fresh
+water, having no more sails than the uppermost of the
+mainmast. This account the pirates received from some
+one who had spoken with seven mariners belonging to
+the galleon, who came ashore in the cockboat for fresh
+water. Hence they concluded they might easily have
+taken it, had they given her chase, as they should have
+done; but they were impeded from following this vastly
+rich prize, by their gluttony and drunkenness, having
+plentifully debauched themselves with several rich
+wines they found ready, choosing rather to satiate their
+appetites than to lay hold on such huge advantage;
+since this only prize would have been of far greater
+value than all they got at Panama, and the places thereabout.
+Next day, repenting of their negligence, being<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_217" id="Page_217"></a><a href="images/217.png">[217]</a></span>
+weary of their vices and debaucheries, they set forth
+another boat, well armed, to pursue with all speed the
+said galleon; but in vain, the Spaniards who were on
+board having had intelligence of their own danger one
+or two days before, while the pirates were cruising so
+near them; whereupon they fled to places more remote
+and unknown.</p>
+
+<p>The pirates found, in the ports of the island of
+Tavoga and Tavogilla, several boats laden with very
+good merchandise; all which they took, and brought to
+Panama, where they made an exact relation of all that
+had passed to Captain Morgan. The prisoners confirmed
+what the pirates said, adding, that they undoubtedly
+knew where the galleon might then be, but
+that it was very probable they had been relieved before
+now from other places. This stirred up Captain Morgan
+anew, to send forth all the boats in the port of
+Panama to seek the said galleon till they could find her.
+These boats, being in all four, after eight days' cruising
+to and fro, and searching several ports and creeks, lost
+all hopes of finding her: hereupon they returned to
+Tavoga and Tavogilla; here they found a reasonable
+good ship newly come from Payta, laden with cloth,
+soap, sugar, and biscuit, with 20,000 pieces of eight;
+this they instantly seized, without the least resistance;
+as also a boat which was not far off, on which they laded
+great part of the merchandises from the ship, with some
+slaves. With this purchase they returned to Panama,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_218" id="Page_218"></a><a href="images/218.png">[218]</a></span>
+somewhat better satisfied; yet, withal, much discontented
+that they could not meet with the galleon.</p>
+
+<p>The convoy which Captain Morgan had sent to the
+castle of Chagre returned much about the same time,
+bringing with them very good news; for while Captain
+Morgan was on his journey to Panama, those he had
+left in the castle of Chagre had sent for two boats to
+cruise. These met with a Spanish ship, which they
+chased within sight of the castle. This being perceived
+by the pirates in the castle, they put forth Spanish
+colours, to deceive the ship that fled before the boats;
+and the poor Spaniards, thinking to take refuge under
+the castle, were caught in a snare, and made prisoners.
+The cargo on board the said vessel consisted in victuals
+and provisions, than which nothing could be more opportune
+for the castle, where they began already to
+want things of this kind.</p>
+
+<p>This good luck of those of Chagre caused Captain
+Morgan to stay longer at Panama, ordering several new
+excursions into the country round about; and while the
+pirates at Panama were upon these expeditions, those
+at Chagre were busy in piracies on the North Sea. Captain
+Morgan sent forth, daily, parties of two hundred
+men, to make inroads into all the country round about;
+and when one party came back, another went forth,
+who soon gathered much riches, and many prisoners.
+These being brought into the city, were put to the most
+exquisite tortures, to make them confess both other<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_219" id="Page_219"></a><a href="images/219.png">[219]</a></span>
+people's goods and their own. Here it happened that
+one poor wretch was found in the house of a person of
+quality, who had put on, amidst the confusion, a pair
+of taffety breeches of his master's, with a little silver
+key hanging out; perceiving which, they asked him for
+the cabinet of the said key. His answer was, he knew
+not what was become of it, but that finding those
+breeches in his master's house, he had made bold to wear
+them. Not being able to get any other answer, they
+put him on the rack, and inhumanly disjointed his arms;
+then they twisted a cord about his forehead, which they
+wrung so hard that his eyes appeared as big as eggs, and
+were ready to fall out. But with these torments not
+obtaining any positive answer, they hung him up by the
+wrists, giving him many blows and stripes under that
+intolerable pain and posture of body. Afterwards they
+cut off his nose and ears, and singed his face with burning
+straw, till he could not speak, nor lament his misery
+any longer: then, losing all hopes of any confession,
+they bade a negro run him through, which put an end
+to his life, and to their inhuman tortures. Thus did
+many others of those miserable prisoners finish their
+days, the common sport and recreation of these pirates
+being such tragedies.</p>
+
+<p>Captain Morgan having now been at Panama full
+three weeks, commanded all things to be prepared for
+his departure. He ordered every company of men to
+seek so many beasts of carriage as might convey the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_220" id="Page_220"></a><a href="images/220.png">[220]</a></span>
+spoil to the river where his canoes lay. About this time
+there was a great rumour, that a considerable number
+of pirates intended to leave Captain Morgan; and that,
+taking a ship then in port, they determined to go and
+rob on the South Sea, till they had got as much as they
+thought fit, and then return homewards, by way of the
+East Indies. For which purpose they had gathered
+much provisions, which they had hid in private places,
+with sufficient powder, bullets, and all other ammunition:
+likewise some great guns belonging to the town,
+muskets, and other things, wherewith they designed not
+only to equip their vessel, but to fortify themselves in
+some island which might serve them for a place of
+refuge.</p>
+
+<p>This design had certainly taken effect, had not Captain
+Morgan had timely advice of it from one of their
+comrades: hereupon he commanded the mainmast of the
+said ship to be cut down and burnt, with all the other
+boats in the port: hereby the intentions of all or most
+of his companions were totally frustrated. Then Captain
+Morgan sent many of the Spaniards into the adjoining
+fields and country to seek for money, to ransom
+not only themselves, but the rest of the prisoners, as
+likewise the ecclesiastics. Moreover, he commanded all
+the artillery of the town to be nailed and stopped up.
+At the same time he sent out a strong company of men
+to seek for the governor of Panama, of whom intelligence
+was brought, that he had laid several ambuscades<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_221" id="Page_221"></a><a href="images/221.png">[221]</a></span>
+in the way by which he ought to return: but they returned
+soon after, saying they had not found any sign
+of any such ambuscades. For confirmation whereof,
+they brought some prisoners, who declared that the said
+governor had had an intention of making some opposition
+by the way, but that the men designed to effect it
+were unwilling to undertake it: so that for want of
+means he could not put his design in execution.</p>
+
+<p>February 24, 1671, Captain Morgan departed from
+Panama, or rather from the place where the city of
+Panama stood; of the spoils whereof he carried with
+him one hundred and seventy-five beasts of carriage,
+laden with silver, gold, and other precious things, beside
+about six hundred prisoners, men, women, children
+and slaves. That day they came to a river that passes
+through a delicious plain, a league from Panama: here
+Captain Morgan put all his forces into good order, so as
+that the prisoners were in the middle, surrounded on all
+sides with pirates, where nothing else was to be heard
+but lamentations, cries, shrieks, and doleful sighs of so
+many women and children, who feared Captain Morgan
+designed to transport them all into his own country for
+slaves. Besides, all those miserable prisoners endured
+extreme hunger and thirst at that time, which misery
+Captain Morgan designedly caused them to sustain, to
+excite them to seek for money to ransom themselves,
+according to the tax he had set upon every one. Many
+of the women begged Captain Morgan, on their knees,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_222" id="Page_222"></a><a href="images/222.png">[222]</a></span>
+with infinite sighs and tears, to let them return to
+Panama, there to live with their dear husbands and children
+in little huts of straw, which they would erect, seeing
+they had no houses till the rebuilding of the city.
+But his answer was, "He came not thither to hear
+lamentations and cries, but to seek money: therefore
+they ought first to seek out that, wherever it was to be
+had, and bring it to him; otherwise he would assuredly
+transport them all to such places whither they cared not
+to go."</p>
+
+<p>Next day, when the march began, those lamentable
+cries and shrieks were renewed, so as it would have
+caused compassion in the hardest heart: but Captain
+Morgan, as a man little given to mercy, was not moved
+in the least. They marched in the same order as before,
+one party of the pirates in the van, the prisoners
+in the middle, and the rest of the pirates in the rear; by
+whom the miserable Spaniards were at every step
+punched and thrust in their backs and sides, with the
+blunt ends of their arms, to make them march faster.</p>
+
+<p>A beautiful lady, wife to one of the richest merchants
+of Tavoga, was led prisoner by herself, between two
+pirates. Her lamentations pierced the skies, seeing herself
+carried away into captivity often crying to the
+pirates, and telling them, "That she had given orders
+to two religious persons, in whom she had relied, to go
+to a certain place, and fetch so much money as her ransom
+did amount to; that they had promised faithfully<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_223" id="Page_223"></a><a href="images/223.png">[223]</a></span>
+to do it, but having obtained the money, instead of
+bringing it to her, they had employed it another way,
+to ransom some of their own, and particular friends."
+This ill action of theirs was discovered by a slave, who
+brought a letter to the said lady. Her complaints, and
+the cause thereof, being brought to Captain Morgan,
+he thought fit to inquire thereinto. Having found it to
+be true&mdash;especially hearing it confirmed by the confession
+of the said religious men, though under some frivolous
+exercises of having diverted the money but for a
+day or two, in which time they expected more sums to
+repay it&mdash;he gave liberty to the said lady, whom otherwise
+he designed to transport to Jamaica. But he detained
+the said religious men as prisoners in her place,
+using them according to their deserts.</p>
+
+<p>Captain Morgan arriving at the town called Cruz,
+on the banks of the river Chagre, he published an order
+among the prisoners, that within three days every one
+should bring in their ransom, under the penalty of being
+transported to Jamaica. Meanwhile he gave orders for
+so much rice and maize to be collected thereabouts, as
+was necessary for victualling his ships. Here some of
+the prisoners were ransomed, but many others could not
+bring in their money. Hereupon he continued his voyage,
+leaving the village on the 5th of March following,
+carrying with him all the spoil he could. Hence he likewise
+led away some new prisoners, inhabitants there,
+with those in Panama, who had not paid their ransoms.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_224" id="Page_224"></a><a href="images/224.png">[224]</a></span>
+But the two religious men, who had diverted the lady's
+money, were ransomed three days after by other persons,
+who had more compassion for them than they had
+showed for her.</p>
+
+<p>About the middle of the way to Chagre, Captain
+Morgan commanded them to be mustered, and caused
+every one to be sworn, that they had concealed nothing,
+even not to the value of sixpence. This done, Captain
+Morgan knowing those lewd fellows would not stick to
+swear falsely for interest, he commanded every one to be
+searched very strictly, both in their clothes and satchels,
+and elsewhere. Yea, that this order might not be ill
+taken by his companions, he permitted himself to be
+searched, even to his very shoes. To this effect, by
+common consent, one was assigned out of every company
+to be searchers of the rest. The French pirates
+that assisted on this expedition disliked this new practice
+of searching; but, being outnumbered by the English,
+they were forced to submit as well as the rest. The
+search being over, they re-embarked, and arrived at the
+castle of Chagre on the 9th of March. Here they found
+all things in good order, excepting the wounded men
+whom they had left at their departure; for of these the
+greatest number were dead of their wounds.</p>
+
+<p>From Chagre, Captain Morgan sent, presently after
+his arrival, a great boat to Puerto Bello, with all the
+prisoners taken at the isle of St. Catherine, demanding
+of them a considerable ransom for the castle of Chagre,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_225" id="Page_225"></a><a href="images/225.png">[225]</a></span>
+where he then was; threatening otherwise to ruin it.
+To this those of Puerto Bello answered, they would not
+give one farthing towards the ransom of the said castle,
+and the English might do with it as they pleased.
+Hereupon the dividend was made of all the spoil made
+in that voyage; every company, and every particular
+person therein, receiving their proportion, or rather
+what part thereof Captain Morgan pleased to give them.
+For the rest of his companions, even of his own nation,
+murmured at his proceedings, and told him to his face
+that he had reserved the best jewels to himself: for they
+judged it impossible that no greater share should belong
+to them than two hundred pieces of eight, per capita,
+of so many valuable plunders they had made; which
+small sum they thought too little for so much labour,
+and such dangers, as they had been exposed to. But
+Captain Morgan was deaf to all this, and many other
+like complaints, having designed to cheat them of what
+he could.</p>
+
+<p>At last, finding himself obnoxious to many censures
+of his people, and fearing the consequence, he thought
+it unsafe to stay any longer at Chagre, but ordered the
+ordnance of the castle to be carried on board his ship;
+then he caused most of the walls to be demolished, the
+edifices to be burnt, and as many other things ruined
+as could be done in a short time. This done, he went
+secretly on board his own ship, without giving any notice
+to his companions, and put out to sea, being only<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_226" id="Page_226"></a><a href="images/226.png">[226]</a></span>
+followed by three or four vessels of the whole fleet.
+These were such (as the French pirates believed) as
+went shares with Captain Morgan in the best part of
+the spoil, which had been concealed from them in the
+dividend. The Frenchmen could willingly have revenged
+themselves on Captain Morgan and his followers,
+had they been able to encounter him at sea; but they
+were destitute of necessaries, and had much ado to find
+sufficient provisions for their voyage to Jamaica, he
+having left them unprovided for all things.</p>
+
+<h3>THE END</h3>
+
+<hr style='width: 65%;' />
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<div class='tnote'><h3>Transcriber's Notes:</h3>
+
+<p>Obvious punctuation errors were corrected.</p>
+
+<p>This text uses both main-mast and mainmast; French-man and Frenchman; sea-side and
+seaside; such-like and suchlike.</p>
+
+<p>The remaining corrections made are indicated by dotted lines under the corrections. Scroll the mouse over the word and the original text will <ins title="Transcriber's Note: original reads 'apprear'">appear</ins>.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<hr class="full" />
+<p>***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PIRATES OF PANAMA***</p>
+<p>******* This file should be named 26690-h.txt or 26690-h.zip *******</p>
+<p>This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:<br />
+<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/6/6/9/26690">http://www.gutenberg.org/2/6/6/9/26690</a></p>
+<p>Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.</p>
+
+<p>Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.</p>
+
+
+
+<pre>
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/license">http://www.gutenberg.org/license)</a>.
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS,' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Each eBook is in a subdirectory of the same number as the eBook's
+eBook number, often in several formats including plain vanilla ASCII,
+compressed (zipped), HTML and others.
+
+Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks replace the old file and take over
+the old filename and etext number.  The replaced older file is renamed.
+VERSIONS based on separate sources are treated as new eBooks receiving
+new filenames and etext numbers.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org">http://www.gutenberg.org</a>
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+EBooks posted prior to November 2003, with eBook numbers BELOW #10000,
+are filed in directories based on their release date.  If you want to
+download any of these eBooks directly, rather than using the regular
+search system you may utilize the following addresses and just
+download by the etext year.
+
+<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/etext06/">http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/etext06/</a>
+
+    (Or /etext 05, 04, 03, 02, 01, 00, 99,
+     98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90)
+
+EBooks posted since November 2003, with etext numbers OVER #10000, are
+filed in a different way.  The year of a release date is no longer part
+of the directory path.  The path is based on the etext number (which is
+identical to the filename).  The path to the file is made up of single
+digits corresponding to all but the last digit in the filename.  For
+example an eBook of filename 10234 would be found at:
+
+http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/1/0/2/3/10234
+
+or filename 24689 would be found at:
+http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/4/6/8/24689
+
+An alternative method of locating eBooks:
+<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/GUTINDEX.ALL">http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/GUTINDEX.ALL</a>
+
+*** END: FULL LICENSE ***
+</pre>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/26690-h/images/1.png b/26690-h/images/1.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..db4bd8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/1.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/10.png b/26690-h/images/10.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4a08e09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/10.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/100.png b/26690-h/images/100.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2ddca0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/100.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/101.png b/26690-h/images/101.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ead5640
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/101.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/102.png b/26690-h/images/102.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..acad14d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/102.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/103.png b/26690-h/images/103.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..403f1ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/103.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/104.png b/26690-h/images/104.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4ce7ad5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/104.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/105.png b/26690-h/images/105.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd447e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/105.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/106.png b/26690-h/images/106.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e2b7368
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/106.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/107.png b/26690-h/images/107.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6e7cc12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/107.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/108.png b/26690-h/images/108.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0d81a66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/108.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/109.png b/26690-h/images/109.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b7b99bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/109.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/11.png b/26690-h/images/11.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..113b09b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/11.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/110.png b/26690-h/images/110.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..568bb0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/110.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/111.png b/26690-h/images/111.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8be96c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/111.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/112.png b/26690-h/images/112.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4a13315
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/112.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/113.png b/26690-h/images/113.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a7e61e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/113.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/114.png b/26690-h/images/114.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c699df4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/114.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/115.png b/26690-h/images/115.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7383f74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/115.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/116.png b/26690-h/images/116.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cb8430a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/116.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/117.png b/26690-h/images/117.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b1f65d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/117.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/118.png b/26690-h/images/118.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..330f367
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/118.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/119.png b/26690-h/images/119.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..329c814
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/119.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/12.png b/26690-h/images/12.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ba22256
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/12.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/120.png b/26690-h/images/120.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b556c49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/120.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/121.png b/26690-h/images/121.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b2283c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/121.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/122.png b/26690-h/images/122.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8062b7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/122.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/123.png b/26690-h/images/123.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6002797
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/123.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/124.png b/26690-h/images/124.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..115acdb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/124.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/125.png b/26690-h/images/125.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..76c4bde
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/125.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/126.png b/26690-h/images/126.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..90c199f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/126.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/127.png b/26690-h/images/127.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f87c3f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/127.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/128.png b/26690-h/images/128.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..679fbb5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/128.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/129.png b/26690-h/images/129.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..18a60e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/129.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/13.png b/26690-h/images/13.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ee4f379
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/13.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/130.png b/26690-h/images/130.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..22dd571
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/130.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/131.png b/26690-h/images/131.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7ce817
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/131.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/132.png b/26690-h/images/132.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..133ba2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/132.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/133.png b/26690-h/images/133.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3143016
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/133.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/134.png b/26690-h/images/134.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..16d6515
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/134.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/135.png b/26690-h/images/135.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..57885b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/135.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/136.png b/26690-h/images/136.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fee4d84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/136.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/137.png b/26690-h/images/137.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5803d1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/137.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/138.png b/26690-h/images/138.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a050e31
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/138.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/139.png b/26690-h/images/139.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e9d09f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/139.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/14.png b/26690-h/images/14.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b37dc9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/14.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/140.png b/26690-h/images/140.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53500e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/140.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/141.png b/26690-h/images/141.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2729b19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/141.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/142.png b/26690-h/images/142.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..275e4a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/142.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/143.png b/26690-h/images/143.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0551395
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/143.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/144.png b/26690-h/images/144.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ba75e32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/144.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/145.png b/26690-h/images/145.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e0c5571
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/145.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/146.png b/26690-h/images/146.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1bacf23
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/146.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/147.png b/26690-h/images/147.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7bb5f3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/147.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/148.png b/26690-h/images/148.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e05401
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/148.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/149.png b/26690-h/images/149.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..64a1191
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/149.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/15.png b/26690-h/images/15.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3d3bed6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/15.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/150.png b/26690-h/images/150.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6703a42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/150.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/151.png b/26690-h/images/151.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5061c58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/151.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/152.png b/26690-h/images/152.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bef9efd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/152.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/153.png b/26690-h/images/153.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..de839ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/153.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/154.png b/26690-h/images/154.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..44b2b83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/154.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/155.png b/26690-h/images/155.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e6c2c03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/155.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/156.png b/26690-h/images/156.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a574571
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/156.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/157.png b/26690-h/images/157.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4c6a4d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/157.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/158.png b/26690-h/images/158.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..902ff2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/158.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/159.png b/26690-h/images/159.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c271848
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/159.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/16.png b/26690-h/images/16.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a4984a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/16.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/160.png b/26690-h/images/160.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..97856fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/160.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/161.png b/26690-h/images/161.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7cd15ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/161.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/162.png b/26690-h/images/162.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..66af318
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/162.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/163.png b/26690-h/images/163.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8321afe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/163.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/164.png b/26690-h/images/164.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b1ae9dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/164.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/165.png b/26690-h/images/165.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0da0f2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/165.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/166.png b/26690-h/images/166.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a1b6475
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/166.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/167.png b/26690-h/images/167.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87efadd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/167.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/168.png b/26690-h/images/168.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f15408f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/168.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/169.png b/26690-h/images/169.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b15c28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/169.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/17.png b/26690-h/images/17.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9170a38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/17.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/170.png b/26690-h/images/170.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..70e0071
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/170.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/171.png b/26690-h/images/171.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5c91084
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/171.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/172.png b/26690-h/images/172.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b0143ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/172.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/173.png b/26690-h/images/173.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..326524e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/173.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/174.png b/26690-h/images/174.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d558c91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/174.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/175.png b/26690-h/images/175.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..29f5084
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/175.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/176.png b/26690-h/images/176.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ee4b970
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/176.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/177.png b/26690-h/images/177.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..36480a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/177.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/178.png b/26690-h/images/178.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..114ae95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/178.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/179.png b/26690-h/images/179.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a0935a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/179.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/18.png b/26690-h/images/18.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..191c462
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/18.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/180.png b/26690-h/images/180.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a8f10ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/180.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/181.png b/26690-h/images/181.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed10f12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/181.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/182.png b/26690-h/images/182.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e7d5659
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/182.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/183.png b/26690-h/images/183.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6c733b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/183.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/184.png b/26690-h/images/184.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3ac464a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/184.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/185.png b/26690-h/images/185.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1c0dad8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/185.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/186.png b/26690-h/images/186.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3123cd1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/186.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/187.png b/26690-h/images/187.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f7516b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/187.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/188.png b/26690-h/images/188.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b62b1bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/188.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/189.png b/26690-h/images/189.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5c9e473
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/189.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/19.png b/26690-h/images/19.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5dafef8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/19.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/190.png b/26690-h/images/190.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8ef8a32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/190.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/191.png b/26690-h/images/191.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3384eb4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/191.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/192.png b/26690-h/images/192.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc8c2f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/192.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/193.png b/26690-h/images/193.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..10786c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/193.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/194.png b/26690-h/images/194.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4488897
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/194.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/195.png b/26690-h/images/195.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..baf8e3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/195.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/196.png b/26690-h/images/196.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..500b070
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/196.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/197.png b/26690-h/images/197.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a842495
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/197.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/198.png b/26690-h/images/198.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed42473
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/198.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/199.png b/26690-h/images/199.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f62ad82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/199.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/2.png b/26690-h/images/2.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..74cc5fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/2.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/20.png b/26690-h/images/20.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a2a0eae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/20.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/200.png b/26690-h/images/200.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..73265bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/200.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/201.png b/26690-h/images/201.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f7ff83e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/201.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/202.png b/26690-h/images/202.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0444fc3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/202.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/203.png b/26690-h/images/203.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..580d3df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/203.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/204.png b/26690-h/images/204.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f97d70f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/204.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/205.png b/26690-h/images/205.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..67d3bff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/205.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/206.png b/26690-h/images/206.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87f254c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/206.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/207.png b/26690-h/images/207.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8369865
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/207.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/208.png b/26690-h/images/208.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0797d00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/208.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/209.png b/26690-h/images/209.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c178523
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/209.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/21.png b/26690-h/images/21.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8772f4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/21.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/210.png b/26690-h/images/210.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e5f73db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/210.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/211.png b/26690-h/images/211.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..96af741
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/211.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/212.png b/26690-h/images/212.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8fcfaf9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/212.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/213.png b/26690-h/images/213.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b3c15b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/213.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/214.png b/26690-h/images/214.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c0ca979
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/214.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/215.png b/26690-h/images/215.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..539ffe3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/215.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/216.png b/26690-h/images/216.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7dfc448
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/216.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/217.png b/26690-h/images/217.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..524e235
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/217.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/218.png b/26690-h/images/218.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..099f76b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/218.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/219.png b/26690-h/images/219.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..df8537f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/219.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/22.png b/26690-h/images/22.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6e1f39f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/22.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/220.png b/26690-h/images/220.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1d6d824
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/220.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/221.png b/26690-h/images/221.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0e9b460
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/221.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/222.png b/26690-h/images/222.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e267e62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/222.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/223.png b/26690-h/images/223.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..306b9b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/223.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/224.png b/26690-h/images/224.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ff5c151
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/224.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/225.png b/26690-h/images/225.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fe8992b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/225.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/226.png b/26690-h/images/226.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..db8d0a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/226.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/23.png b/26690-h/images/23.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25cc62e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/23.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/24.png b/26690-h/images/24.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8795ef4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/24.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/25.png b/26690-h/images/25.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..43dd8a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/25.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/26.png b/26690-h/images/26.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..57d24a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/26.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/27.png b/26690-h/images/27.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a938e6f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/27.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/28.png b/26690-h/images/28.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0214ef8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/28.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/29.png b/26690-h/images/29.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8904693
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/29.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/3.png b/26690-h/images/3.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bf21992
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/3.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/30.png b/26690-h/images/30.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e1b759
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/30.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/31.png b/26690-h/images/31.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ee8fa18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/31.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/32.png b/26690-h/images/32.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0a7715a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/32.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/33.png b/26690-h/images/33.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..088fbe7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/33.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/34.png b/26690-h/images/34.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..71bb844
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/34.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/35.png b/26690-h/images/35.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..39fabc9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/35.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/36.png b/26690-h/images/36.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..935bb0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/36.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/37.png b/26690-h/images/37.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1e5f6a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/37.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/38.png b/26690-h/images/38.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6dfc3c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/38.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/39.png b/26690-h/images/39.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea04610
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/39.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/4.png b/26690-h/images/4.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..48091db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/4.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/40.png b/26690-h/images/40.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2de2a9f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/40.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/41.png b/26690-h/images/41.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b9bbfe7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/41.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/42.png b/26690-h/images/42.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..54b9ac6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/42.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/43.png b/26690-h/images/43.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..34abc2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/43.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/44.png b/26690-h/images/44.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9183394
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/44.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/45.png b/26690-h/images/45.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6813a01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/45.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/46.png b/26690-h/images/46.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a16ba04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/46.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/47.png b/26690-h/images/47.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..21ad546
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/47.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/48.png b/26690-h/images/48.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b3c81c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/48.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/49.png b/26690-h/images/49.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f93848a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/49.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/5.png b/26690-h/images/5.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4430d60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/5.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/50.png b/26690-h/images/50.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cfb54f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/50.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/51.png b/26690-h/images/51.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4c9af00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/51.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/52.png b/26690-h/images/52.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6efb70a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/52.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/53.png b/26690-h/images/53.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9174821
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/53.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/54.png b/26690-h/images/54.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6645ffe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/54.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/55.png b/26690-h/images/55.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..73490a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/55.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/56.png b/26690-h/images/56.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bede8ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/56.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/57.png b/26690-h/images/57.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8652b4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/57.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/58.png b/26690-h/images/58.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f9e0793
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/58.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/59.png b/26690-h/images/59.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f851f40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/59.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/6.png b/26690-h/images/6.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..61e9bd7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/6.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/60.png b/26690-h/images/60.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8702886
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/60.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/61.png b/26690-h/images/61.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b04081b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/61.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/62.png b/26690-h/images/62.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..528403a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/62.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/63.png b/26690-h/images/63.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9d7b7fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/63.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/64.png b/26690-h/images/64.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d83e4df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/64.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/65.png b/26690-h/images/65.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1ca3946
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/65.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/66.png b/26690-h/images/66.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3827e75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/66.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/67.png b/26690-h/images/67.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..21071ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/67.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/68.png b/26690-h/images/68.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d94e4cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/68.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/69.png b/26690-h/images/69.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1bb84d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/69.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/7.png b/26690-h/images/7.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..30a273f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/7.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/70.png b/26690-h/images/70.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8f9cf79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/70.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/71.png b/26690-h/images/71.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1a2fb6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/71.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/72.png b/26690-h/images/72.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..16ef8d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/72.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/73.png b/26690-h/images/73.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8d924c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/73.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/74.png b/26690-h/images/74.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b3ab5e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/74.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/75.png b/26690-h/images/75.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed112c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/75.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/76.png b/26690-h/images/76.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..67cdbf6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/76.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/77.png b/26690-h/images/77.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0aaf3e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/77.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/78.png b/26690-h/images/78.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f9220ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/78.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/79.png b/26690-h/images/79.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c8b908c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/79.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/8.png b/26690-h/images/8.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8943c57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/8.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/80.png b/26690-h/images/80.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a6fd767
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/80.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/81.png b/26690-h/images/81.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..949e9a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/81.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/82.png b/26690-h/images/82.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..49ede27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/82.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/83.png b/26690-h/images/83.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ae4615
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/83.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/84.png b/26690-h/images/84.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bb58e90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/84.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/85.png b/26690-h/images/85.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..33c6265
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/85.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/86.png b/26690-h/images/86.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eecc7b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/86.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/87.png b/26690-h/images/87.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a66830d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/87.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/88.png b/26690-h/images/88.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..593889e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/88.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/89.png b/26690-h/images/89.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4395df2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/89.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/9.png b/26690-h/images/9.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..28a1758
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/9.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/90.png b/26690-h/images/90.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3f1cd4f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/90.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/91.png b/26690-h/images/91.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c1d988f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/91.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/92.png b/26690-h/images/92.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ded02d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/92.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/93.png b/26690-h/images/93.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5cd316d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/93.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/94.png b/26690-h/images/94.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e67dd3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/94.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/95.png b/26690-h/images/95.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3bdfd2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/95.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/96.png b/26690-h/images/96.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1424685
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/96.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/97.png b/26690-h/images/97.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f4baa1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/97.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/98.png b/26690-h/images/98.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..22e98c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/98.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/99.png b/26690-h/images/99.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec1ce11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/99.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/ii.png b/26690-h/images/ii.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..90fa237
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/ii.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/iii.png b/26690-h/images/iii.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f98d37e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/iii.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/illus002.jpg b/26690-h/images/illus002.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5d5e2a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/illus002.jpg
diff --git a/26690-h/images/illus003.png b/26690-h/images/illus003.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e9c8a5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/illus003.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/illus004.jpg b/26690-h/images/illus004.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e7ec3b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/illus004.jpg
diff --git a/26690-h/images/illus005.jpg b/26690-h/images/illus005.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..497106d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/illus005.jpg
diff --git a/26690-h/images/illus006.jpg b/26690-h/images/illus006.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f5b5087
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/illus006.jpg
diff --git a/26690-h/images/illus007.jpg b/26690-h/images/illus007.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ca7364f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/illus007.jpg
diff --git a/26690-h/images/illus008.jpg b/26690-h/images/illus008.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2c36ce2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/illus008.jpg
diff --git a/26690-h/images/illus009.jpg b/26690-h/images/illus009.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..759400f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/illus009.jpg
diff --git a/26690-h/images/illus010.jpg b/26690-h/images/illus010.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7be06db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/illus010.jpg
diff --git a/26690-h/images/illus011.jpg b/26690-h/images/illus011.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ba369c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/illus011.jpg
diff --git a/26690-h/images/illus012.jpg b/26690-h/images/illus012.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2918f2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/illus012.jpg
diff --git a/26690-h/images/illus013.jpg b/26690-h/images/illus013.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b6b88db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/illus013.jpg
diff --git a/26690-h/images/illus014.jpg b/26690-h/images/illus014.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb4ab3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/illus014.jpg
diff --git a/26690-h/images/iv.png b/26690-h/images/iv.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..03f340e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/iv.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/ix.png b/26690-h/images/ix.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e4310da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/ix.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/v.png b/26690-h/images/v.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b4ecd7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/v.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/vi.png b/26690-h/images/vi.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..91c3355
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/vi.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/vii.png b/26690-h/images/vii.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2feb5cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/vii.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/xi.png b/26690-h/images/xi.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bce68b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/xi.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/xii.png b/26690-h/images/xii.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c529bce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/xii.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/xiii.png b/26690-h/images/xiii.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4bc4621
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/xiii.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/xix.png b/26690-h/images/xix.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ceee146
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/xix.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/xv.png b/26690-h/images/xv.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..165ffa7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/xv.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/xvi.png b/26690-h/images/xvi.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b8c12c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/xvi.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/xvii.png b/26690-h/images/xvii.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aed0b3c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/xvii.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/xviii.png b/26690-h/images/xviii.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..791d07d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/xviii.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/xx.png b/26690-h/images/xx.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bea40ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/xx.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/xxi.png b/26690-h/images/xxi.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..861f9dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/xxi.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/xxii.png b/26690-h/images/xxii.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7a459a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/xxii.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/xxiii.png b/26690-h/images/xxiii.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6d575e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/xxiii.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/xxiv.png b/26690-h/images/xxiv.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..413070c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/xxiv.png
diff --git a/26690-h/images/xxv.png b/26690-h/images/xxv.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..23470fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690-h/images/xxv.png
diff --git a/26690.txt b/26690.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cd0be54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,5995 @@
+The Project Gutenberg eBook, The Pirates of Panama, by A. O. (Alexandre
+Olivier) Exquemelin, Edited by George Alfred Williams, Illustrated by
+George Alfred Williams
+
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+
+
+
+Title: The Pirates of Panama
+       or, The Buccaneers of America; a True Account of the Famous Adventures and Daring Deeds of Sir Henry Morgan and Other Notorious Freebooters of the Spanish Main
+
+
+Author: A. O. (Alexandre Olivier) Exquemelin
+
+Editor: George Alfred Williams
+
+Release Date: September 23, 2008  [eBook #26690]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-646-US (US-ASCII)
+
+
+***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PIRATES OF PANAMA***
+
+
+E-text prepared by Suzanne Lybarger and the Booksmiths at
+http://www.eBookForge.net
+
+
+
+Note: Project Gutenberg also has an HTML version of this
+      file which includes the original illustrations and
+      images of the original pages.
+      See 26690-h.htm or 26690-h.zip:
+      (https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/6/6/9/26690/26690-h/26690-h.htm)
+      or
+      (https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/6/6/9/26690/26690-h.zip)
+
+
+
+
+
+THE PIRATES OF PANAMA
+
+[Illustration: "THE MAN-OF-WAR GAVE THEM CHASE"--_Page 43_]
+
+
+
+
+THE PIRATES OF PANAMA
+
+Or
+
+The Buccaneers of America
+
+A True Account of the Famous Adventures and Daring Deeds of Sir Henry
+Morgan and Other Notorious Freebooters of the Spanish Main
+
+by
+
+JOHN ESQUEMELING
+
+_One of the Buccaneers who was Present at those Tragedies_
+
+EDITED AND ILLUSTRATED BY GEORGE ALFRED WILLIAMS
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+New York
+Frederick A. Stokes Company
+Publishers
+
+Copyright, 1914, by Frederick A. Stokes Company
+All rights reserved, including that of translation into foreign
+languages.
+
+Printed in the United States of America
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+
+                                                              PAGE
+
+  (1) INTRODUCTION BY GEORGE ALFRED WILLIAMS                   xi
+
+  (2) THE TRANSLATOR'S PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION            xv
+
+
+  CHAPTER I.
+  The Introduction--The Author sets forth for the Western
+    Islands, in the service of the West India Company of
+    France--They meet with an English frigate, and arrive
+    at the Island of Tortuga                                    1
+
+
+  CHAPTER II.
+  A description of Tortuga--The fruits and plants there--How
+    the French first settled there, at two several times,
+    and forced out the Spaniards--The Author twice sold in
+    the said island                                             7
+
+
+  CHAPTER III.
+  A description of Hispaniola--Also a relation of the French
+    Buccaneers                                                 19
+
+
+  CHAPTER IV.
+  Original of the most famous pirates of the coasts of
+    America--Famous exploit of Pierre le Grand                 34
+
+
+  CHAPTER V.
+  How the pirates arm their vessels, and regulate their
+    voyages                                                    39
+
+
+  CHAPTER VI.
+
+  Of the origin of Francis Lolonois, and the beginning of
+    his robberies                                              57
+
+
+  CHAPTER VII.
+  Lolonois equips a fleet to land upon the Spanish islands
+    of America, with intent to rob, sack, and burn whatsoever
+    he met with                                                63
+
+
+  CHAPTER VIII.
+  Lolonois makes new preparations to take the city of St.
+    James de Leon; as also that of Nicaragua; where he
+    miserably perishes                                         81
+
+
+  CHAPTER IX.
+  The origin and descent of Captain Henry Morgan--His
+    exploits, and the most remarkable actions of his life     101
+
+
+  CHAPTER X.
+  Of the Island of Cuba--Captain Morgan attempts to
+    preserve the Isle of St. Catherine as a refuge to the
+    nest of pirates; but fails of his design--He arrives
+    at, and takes, the village of El Puerto del Principe      112
+
+
+  CHAPTER XI.
+  Captain Morgan resolving to attack and plunder the City
+    of Puerto Bello, equips a fleet, and with little
+    expense and small forces takes it                         123
+
+
+  CHAPTER XII.
+  Captain Morgan takes the City of Maracaibo, on the coast
+    of Neuva Venezuela--Piracies committed in those
+    seas--Ruin of three Spanish ships set forth to hinder
+    the robberies of the pirates                              134
+
+
+  CHAPTER XIII.
+  Captain Morgan goes to Hispaniola to equip a new fleet,
+    with intent to pillage again on the coast of the West
+    Indies                                                    170
+
+
+  CHAPTER XIV.
+  What happened in the river De la Hacha                      173
+
+
+  CHAPTER XV.
+  Captain Morgan leaves Hispaniola, and goes to St.
+    Catherine's, which he takes                               179
+
+
+  CHAPTER XVI.
+  Captain Morgan takes the Castle of Chagre, with four
+    hundred men sent to this purpose from St. Catherine's     187
+
+
+  CHAPTER XVII.
+  Captain Morgan departs from Chagre, at the head of
+    twelve hundred men, to take the city of Panama            195
+
+
+  CHAPTER XVIII.
+  Captain Morgan sends canoes and boats to the South
+    Sea--He fires the city of Panama--Robberies and
+    cruelties committed there by the pirates, till
+    their return to the Castle of Chagre                      213
+
+
+
+
+ILLUSTRATIONS
+
+
+  "The Man-of-War gave them chase"                     _Frontispiece_
+
+                                                              FACING
+                                                               PAGE
+
+  Pierre le Grand commanding the Spanish Captain to surrender
+    the ship                                                   36
+
+  "Portugues made the best of his way to del Golpho Triste"    46
+
+  "They boarded the ship with great agility"                   92
+
+  "Lolonois, with those that remained, had much ado to
+    escape aboard their boats"                                 96
+
+  Captain Morgan recruiting his forces                        114
+
+  "Being come to the place of the duel, the Englishman
+    stabbed the Frenchman in the back"                        120
+
+  "Morgan commanded the religious men and women to place
+    the ladders against the walls"                            128
+
+  "They hanged him on a tree"                                 146
+
+  "The fire-ship sailing before the rest fell presently
+    upon the great ship"                                      158
+
+  Morgan dividing the treasure taken at Maracaibo             166
+
+  Sacking of Panama--"Morgan re-entered the city with his
+    troops"                                                   214
+
+
+
+
+INTRODUCTION
+
+
+This volume was originally written in Dutch by John Esquemeling, and
+first published in Amsterdam in 1678 under the title of De Americaeneche
+Zee Roovers. It immediately became very popular and this first hand
+history of the Buccaneers of America was soon translated into the
+principal European languages. The first English edition was printed in
+1684.
+
+Of the author, John Esquemeling, very little is known although it is
+generally conceded that he was in all probability a Fleming or
+Hollander, a quite natural supposition as his first works were written
+in the Dutch language. He came to the island of Tortuga, the
+headquarters of the Buccaneers, in 1666 in the employ of the French West
+India Company. Several years later this same company, owing to
+unsuccessful business arrangements, recalled their representatives to
+France and gave their officers orders to sell the company's land and all
+its servants. Esquemeling then a servant of the company was sold to a
+stern master by whom he was treated with great cruelty. Owing to hard
+work, poor food and exposure he became dangerously ill, and his master
+seeing his weak condition and fearing to lose the money Esquemeling had
+cost him resold him to a surgeon. This new master treated him kindly so
+that Esquemeling's health was speedily restored, and after one year's
+service he was set at liberty upon a promise to pay his benefactor, the
+surgeon, 100 pieces of eight at such a time as he found himself in
+funds.
+
+Once more a free man he determined to join the pirates and was received
+into their society and remained with them until 1672. Esquemeling served
+the Buccaneers in the capacity of barber-surgeon, and was present at all
+their exploits. Little did he suspect that his first hand observations
+would some day be cherished as the only authentic and true history of
+the Buccaneers and Marooners of the Spanish Main.
+
+From time to time new editions of this work have been published, but in
+many cases much new material, not always authentic, has been added and
+the result has been to mar the original narrative as set forth by
+Esquemeling. In arranging this edition, the original English text only
+has been used, and but few changes made by cutting out the long and
+tedious description of plant and animal life of the West Indies of which
+Esquemeling had only a smattering of truth. But, the history of Captain
+Morgan and his fellow buccaneers is here printed almost identical with
+the original English translation, and we believe it is the first time
+this history has been published in a suitable form for the juvenile
+reader with no loss of interest to the adult.
+
+The world wide attention at this time in the Isthmus of Panama and the
+great canal connecting the Atlantic with the Pacific Ocean lends to this
+narrative an additional stimulus. Here are set forth the deeds of daring
+of the wild freebooters in crossing the isthmus to attack the cities,
+Puerto Bellow and Panama. The sacking and burning of these places
+accompanied by pillage, fire, and treasure seeking both on land and on
+sea form exciting reading. _The Buccaneers and Marooners of America_
+well deserves a place on the book shelf with those old world-wide
+favorites _Robinson Crusoe_ and the _Swiss Family Robinson_.
+
+                                       GEORGE ALFRED WILLIAMS.
+
+
+
+
+THE TRANSLATOR
+
+TO THE
+
+READER (OF 1684).
+
+
+_THE present Volume, both for its Curiosity and Ingenuity, I dare
+recommend unto the perusal of our English nation, whose glorious actions
+it containeth. What relateth unto the curiosity hereof, this Piece, both
+of Natural and Humane History, was no sooner published in the_ Dutch
+Original, _than it was snatch't up for the most curious Library's of_
+Holland; _it was Translated into_ Spanish _(two impressions thereof
+being sent into_ Spain _in one year_); _it was taken notice of by the
+learned Academy of Paris; and finally recommended as worthy our esteem,
+by the ingenious Author of the_ Weekly Memorials for the Ingenious,
+_printed here at_ London _about two years ago. Neither all this
+undeservedly, seeing it enlargeth our acquaintance of Natural History,
+so much prized and enquir'd for, by the Learned of this present Age,
+with several observations not easily to be found in other accounts
+already received from_ America: _and besides, it informeth us (with
+huge novelty) of as great and bold attempts, in point of Military
+conduct and valour, as ever were performed by mankind; without
+excepting, here, either_ Alexander the Great, _or_ Julius Caesar, _or the
+rest of the_ Nine Worthy's of Fame. _Of all which actions, as we cannot
+confess ourselves to have been ignorant hitherto (the very name of_
+Bucaniers _being, as yet, known but unto few of the_ Ingenious; _as
+their Lives, Laws, and Conversation, are in a manner unto none) so can
+they not choose but be admired, out of this ingenuous Author, by
+whosoever is curious to learn the various revolutions of humane affairs.
+But, more especially by our_ English Nation; _as unto whom these things
+more narrowly do appertain. We having here more than half the Book
+filled with the unparallel'd, if not inimitable, adventures and_ Heroick
+_exploits of our own Country-men, and Relations; whose undaunted, and
+exemplary courage, when called upon by our King and Country, we ought to
+emulate._
+
+_From whence it hath proceeded, that nothing of this kind was ever, as
+yet, published in_ England, _I cannot easily determine; except, as some
+will say, from some secret_ Ragion di Stato. _Let the reason be as
+t'will; this is certain, so much the more we are obliged unto this
+present Author, who though a stranger unto our Nation, yet with that
+Candour and Fidelity hath recorded our Actions, as to render the Metal
+of our true English Valour to be the more believed and feared abroad,
+than if these things had been divulged by our selves at home. From hence
+peradventure will other Nations learn, that the English people are of
+their Genius more inclinable to act than to write; seeing as well they
+as we have lived unacquainted with these actions of our Nation, until
+such time as a Foreign Author to our Country came to tell them._
+
+_Besides the merits of this Piece for its curiosity, another point of
+no less esteem, is the truth and sincerity wherewith everything seemeth
+to be penned. No greater ornament or dignity can be added unto History,
+either humane or natural, than truth. All other embellishments, if this
+be failing, are of little or no esteem; if this be delivered, are either
+needless or superfluous. What concerneth this requisite in our Author,
+his lines do everywhere declare the faithfulness and sincerity of his
+mind. He writeth not by hearsay, but was an eye witness, as he somewhere
+telleth you, unto all and every one of the bold and hazardous attempts
+which he relateth. And these he delivereth with such candour of stile,
+such ingenuity of mind, such plainness of words, such conciseness of
+periods, so much divested of Rhetorical Hyperboles, or the least
+flourishes of Eloquence, so hugely void of Passion or national
+Reflections, as that he strongly perswadeth all-along to the credit of
+what he saith; yea, raiseth the mind of the Reader to believe these
+things far greater than what he hath said; and having read him, leaveth
+onely this scruple or concern behind, that you can read him no longer.
+In a word, such are his deserts, that some persons peradventure would
+not stickle to compare him to the Father of Historians_, Philip de
+Comines; _at least thus much may be said, with all truth imaginable,
+that he resembleth that great Author in many of his excellent
+qualities._
+
+_I know some persons have objected against the greatness of these
+prodigious Adventures, intimating that the resistance our_ Bucaniers
+_found in_ America, _was everywhere but small. For the_ Spaniards, _say
+they, in the_ West Indies, _are become of late years nothing less, but
+rather much more degenerate than in_ Europe. _The continual Peace they
+have enjoyed in those parts, the defect of Military Discipline, and_
+European _souldiers for their Commanders, much contributing hereunto.
+But more especially, and above all other reasons, the very luxury of the
+Soil and Riches, the extreme heat of those Countries, and influence of
+the Stars being such, as totally inclineth their bodies unto an infinite
+effeminacy and cowardize of minds._
+
+_Unto these Reasons I shall only answer in brief. This History will
+convince them to be manifestly false. For as to the continual Peace here
+alleadged, we know that no Peace could ever be established_ beyond the
+Line, _since the first possession of the_ West-Indies _by the_
+Spaniards, _till the burning of_ Panama. _At that time, or few months
+before_, Sir William Godolphin _by his prudent negotiation in quality of
+Embassadour for our most Gracious Monarch, did conclude at_ Madrid _a
+peace to be observed even_ beyond the Line, _and through the whole
+extent of the Spanish Dominions in the_ West-Indies. _This transaction
+gave the Spaniards new causes of complaints against our proceedings,
+that no sooner a Peace had been established for those parts of_ America,
+_but our forces had taken and burnt both_ Chagre, St. Catherine, _and_
+Panama. _But our reply was convincing, That whereas eight or ten months
+of time had been allowed by Articles for the publishing of the said
+Peace through all the Dominions of both Monarchies in_ America, _those
+Hostilities had been committed, not onely without orders from his
+Majesty of_ England, _but also within the space of the said eight or ten
+months of time. Until that time the Spanish Inhabitants of_ America
+_being, as it were, in a perpetual War with_ Europe, _certain it is that
+no Coasts nor Kingdoms in the World have been more frequently infested
+nor alarm'd with the invasions of several Nations than theirs. Thus from
+the very beginning of their Conquests in America, both_ English, French,
+Dutch Portuguese, Swedes, Danes, _Curlanders, and all other nations that
+navigate the_ Ocean, _have frequented the_ West-Indies, _and filled them
+with their robberies and Assaults. From these occasions have they been
+in continual watch and ward, and kept their_ Militia _in constant
+exercise, as also their Garrisons pretty well provided and paid; as
+fearing every sail they discovered at Sea, to be_ Pirats _of one Nation
+or another. But much more especially, since that_ Curasao, Tortuga,
+_and_ Jamaica _have been inhabited by_ English, French, _and_ Dutch,
+_and bred up that race of_ Hunts-men, _than which, no other ever was
+more desperate, nor more mortal enemies to the Spaniards, called
+Bucaniers. Now shall we say, that these People, through too long
+continuation of Peace, have utterly abolished the exercises of War,
+having been all-along incessantly vexed with the Tumults and Alarms
+thereof?_
+
+_In like manner is it false, to accuse their defect of Military
+Discipline for want of_ European _Commanders. For who knoweth not that
+all places, both Military and Civil, through those vast dominions of
+the_ West-Indies, _are provided out of_ Spain? _And those of the Militia
+most commonly given unto expert Commanders, trained up from their
+infancy in the Wars of_ Europe, _either in_ Africa, Milan, Sicily,
+Naples, _or_ Flanders, _fighting against either_ English, French, Dutch,
+Portuguese, _or_ Moors? _Yea their very Garrisons, if you search them in
+those parts, will peradventure be found to be stock'd three parts to
+four with Souldiers both born and bred in the Kingdom of_ Spain.
+
+_From these Considerations it may be inferr'd what little difference
+ought to be allowed betwixt the Spanish Souldiers, Inhabitants of the_
+West-Indies, _and those of_ Europe. _And how little the Soil or Climate
+hath influenced or caused their Courage to degenerate towards cowardize
+or baseness of mind. As if the very same Argument, deduced from the
+nature of that Climate, did not equally militate against the valour of
+our famous Bucaniers, and represent this to be of as degenerate Metal as
+theirs._
+
+_But nothing can be more clearly evinced, than is the Valour of the_
+American Spaniards, _either Souldiers or Officers, by the sequel of this
+History. What men ever fought more desperately than the Garrison of_
+Chagre? _Their number being 314, and of all these, only thirty
+remaining; of which number scarce ten were unwounded; and among them,
+not one officer found alive? Were not 600 killed upon the spot at_
+Panama, _500 at_ Gibraltar, _almost as many more at_ Puerto del
+Principe, _all dying with their Arms in their hands, and facing bravely
+the Enemy for the defence of their Country and private Concerns? Did not
+those of the Town of_ San Pedro _both fortifie themselves, lay several
+Ambuscades, and lastly sell their lives as dear as any European Souldier
+could do; Lolonois being forced to gain step by step his advance unto
+the Town, with huge loss both of bloud and men? Many other instances
+might be produced out of this compendious Volume, of the generous
+resistance the_ Spaniards _made in several places, though Fortune
+favoured not their Arms._
+
+_Next, as to the personal Valour of many of their Commanders, What man
+ever behaved himself more briskly than the Governour of_ Gibraltar,
+_than the Governour of_ Puerto del Principe, _both dying for the
+defence of their Towns; than Don Alonso del Campo, and others? Or what
+examples can easily parallel the desperate courage of the Governour of_
+Chagre? _who, though the_ Palizda's _were fired, the Terraplens were
+sunk into the Ditch, the Breaches were entred, the Houses all burnt
+above him, the whole Castle taken, his men all killed; yet would not
+admit of any quarter, but chose rather to die under his Arms, being shot
+into the brain, than surrender himself as a Prisoner unto the_
+Bucaniers. _What lion ever fought to the last gasp more obstinately than
+the Governour of_ Puerto Velo? _who, seeing the Town enter'd by
+surprizal in the night, one chief Castle blown up into the Air, all the
+other Forts and Castles taken, his own assaulted several ways, both
+Religious men and women placed at the front of the Enemy to fix the
+Ladders against the Walls; yet spared not to kill as many of the said
+Religious persons as he could. And at last, the walls being scaled, the
+Castle enter'd and taken, all his own men overcome by fire and sword,
+who had cast down their Arms, and begged mercy from the Enemy; yet would
+admit of none for his own life. Yet, with his own hands killed several
+of his Souldiers, to force them to stand to their Arms, though all were
+lost. Yea, though his own Wife and Daughter begged of him upon their
+knees that he would have his life by craving quarter, though the Enemy
+desired of him the same thing; yet would hearken to no cries nor
+perswasions, but they were forced to kill him, combating with his Arms
+in his hands, being not otherwise able to take him Prisoner, as they
+were desirous to do. Shall these men be said to be influenced with
+Cowardize, who thus acted to the very last_ Scene _of their own_
+Tragedies? _Or shall we rather say that they wanted no Courage, but
+Fortune? It being certainly true, that he who is killed in a Batel, may
+be equally couragious with him that killeth. And that whosoever
+derogateth from the Valour of the_ Spaniards _in the_ West-Indies,
+_diminisheth in like manner the Courage of the_ Bucaniers, _his own
+Country-men, who have seemed to act beyond mortal men in_ America.
+
+_Now, to say something concerning_ John Esquemeling, _the first Author
+of this History. I take him to be a_ Dutch-man, _or at least born in_
+Flanders, _notwithstanding that the Spanish Translation representeth him
+to be a Native of the Kingdom of_ France. _His printing this History
+originally in Dutch, which doubtless must be his native Tongue, who
+otherwise was but an illiterate man, together with the very sound of his
+name, convincing me thereunto. True it is, he set sail from_ France,
+_and was some years at_ Tortuga; _but neither of these two Arguments,
+drawn from the History, are prevalent. For were he to be a_ French-man
+_born, how came he to learn the_ Dutch _language so perfectly as to
+prefer it to his own? Especially that not being spoken at Tortuga nor_
+Jamaica, _where he resided all the while._
+
+_I hope I have made this English Translation something more plain and
+correct than the Spanish. Some few notorious faults either of the
+Printer or the Interpreter, I am sure I have redressed. But the Spanish
+Translator complaining much of the intricacy of Stile in the Original
+(as flowing from a person who, as hath been said, was no Scholar) as he
+was pardonable, being in great haste, for not rendring his own Version
+so distinct and elaborate as he could desire; so must I be excused from
+the one, that is to say, Elegancy, if I have cautiously declined the
+other, I mean Confusion._
+
+
+
+
+THE PIRATES OF PANAMA
+
+
+
+
+THE BUCCANEERS OF AMERICA
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+_The introduction--The author sets forth for the Western islands, in the
+service of the West-India Company of France--They meet with an English
+frigate, and arrive at the Island of Tortuga._
+
+
+WE set sail from Havre-de-Grace in France, from whence we set sail in
+the ship called _St. John_, May 2, 1666. Our vessel was equipped with
+twenty-eight guns, twenty mariners, and two hundred and twenty
+passengers, including those whom the company sent as free passengers.
+Soon after we came to an anchor under the Cape of Barfleur, there to
+join seven other ships of the same West-India company, which were to
+come from Dieppe, under convoy of a man-of-war, mounted with
+thirty-seven guns, and two hundred and fifty men. Of these ships two
+were bound for Senegal, five for the Caribbee islands, and ours for
+Tortuga. Here gathered to us about twenty sail of other ships, bound for
+Newfoundland, with some Dutch vessels going for Nantz, Rochel, and St.
+Martin's, so that in all we made thirty sail. Here we put ourselves in
+a posture of defence, having noticed that four English frigates, of
+sixty guns each, waited for us near Aldernay. Our admiral, the Chevalier
+Sourdis, having given necessary orders, we sailed thence with a
+favourable gale, and some mists arising, totally impeded the English
+frigates from discovering our fleet. We steered our course as near as we
+could to the coast of France, for fear of the enemy. As we sailed along,
+we met a vessel of Ostend, who complained to our admiral, that a French
+privateer had robbed him that very morning; whereupon we endeavoured to
+pursue the said pirate; but our labour was in vain, not being able to
+overtake him.
+
+Our fleet, as we sailed, caused no small fears and alarms to the
+inhabitants of the coasts of France, these judging us to be English, and
+that we sought some convenient place for landing. To allay their fright,
+we hung out our colours; but they would not trust us. After this we came
+to an anchor in the bay of Conquet in Brittany, near Ushant, there to
+take in water. Having stored ourselves with fresh provisions here, we
+prosecuted our voyage, designing to pass by the Ras of Fontenau, and not
+expose ourselves to the Sorlingues, fearing the English that were
+cruising thereabouts. The river Ras is of a current very strong and
+rapid, which, rolling over many rocks, disgorges itself into the sea, on
+the coast of France, in 48 deg. 10 min. latitude; so that this passage
+is very dangerous, all the rocks, as yet, being not thoroughly known.
+
+Here I shall mention the ceremony, which, at this passage, and some
+other places, is used by the mariners, and by them called baptism,
+though it may seem little to our purpose. The master's mate clothed
+himself with a ridiculous sort of garment, that reached to his feet, and
+on his head he put a suitable cap, made very burlesque; in his right
+hand he had a naked wooden sword, and in his left a pot full of ink: his
+face was horribly blacked with soot, and his neck adorned with a collar
+of many little pieces of wood. Thus apparelled, he commanded every one
+to be called who had never passed through that dangerous place before;
+and then, causing them to kneel down, he made the sign of the cross on
+their foreheads, with ink, and gave every one a stroke on the shoulders
+with his wooden sword. Meanwhile, the standers-by cast a bucket of water
+upon each man's head; and so ended the ceremony. But that done, each of
+the baptized must give a bottle of brandy, placing it nigh the
+main-mast, without speaking a word; even those who have no such liquor
+not being excused. If the vessel never passed that way before, the
+captain is obliged to distribute some wine among the mariners and
+passengers; but as for other gifts, which the newly-baptized frequently
+offer, they are divided among the old seamen, and of them they make a
+banquet among themselves.
+
+The Hollanders likewise, not only at this passage, but also at the rocks
+called Berlingues, nigh the coast of Portugal, in 39 deg. 40 min. (being
+a passage very dangerous, especially by night, when, in the dark, the
+rocks are not distinguishable, the land being very high) they use some
+such ceremony: but their manner of baptizing is very different from that
+of the French; for he that is to be baptized is fastened, and hoisted up
+thrice, at the mainyard's end, as if he were a criminal. If he be
+hoisted the fourth time, in the name of the Prince of Orange, or of the
+captain of the vessel, his honour is more than ordinary. Thus every one
+is dipped several times in the main ocean; but he that is dipped first
+has the honour of being saluted with a gun. Such as are not willing to
+fall, must pay twelve pence for ransom; if he be an officer, two
+shillings; and if a passenger, at their own pleasure. If the ship never
+passed that way before, the captain is to give a small rundlet of wine,
+which, if he denies, the mariners may cut off the stem of the vessel.
+All the profit accruing by this ceremony is kept by the master's mate,
+who, after reaching their port, usually lays it out in wine, which is
+drank amongst the ancient seamen. Some say this ceremony was instituted
+by the Emperor Charles V. though it is not amongst his laws. But here I
+leave these sea customs, and return to our voyage.
+
+Having passed the Ras, we had very good weather, till we came to Cape
+Finis Terrae: here a sudden tempest surprised us, and separated our ship
+from the rest that were in our company. This storm continued eight days;
+in which time it would move compassion to see how miserably the
+passengers were tumbled to and fro, on all sides of the ship; insomuch,
+that the mariners, in the performance of their duty, were compelled to
+tread upon them. This boisterous weather being over, we had very
+favourable gales again, till we came to the tropic of Cancer. This
+tropic is an imaginary circle, which astronomers have invented in the
+heavens, limiting the progress of the sun towards the north pole. It is
+placed in the latitude of 23 deg. 30 min. Here we were baptized a second
+time, as before. The French always perform this ceremony at the tropic
+of Cancer, as also under the tropic of Capricorn. In this part of the
+world we had very favourable weather, at which we were very glad,
+because of our great want of water; for that element is so scarce with
+us, that we were stinted to two half pints a man every day.
+
+About the latitude of Barbadoes, we met an English frigate, or
+privateer, who first began to give us chase; but finding herself not to
+exceed us in force, presently got away: hereupon, we pursued her, firing
+several guns, eight-pounders, at her; but at length she escaped, and we
+returned to our course. Soon after, we came within sight of Martinico.
+We were bent to the coast of the isle of St. Peter, but were frustrated
+by a storm, which took us hereabouts. Hence we resolved to steer to
+Gaudaloupe, yet we could not reach this island, by reason of the said
+storm; so that we directed our course to the isle of Tortuga, being the
+very same land we were bound to. We passed along the coast of Punta
+Rica, which is extremely agreeable and delightful to the sight, being
+adorned with beautiful woods, even to the tops of the mountains. Then we
+discovered Hispaniola (of which I shall give a description), and we
+coasted about it till we came to Tortuga, our desired port. Here we
+anchored, July 7, in the same year, not having lost one man in the
+voyage. We landed the goods that belonged to the West-India company,
+and, soon after, the ship was sent to Cal de Sac with some passengers.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+_A description of Tortuga--The fruits and plants there--How the French
+first settled there, at two several times, and forced out the
+Spaniards--The author twice sold in the said island._
+
+
+THE island of Tortuga is situate on the north side of Hispaniola, in 20
+deg. 30 min. latitude; its just extent is threescore leagues about. The
+Spaniards, who gave name to this island, called it so from the shape of
+the land, in some manner resembling a great sea-tortoise, called by them
+Tortuga-de-mar. The country is very mountainous, and full of rocks, and
+yet thick of lofty trees, that grow upon the hardest of those rocks,
+without partaking of a softer soil. Hence it comes that their roots, for
+the greatest part, are seen naked, entangled among the rocks like the
+branching of ivy against our walls. That part of this island which
+stretches to the north is totally uninhabited: the reason is, first,
+because it is incommodious, and unhealthy: and, secondly, for the
+ruggedness of the coast, that gives no access to the shore, unless among
+rocks almost inaccessible: for this cause it is peopled only on the
+south part, which hath only one port indifferently good: yet this
+harbour has two entries, or channels, which afford passage to ships of
+seventy guns; the port itself being without danger, and capable of
+receiving a great number of vessels. The inhabited parts, of which the
+first is called the Low-Lands, or Low-Country: this is the chief among
+the rest, because it contains the port aforesaid. The town is called
+Cayona, and here live the chiefest and richest planters of the island.
+The second part is called the Middle Plantation: its soil is yet almost
+new, being only known to be good for tobacco. The third is named Ringot,
+and is situate towards the west part of the island. The fourth and last
+is called the Mountain, in which place were made the first plantations
+upon this island.
+
+As to the wood that grows here, we have already said that the trees are
+exceeding tall, and pleasing to the sight; whence no man will doubt, but
+they may be applied to several uses. Such is the yellow saunder, which
+by the inhabitants is called bois de chandel, or, in English,
+candle-wood, because it burns like a candle, and serves them with light
+while they fish by night. Here grows, also, lingnum sanctum, or
+guaiacum: its virtues are very well known, more especially to those who
+observe not the Seventh Commandment, and are given to impure
+copulations!--physicians drawing hence, in several compositions, the
+greatest antidote for venereal diseases; as also for cold and viscous
+humours. The trees, likewise, which afford gummi elemi, grow here in
+great abundance; as doth radix Chinae, or China root: yet this is not so
+good as that of other parts of the western world. It is very white and
+soft, and serves for pleasant food to the wild boars, when they can find
+nothing else. This island, also, is not deficient in aloes, nor an
+infinite number of the other medicinal herbs, which may please the
+curiosity of such as are given to their contemplation: moreover, for
+building of ships, or any other sort of architecture, here are found
+several sorts of timber. The fruits, likewise, which grow here
+abundantly, are nothing inferior, in quantity or quality, to what other
+islands produce. I shall name only some of the most ordinary and common:
+such are magnoit, potatoes, Abajou apples, yannas, bacones, paquays,
+carosoles, mamayns, annananes, and divers other sorts, which I omit to
+specify. Here grow likewise, in great numbers, those trees called
+palmitoes, or palmites, whence is drawn a certain juice which serves the
+inhabitants instead of wine, and whose leaves cover their houses instead
+of tiles.
+
+In this island aboundeth, also, the wild boar. The governor hath
+prohibited the hunting of them with dogs, fearing lest, the island being
+but small, the whole race of them, in a short time, should be destroyed.
+The reason why he thought convenient to preserve these wild beasts was,
+that, in case of any invasion, the inhabitants might sustain themselves
+with their food, especially were they once constrained to retire to the
+woods and mountains. Yet this sort of game is almost impeded by itself,
+by reason of the many rocks and precipices, which, for the greatest
+part, are covered with little shrubs, very green and thick; whence the
+huntsmen have oftentimes fallen, and left us the sad remembrance of many
+a memorable disaster.
+
+At a certain time of the year there resort to Tortuga large flocks of
+wild pigeons, and then the inhabitants feed on them very plentifully,
+having more than they can consume, and leaving totally to their repose
+all other sorts of fowl, both wild and tame; that so, in the absence of
+the pigeons, these may supply their place. But as nothing in the
+universe, though never so pleasant, can be found, but what hath
+something of bitterness with it; the very symbol of this truth we see in
+the aforesaid pigeons: for these, the season being past, can scarce be
+touched with the tongue, they become so extremely lean, and bitter even
+to admiration. The reason of this bitterness is attributed to a certain
+seed which they eat about that time, even as bitter as gall. About the
+sea-shores, everywhere, are found great multitudes of crabs, both of
+land and sea, and both sorts very big. These are good to feed servants
+and slaves, whose palates they please, but are very hurtful to the
+sight: besides, being eaten too often, they cause great giddiness in the
+head, with much weakness of the brain; so that, very frequently, they
+are deprived of sight for a quarter of an hour.
+
+The French having settled in the isle of St. Christopher, planted there
+a sort of trees, of which, at present, there possibly may be greater
+quantities; with the timber whereof they made long-boats, and hoys,
+which they sent thence westward, well manned and victualled, to discover
+other islands. These setting sail from St. Christopher, came within
+sight of Hispaniola, where they arrived with abundance of joy. Having
+landed, they marched into the country, where they found large quantities
+of cattle; such as cows, bulls, horses, and wild boars: but finding no
+great profit in these animals, unless they could enclose them, and
+knowing, likewise, the island to be pretty well peopled by the
+Spaniards, they thought it convenient to enter upon and seize the island
+of Tortuga. This they performed without any difficulty, there being upon
+the island no more than ten or twelve Spaniards to guard it. These few
+men let the French come in peaceably, and possess the island for six
+months, without any trouble; meanwhile they passed and repassed, with
+their canoes, to Hispaniola, from whence they transported many people,
+and at last began to plant the whole island of Tortuga. The few
+Spaniards remaining there, perceiving the French to increase their
+number daily, began, at last, to repine at their prosperity, and grudge
+them the possession: hence they gave notice to others of their nation,
+their neighbours, who sent several boats, well armed and manned, to
+dispossess the French. This expedition succeeded according to their
+desires; for the new possessors, seeing the great number of Spaniards,
+fled with all they had to the woods, and hence, by night, they wafted
+over with canoes to the island of Hispaniola: this they the more easily
+performed, having no women or children with them, nor any great
+substance to carry away. Here they also retired into the woods, both to
+seek for food, and from thence, with secrecy, to give intelligence to
+others of their own faction; judging for certain, that within a little
+while they should be in a capacity to hinder the Spaniards from
+fortifying in Tortuga.
+
+Meanwhile, the Spaniards of the great island ceased not to seek after
+their new guests, the French, with intent to root them out of the woods
+if possible, or cause them to perish with hunger; but this design soon
+failed, having found that the French were masters both of good guns,
+powder, and bullets. Here therefore the fugitives waited for a certain
+opportunity, wherein they knew the Spaniards were to come from Tortuga
+with arms, and a great number of men, to join with those of the greater
+island for their destruction. When this occasion offered, they in the
+meanwhile deserting the woods where they were, returned to Tortuga, and
+dispossessed the small number of Spaniards that remained at home. Having
+so done, they fortified themselves the best they could, thereby to
+prevent the return of the Spaniards in case they should attempt it.
+Moreover, they sent immediately to the governor of St. Christopher's,
+craving his aid and relief, and demanding of him a governor, the better
+to be united among themselves, and strengthened on all occasions. The
+governor of St. Christopher's received their petition with much
+satisfaction, and, without delay, sent Monsieur le Passeur to them in
+quality of a governor, together with a ship full of men, and all
+necessaries for their establishment and defence. No sooner had they
+received this recruit, but the governor commanded a fortress to be built
+upon the top of a high rock, from whence he could hinder the entrance of
+any ships or other vessels to the port. To this fort no other access
+could be had, than by almost climbing through a very narrow passage that
+was capable only of receiving two persons at once, and those not without
+difficulty. In the middle of this rock was a great cavity, which now
+serves for a storehouse: besides, here was great convenience for raising
+a battery. The fort being finished, the governor commanded two guns to
+be mounted, which could not be done without great toil and labour; as
+also a house to be built within the fort, and afterwards the narrow way,
+that led to the said fort, to be broken and demolished, leaving no other
+ascent thereto than by a ladder. Within the fort gushes out a plentiful
+fountain of pure fresh water, sufficient to refresh a garrison of a
+thousand men. Being possessed of these conveniences, and the security
+these things might promise, the French began to people the island, and
+each of them to seek their living; some by hunting, others by planting
+tobacco, and others by cruizing and robbing upon the coasts of the
+Spanish islands, which trade is continued by them to this day.
+
+The Spaniards, notwithstanding, could not behold, but with jealous eyes,
+the daily increase of the French in Tortuga, fearing lest, in time, they
+might by them be dispossessed also of Hispaniola. Thus taking an
+opportunity (when many of the French were abroad at sea, and others
+employed in hunting), with eight hundred men, in several canoes, they
+landed again in Tortuga, almost without being perceived by the French;
+but finding that the governor had cut down many trees for the better
+discovery of any enemy in case of an assault, as also that nothing of
+consequence could be done without great guns, they consulted about the
+fittest place for raising a battery. This place was soon concluded to be
+the top of a mountain which was in sight, seeing that from thence alone
+they could level their guns at the fort, which now lay open to them
+since the cutting down of the trees by the new possessors. Hence they
+resolved to open a way for the carriage of some pieces of ordnance to
+the top. This mountain is somewhat high, and the upper part thereof
+plain, from whence the whole island may be viewed: the sides thereof are
+very rugged, by reason a great number of inaccessible rocks do surround
+it; so that the ascent was very difficult, and would always have been
+the same, had not the Spaniards undergone the immense labour and toil
+of making the way before mentioned, as I shall now relate.
+
+The Spaniards had with them many slaves and Indians, labouring men, whom
+they call matades, or, in English, half-yellow men; these they ordered
+with iron tools to dig a way through the rocks. This they performed with
+the greatest speed imaginable; and through this way, by the help of many
+ropes and pulleys, they at last made shift to get up two pieces of
+ordnance, wherewith they made a battery next day, to play on the fort.
+Meanwhile, the French knowing these designs, prepared for a defence
+(while the Spaniards were busy about the battery) sending notice
+everywhere to their companions for help. Thus the hunters of the island
+all joined together, and with them all the pirates who were not already
+too far from home. These landed by night at Tortuga, lest they should be
+seen by the Spaniards; and, under the same obscurity of the night, they
+all together, by a back way, climbed the mountain where the Spaniards
+were posted, which they did the more easily being acquainted with these
+rocks. They came up at the very instant that the Spaniards, who were
+above, were preparing to shoot at the fort, not knowing in the least of
+their coming. Here they set upon them at their backs with such fury as
+forced the greatest part to precipitate themselves from the top to the
+bottom, and dash their bodies in pieces: few or none escaped; for if any
+remained alive, they were put to the sword. Some Spaniards did still
+keep the bottom of the mountain; but these, hearing the shrieks and
+cries of them that were killed, and believing some tragical revolution
+to be above, fled immediately towards the sea, despairing ever to regain
+the island of Tortuga.
+
+The governors of this island behaved themselves as proprietors and
+absolute lords thereof till 1664, when the West-India company of France
+took possession thereof, and sent thither, for their governor, Monsieur
+Ogeron. These planted the colony for themselves by their factors and
+servants, thinking to drive some considerable trade from thence with the
+Spaniards, even as the Hollanders do from Curacao: but this design did
+not answer; for with other nations they could drive no trade, by reason
+they could not establish any secure commerce from the beginning with
+their own; forasmuch as at the first institution of this company in
+France they agreed with the pirates, hunters, and planters, first
+possessors of Tortuga, that these should buy all their necessaries from
+the said company upon trust. And though this agreement was put in
+execution, yet the factors of the company soon after found that they
+could not recover either monies or returns from those people, that they
+were constrained to bring some armed men into the island, in behalf of
+the company, to get in some of their payments. But neither this
+endeavour, nor any other, could prevail towards the settling a second
+trade with those of the island. Hereupon, the company recalled their
+factors, giving them orders to sell all that was their own in the said
+plantation, both the servants belonging to the company (which were sold,
+some for twenty, and others for thirty pieces of eight), as also all
+other merchandizes and proprieties. And thus all their designs fell to
+the ground.
+
+On this occasion I was also sold, being a servant under the said company
+in whose service I left France: but my fortune was very bad, for I fell
+into the hands of the most cruel and perfidious man that ever was born,
+who was then governor, or rather lieutenant-general, of that island.
+This man treated me with all the hard usage imaginable, yea, with that
+of hunger, with which I thought I should have perished inevitably.
+Withal, he was willing to let me buy my freedom and liberty, but not
+under the rate of three hundred pieces of eight, I not being master of
+one at a time in the world. At last, through the manifold miseries I
+endured, as also affliction of mind, I was thrown into a dangerous
+sickness. This misfortune, added to the rest, was the cause of my
+happiness: for my wicked master, seeing my condition, began to fear lest
+he should lose his monies with my life. Hereupon he sold me a second
+time to a surgeon, for seventy pieces of eight. Being with this second
+master, I began soon to recover my health through the good usage I
+received, he being much more humane and civil than my first patron. He
+gave me both clothes and very good food; and after I had served him but
+one year, he offered me my liberty, with only this condition, that I
+should pay him one hundred pieces of eight when I was in a capacity so
+to do; which kind proposal of his I could not but accept with infinite
+joy and gratitude.
+
+Being now at liberty, though like Adam when he was first created--that
+is, naked and destitute of all human necessaries--not knowing how to get
+my living, I determined to enter into the order of the pirates or
+robbers at sea. Into this society I was received with common consent,
+both of the superior and vulgar sort, where I continued till 1672.
+Having assisted them in all their designs and attempts, and served them
+in many notable exploits (of which hereafter I shall give the reader a
+true account), I returned to my own native country. But before I begin
+my relation, I shall say something of the island Hispaniola, which lies
+towards the western part of America; as also give my reader a brief
+description thereof, according to my slender ability and experience.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+_A Description of Hispaniola.--Also a Relation of the French
+Buccaneers._
+
+
+THE large and rich island called Hispaniola is situate from 17 degrees
+to 19 degrees latitude; the circumference is 300 leagues; the extent
+from east to west 120; its breadth almost 50, being broader or narrower
+at certain places. This island was first discovered by Christopher
+Columbus, A.D. 1492; he being sent for this purpose by Ferdinand, king
+of Spain; from which time to this present the Spaniards have been
+continually possessors thereof. There are upon this island very good and
+strong cities, towns, and hamlets, as well as a great number of pleasant
+country houses and plantations, the effects of the care and industry of
+the Spaniards its inhabitants.
+
+The chief city and metropolis hereof is Santo Domingo; being dedicated
+to St. Dominic, from whom it derives its name. It is situate towards the
+south, and affords a most excellent prospect; the country round about
+being embellished with innumerable rich plantations, as also verdant
+meadows and fruitful gardens; all which produce plenty and variety of
+excellent pleasant fruits, according to the nature of those countries.
+The governor of the island resides in this city, which is, as it were,
+the storehouse of all the cities, towns, and villages, which hence
+export and provide themselves with all necessaries for human life; and
+yet hath it this particularity above many other cities, that it
+entertains no commerce with any nation but its own, the Spaniards. The
+greatest part of the inhabitants are rich and substantial merchants or
+shopkeepers.
+
+Another city of this island is San Jago, or St. James, being consecrated
+to that apostle. This is an open place, without walls or castle, situate
+in 19 deg. latitude. The inhabitants are generally hunters and planters,
+the adjacent territory and soil being very proper for the said
+exercises: the city is surrounded with large and delicious fields, as
+much pleasing to the view as those of Santo Domingo; and these abound
+with beasts both wild and tame, yielding vast numbers of skins and
+hides, very profitable to the owners.
+
+In the south part of this island is another city, called Nuestra Sennora
+de Alta Gracia. This territory produces great quantities of cacao,
+whereof the inhabitants make great store of the richest chocolate. Here
+grows also ginger and tobacco, and much tallow is made of the beasts
+which are hereabouts hunted.
+
+The inhabitants of this beautiful island of Hispaniola often resort in
+their canoes to the isle of Savona, not far distant, where is their
+chief fishery, especially of tortoises. Hither those fish constantly
+resort in great multitudes, at certain seasons, there to lay their eggs,
+burying them in the sands of the shoal, where, by the heat of the sun,
+which in those parts is very ardent, they are hatched. This island of
+Savona has little or nothing that is worthy consideration, being so very
+barren by reason of its sandy soil. True it is, that here grows some
+small quantity of lignum sanctum, or guaiacum, of whose use we say
+something in another place.
+
+Westward of Santo Domingo is another great village called El Pueblo de
+Aso, or the town of Aso: the inhabitants thereof drive great traffic
+with those of another village, in the very middle of the island, and is
+called San Juan de Goave, or St. John of Goave. This is environed with a
+magnificent prospect of gardens, woods, and meadows. Its territory
+extends above twenty leagues in length, and grazes a great number of
+wild bulls and cows. In this village scarce dwell any others than
+hunters and butchers, who flay the beasts that are killed. These are for
+the most part a mongrel sort of people; some of which are born of white
+European people and negroes, and called mulattoes: others of Indians and
+white people, and termed mesticos: but others come of negroes and
+Indians, and are called alcatraces. From the said village are exported
+yearly vast quantities of tallow and hides, they exercising no other
+traffic: for as to the lands in this place, they are not cultivated, by
+reason of the excessive dryness of the soil. These are the chiefest
+places that the Spaniards possess in this island, from the Cape of Lobos
+towards St. John de Goave, unto the Cape of Samana nigh the sea, on the
+north side, and from the eastern part towards the sea, called Punta de
+Espada. All the rest of the island is possessed by the French, who are
+also planters and hunters.
+
+This island hath very good ports for ships, from the Cape of Lobos to
+the Cape of Tiburon, on the west side thereof. In this space there are
+no less than four ports, exceeding in goodness, largeness, and security,
+even the very best of England. Besides these, from the Cape of Tiburon
+to the Cape of Donna Maria, there are two very excellent ports; and from
+this cape to the Cape of St. Nicholas, there are no less than twelve
+others. Every one of these ports hath also the confluence of two or
+three good rivers, in which are great plenty of several sorts of fish
+very pleasing to the palate. The country hereabouts is well watered with
+large and deep rivers and brooks, so that this part of the land may
+easily be cultivated without any great fear of droughts, because of
+these excellent streams. The sea-coasts and shores are also very
+pleasant, to which the tortoises resort in large numbers to lay their
+eggs.
+
+This island was formerly very well peopled, on the north side, with many
+towns and villages; but these, being ruined by the Hollanders, were at
+last, for the greatest part, deserted by the Spaniards.
+
+The spacious fields of this island commonly are five or six leagues in
+length, the beauty whereof is so pleasing to the eye, that, together
+with the great variety of their natural productions, they captivate the
+senses of the beholder. For here at once they not only with diversity of
+objects recreate the sight, but with many of the same do also please the
+smell, and with most contribute delights to the taste; also they flatter
+and excite the appetite, especially with the multitudes of oranges and
+lemons here growing, both sweet and sour, and those that participate of
+both tastes, and are only pleasantly tartish. Besides here abundantly
+grow several sorts of fruit, such are citrons, toronjas, and limas; in
+English not improperly called crab lemons.
+
+Beside the fruit which this island produces, whose plenty, as is said,
+surpasses all the islands of America; it abounds also with all sorts of
+quadrupeds, as horses, bulls, cows, wild boars, and others, very useful
+to mankind, not only for food, but for cultivating the ground, and the
+management of commerce.
+
+Here are vast numbers of wild dogs: these destroy yearly many cattle;
+for no sooner hath a cow calved, or a mare foaled, but these wild
+mastiffs devour the young, if they find not resistance from keepers and
+domestic dogs. They run up and down the woods and fields, commonly
+fifty, threescore, or more, together; being withal so fierce, that they
+will often assault an entire herd of wild boars, not ceasing to worry
+them till they have fetched down two or three. One day a French
+buccaneer showed me a strange action of this kind: being in the fields
+a-hunting together, we heard a great noise of dogs which has surrounded
+a wild boar: having tame dogs with us, we left them to the custody of
+our servants, being desirous to see the sport. Hence my companion and I
+climbed up two several trees, both for security and prospect. The wild
+boar, all alone, stood against a tree, defending himself with his tusks
+from a great number of dogs that enclosed him; killed with his teeth,
+and wounded several of them. This bloody fight continued about an hour;
+the wild boar, meanwhile, attempting many times to escape. At last
+flying, one dog, leaping upon his back, fastened on his throat. The rest
+of the dogs, perceiving the courage of their companion, fastened
+likewise on the boar, and presently killed him. This done, all of them,
+the first only excepted, laid themselves down upon the ground about the
+prey, and there peaceably continued, till he, the first and most
+courageous of the troop, had ate as much as he could: when this dog had
+left off, all the rest fell in to take their share, till nothing was
+left. What ought we to infer from this notable action, performed by wild
+animals, but this: that even beasts themselves are not destitute of
+knowledge, and that they give us documents how to honour such as have
+deserved well; even since these irrational animals did reverence and
+respect him that exposed his life to the greatest danger against the
+common enemy?
+
+The governor of Tortuga, Monsieur Ogeron, finding that the wild dogs
+killed so many of the wild boars, that the hunters of that island had
+much ado to find any; fearing lest that common substance of the island
+should fail, sent for a great quantity of poison from France to destroy
+the wild mastiffs: this was done, A.D. 1668, by commanding horses to be
+killed, and empoisoned, and laid open at certain places where the wild
+dogs used to resort. This being continued for six months, there were
+killed an incredible number; and yet all this could not exterminate and
+destroy the race, or scarce diminish them; their number appearing almost
+as large as before. These wild dogs are easily tamed among men, even as
+tame as ordinary house dogs. The hunters of those parts, whenever they
+find a wild bitch with whelps, commonly take away the puppies, and bring
+them home; which being grown up, they hunt much better than other dogs.
+
+But here the curious reader may perhaps inquire how so many wild dogs
+came here. The occasion was, the Spaniards having possessed these isles,
+found them peopled with Indians, a barbarous people, sensual and
+brutish, hating all labour, and only inclined to killing, and making war
+against their neighbours; not out of ambition, but only because they
+agreed not with themselves in some common terms of language; and
+perceiving the dominion of the Spaniards laid great restrictions upon
+their lazy and brutish customs, they conceived an irreconcilable hatred
+against them; but especially because they saw them take possession of
+their kingdoms and dominions. Hereupon, they made against them all the
+resistance they could, opposing everywhere their designs to the utmost:
+and the Spaniards finding themselves cruelly hated by the Indians, and
+nowhere secure from their treacheries, resolved to extirpate and ruin
+them, since they could neither tame them by civility, nor conquer them
+with the sword. But the Indians, it being their custom to make the woods
+their chief places of defence, at present made these their refuge,
+whenever they fled from the Spaniards. Hereupon, those first conquerors
+of the New World made use of dogs to range and search the intricatest
+thickets of woods and forests for those their implacable and
+unconquerable enemies: thus they forced them to leave their old refuge,
+and submit to the sword, seeing no milder usage would do it; hereupon
+they killed some of them, and quartering their bodies, placed them in
+the highways, that others might take warning from such a punishment; but
+this severity proved of ill consequence, for instead of fighting them
+and reducing them to civility, they conceived such horror of the
+Spaniards, that they resolved to detest and fly their sight for ever;
+hence the greatest part died in caves and subterraneous places of the
+woods and mountains, in which places I myself have often seen great
+numbers of human bones. The Spaniards finding no more Indians to appear
+about the woods, turned away a great number of dogs they had in their
+houses, and they finding no masters to keep them, betook themselves to
+the woods and fields to hunt for food to preserve their lives; thus by
+degrees they became unacquainted with houses, and grew wild. This is the
+truest account I can give of the multitudes of wild dogs in these parts.
+
+But besides these wild mastiffs, here are also great numbers of wild
+horses everywhere all over the island: they are but low of stature,
+short bodied, with great heads, long necks, and big or thick legs: in a
+word, they have nothing handsome in their shape. They run up and down
+commonly in troops of two or three hundred together, one going always
+before to lead the multitude: when they meet any person travelling
+through the woods or fields, they stand still, suffering him to approach
+till he can almost touch them: and then suddenly starting, they betake
+themselves to flight, running away as fast as they can. The hunters
+catch them only for their skins, though sometimes they preserve their
+flesh likewise, which they harden with smoke, using it for provisions
+when they go to sea.
+
+Here would be also wild bulls and cows in great number, if by continual
+hunting they were not much diminished; yet considerable profit is made
+to this day by such as make it their business to kill them. The wild
+bulls are of a vast bigness of body, and yet they hurt not any one
+except they be exasperated. Their hides are from eleven to thirteen feet
+long.
+
+It is now time to speak of the French who inhabit great part of this
+island. We have already told how they came first into these parts: we
+shall now only describe their manner of living, customs, and ordinary
+employments. The callings or professions they follow are generally but
+three, either to hunt or plant, or else to rove the seas as pirates. It
+is a constant custom among them all, to seek out a comrade or companion,
+whom we may call partner in their fortunes, with whom they join the
+whole stock of what they possess towards a common gain. This is done by
+articles agreed to, and reciprocally signed. Some constitute their
+surviving companion absolute heir to what is left by the death of the
+first: others, if they be married, leave their estates to their wives
+and children; others, to other relations. This done, every one applies
+himself to his calling, which is always one of the three
+afore-mentioned.
+
+The hunters are again subdivided into two sorts; for some of these only
+hunt wild bulls and cows, others only wild boars. The first of these are
+called bucaniers, and not long ago were about six hundred on this
+island, but now they are reckoned about three hundred. The cause has
+been the great decrease of wild cattle, which has been such, that, far
+from getting, they now are but poor in their trade. When the bucaniers
+go into the woods to hunt for wild bulls and cows, they commonly remain
+there a twelvemonth or two years, without returning home. After the hunt
+is over, and the spoil divided, they commonly sail to Tortuga, to
+provide themselves with guns, powder, and shot, and other necessaries
+for another expedition; the rest of their gains they spend prodigally,
+giving themselves to all manner of vices and debauchery, particularly to
+drunkenness, which they practise mostly with brandy: this they drink as
+liberally as the Spaniards do water. Sometimes they buy together a pipe
+of wine; this they stave at one end, and never cease drinking till it is
+out. Thus sottishly they live till they have no money left. The said
+bucaniers are very cruel and tyrannical to their servants, so that
+commonly they had rather be galley-slaves, or saw Brazil wood in the
+rasphouses of Holland, than serve such barbarous masters.
+
+The second sort hunt nothing but wild boars; the flesh of these they
+salt, and sell it so to the planters. These hunters have the same
+vicious customs, and are as much addicted to debauchery as the former;
+but their manner of hunting is different from that in Europe; for these
+bucaniers have certain places designed for hunting, where they live for
+three or four months, and sometimes a whole year. Such places are called
+deza boulan; and in these, with only the company of five or six friends,
+they continue all the said time in mutual friendship. The first
+bucaniers many times agree with planters to furnish them with meat all
+the year at a certain price: the payment hereof is often made with two
+or three hundredweight of tobacco in the leaf; but the planters
+commonly into the bargain furnish them with a servant, whom they send
+to help. To the servant they afford sufficient necessaries for the
+purpose, especially of powder and shot to hunt withal.
+
+The planters here have but very few slaves; for want of which,
+themselves and their servants are constrained to do all the drudgery.
+These servants commonly bind themselves to their masters for three
+years; but their masters, having no consciences, often traffic with
+their bodies, as with horses at a fair, selling them to other masters as
+they sell negroes. Yea, to advance this trade, some persons go purposely
+into France (and likewise to England, and other countries) to pick up
+young men or boys, whom they inveigle and transport; and having once got
+them into these islands, they work them like horses, the toil imposed on
+them being much harder than what they enjoin the negroes, their slaves;
+for these they endeavour to preserve, being their perpetual bondmen: but
+for their white servants, they care not whether they live or die, seeing
+they are to serve them no longer than three years. These miserable
+kidnapped people are frequently subject to a disease, which in these
+parts is called coma, being a total privation of their senses. This
+distemper is judged to proceed from their hard usage, and the change of
+their native climate; and there being often among these some of good
+quality, tender education, and soft constitutions, they are more easily
+seized with this disease, and others of those countries, than those of
+harder bodies, and laborious lives. Beside the hard usage in their diet,
+apparel, and rest, many times they beat them so cruelly, that they fall
+down dead under the hands of their cruel masters. This I have often seen
+with great grief. Of the many instances, I shall only give you the
+following history, it being remarkable in its circumstances.
+
+A certain planter of these countries exercised such cruelty towards one
+of his servants, as caused him to run away. Having absconded, for some
+days, in the woods, at last he was taken, and brought back to the wicked
+Pharaoh. No sooner had he got him, but he commanded him to be tied to a
+tree; here he gave him so many lashes on his naked back, as made his
+body run with an entire stream of blood; then, to make the smart of his
+wounds the greater, he anointed him with lemon-juice, mixed with salt
+and pepper. In this miserable posture he left him tied to the tree for
+twenty-four hours, which being past, he began his punishment again,
+lashing him, as before, so cruelly, that the miserable wretch gave up
+the ghost, with these dying words: "I beseech the Almighty God, creator
+of heaven and earth, that he permit the wicked spirit to make thee feel
+as many torments before thy death, as thou hast caused me to feel before
+mine." A strange thing, and worthy of astonishment and admiration!
+Scarce three or four days were past, after this horrible fact, when the
+Almighty Judge, who had heard the cries of the tormented wretch,
+suffered the evil one suddenly to possess this barbarous and inhuman
+homicide, so that those cruel hands which had punished to death his
+innocent servant, were the tormentors of his own body: for he beat
+himself and tore his flesh, after a miserable manner, till he lost the
+very shape of a man; not ceasing to howl and cry, without any rest by
+day or night. Thus he continued raving mad, till he died. Many other
+examples of this kind I could rehearse; but these not belonging to our
+present discourse, I omit them.
+
+The planters of the Caribbee islands are rather worse, and more cruel to
+their servants, than the former. In the isle of St. Christopher dwells
+one named Bettesa, well known to the Dutch merchants, who has killed
+above a hundred of his servants with blows and stripes. The English do
+the same with their servants; and the mildest cruelty they exercise
+towards them is, that when they have served six years of their time
+(they being bound among the English for seven) they use them so cruelly,
+as to force them to beg of their masters to sell them to others, though
+it be to begin another servitude of seven years, or at least three or
+four. And I have known many, who have thus served fifteen or twenty
+years, before they could obtain their freedom. Another law, very
+rigorous in that nation, is, if any man owes another above twenty-five
+shillings English, if he cannot pay it, he is liable to be sold for six
+or eight months. Not to trouble the reader any longer with relations of
+this kind, I shall now describe the famous actions and exploits of the
+greatest pirates of my time, during my residence in those parts: these I
+shall relate without the least passion or partiality, and assure my
+reader that I shall give him no stories upon trust, or hearsay, but only
+those enterprises to which I was myself an eye-witness.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+_Original of the most famous pirates of the coasts of America--Famous
+exploit of Pierre le Grand._
+
+
+I HAVE told you in the preceding chapters how I was compelled to
+adventure my life among the pirates of America; which sort of men I name
+so, because they are not authorized by any sovereign prince: for the
+kings of Spain having on several occasions sent their ambassadors to the
+kings of England and France, to complain of the molestations and
+troubles those pirates often caused on the coasts of America, even in
+the calm of peace; it hath always been answered, "that such men did not
+commit those acts of hostility and piracy as subjects to their
+majesties; and therefore his Catholic Majesty might proceed against them
+as he should think fit." The king of France added, "that he had no
+fortress nor castle upon Hispaniola, neither did he receive a farthing
+of tribute from thence." And the king of England adjoined, "that he had
+never given any commissions to those of Jamaica, to commit hostilities
+against the subjects of his Catholic Majesty." Nor did he only give this
+bare answer, but out of his royal desire to pleasure the court of Spain,
+recalled the governor of Jamaica, placing another in his room; all
+which could not prevent these pirates from acting as heretofore. But
+before I relate their bold actions, I shall say something of their rise
+and exercises; as also of the chiefest of them, and their manner of
+arming themselves before they put to sea.
+
+The first pirate that was known upon Tortuga was Pierre le Grand, or
+Peter the Great. He was born at Dieppe in Normandy. That action which
+rendered him famous was his taking the vice-admiral of the Spanish
+flota, near the Cape of Tiburon, on the west side of Hispaniola; this he
+performed with only one boat, and twenty-eight men. Now till that time
+the Spaniards had passed and repassed with all security, through the
+channel of Bahama; so that Pierre le Grand setting out to sea by the
+Caycos, he took this great ship with all the ease imaginable. The
+Spaniards they found aboard they set ashore, and sent the vessel to
+France. The manner how this undaunted spirit attempted and took this
+large ship I shall give you, out of the journal of the author, in his
+own words. "The boat," says he, "wherein Pierre le Grand was with his
+companions, had been at sea a long time without finding any prize worth
+his taking; and their provisions beginning to fail, they were in danger
+of starving. Being almost reduced to despair, they spied a great ship of
+the Spanish flota, separated from the rest; this vessel they resolved to
+take, or die in the attempt. Hereupon, they sailed towards her, to view
+her strength. And though they judged the vessel to be superior to
+theirs, yet their covetousness, and the extremity they were reduced to,
+made them venture. Being come so near that they could not possibly
+escape, they made an oath to their captain, Pierre le Grand, to stand by
+him to the last. 'Tis true, the pirates did believe they should find the
+ship unprovided to fight, and thereby the sooner master her. It was in
+the dusk of the evening they began to attack; but before they engaged,
+they ordered the surgeon of the boat to bore a hole in the sides of it,
+that their own vessel sinking under them, they might be compelled to
+attack more vigorously, and endeavour more hastily to board the ship.
+This was done accordingly, and without any other arms than a pistol in
+one hand and a sword in the other, they immediately climbed up the sides
+of the ship, and ran altogether into the great cabin, where they found
+the captain, with several of his companions, playing at cards. Here they
+set a pistol to his breast, commanding him to deliver up the ship. The
+Spaniards, surprised to see the pirates on board their ship, cried
+'Jesus bless us! are these devils, or what are they?' Meanwhile some of
+them took possession of the gun-room, and seized the arms, killing as
+many as made any opposition; whereupon the Spaniards presently
+surrendered. That very day the captain of the ship had been told by some
+of the seamen that the boat which was in view, cruising, was a boat of
+pirates; whom the captain slightly answered, 'What then, must I be
+afraid of such a pitiful thing as that is? No, though she were a ship
+as big and as strong as mine is.' As soon as Pierre le Grand had taken
+this rich prize, he detained in his service as many of the common seamen
+as he had need of, setting the rest ashore, and then set sail for
+France, where he continued, without ever returning to America again."
+
+[Illustration: "PIERRE LE GRAND COMMANDING THE SPANISH CAPTAIN TO
+SURRENDER THE SHIP"--_Page 36_]
+
+The planters and hunters of Tortuga had no sooner heard of the rich
+prize those pirates had taken, but they resolved to follow their
+example. Hereupon, many of them left their employments, and endeavoured
+to get some small boats, wherein to exercise piracy; but not being able
+to purchase, or build them at Tortuga, they resolved to set forth in
+their canoes, and seek them elsewhere. With these they cruised at first
+upon Cape de Alvarez, where the Spaniards used to trade from one city to
+another in small vessels, in which they carry hides, tobacco, and other
+commodities, to the Havannah, and to which the Spaniards from Europe do
+frequently resort.
+
+Here it was that those pirates at first took a great many boats laden
+with the aforesaid commodities; these they used to carry to Tortuga, and
+sell the whole purchase to the ships that waited for their return, or
+accidentally happened to be there. With the gains of these prizes they
+provided themselves with necessaries, wherewith to undertake other
+voyages, some of which were made to Campechy, and others toward New
+Spain; in both which the Spaniards then drove a great trade. Upon those
+coasts they found great numbers of trading vessels, and often ships of
+great burden. Two of the biggest of these vessels, and two great ships
+which the Spaniards had laden with plate in the port of Campechy, to go
+to the Caraccas, they took in less than a month's time, and carried to
+Tortuga; where the people of the whole island, encouraged by their
+success, especially seeing in two years the riches of the country so
+much increased, they augmented the number of pirates so fast, that in a
+little time there were, in that small island and port, above twenty
+ships of this sort of people. Hereupon the Spaniards, not able to bear
+their robberies any longer, equipped two large men-of-war, both for the
+defence of their own coasts, and to cruise upon the enemies.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+_How the pirates arm their vessels, and regulate their voyages._
+
+
+BEFORE the pirates go to sea, they give notice to all concerned, of the
+day on which they are to embark; obliging each man to bring so many
+pounds of powder and ball as they think necessary. Being all come
+aboard, they consider where to get provisions, especially flesh, seeing
+they scarce eat anything else; and of this the most common sort is pork;
+the next food is tortoises, which they salt a little: sometimes they rob
+such or such hog-yards, where the Spaniards often have a thousand head
+of swine together. They come to these places in the night, and having
+beset the keeper's lodge, they force him to rise, and give them as many
+heads as they desire, threatening to kill him if he refuses, or makes
+any noise; and these menaces are oftentimes executed on the miserable
+swine-keepers, or any other person that endeavours to hinder their
+robberies.
+
+Having got flesh sufficient for their voyage, they return to their ship:
+here they allow, twice a day, every one as much as he can eat, without
+weight or measure; nor does the steward of the vessel give any more
+flesh, or anything else, to the captain, than to the meanest mariner.
+The ship being well victualled, they deliberate whither they shall go to
+seek their desperate fortunes, and likewise agree upon certain articles,
+which are put in writing, which every one is bound to observe; and all
+of them, or the chiefest part, do set their hands to it. Here they set
+down distinctly what sums of money each particular person ought to have
+for that voyage, the fund of all the payments being what is gotten by
+the whole expedition; for otherwise it is the same law among these
+people as with other pirates. No prey, no pay. First, therefore, they
+mention how much the captain is to have for his ship; next, the salary
+of the carpenter, or shipwright, who careened, mended, and rigged the
+vessel: this commonly amounts to one hundred or one hundred and fifty
+pieces of eight, according to the agreement. Afterwards, for provisions
+and victualling, they draw out of the same common stock about two
+hundred pieces of eight; also a salary for the surgeon, and his chest of
+medicaments, which usually is rated at two hundred or two hundred and
+fifty pieces of eight. Lastly, they agree what rate each one ought to
+have that is either wounded or maimed in his body, suffering the loss of
+any limb; as, for the loss of a right arm, six hundred pieces of eight,
+or six slaves; for the left arm, five hundred pieces of eight, or five
+slaves; for a right leg, five hundred pieces of eight, or five slaves;
+for the left leg, four hundred pieces of eight, or four slaves; for an
+eye, one hundred pieces of eight, or one slave; for a finger, the same
+as for an eye. All which sums are taken out of the common stock of what
+is gotten by their piracy, and a very exact and equal dividend is made
+of the remainder. They have also regard to qualities and places: thus
+the captain, or chief, is allotted five or six portions, to what the
+ordinary seamen have: the master's mate only two, and other officers
+proportionately to their employ: after which, they draw equal parts from
+the highest to the lowest mariner, the boys not being omitted, who draw
+half a share; because when they take a better vessel than their own, it
+is in the boys' duty to fire their former vessel, and then retire to the
+prize.
+
+They observe among themselves very good orders; for in the prizes which
+they take, it is severely prohibited, to every one, to take anything to
+themselves: hence all they take is equally divided, as hath been said
+before: yea, they take a solemn oath to each other, not to conceal the
+least thing they find among the prizes; and if any one is found false to
+the said oath, he is immediately turned out of the society. They are
+very civil and charitable to each other; so that if any one wants what
+another has, with great willingness they give it one to another. As soon
+as these pirates have taken a prize, they immediately set ashore the
+prisoners, detaining only some few, for their own help and service:
+whom, also, they release, after two or three years. They refresh
+themselves at one island or another, but especially at those on the
+south of Cuba; here they careen their vessels, while some hunt, and
+others cruise in canoes for prizes.
+
+The inhabitants of New Spain and Campechy lade their best merchandize in
+ships of great bulk: the vessels from Campechy sail in the winter to
+Caraccas, Trinity isles, and that of Margarita, and return back again in
+the summer. The pirates knowing these seasons (being very diligent in
+their inquiries) always cruise between the places above-mentioned; but
+in case they light on no considerable booty, they commonly undertake
+some more hazardous enterprises: one remarkable instance of which I
+shall here give you.
+
+A certain pirate called Pierre Francois, or Peter Francis, waiting a
+long time at sea with his boat and twenty-six men, for the ships that
+were to return from Maracaibo to Campechy, and not being able to find
+any prey, at last he resolved to direct his course to Rancheiras, near
+the River de la Plata, in 12 deg. and a half north latitude. Here lies a
+rich bank of pearl, to the fishery whereof they yearly sent from
+Carthagena twelve vessels with a man-of-war for their defence. Every
+vessel has at least two negroes in it, who are very dextrous in diving
+to the depth of six fathoms, where they find good store of pearls. On
+this fleet, called the pearl-fleet, Pierre Francois resolved to venture,
+rather than go home empty; they then rid at anchor at the mouth of the
+River de la Hacha, the man-of-war scarce half a league distant from the
+small ships, and the wind very calm. Having spied them in this posture,
+he presently pulled down his sails, and rowed along the coast feigning
+to be a Spanish vessel coming from Maracaibo; but no sooner was he come
+to the pearl-bank, when suddenly he assaulted the vice-admiral of eight
+guns and sixty men, commanding them to surrender. The Spaniards made a
+good defence for some time, but at last were forced to submit.
+
+Having thus taken the vice-admiral, he resolved to attempt the
+man-of-war, with which addition he hoped to master the rest of the
+fleet: to this end he presently sunk his own boat, putting forth the
+Spanish colours, and weighed anchor with a little wind which then began
+to stir, having with threats and promises compelled most of the
+Spaniards to assist him: but so soon as the man-of-war perceived one of
+his fleet to sail, he did so too, fearing lest the mariners designed to
+run away with the riches they had on board. The pirate on this
+immediately gave over the enterprise, thinking themselves unable to
+encounter force to force: hereupon they endeavoured to get out of the
+river and gain the open seas, by making as much sail as they could;
+which the man-of-war perceiving, he presently gave them chase, but the
+pirates having laid on too much sail, and a gust of wind suddenly
+rising, their main-mast was brought by the board, which disabled them
+from escaping.
+
+This unhappy event much encouraged those in the man-of-war, they gaining
+upon the pirates every moment, and at last overtook them; but finding
+they had twenty-two sound men, the rest being either killed or wounded,
+resolved to defend themselves as long as possible; this they performed
+very courageously for some time, till they were forced by the
+man-of-war, on condition that they should not be used as slaves to carry
+stones, or be employed in other labours for three or four years, as they
+served their negroes, but that they should be set safe ashore on free
+land. On these articles they yielded with all they had taken, which was
+worth, in pearls alone, above 100,000 pieces of eight, besides the
+vessel, provisions, goods, &c. All of which would have made this a
+greater prize than he could desire, which he had certainly carried off,
+if his main-mast had not been lost, as we said before.
+
+Another bold attempt like this, no less remarkable, I shall also give
+you. A certain pirate of Portugal, thence called Bartholomew Portugues,
+was cruising in a boat of thirty men and four small guns from Jamaica,
+upon the Cape de Corriente in Cuba, where he met a great ship from
+Maracaibo and Carthagena, bound for the Havannah, well provided with
+twenty great guns and seventy men, passengers and mariners; this ship he
+presently assaulted, which they on board as resolutely defended. The
+pirate escaping the first encounter, resolved to attack her more
+vigorously than before, seeing he had yet suffered no great damage: this
+he performed with so much resolution, that at last, after a long and
+dangerous fight, he became master of it. The Portuguese lost only ten
+men, and had four wounded; so that he had still remaining twenty
+fighting men, whereas the Spaniards had double the number. Having
+possessed themselves of the ship, the wind being contrary to return to
+Jamaica, they resolved to steer to Cape St. Anthony (which lies west of
+Cuba), there to repair and take in fresh water, of which they were then
+in great want.
+
+Being very near the cape abovesaid, they unexpectedly met with three
+great ships coming from New Spain, and bound for the Havannah; by these
+not being able to escape, they were easily retaken, both ship and
+pirates, and all made prisoners, and stripped of all the riches they had
+taken but just before. The cargo consisted in 120,000 weight of
+cocoa-nuts, the chief ingredient of chocolate, and 70,000 pieces of
+eight. Two days after this misfortune, there arose a great storm, which
+separated the ships from one another. The great vessel, where the
+pirates were, arrived at Campechy, where many considerable merchants
+came and saluted the captain; these presently knew the Portuguese
+pirate, being infamous for the many insolencies, robberies and murders
+he had committed on their coasts, which they kept fresh in their memory.
+
+The next day after their arrival, the magistrates of the city sent to
+demand the prisoners from on board the ship, in order to punish them
+according to their deserts; but fearing the captain of the pirates
+should make his escape (as he had formerly done, being their prisoner
+once before) they judged it safer to leave him guarded on ship-board for
+the present, while they erected a gibbet to hang him on the next day,
+without any other process than to lead him from the ship to his
+punishment; the rumour of which was presently brought to Bartholomew
+Portugues, whereby he sought all possible means to escape that night:
+with this design he took two earthen jars, wherein the Spaniards carry
+wine from Spain to the West Indies, and stopped them very well,
+intending to use them for swimming, as those unskilled in that art do
+corks or empty bladders; having made this necessary preparation, he
+waited when all should be asleep; but not being able to escape his
+sentinel's vigilance, he stabbed him with a knife he had secretly
+purchased, and then threw himself into the sea with the earthen jars
+before-mentioned, by the help of which, though he never learned to swim,
+he reached the shore, and immediately took to the woods, where he hid
+himself for three days, not daring to appear, eating no other food than
+wild herbs.
+
+[Illustration: "'PORTUGUES MADE THE BEST OF HIS WAY TO DEL GOLPHO
+TRISTE'"--_Page 46_]
+
+Those of the city next day made diligent search for him in the woods,
+where they concluded him to be. This strict inquiry Portugues saw from
+the hollow of a tree, wherein he lay hid; and upon their return he made
+the best of his way to del Golpho Triste, forty leagues from Campechy,
+where he arrived within a fortnight after his escape: during which
+time, as also afterwards, he endured extreme hunger and thirst, having
+no other provision with him than a small calabaca with a little water:
+besides the fears of falling again into the hands of the Spaniards. He
+eat nothing but a few shell-fish, which he found among the rocks near
+the seashore; and being obliged to pass some rivers, not knowing well
+how to swim, he found at last an old board which the waves had driven
+ashore, wherein were a few great nails; these he took, and with no small
+labour whetted on a stone, till he had made them like knives, though not
+so well; with these, and nothing else, he cut down some branches of
+trees, which with twigs and osiers he joined together, and made as well
+as he could a boat to waft him over the rivers: thus arriving at the
+Cape of Golpho Triste, as was said, he found a vessel of pirates,
+comrades of his own, lately come from Jamaica.
+
+To these he related all his adversities and misfortunes, and withal
+desired they would fit him with a boat and twenty men, with which
+company alone he promised to return to Campechy, and assault the ship
+that was in the river, by which he had been taken fourteen days before.
+They presently granted his request, and equipped him a boat accordingly.
+With this small company he set out to execute his design, which he
+bravely performed eight days after he left Golpho Triste; for being
+arrived at Campechy, with an undaunted courage, and without any noise,
+he assaulted the said ship: those on board thought it was a boat from
+land that came to bring contraband goods, and so were in no posture of
+defence; which opportunity the pirates laying hold of, assaulted them so
+resolutely, that in a little time they compelled the Spaniards to
+surrender.
+
+Being masters of the ship, they immediately weighed anchor and set sail
+from the port, lest they should be pursued by other vessels. This they
+did with the utmost joy, seeing themselves possessors of so brave a
+ship; especially Portugues, who by a second turn of fortune was become
+rich and powerful again, who was so lately in that same vessel a
+prisoner, condemned to be hanged. With this purchase he designed greater
+things, which he might have done, since there remained in the vessel so
+great a quantity of rich merchandise, though the plate had been sent to
+the city: but while he was making his voyage to Jamaica, near the isle
+of Pinos, on the south of Cuba, a terrible storm arose, which drove
+against the Jardines rocks, where she was lost; but Portugues, with his
+companions, escaped in a canoe, in which he arrived at Jamaica, where it
+was not long ere he went on new adventures, but was never fortunate
+after.
+
+Nor less considerable are the actions of another pirate who now lives at
+Jamaica, who on several occasions has performed very surprising things.
+He was born at Groninghen in the United Provinces. His own name not
+being known, his companions gave him that of Roche Brasiliano, by reason
+of his long residence in Brasil: hence he was forced to fly, when the
+Portuguese retook those countries from the Dutch, several nations then
+inhabiting at Brasil (as English, French, Dutch, and others), being
+constrained to seek new fortunes.
+
+This person fled to Jamaica, where, being at a stand how to get his
+living, he entered himself into the society of pirates, where he served
+as a private mariner for some time, and behaved himself so well, that he
+was beloved and respected by all. One day some of the mariners
+quarrelled with their captain to that degree, that they left the boat.
+Brasiliano following them, was chosen their leader, who having fitted
+out a small vessel, they made him captain.
+
+Within a few days after, he took a great ship coming from New Spain,
+which had a great quantity of plate on board, and carried it to Jamaica.
+This action got him a great reputation at home; and though in his
+private affairs he governed himself very well, he would oftentimes
+appear brutish and foolish when in drink, running up and down the
+streets, beating and wounding those he met, no person daring to make any
+resistance.
+
+To the Spaniards he was always very barbarous and cruel, out of an
+inveterate hatred against that nation. Of these he commanded several to
+be roasted alive on wooden spits, for not showing him hog-yards where he
+might steal swine. After many of these cruelties, as he was cruising on
+the coasts of Campechy, a dismal tempest surprised him so violently,
+that his ship was wrecked upon the coasts, the mariners only escaping
+with their muskets and some few bullets and powder, which were the only
+things they could save. The ship was lost between Campechy and the
+Golpho Triste: here they got ashore in a canoe, and, marching along the
+coast with all the speed they could, they directed their course towards
+Golpho Triste, the common refuge of the pirates. Being upon his journey,
+and all very hungry and thirsty, as is usual in desert places, they were
+pursued by a troop of an hundred Spaniards. Brasiliano, perceiving their
+imminent danger, encouraged his companions, telling them they were
+better soldiers, and ought rather to die under their arms fighting, as
+it became men of courage, than surrender to the Spaniards, who would
+take away their lives with the utmost torments. The pirates were but
+thirty; yet, seeing their brave commander oppose the enemy with such
+courage, resolved to do the like: hereupon they faced the troop of
+Spaniards, and discharged their muskets on them so dextrously, that they
+killed one horseman almost with every shot. The fight continued for an
+hour, till at last the Spaniards were put to flight. They stripped the
+dead, and took from them what was most for their use; such as were also
+not quite dead they dispatched with the ends of their muskets.
+
+Having vanquished the enemy, they mounted on horses they found in the
+field, and continued their journey; Brasiliano having lost but two of
+his companions in this bloody fight, and had two wounded. Prosecuting
+their way, before they came to the port they spied a boat at anchor from
+Campechy, well manned, protecting a few canoes that were lading wood:
+hereupon they sent six of their men to watch them, who next morning, by
+a wile, possessed themselves of the canoes. Having given notice to their
+companions, they boarded them, and also took the little man-of-war,
+their convoy. Being thus masters of this fleet, they wanted only
+provisions, of which they found little aboard those vessels: but this
+defect was supplied by the horses, which they killed, and salted with
+salt, which by good fortune the wood-cutters had brought with them, with
+which they supported themselves till they could get better.
+
+They took also another ship going from New Spain to Maracaibo, laden
+with divers sorts of merchandise and pieces of eight, designed to buy
+cocoa-nuts for their lading home: all these they carried to Jamaica,
+where they safely arrived, and, according to custom, wasted all in a few
+days in taverns, giving themselves to all manner of debauchery. Such of
+these pirates will spend two or three thousand pieces of eight in a
+night, not leaving themselves a good shirt to wear in the morning. My
+own master would buy sometimes a pipe of wine, and, placing it in the
+street, would force those that passed by to drink with him, threatening
+also to pistol them if they would not. He would do the like with barrels
+of beer or ale; and very often he would throw these liquors about the
+streets, and wet peoples' clothes without regarding whether he spoiled
+their apparel.
+
+Among themselves these pirates are very liberal: if any one has lost
+all, which often happens in their manner of life, they freely give him
+of what they have. In taverns and alehouses they have great credit; but
+at Jamaica they ought not to run very deep in debt, seeing the
+inhabitants there easily sell one another for debt. This happened to my
+patron, to be sold for a debt of a tavern wherein he had spent the
+greatest part of his money. This man had, within three months before,
+three thousand pieces of eight in ready cash, all which he wasted in
+that little time, and became as poor as I have told you.
+
+But to return Brasiliano, after having spent all, was forced to go to
+sea again to seek his fortune. He set forth towards the coast of
+Campechy, his common rendezvous: fifteen days after his arrival, he put
+himself into a canoe to espy the port of that city, and see if he could
+rob any Spanish vessel; but his fortune was so bad, that both he and all
+his men were taken and carried before the governor, who immediately cast
+them into a dungeon, intending to hang them every one; and doubtless he
+had done so, but for a stratagem of Brasiliano, which saved their lives.
+He wrote a letter to the governor, in the names of other pirates that
+were abroad at sea, telling them he should have a care how he used those
+persons he had in custody; for if he hurt them in the least, they swore
+they would never give quarter to any Spaniard that should fall into
+their hands.
+
+These pirates having been often at Campechy, and other places of the
+West Indies in the Spanish dominions, the governor feared what mischief
+their companions abroad might do, if he should punish them. Hereupon he
+released them, exacting only an oath on them that they would leave their
+exercise of piracy for ever; and withal he sent them as common mariners,
+in the galleons, to Spain. They got in this voyage, all together, five
+hundred pieces of eight; so that they tarried not long there after their
+arrival. Providing themselves with necessaries, they returned to
+Jamaica, from whence they set forth again to sea, committing greater
+robberies and cruelties than before; but especially abusing the poor
+Spaniards, who fell into their hands, with all sorts of cruelty.
+
+The Spaniards, finding they could gain nothing on these people, nor
+diminish their number, daily resolved to lessen the number of their
+trading ships. But neither was this of any service; for the pirates,
+finding few ships at sea, began to gather into companies, and to land on
+their dominions, ruining cities, towns, and villages; pillaging,
+burning, and carrying away as much as they could.
+
+The first pirate who began these invasions by land was Lewis Scot, who
+sacked the city of Campechy, which he almost ruined, robbing and
+destroying all he could; and after he had put it to an excessive
+ransom, he left it. After Scot came another named Mansvelt, who invaded
+Granada, and penetrated even to the South Sea; till at last, for want of
+provision, he was forced to go back. He assaulted the isle of St.
+Catherine, which he took, with a few prisoners. These directed him to
+Carthagena, a principal city in Neuva Granada. But the bold attempts and
+actions of John Davis, born at Jamaica, ought not to be forgotten, being
+some of the most remarkable; especially his rare prudence and valour
+showed in the fore-mentioned kingdom of Granada. This pirate, having
+long cruised in the Gulf of Pocatauro, on the ships expected to
+Carthagena, bound for Nicaragua, and not meeting any of them, resolved
+at last to land in Nicaragua, leaving his ship hid on the coast.
+
+This design he soon executed; for taking eighty men out of ninety, which
+he had in all--and the rest he left to keep the ship--he divided them
+equally into three canoes. His intent was to rob the churches, and rifle
+the houses of the chief citizens of Nicaragua. Thus in the dark night
+they entered the river leading to that city, rowing in their canoes; by
+day they hid themselves and boats under the branches of trees, on the
+banks, which grow very thick along the river-sides in those countries,
+and along the sea-coast. Being arrived at the city the third night, the
+sentinel, who kept the post of the river, thought them to be fishermen
+that had been fishing in the lake: and most of the pirates
+understanding Spanish, he doubted not, as soon as he heard them speak.
+They had in their company an Indian who had run away from his master,
+who would have enslaved him unjustly. He went first ashore, and
+instantly killed the sentinel: this done, they entered the city, and
+went directly to three or four houses of the chief citizens, where they
+knocked softly. These, believing them to be friends, opened the doors;
+and the pirates, suddenly possessing themselves of the houses, stole all
+the money and plate they could find. Nor did they spare the churches and
+most sacred things; all of which were pillaged and profaned, without any
+respect or veneration.
+
+Meanwhile, great cries and lamentations were heard of some who had
+escaped them; so that the whole city was in an uproar, and all the
+citizens rallied in order, to a defence; which the pirates perceiving,
+they instantly fled, carrying away their booty, and some prisoners:
+these they led away, that if any of them should be taken by the
+Spaniards, they might use them for ransom. Thus they got to their ship,
+and with all speed put to sea, forcing the prisoners, before they let
+them go, to procure them as much flesh as was necessary for their voyage
+to Jamaica. But no sooner had they weighed anchor, when they saw a troop
+of about five hundred Spaniards, all well armed, at the sea-side:
+against these they let fly several guns, wherewith they forced them to
+quit the sands, and retire, with no small regret to see these pirates
+carry away so much plate of their churches and houses, though distant at
+least forty leagues from the sea.
+
+These pirates got, on this occasion, above four thousand pieces of eight
+in money, besides much plate, and many jewels; in all, to the value of
+fifty thousand pieces of eight, or more: with all this they arrived at
+Jamaica soon after. But this sort of people being never long masters of
+their money, they were soon constrained to seek more by the same means;
+and Captain John Davis, presently after his return, was chosen admiral
+of seven or eight vessels, he being now esteemed an able conductor for
+such enterprises. He began his new command by directing his fleet to the
+north of Cuba, there to wait for the fleet from New Spain; but missing
+his design, they determined for Florida. Being arrived there, they
+landed their men, and sacked a small city named St. Augustine of
+Florida. The castle had a garrison of two hundred men, but could not
+prevent the pillage of the city, they effecting it without the least
+damage from the soldiers or townsmen.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+_Of the origin of Francis Lolonois, and the beginning of his robberies._
+
+
+FRANCIS LOLONOIS was a native of that territory in France which is
+called Les Sables d'Olone, or The Sands of Olone. In his youth he was
+transported to the Caribbee islands, in quality of servant, or slave,
+according to custom; of which we have already spoken. Being out of his
+time, he came to Hispaniola; here he joined for some time with the
+hunters, before he began his robberies upon the Spaniards, which I shall
+now relate, till his unfortunate death.
+
+At first he made two or three voyages as a common mariner, wherein he
+behaved himself so courageously as to gain the favour of the governor of
+Tortuga, Monsieur de la Place; insomuch that he gave him a ship, in
+which he might seek his fortune, which was very favourable to him at
+first; for in a short time he got great riches. But his cruelties
+against the Spaniards were such, that the fame of them made him so well
+known through the Indies, that the Spaniards, in his time, would choose
+rather to die, or sink fighting, than surrender, knowing they should
+have no mercy at his hands. But Fortune, being seldom constant, after
+some time turned her back; for in a huge storm he lost his ship on the
+coast of Campechy. The men were all saved, but coming upon dry land, the
+Spaniards pursued them, and killed the greatest part, wounding also
+Lolonois. Not knowing how to escape, he saved his life by a stratagem;
+mingling sand with the blood of his wounds, with which besmearing his
+face, and other parts of his body, and hiding himself dextrously among
+the dead, he continued there till the Spaniards quitted the field.
+
+They being gone, he retired to the woods, and bound up his wounds as
+well as he could. These being pretty well healed, he took his way to
+Campechy, having disguised himself in a Spanish habit; here he enticed
+certain slaves, to whom he promised liberty if they would obey him and
+trust to his conduct. They accepted his promises, and stealing a canoe,
+they went to sea with him. Now the Spaniards, having made several of his
+companions prisoners, kept them close in a dungeon, while Lolonois went
+about the town and saw what passed. These were often asked, "What is
+become of your captain?" To whom they constantly answered, "He is dead:"
+which rejoiced the Spaniards, who made bonfires, and, knowing nothing to
+the contrary, gave thanks to God for their deliverance from such a cruel
+pirate. Lolonois, having seen these rejoicings for his death, made haste
+to escape, with the slaves above-mentioned, and came safe to Tortuga,
+the common refuge of all sorts of wickedness, and the seminary, as it
+were, of pirates and thieves. Though now his fortune was low, yet he got
+another ship with craft and subtlety, and in it twenty-one men. Being
+well provided with arms and necessaries, he set forth for Cuba, on the
+south whereof is a small village, called De los Cayos. The inhabitants
+drive a great trade in tobacco, sugar, and hides, and all in boats, not
+being able to use ships, by reason of the little depth of that sea.
+
+Lolonois was persuaded he should get here some considerable prey; but by
+the good fortune of some fishermen who saw him, and the mercy of God,
+they escaped him: for the inhabitants of the town dispatched immediately
+a vessel overland to the Havannah, complaining that Lolonois was come to
+destroy them with two canoes. The governor could very hardly believe
+this, having received letters from Campechy that he was dead: but, at
+their importunity, he sent a ship to their relief, with ten guns, and
+ninety men, well armed; giving them this express command, "that they
+should not return into his presence without having totally destroyed
+those pirates." To this effect he gave them a negro to serve for a
+hangman, and orders, "that they should immediately hang every one of the
+pirates, excepting Lolonois, their captain, whom they should bring alive
+to the Havannah." This ship arrived at Cayos, of whose coming the
+pirates were advertised beforehand, and instead of flying, went to seek
+it in the river Estera, where she rode at anchor. The pirates seized
+some fishermen, and forced them by night to show them the entry of the
+port, hoping soon to obtain a greater vessel than their two canoes, and
+thereby to mend their fortune. They arrived, after two in the morning,
+very nigh the ship; and the watch on board the ship asking them, whence
+they came, and if they had seen any pirates abroad? They caused one of
+the prisoners to answer, they had seen no pirates, nor anything else.
+Which answer made them believe that they were fled upon hearing of their
+coming.
+
+But they soon found the contrary, for about break of day the pirates
+assaulted the vessel on both sides, with their two canoes, with such
+vigour, that though the Spaniards behaved themselves as they ought, and
+made as good defence as they could, making some use of their great guns,
+yet they were forced to surrender, being beaten by the pirates, with
+sword in hand, down under the hatches. From hence Lolonois commanded
+them to be brought up, one by one, and in this order caused their heads
+to be struck off: among the rest came up the negro, designed to be the
+pirates' executioner; this fellow implored mercy at his hands very
+dolefully, telling Lolonois he was constituted hangman of that ship, and
+if he would spare him, he would tell him faithfully all that he should
+desire. Lolonois, making him confess what he thought fit, commanded him
+to be murdered with the rest. Thus he cruelly and barbarously put them
+all to death, reserving only one alive, whom he sent back to the
+governor of the Havannah, with this message in writing: "I shall never
+henceforward give quarter to any Spaniard whatsoever; and I have great
+hopes I shall execute on your own person the very same punishment I have
+done upon them you sent against me. Thus I have retaliated the kindness
+you designed to me and my companions." The governor, much troubled at
+this sad news, swore, in the presence of many, that he would never grant
+quarter to any pirate that should fall into his hands. But the citizens
+of the Havannah desired him not to persist in the execution of that rash
+and rigorous oath, seeing the pirates would certainly take occasion from
+thence to do the same, and they had an hundred times more opportunity of
+revenge than he; that being necessitated to get their livelihood by
+fishery, they should hereafter always be in danger of their lives. By
+these reasons he was persuaded to bridle his anger, and remit the
+severity of his oath.
+
+Now Lolonois had got a good ship, but very few provisions and people in
+it; to purchase both which, he resolved to cruise from one port to
+another. Doing thus, for some time, without success, he determined to go
+to the port of Maracaibo. Here he surprised a ship laden with plate, and
+other merchandises, outward bound, to buy cocoa-nuts. With this prize he
+returned to Tortuga, where he was received with joy by the inhabitants;
+they congratulating his happy success, and their own private interest.
+He stayed not long there, but designed to equip a fleet sufficient to
+transport five hundred men, and necessaries. Thus provided, he resolved
+to pillage both cities, towns, and villages, and finally, to take
+Maracaibo itself. For this purpose he knew the island of Tortuga would
+afford him many resolute and courageous men, fit for such enterprises:
+besides, he had in his service several prisoners well acquainted with
+the ways and places designed upon.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+_Lolonois equips a fleet to land upon the Spanish islands of America,
+with intent to rob, sack and burn whatsoever he met with._
+
+
+OF this design Lolonois giving notice to all the pirates, whether at
+home or abroad, he got together, in a little while, above four hundred
+men; beside which, there was then in Tortuga another pirate, named
+Michael de Basco, who, by his piracy, had got riches sufficient to live
+at ease, and go no more abroad; having, withal, the office of major of
+the island. But seeing the great preparations that Lolonois made for
+this expedition, he joined him, and offered him, that if he would make
+him his chief captain by land (seeing he knew the country very well, and
+all its avenues) he would share in his fortunes, and go with him. They
+agreed upon articles to the great joy of Lolonois, knowing that Basco
+had done great actions in Europe, and had the repute of a good soldier.
+Thus they all embarked in eight vessels, that of Lolonois being the
+greatest, having ten guns of indifferent carriage.
+
+All things being ready, and the whole company on board, they set sail
+together about the end of April, being, in all, six hundred and sixty
+persons. They steered for that part called Bayala, north of Hispaniola:
+here they took into their company some French hunters, who voluntarily
+offered themselves, and here they provided themselves with victuals and
+necessaries for their voyage.
+
+From hence they sailed again the last of July, and steered directly to
+the eastern cape of the isle called Punta d'Espada. Hereabouts espying a
+ship from Puerto Rico, bound for New Spain, laden with cocoa-nuts,
+Lolonois commanded the rest of the fleet to wait for him near Savona, on
+the east of Cape Punta d'Espada, he alone intending to take the said
+vessel. The Spaniards, though they had been in sight full two hours, and
+knew them to be pirates, yet would not flee, but prepared to fight,
+being well armed, and provided. The combat lasted three hours, and then
+they surrendered. This ship had sixteen guns, and fifty fighting men
+aboard: they found in her 120,000 weight of cocoa, 40,000 pieces of
+eight, and the value of 10,000 more in jewels. Lolonois sent the vessel
+presently to Tortuga to be unladed, with orders to return as soon as
+possible to Savona, where he would wait for them: meanwhile, the rest of
+the fleet being arrived at Savona, met another Spanish vessel coming
+from Coman, with military provisions to Hispaniola, and money to pay the
+garrisons there. This vessel they also took, without any resistance,
+though mounted with eight guns. In it were 7,000 weight of powder, a
+great number of muskets, and like things, with 12,000 pieces of eight.
+
+These successes encouraged the pirates, they seeming very lucky
+beginnings, especially finding their fleet pretty well recruited in a
+little time: for the first ship arriving at Tortuga, the governor
+ordered it to be instantly unladen, and soon after sent back, with fresh
+provisions, and other necessaries, to Lolonois. This ship he chose for
+himself, and gave that which he commanded to his comrade, Anthony du
+Puis. Being thus recruited with men in lieu of them he had lost in
+taking the prizes, and by sickness, he found himself in a good condition
+to set sail for Maracaibo, in the province of Neuva Venezuela, in the
+latitude of 12 deg. 10 min. north. This island is twenty leagues long,
+and twelve broad. To this port also belong the islands of Onega and
+Monges. The east side thereof is called Cape St. Roman, and the western
+side Cape of Caquibacoa: the gulf is called, by some, the Gulf of
+Venezuela, but the pirates usually call it the Bay of Maracaibo.
+
+At the entrance of this gulf are two islands extending from east to
+west; that towards the east is called Isla de las Vigilias, or the Watch
+Isle; because in the middle is a high hill, on which stands a
+watch-house. The other is called Isla de la Palomas, or the Isle of
+Pigeons. Between these two islands runs a little sea, or rather lake of
+fresh water, sixty leagues long, and thirty broad; which disgorging
+itself into the ocean, dilates itself about the said two islands.
+Between them is the best passage for ships, the channel being no broader
+than the flight of a great gun, of about eight pounds. On the Isle of
+Pigeons standeth a castle, to impede the entry of vessels, all being
+necessitated to come very nigh the castle, by reason of two banks of
+sand on the other side, with only fourteen feet water. Many other banks
+of sand there are in this lake; as that called El Tablazo, or the Great
+Table, no deeper than ten feet, forty leagues within the lake; others
+there are, that have no more than six, seven, or eight feet in depth:
+all are very dangerous, especially to mariners unacquainted with them.
+West hereof is the city of Maracaibo, very pleasant to the view, its
+houses being built along the shore, having delightful prospects all
+round: the city may contain three or four thousand persons, slaves
+included, all which make a town of reasonable bigness. There are judged
+to be about eight hundred persons able to bear arms, all Spaniards. Here
+are one parish church, well built and adorned, four monasteries, and one
+hospital. The city is governed by a deputy governor, substituted by the
+governor of the Caraccas. The trade here exercised is mostly in hides
+and tobacco. The inhabitants possess great numbers of cattle, and many
+plantations, which extend thirty leagues in the country, especially
+towards the great town of Gibraltar, where are gathered great quantities
+of cocoa-nuts, and all other garden fruits, which serve for the regale
+and sustenance of the inhabitants of Maracaibo, whose territories are
+much drier than those of Gibraltar. Hither those of Maracaibo send great
+quantities of flesh, they making returns in oranges, lemons, and other
+fruits; for the inhabitants of Gibraltar want flesh, their fields not
+being capable of feeding cows or sheep.
+
+Before Maracaibo is a very spacious and secure port, wherein may be
+built all sorts of vessels, having great convenience of timber, which
+may be transported thither at little charge. Nigh the town lies also a
+small island called Borrica, where they feed great numbers of goats,
+which cattle the inhabitants use more for their skins than their flesh
+or milk; they slighting these two, unless while they are tender and
+young kids. In the fields are fed some sheep, but of a very small size.
+In some islands of the lake, and in other places hereabouts, are many
+savage Indians, called by the Spaniards bravoes, or wild: these could
+never be reduced by the Spaniards, being brutish, and untameable. They
+dwell mostly towards the west side of the lake, in little huts built on
+trees growing in the water; so to keep themselves from innumerable
+mosquitoes, or gnats, which infest and torment them night and day. To
+the east of the said lake are whole towns of fishermen, who likewise
+live in huts built on trees, as the former. Another reason of this
+dwelling, is the frequent inundations; for after great rains, the land
+is often overflown for two or three leagues, there being no less than
+twenty-five great rivers that feed this lake. The town of Gibraltar is
+also frequently drowned by these, so that the inhabitants are
+constrained to retire to their plantations.
+
+Gibraltar, situate at the side of the lake about forty leagues within
+it, receives its provisions of flesh, as has been said, from Maracaibo.
+The town is inhabited by about 1,500 persons, whereof four hundred may
+bear arms; the greatest part of them keep shops, wherein they exercise
+one trade or another. In the adjacent fields are numerous plantations of
+sugar and cocoa, in which are many tall and beautiful trees, of whose
+timber houses may be built, and ships. Among these are many handsome and
+proportionable cedars, seven or eight feet about, of which they can
+build boats and ships, so as to bear only one great sail; such vessels
+being called piraguas. The whole country is well furnished with rivers
+and brooks, very useful in droughts, being then cut into many little
+channels to water their fields and plantations. They plant also much
+tobacco, well esteemed in Europe, and for its goodness is called there
+tobacco de sacerdotes, or priest's tobacco. They enjoy nigh twenty
+leagues of jurisdiction, which is bounded by very high mountains
+perpetually covered with snow. On the other side of these mountains is
+situate a great city called Merida, to which the town of Gibraltar is
+subject. All merchandise is carried hence to the aforesaid city on
+mules, and that but at one season of the year, by reason of the
+excessive cold in those high mountains. On the said mules returns are
+made in flour of meal, which comes from towards Peru, by the way of
+Estaffe.
+
+Thus far I thought good to make a short description of the lake of
+Maracaibo, that my reader might the better comprehend what I shall say
+concerning the actions of pirates in this place, as follows.
+
+Lolonois arriving at the gulf of Venezuela, cast anchor with his whole
+fleet out of sight of the Vigilia or Watch Isle; next day very early he
+set sail thence with all his ships for the lake of Maracaibo, where they
+cast anchor again; then they landed their men, with design to attack
+first the fortress that commanded the bar, therefore called de la barra.
+This fort consists only of several great baskets of earth placed on a
+rising ground, planted with sixteen great guns, with several other heaps
+of earth round about for covering their men: the pirates having landed a
+league off this fort, advanced by degrees towards it; but the governor
+having espied their landing, had placed an ambuscade to cut them off
+behind, while he should attack them in front. This the pirates
+discovered, and getting before, they defeated it so entirely, that not a
+man could retreat to the castle: this done, Lolonois, with his
+companions, advanced immediately to the fort, and after a fight of
+almost three hours, with the usual desperation of this sort of people,
+they became masters thereof, without any other arms than swords and
+pistols: while they were fighting, those who were the routed ambuscade,
+not being able to get into the castle, retired into Maracaibo in great
+confusion and disorder, crying "The pirates will presently be here with
+two thousand men and more." The city having formerly been taken by this
+kind of people, and sacked to the uttermost, had still an idea of that
+misery; so that upon these dismal news they endeavoured to escape
+towards Gibraltar in their boats and canoes, carrying with them all the
+goods and money they could. Being come to Gibraltar, they told how the
+fortress was taken, and nothing had been saved, nor any persons escaped.
+
+The castle thus taken by the pirates, they presently signified to the
+ships their victory, that they should come farther in without fear of
+danger: the rest of that day was spent in ruining and demolishing the
+said castle. They nailed the guns, and burnt as much as they could not
+carry away, burying the dead, and sending on board the fleet the
+wounded. Next day, very early, they weighed anchor, and steered
+altogether towards Maracaibo, about six leagues distant from the fort;
+but the wind failing that day, they could advance little, being forced
+to expect the tide. Next morning they came in sight of the town, and
+prepared for landing under the protection of their own guns, fearing the
+Spaniards might have laid an ambuscade in the woods: they put their men
+into canoes, brought for that purpose, and landed where they thought
+most convenient, shooting still furiously with their great guns: of
+those in the canoes, half only went ashore, the other half remained
+aboard; they fired from the ships as fast as possible, towards the woody
+part of the shore, but could discover nobody; then they entered the
+town, whose inhabitants, as I told you, were retired to the woods, and
+Gibraltar, with their wives, children, and families. Their houses they
+left well provided with victuals, as flour, bread, pork, brandy, wines,
+and poultry, with these the pirates fell to making good cheer, for in
+four weeks before they had no opportunity of filling their stomachs with
+such plenty.
+
+They instantly possessed themselves of the best houses in the town, and
+placed sentinels wherever they thought convenient; the great church
+served them for their main guard. Next day they sent out an hundred and
+sixty men to find out some of the inhabitants in the woods thereabouts;
+these returned the same night, bringing with them 20,000 pieces of
+eight, several mules laden with household goods and merchandise, and
+twenty prisoners, men, women, and children. Some of these were put to
+the rack, to make them confess where they had hid the rest of the goods;
+but they could extort very little from them. Lolonois, who valued not
+murdering, though in cold blood, ten or twelve Spaniards, drew his
+cutlass, and hacked one to pieces before the rest, saying, "If you do
+not confess and declare where you have hid the rest of your goods, I
+will do the like to all your companions." At last, amongst these
+horrible cruelties and inhuman threats, one promised to show the place
+where the rest of the Spaniards were hid; but those that were fled,
+having intelligence of it, changed place, and buried the remnant of
+their riches underground, so that the pirates could not find them out,
+unless some of their own party should reveal them; besides, the
+Spaniards flying from one place to another every day, and often changing
+woods, were jealous even of each other, so as the father durst scarce
+trust his own son.
+
+After the pirates had been fifteen days in Maracaibo, they resolved for
+Gibraltar; but the inhabitants having received intelligence thereof, and
+that they intended afterwards to go to Merida, gave notice of it to the
+governor there, who was a valiant soldier, and had been an officer in
+Flanders. His answer was, "he would have them take no care, for he hoped
+in a little while to exterminate the said pirates." Whereupon he came to
+Gibraltar with four hundred men well armed, ordering at the same time
+the inhabitants to put themselves in arms, so that in all he made eight
+hundred fighting men. With the same speed he raised a battery toward the
+sea, mounted with twenty guns, covered with great baskets of earth:
+another battery he placed in another place, mounted with eight guns.
+This done, he barricaded a narrow passage to the town through which the
+pirates must pass, opening at the same time another through much dirt
+and mud into the wood totally unknown to the pirates.
+
+The pirates, ignorant of these preparations, having embarked all their
+prisoners and booty, took their way towards Gibraltar. Being come in
+sight of the place, they saw the royal standard hanging forth, and that
+those of the town designed to defend their houses. Lolonois seeing this,
+called a council of war what they ought to do, telling his officers and
+mariners, "That the difficulty of the enterprise was very great, seeing
+the Spaniards had had so much time to put themselves in a posture of
+defence, and had got a good body of men together, with much ammunition;
+but notwithstanding," said he, "have a good courage; we must either
+defend ourselves like good soldiers, or lose our lives with all the
+riches we have got. Do as I shall do who am your captain: at other times
+we have fought with fewer men than we have in our company at present,
+and yet we have overcome greater numbers than there possibly can be in
+this town: the more they are, the more glory and the greater riches we
+shall gain." The pirates supposed that all the riches of the inhabitants
+of Maracaibo were transported to Gibraltar, or at least the greatest
+part. After this speech, they all promised to follow, and obey him.
+Lolonois made answer, "'Tis well; but know ye, withal, that the first
+man who shall show any fear, or the least apprehension thereof, I will
+pistol him with my own hands."
+
+With this resolution they cast anchor nigh the shore, near
+three-quarters of a league from the town: next day before sun-rising,
+they landed three hundred and eighty men well provided, and armed every
+one with a cutlass, and one or two pistols, and sufficient powder and
+bullet for thirty charges. Here they all shook hands in testimony of
+good courage, and began their march, Lolonois speaking thus, "Come, my
+brethren, follow me, and have good courage." They followed their guide,
+who, believing he led them well, brought them to the way which the
+governor had barricaded. Not being able to pass that way, they went to
+the other newly made in the wood among the mire, which the Spaniards
+could shoot into at pleasure; but the pirates, full of courage, cut down
+the branches of trees and threw them on the way, that they might not
+stick in the dirt. Meanwhile, those of Gibraltar fired with their great
+guns so furiously, they could scarce hear nor see for the noise and
+smoke. Being passed the wood, they came on firm ground, where they met
+with a battery of six guns, which immediately the Spaniards discharged
+upon them, all loaded with small bullets and pieces of iron; and the
+Spaniards sallying forth, set upon them with such fury, as caused the
+pirates to give way, few of them caring to advance towards the fort,
+many of them being already killed and wounded. This made them go back to
+seek another way; but the Spaniards having cut down many trees to hinder
+the passage, they could find none, but were forced to return to that
+they had left. Here the Spaniards continued to fire as before, nor would
+they sally out of their batteries to attack them any more. Lolonois and
+his companions not being able to grimp up the baskets of earth, were
+compelled to use an old stratagem, wherewith at last they deceived and
+overcame the Spaniards.
+
+Lolonois retired suddenly with all his men, making show as if he fled;
+hereupon the Spaniards crying out "They flee, they flee, let us follow
+them," sallied forth with great disorder to the pursuit. Being drawn to
+some distance from the batteries, which was the pirates only design,
+they turned upon them unexpectedly with sword in hand, and killed above
+two hundred men; and thus fighting their way through those who remained,
+they possessed themselves of the batteries. The Spaniards that remained
+abroad, giving themselves over for lost, fled to the woods: those in the
+battery of eight guns surrendered themselves, obtaining quarter for
+their lives. The pirates being now become masters of the town, pulled
+down the Spanish colours and set up their own, taking prisoners as many
+as they could find. These they carried to the great church, where they
+raised a battery of several great guns, fearing lest the Spaniards that
+were fled should rally, and come upon them again; but next day, being
+all fortified, their fears were over. They gathered the dead to bury
+them, being above five hundred Spaniards, besides the wounded in the
+town, and those that died of their wounds in the woods. The pirates had
+also above one hundred and fifty prisoners, and nigh five hundred
+slaves, many women and children.
+
+Of their own companions only forty were killed, and almost eighty
+wounded, whereof the greatest part died through the bad air, which
+brought fevers and other illness. They put the slain Spaniards into two
+great boats, and carrying them a quarter of a league to sea, they sunk
+the boats; this done, they gathered all the plate, household stuff, and
+merchandise they could, or thought convenient to carry away. The
+Spaniards who had anything left had hid it carefully: but the
+unsatisfied pirates, not contented with the riches they had got, sought
+for more goods and merchandise, not sparing those who lived in the
+fields, such as hunters and planters. They had scarce been eighteen days
+on the place, when the greatest part of the prisoners died for hunger.
+For in the town were few provisions, especially of flesh, though they
+had some, but no sufficient quantity of flour of meal, and this the
+pirates had taken for themselves, as they also took the swine, cows,
+sheep, and poultry, without allowing any share to the poor prisoners;
+for these they only provided some small quantity of mules' and asses'
+flesh; and many who could not eat of that loathsome provision died for
+hunger, their stomachs not being accustomed to such sustenance. Of the
+prisoners many also died under the torment they sustained to make them
+discover their money or jewels; and of these, some had none, nor knew of
+none, and others denying what they knew, endured such horrible deaths.
+
+Finally, after having been in possession of the town four entire weeks,
+they sent four of the prisoners to the Spaniards that were fled to the
+woods, demanding of them a ransom for not burning the town. The sum
+demanded was 10,000 pieces of eight, which if not sent, they threatened
+to reduce it to ashes. For bringing in this money, they allowed them
+only two days; but the Spaniards not having been able to gather so
+punctually such a sum, the pirates fired many parts of the town;
+whereupon the inhabitants begged them to help quench the fire, and the
+ransom should be readily paid. The pirates condescended, helping as much
+as they could to stop the fire; but, notwithstanding all their best
+endeavours, one part of the town was ruined, especially the church
+belonging to the monastery was burnt down. After they had received the
+said sum, they carried aboard all the riches they had got, with a great
+number of slaves which had not paid the ransom; for all the prisoners
+had sums of money set upon them, and the slaves were also commanded to
+be redeemed. Hence they returned to Maracaibo, where being arrived, they
+found a general consternation in the whole city, to which they sent
+three or four prisoners to tell the governor and inhabitants, "they
+should bring them 30,000 pieces of eight aboard their ships, for a
+ransom of their houses, otherwise they should be sacked anew and burnt."
+
+Among these debates a party of pirates came on shore, and carried away
+the images, pictures, and bells of the great church, aboard the fleet.
+The Spaniards who were sent to demand the sum aforesaid returned, with
+orders to make some agreement; who concluded with the pirates to give
+for their ransom and liberty 20,000 pieces of eight, and five hundred
+cows, provided that they should commit no farther hostilities, but
+depart thence presently after payment of money and cattle. The one and
+the other being delivered, the whole fleet set sail, causing great joy
+to the inhabitants of Maracaibo, to see themselves quit of them: but
+three days after they renewed their fears with admiration, seeing the
+pirates appear again, and re-enter the port with all their ships: but
+these apprehensions vanished, upon hearing one of the pirate's errand,
+who came ashore from Lolonois, "to demand a skilful pilot to conduct one
+of the greatest ships over the dangerous bank that lieth at the very
+entry of the lake." Which petition, or rather command, was instantly
+granted.
+
+They had now been full two months in those towns, wherein they committed
+those cruel and insolent actions we have related. Departing thence, they
+took their course to Hispaniola, and arrived there in eight days,
+casting anchor in a port called Isla de la Vacca, or Cow Island. This
+island is inhabited by French bucaniers, who mostly sell the flesh they
+hunt to pirates and others, who now and then put in there to victual, or
+trade. Here they unladed their whole cargazon of riches, the usual
+storehouse of the pirates being commonly under the shelter of the
+bucaniers. Here they made a dividend of all their prizes and gains,
+according to the order and degree of every one, as has been mentioned
+before. Having made an exact calculation of all their plunder, they
+found in ready money 260,000 pieces of eight: this being divided, every
+one received for his share in money, as also in silk, linen, and other
+commodities, to the value of above 100 pieces of eight. Those who had
+been wounded received their first part, after the rate mentioned before,
+for the loss of their limbs: then they weighed all the plate uncoined,
+reckoning ten pieces of eight to a pound; the jewels were prized
+indifferently, either too high or too low, by reason of their ignorance:
+this done, every one was put to his oath again, that he had not smuggled
+anything from the common stock. Hence they proceeded to the dividend of
+the shares of such as were dead in battle, or otherwise: these shares
+were given to their friends, to be kept entire for them, and to be
+delivered in due time to their nearest relations, or their apparent
+lawful heirs.
+
+The whole dividend being finished, they set sail for Tortuga: here they
+arrived a month after, to the great joy of most of the island; for as to
+the common pirates, in three weeks they had scarce any money left,
+having spent it all in things of little value, or lost it at play. Here
+had arrived, not long before them, two French ships, with wine and
+brandy, and suchlike commodities; whereby these liquors, at the arrival
+of the pirates, were indifferent cheap. But this lasted not long, for
+soon after they were enhanced extremely, a gallon of brandy being sold
+for four pieces of eight. The governor of the island bought of the
+pirates the whole cargo of the ship laden with cocoa, giving for that
+rich commodity scarce the twentieth part of its worth. Thus they made
+shift to lose and spend the riches they had got, in much less time than
+they were purchased: the taverns and stews, according to the custom of
+pirates, got the greatest part; so that, soon after, they were forced to
+seek more by the same unlawful means they had got the former.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+
+_Lolonois makes new preparations to make the city of St. James de Leon;
+as also that of Nicaragua; where he miserably perishes._
+
+
+LOLONOIS had got great repute at Tortuga by this last voyage, because he
+brought home such considerable profit; and now he need take no great
+care to gather men to serve under him, more coming in voluntarily than
+he could employ; every one reposing such confidence in his conduct that
+they judged it very safe to expose themselves, in his company, to the
+greatest dangers. He resolved therefore a second voyage to the parts of
+Nicaragua, to pillage there as many towns as he could.
+
+Having published his new preparations, he had all his men together at
+the time, being about seven hundred. Of these he put three hundred
+aboard the ship he took at Maracaibo, and the rest in five other vessels
+of lesser burthen; so that they were in all six ships. The first port
+they went to was Bayaha in Hispaniola, to victual the fleet, and take in
+provisions; which done, they steered their course to a port called
+Matamana, on the south side of Cuba, intending to take here all the
+canoes they could; these coasts being frequented by the fishers of
+tortoises, who carry them hence to the Havannah. They took as many of
+them, to the great grief of those miserable people, as they thought
+necessary; for they had great use for these small bottoms, by reason the
+port they designed for had not depth enough for ships of any burthen.
+Hence they took their course towards the cape Gracias a Dios on the
+continent, in latitude 15 deg. north, one hundred leagues from the
+Island de los Pinos. Being at sea, they were taken with a sad and
+tedious calm, and, by the agitation of the waves alone, were thrown into
+the gulf of Honduras: here they laboured hard in vain to regain what
+they had lost, both the waters and the winds being contrary; besides,
+the ship wherein Lolonois was embarked could not follow the rest; and
+what was worse, they wanted provisions. Hereupon, they were forced to
+put into the first port they could reach, to revictual: so they entered
+with their canoes into the river Xagua, inhabited by Indians, whom they
+totally destroyed, finding great quantities of millet, and many hogs and
+hens: not contented with which, they determined to remain there till the
+bad weather was over, and to pillage all the towns and villages along
+the coast of the gulf. Thus they passed from one place to another,
+seeking still more provisions, with which they were not sufficiently
+supplied. Having searched and rifled many villages, where they found no
+great matter, they came at last to Puerto Cavallo: here the Spaniards
+have two storehouses to keep the merchandises that are brought from the
+inner parts of the country, till the arrival of the ships. There was
+then in the port a Spanish ship of twenty-four guns, and sixteen
+pedreros or mortar-pieces: this ship was immediately seized by the
+pirates, and then drawing nigh the shore, they landed, and burnt the two
+storehouses, with all the rest of the houses there. Many inhabitants
+likewise they took prisoners, and committed upon them the most inhuman
+cruelties that ever heathens invented; putting them to the cruellest
+tortures they could devise. It was the custom of Lolonois, that having
+tormented persons not confessing, he would instantly cut them in pieces
+with his hanger, and pull out their tongues, desiring to do so, if
+possible, to every Spaniard in the world. It often happened that some of
+these miserable prisoners, being forced by the rack, would promise to
+discover the places where the fugitive Spaniards lay hid, which not
+being able afterwards to perform, they were put to more cruel deaths
+than they who were dead before.
+
+The prisoners being all dead but two (whom they reserved to show them
+what they desired), they marched hence to the town of San Pedro, or St.
+Peter, ten or twelve leagues from Puerto Cavallo, being three hundred
+men, whom Lolonois led, leaving behind him Moses van Vin his lieutenant,
+to govern the rest in his absence. Being come three leagues on their
+way, they met with a troop of Spaniards, who lay in ambuscade for their
+coming: these they set upon, with all the courage imaginable, and at
+last totally defeated. Howbeit, they behaved themselves very manfully at
+first; but not being able to resist the fury of the pirates, they were
+forced to give way, and save themselves by flight, leaving many pirates
+dead in the place, some wounded, and some of their own party maimed, by
+the way. These Lolonois put to death without mercy, having asked them
+what questions he thought fit for his purpose.
+
+There were still remaining some few prisoners not wounded; these were
+asked by Lolonois, if any more Spaniards did lie farther on in
+ambuscade? They answered, there were. Then being brought before him, one
+by one, he asked if there was no other way to town but that. This he did
+to avoid if possible those ambuscades. But they all constantly answered
+him they knew none. Having asked them all, and finding they could show
+him no other way, Lolonois grew outrageously passionate; so that he drew
+his cutlass, and with it cut open the breast of one of those poor
+Spaniards, and pulling out his heart began to bite and gnaw it with his
+teeth, like a ravenous wolf, saying to the rest, "I will serve you all
+alike, if you show me not another way."
+
+Hereupon, those miserable wretches promised to show him another way, but
+withal, they told him, it was extremely difficult, and laborious. Thus
+to satisfy that cruel tyrant, they began to lead him and his army; but
+finding it not for his purpose as they had told him, he was forced to
+return to the former way, swearing with great choler and indignation,
+"Mort Dieu, les Espagnols me le payeront. By God's death, the Spaniards
+shall pay me for this."
+
+Next day he fell into another ambuscade, which he assaulted with such
+horrible fury, that in less than an hour's time he routed the Spaniards,
+and killed the greatest part of them. The Spaniards thought by these
+ambuscades better to destroy the pirates, assaulting them by degrees,
+and for this reason had posted themselves in several places. At last he
+met with a third ambuscade, where was placed a party stronger, and more
+advantageously, than the former: yet notwithstanding, the pirates, by
+continually throwing little fire-balls in great numbers, for some time,
+forced this party, as well as the former, to flee, and this with so
+great loss of men, that before they could reach the town, the greatest
+part of the Spaniards were either killed or wounded. There was but one
+path which led to the town, very well barricaded with good defences; and
+the rest of the town round was planted with shrubs called raqueltes,
+full of thorns very sharp pointed. This sort of fortification seemed
+stronger than the triangles used in Europe, when an army is of necessity
+to pass by the place of an enemy; it being almost impossible for the
+pirates to traverse those shrubs. The Spaniards posted behind the said
+defences, seeing the pirates come, began to ply them with their great
+guns; but these perceiving them ready to fire, used to stoop down, and
+when the shot was made, to fall upon the defendants with fire-balls and
+naked swords, killing many of the town: yet notwithstanding, not being
+able to advance any farther, they retired, for the present: then they
+renewed the attack with fewer men than before, and observing not to
+shoot till they were very nigh, they gave the Spaniards a charge so
+dextrously, that with every shot they killed an enemy.
+
+The attack continuing thus eager on both sides till night, the Spaniards
+were compelled to hang forth a white flag, and desired to come to a
+parley: the only conditions they required were, "that the pirates should
+give the inhabitants quarter for two hours." This little time they
+demanded with intent to carry away and hide as much of their goods and
+riches as they could, and to fly to some other neighbouring town.
+Granting this article, they entered the town, and continued there the
+two hours, without committing the least hostility on the inhabitants;
+but no sooner was that time past, than Lolonois ordered that the
+inhabitants should be followed, and robbed of all they had carried away;
+and not only their goods, but their persons likewise to be made
+prisoners; though the greatest part of their merchandise and goods were
+so hid, as the pirates could not find them, except a few leathern
+sacks, filled with anil, or indigo.
+
+Having stayed here a few days, and, according to their custom, committed
+most horrid insolences, they at last quitted the place, carrying away
+all they possibly could, and reducing the town to ashes. Being come to
+the seaside, where they left a party of their own, they found these had
+been cruising upon the fishermen thereabouts, or who came that way from
+the river of Guatemala: in this river was also expected a ship from
+Spain. Finally, they resolved to go toward the islands on the other side
+of the gulf, there to cleanse and careen their vessels; but they left
+two canoes before the coast, or rather the mouth of the river of
+Guatemala, in order to take the ship, which, as I said, was expected
+from Spain.
+
+But their chief intent in going hither was to seek provisions, knowing
+the tortoises of those places are excellent food. Being arrived, they
+divided themselves, each party choosing a fit post for that fishery.
+They undertook to knit nets with the rinds of certain trees called
+macoa, whereof they make also ropes and cables; so that no vessel can be
+in need of such things, if they can but find the said trees. There are
+also many places where they find pitch in so great abundance, that
+running down the sea-coasts, being melted by the sun, it congeals in the
+water in great heaps, like small islands. This pitch is not like that
+of Europe, but resembles, both in colour and shape, that froth of the
+sea called bitumen; but, in my judgment, this matter is nothing but wax
+mixed with sand, which stormy weather, and the rolling waves of great
+rivers hath cast into the sea; for in those parts are great quantities
+of bees who make their honey in trees, to the bodies of which the
+honeycomb being fixed, when tempests arise, they are torn away, and by
+the fury of the winds carried into the sea, as is said. Some naturalists
+say, that the honey and the wax are separated by the salt water; whence
+proceeds the good amber. This opinion seems the more probable, because
+the said amber tastes as wax doth.
+
+But to return to my discourse. The pirates made in those islands all the
+haste they possibly could to equip their vessels, hearing that the
+Spanish ship was come which they expected. They spent some time cruising
+on the coasts of Jucatan, where inhabit many Indians, who seek for the
+said amber in those seas. And I shall here, by the by, make some short
+remarks on the manner of living of the Indians, and their religion.
+
+They have now been above a hundred years under the Spaniards, to whom
+they performed all manner of services; for whensoever any of them needed
+a slave or servant, they sent for these to serve them as long as they
+pleased. By the Spaniards they were initiated in the principles of the
+Christian faith and religion, and they sent them every Sunday and
+holiday a priest to perform divine service among them; afterwards, for
+reasons not known, but certainly through temptations of the father of
+idolatry, the devil, they suddenly cast off the Christian religion,
+abusing the priest that was sent them: this provoked the Spaniards to
+punish them, by casting many of the chiefs into prison. Every one of
+those barbarians had, and hath still, a god to himself, whom he serves
+and worships. It is a matter of admiration, how they use a child newly
+born: as soon as it comes into the world, they carry it to the temple;
+here they make a hole, which they fill with ashes only, on which they
+place the child naked, leaving it there a whole night alone, not without
+great danger, nobody daring to come near it; meanwhile the temple is
+open on all sides, that all sorts of beasts may freely come in and out.
+Next day, the father, and relations of the infant, return to see if the
+track or step of any animal appears in the ashes: not finding any, they
+leave the child there till some beast has approached the infant, and
+left behind him the marks of his feet: to this animal, whatsoever it be,
+they consecrate the creature newly born, as to its god, which he is
+bound to worship all his life, esteeming the said beast his patron and
+protector. They offer to their gods sacrifices of fire, wherein they
+burn a certain gum called by them copal, whose smoke smells very
+deliciously. When the infant is grown up, the parents thereof tell him
+who he ought to worship, and serve, and honour as his own proper god.
+Then he goes to the temple, where he makes offerings to the said beast.
+Afterwards, if in the course of his life, any one injure him, or any
+evil happen to him, he complains to that beast, and sacrifices to it for
+revenge. Hence it often comes, that those who have done the injury of
+which he complains are bitten, killed, or otherwise hurt by such
+animals.
+
+After this superstitious and idolatrous manner live those miserable and
+ignorant Indians that inhabit the islands of the gulf of Honduras; as
+also many of them on the continent of Jucatan, in the territories
+whereof are most excellent ports, where those Indians most commonly
+build their houses. These people are not very faithful to one another,
+and use strange ceremonies at their marriages. Whensoever any one
+pretends to marry a young damsel, he first applies himself to her father
+or nearest relation: he examines him nicely about the manner of
+cultivating their plantations, and other things at his pleasure. Having
+satisfied the questions of his father-in-law, he gives the young man a
+bow and arrow, with which he repairs to the young maid, and presents her
+with a garland of green leaves and sweet-smelling flowers; this she is
+obliged to put on her head, and lay aside that which she wore before, it
+being the custom for virgins to go perpetually crowned with flowers.
+This garland being received, and put on her head, every one of the
+relations and friends go to advise with others whether that marriage
+will be like to be happy or not; then they meet at the house of the
+damsel's father, where they drink of a liquor made of maize, or Indian
+wheat; and here, before the whole company, the father gives his daughter
+in marriage to the bridegroom. Next day the bride comes to her mother,
+and in her presence pulls off the garland, and tears it in pieces, with
+great cries and lamentations. Many other things I could relate of the
+manner of living and customs of those Indians, but I shall follow my
+discourse.
+
+Our pirates therefore had many canoes of the Indians in the isle of
+Sambale, five leagues from the coasts of Jucatan. Here is great quantity
+of amber, but especially when any storm arises from towards the east;
+whence the waves bring many things, and very different. Through this sea
+no vessels can pass, unless very small, it being too shallow. In the
+lands that are surrounded by this sea, is found much Campechy wood, and
+other things that serve for dyeing, much esteemed in Europe, and would
+be more, if we had the skill of the Indians, who make a dye or tincture
+that never fades.
+
+[Illustration: "'THEY BOARDED THE SHIP WITH GREAT AGILITY'"--_Page 92_]
+
+The pirates having been in that gulf three months, and receiving advice
+that the Spanish ship was come, hastened to the port where the ship lay
+at anchor unlading her merchandise, with design to assault her as soon
+as possible; but first they thought convenient to send away some of
+their boats to seek for a small vessel also expected very richly laden
+with plate, indigo, and cochineal. Meanwhile, the ship's crew having
+notice that the pirates designed upon them, prepared all things for a
+good defence, being mounted with forty-two guns, well furnished with
+arms and other necessaries, and one hundred and thirty fighting men. To
+Lolonois all this seemed but little, for he assaulted her with great
+courage, his own ship carrying but twenty-two guns, and having no more
+than a small saety or fly-boat for help: but the Spaniards defended
+themselves so well, as they forced the pirates to retire; but the smoke
+of the powder continuing thick, as a dark fog or mist, with four canoes
+well manned, they boarded the ship with great agility, and forced the
+Spaniards to surrender.
+
+The ship being taken, they found not in her what they thought, being
+already almost unladen. All they got was only fifty bars of iron, a
+small parcel of paper, some earthen jars of wine, and other things of
+small importance.
+
+Then Lolonois called a council of war, and told them, he intended for
+Guatemala: hereupon they divided into several sentiments, some liking
+the proposal, and others disliking it, especially a party of them who
+were but raw in those exercises, and who imagined at their setting forth
+from Tortuga that pieces of eight were gathered as easy as pears from a
+tree; but finding most things contrary to their expectation, they
+quitted the fleet, and returned; others affirmed they had rather
+starve than return home without a great deal of money.
+
+But the major part judging the propounded voyage little to their
+purpose, separated from Lolonois and the rest: of these one Moses
+Vanclein was ringleader, captain of the ship taken at Puerto Cavallo:
+this fellow steered for Tortuga, to cruise to and fro in these seas.
+With him joined another comrade of his, by name Pierre le Picard, who
+seeing the rest leave Lolonois, thought fit to do the same. These
+runaways having thus parted company, steered homewards, coasting along
+the continent till they came to Costa Rica; here they landed a strong
+party nigh the river Veraguas, and marched in good order to the town of
+the same name: this they took and totally pillaged, though the Spaniards
+made a strong resistance. They brought away some of the inhabitants as
+prisoners, with all they had, which was of no great importance, by
+reason of the poverty of the place, which exerciseth no other trade than
+working in the mines, where some of the inhabitants constantly attend,
+while none seek for gold, but only slaves. These they compel to dig and
+wash the earth in the neighbouring rivers, where often they find pieces
+of gold as big as peas. The pirates gaining in this adventure but seven
+or eight pounds weight of gold, they returned, giving over the design to
+go to the town of Nata, situate on the coasts of the South Sea, whose
+inhabitants are rich merchants, and their slaves work in the mines of
+Veraguas; being deterred by the multitudes of Spaniards gathered on all
+sides to fall upon them, whereof they had timely advice.
+
+Lolonois, thus left by his companions, remained alone in the gulf of
+Honduras. His ship being too great to get out at the reflux of those
+seas, there he sustained great want of provisions, so as they were
+constrained to go ashore every day to seek sustenance, and not finding
+anything else, they were forced to kill and eat monkeys, and other
+animals, such as they could find.
+
+At last in the altitude of the cape of Gracias a Dios, near a certain
+little island called De las Pertas, his ship struck on a bank of sand,
+where it stuck so fast, as no art could get her off again, though they
+unladed all the guns, iron, and other weighty things as much as they
+could. Hereupon they were forced to break the ship in pieces, and with
+planks and nails build themselves a boat to get away; and while they are
+busy about it, I shall describe the said isles and their inhabitants.
+
+The islands De las Pertas are inhabited by savage Indians, not having
+known or conversed with civil people: they are tall and very nimble,
+running almost as fast as horses; at diving also they are very dextrous
+and hardy. From the bottom of the sea I saw them take up an anchor of
+six hundredweight, tying a cable to it with great dexterity, and pulling
+it from a rock. Their arms are made of wood, without any iron point; but
+some instead thereof use a crocodile's tooth. They have no bows nor
+arrows, as the other Indians have, but their common weapon is a sort of
+lance a fathom and a half long. Here are many plantations surrounded
+with woods, whence they gather abundance of fruits, as potatoes,
+bananas, racoven, ananas, and many others. They have no houses to dwell
+in, as at other places in the Indies. Some say they eat human flesh,
+which is confirmed by what happened when Lolonois was there. Two of his
+companions, one a Frenchman and the other a Spaniard, went into the
+woods, where having straggled awhile, a troop of Indians pursued them.
+They defended themselves as well as they could with their swords, but at
+last were forced to flee. The nimble Frenchman escaped; but the Spaniard
+being not so swift, was taken and heard of no more. Some days after,
+twelve pirates set forth well armed to seek their companion, among whom
+was the Frenchman, who conducted them, and showed them the place where
+he left him; here they found that the Indians had kindled a fire, and at
+a small distance they found a man's bones well roasted, with some pieces
+of flesh ill scraped off the bones, and one hand, which had only two
+fingers remaining, whence they concluded they had roasted the poor
+Spaniard.
+
+They marched on, seeking for Indians, and found a great number together,
+who endeavoured to escape, but they overtook some of them, and brought
+aboard their ships five men and four women; with these they took much
+pains to make themselves be understood, and to gain their affections,
+giving them trifles, as knives, beads, and the like; they gave them also
+victuals and drink, but nothing would they taste. It was also
+observable, that while they were prisoners, they spoke not one word to
+each other; so that seeing these poor Indians were much afraid, they
+presented them again with some small things, and let them go. When they
+parted, they made signs they would come again, but they soon forgot
+their benefactors, and were never heard of more; neither could any
+notice afterwards be had of these Indians, nor any others in the whole
+island, which made the pirates suspect that both those that were taken,
+and all the rest of the islanders, swam away by night to some little
+neighbouring islands, especially considering they could never set eyes
+on any Indian more, nor any boat or other vessel. Meanwhile the pirates
+were very desirous to see their long-boat finished out of the timber
+that struck on the sands; yet considering their work would be long, they
+began to cultivate some pieces of ground; here they sowed French beans,
+which ripened in six weeks, and many other fruits. They had good
+provision of Spanish wheat, bananas, racoven, and other things; with the
+wheat they made bread, and baked it in portable ovens, brought with
+them. Thus they feared not hunger in those desert places, employing
+themselves thus for five or six months; which past, and the long-boat
+finished, they resolved for the river of Nicaragua, to see if they
+could take some canoes, and return to the said islands for their
+companions that remained behind, by reason the boat could not hold so
+many men together; hereupon, to avoid disputes, they cast lots,
+determining who should go or stay.
+
+[Illustration: "'LOLONOIS, WITH THOSE THAT REMAINED, HAD MUCH ADO TO
+ESCAPE ABOARD THEIR BOATS'"--_Page 97_]
+
+The lot fell on one half of the people of the lost vessel, who embarked
+in the long-boat, and on the skiff which they had before, the other half
+remaining ashore. Lolonois having set sail, arrived in a few days at the
+river of Nicaragua: here that ill-fortune assailed him which of long
+time had been reserved for him, as a punishment due to the multitude of
+horrible crimes committed in his licentious and wicked life. Here he met
+with both Spaniards and Indians, who jointly setting upon him and his
+companions, the greatest part of the pirates were killed on the place.
+Lolonois, with those that remained alive, had much ado to escape aboard
+their boats: yet notwithstanding this great loss, he resolved not to
+return to those he had left at the isle of Pertas, without taking some
+boats, such as he looked for. To this effect he determined to go on to
+the coasts of Carthagena; but God Almighty, the time of His Divine
+justice being now come, had appointed the Indians of Darien to be the
+instruments and executioners thereof. These Indians of Darien are
+esteemed as bravoes, or wild savage Indians, by the neighbouring
+Spaniards, who never could civilize them. Hither Lolonois came (brought
+by his evil conscience that cried for punishment), thinking to act his
+cruelties; but the Indians within a few days after his arrival took him
+prisoner, and tore him in pieces alive, throwing his body limb by limb
+into the fire, and his ashes into the air, that no trace or memory might
+remain of such an infamous, inhuman creature. One of his companions gave
+me an exact account of this tragedy, affirming that himself had escaped
+the same punishment with the greatest difficulty; he believed also that
+many of his comrades, who were taken in that encounter by those Indians,
+were, as their cruel captain, torn in pieces and burnt alive. Thus ends
+the history, the life, and miserable death of that infernal wretch
+Lolonois, who full of horrid, execrable, and enormous deeds, and debtor
+to so much innocent blood, died by cruel and butcherly hands, such as
+his own were in the course of his life.
+
+Those that remained in the island De las Pertas, waiting for the return
+of them who got away only to their great misfortune, hearing no news of
+their captain nor companions, at last embarked on the ship of a certain
+pirate, who happened to pass that way. This fellow came from Jamaica,
+with intent to land at Gracias a Dios, and from thence to enter the
+river with his canoes, and take the city of Carthagena. These two crews
+of pirates being now joined, were infinitely glad at the presence and
+society of one another. Those, because they found themselves delivered
+from their miseries, poverty, and necessities, wherein they had lived
+ten entire months. These, because they were now considerably
+strengthened, to effect with greater satisfaction their designs.
+Hereupon, as soon as they were arrived at Gracias a Dios, they all put
+themselves into canoes, and entered the river, being five hundred men,
+leaving only five or six persons in each ship to keep them. They took no
+provisions, being persuaded they should find everywhere sufficient; but
+these their hopes were found totally vain, not being grounded on
+Almighty God; for He ordained it so, that the Indians, aware of their
+coming, all fled, not leaving in their houses or plantations, which for
+the most part border on the sides of rivers, any necessary provisions or
+victuals: hereby, in a few days after they had quitted their ships, they
+were reduced to most extreme necessity and hunger; but their hopes of
+making their fortunes very soon, animating them for the present, they
+contented themselves with a few green herbs, such as they could gather
+on the banks of the river.
+
+Yet all this courage and vigour lasted but a fortnight, when their
+hearts, as well as bodies, began to fail for hunger; insomuch as they
+were forced to quit the river, and betake themselves to the woods,
+seeking out some villages where they might find relief, but all in vain;
+for having ranged up and down the woods for some days, without finding
+the least comfort, they were forced to return to the river, where being
+come, they thought convenient to descend to the sea-coast where they
+had left their ships, not having been able to find what they sought for.
+In this laborious journey they were reduced to such extremity, that many
+of them devoured their own shoes, the sheaths of their swords, knives,
+and other such things, being almost ravenous, and eager to meet some
+Indians, intending to sacrifice them to their teeth. At last they
+arrived at the sea-coast, where they found some comfort and relief to
+their former miseries, and also means to seek more: yet the greatest
+part perished through faintness and other diseases contracted by hunger,
+which also caused the remaining part to disperse, till at last, by
+degrees, many or most of them fell into the same pit that Lolonois did;
+of whom, and of whose companions, having given a compendious narrative,
+I shall continue with the actions and exploits of Captain Henry Morgan,
+who may deservedly be called the second Lolonois, not being unlike or
+inferior to him, either in achievements against the Spaniards, or in
+robberies of many innocent people.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX
+
+_The origin and descent of Captain Henry Morgan--His exploits, and the
+most remarkable actions of his life._
+
+
+CAPTAIN HENRY MORGAN was born in Great Britain, in the principality of
+Wales; his father was a rich yeoman, or farmer, of good quality, even as
+most who bear that name in Wales are known to be. Morgan, when young,
+had no inclination to the calling of his father, and therefore left his
+country, and came towards the sea-coasts to seek some other employment
+more suitable to his aspiring humour; where he found several ships at
+anchor, bound for Barbadoes. With these he resolved to go in the service
+of one, who, according to the practice of those parts, sold him as soon
+as he came ashore. He served his time at Barbadoes, and obtaining his
+liberty, betook himself to Jamaica, there to seek new fortunes: here he
+found two vessels of pirates ready to go to sea; and being destitute of
+employment, he went with them, with intent to follow the exercises of
+that sort of people: he soon learned their manner of living, so exactly,
+that having performed three or four voyages with profit and success, he
+agreed with some of his comrades, who had got by the same voyages a
+little money, to join stocks, and buy a ship. The vessel being bought,
+they unanimously chose him captain and commander.
+
+With this ship he set forth from Jamaica to cruise on the coasts of
+Campechy, in which voyage he took several ships, with which he returned
+triumphant. Here he found an old pirate, named Mansvelt (whom we have
+already mentioned), busied in equipping a considerable fleet, with
+design to land on the continent, and pillage whatever he could. Mansvelt
+seeing Captain Morgan return with so many prizes, judged him to be a man
+of courage, and chose him for his vice-admiral in that expedition: thus
+having fitted out fifteen ships, great and small, they sailed from
+Jamaica with five hundred men, Walloons and French. This fleet arrived,
+not long after, at the isle of St. Catherine, near the continent of
+Costa Rica, latitude 12 deg. 30 min. and distant thirty-five leagues
+from the river Chagre. Here they made their first descent, landing most
+of their men, who soon forced the garrison that kept the island to
+surrender all the forts and castles thereof; which they instantly
+demolished, except one, wherein they placed a hundred men of their own
+party, and all the slaves they had taken from the Spaniards: with the
+rest of their men they marched to another small island, so near St.
+Catherine's, that with a bridge they made in a few days, they passed
+thither, taking with them all the ordnance they had taken on the great
+island. Having ruined with fire and sword both the islands, leaving
+necessary orders at the said castle, they put to sea again, with their
+Spanish prisoners; yet these they set ashore not long after, on the firm
+land, near Puerto Velo: then they cruised on Costa Rica, till they came
+to the river Colla, designing to pillage all the towns in those parts,
+thence to pass to the village of Nata, to do the same.
+
+The governor of Panama, on advice of their arrival, and of the
+hostilities they committed, thought it his duty to meet them with a body
+of men. His coming caused the pirates to retire suddenly, seeing the
+whole country was alarmed, and that their designs were known, and
+consequently defeated at that time. Hereupon, they returned to St.
+Catherine's, to visit the hundred men they left in garrison there. The
+governor of these men was a Frenchman, named Le Sieur Simon, who behaved
+himself very well in that charge, while Mansvelt was absent, having put
+the great island in a very good posture of defence, and the little one
+he had caused to be cultivated with many fertile plantations, sufficient
+to revictual the whole fleet, not only for the present, but also for a
+new voyage. Mansvelt was very much bent to keep the two islands in
+perpetual possession, being very commodiously situated for the pirates;
+being so near the Spanish dominions, and easily defended.
+
+Hereupon, Mansvelt determined to return to Jamaica, to send recruits to
+St. Catherine's, that in case of an invasion the pirates might be
+provided for a defence. As soon as he arrived, he propounded his
+intentions to the governor there, who rejected his propositions, fearing
+to displease his master, the king of England; besides, that giving him
+the men he desired, and necessaries, he must of necessity diminish the
+forces of that island, whereof he was governor. Hereupon, Mansvelt,
+knowing that of himself he could not compass his designs, he went to
+Tortuga; but there, before he could put in execution what was intended,
+death surprised him, and put a period to his wicked life, leaving all
+things in suspense till the occasion I shall hereafter relate.
+
+Le Sieur Simon, governor of St. Catherine's, receiving no news from
+Mansvelt, his admiral, was impatiently desirous to know the cause
+thereof: meanwhile, Don John Perez de Guzman, being newly come to the
+government of Costa Rica, thought it not convenient for the interest of
+Spain for that island to be in the hands of the pirates: hereupon, he
+equipped a considerable fleet, which he sent to retake it; but before he
+used violence, he writ a letter to Le Sieur Simon, telling him, that if
+he would surrender the island to his Catholic Majesty, he should be very
+well rewarded; but, in case of refusal, severely punished, when he had
+forced him to do it. Le Sieur Simon, seeing no probability of being able
+to defend it alone, nor any emolument that by so doing could accrue
+either to him, or his people, after some small resistance delivered it
+up to its true lord and master, under the same articles they had
+obtained it from the Spaniards; a few days after which surrender, there
+arrived from Jamaica an English ship, which the governor there had sent
+underhand, with a good supply of people, both men and women: the
+Spaniards from the castle having espied the ship, put forth English
+colours, and persuaded Le Sieur Simon to go aboard, and conduct the ship
+into a port they assigned him. This he performed and they were all made
+prisoners. A certain Spanish engineer has published in print an exact
+relation of the retaking of this isle by the Spaniards, which I have
+thought fit to insert here:--
+
+          _A true relation, and particular account of the
+            victory obtained by the arms of his Catholic
+            Majesty against the English pirates, by the
+            direction and valour of Don John Perez de Guzman,
+            knight of the order of St. James, governor and
+            captain-general of Terra Firma, and the Province
+            of Veraguas._
+
+THE kingdom of Terra Firma, which of itself is sufficiently strong to
+repel and destroy great fleets, especially the pirates of Jamaica, had
+several ways notice imparted to the governor thereof, that fourteen
+English vessels cruised on the coasts belonging to his Catholic Majesty.
+July 14, 1665, news came to Panama, that they were arrived at Puerto de
+Naos, and had forced the Spanish garrison of the isle of St. Catherine,
+whose governor was Don Estevan del Campo, and possessed themselves of
+the said island, taking prisoners the inhabitants, and destroying all
+that they met. About the same time, Don John Perez de Guzman received
+particular information of these robberies from some Spaniards who
+escaped out of the island (and whom he ordered to be conveyed to Puerto
+Velo), that the said pirates came into the island May 2, by night,
+without being perceived; and that the next day, after some skirmishes,
+they took the fortresses, and made prisoners all the inhabitants and
+soldiers that could not escape. Upon this, Don John called a council of
+war, wherein he declared the great progress the said pirates had made in
+the dominions of his Catholic Majesty; and propounded "that it was
+absolutely necessary to send some forces to the isle of St. Catherine,
+sufficient to retake it from the pirates, the honour and interest of his
+Majesty of Spain being very narrowly concerned herein; otherwise the
+pirates by such conquests might easily, in course of time, possess
+themselves of all the countries thereabouts." To this some made answer,
+"that the pirates, not being able to subsist in the said island, would
+of necessity consume and waste themselves, and be forced to quit it,
+without any necessity of retaking it: that consequently it was not worth
+the while to engage in so many expenses and troubles as this would
+cost." Notwithstanding which, Don John being an expert and valiant
+soldier, ordered that provisions should be conveyed to Puerto Velo for
+the use of the militia, and transported himself thither, with no small
+danger of his life. Here he arrived July 2, with most things necessary
+to the expedition in hand, where he found in the port a good ship, and
+well mounted, called the _St. Vincent_, that belonged to the company of
+the negroes, which he manned and victualled very well, and sent to the
+isle of St. Catherine, constituting Captain Joseph Sanchez Ximenez,
+major of Puerto Velo, commander thereof. He carried with him two hundred
+and seventy soldiers, and thirty-seven prisoners of the same island,
+besides thirty-four Spaniards of the garrison of Puerto Velo,
+twenty-nine mulattoes of Panama, twelve Indians, very dextrous at
+shooting with bows and arrows, seven expert and able gunners, two
+lieutenants, two pilots, one surgeon, and one priest, of the order of
+St. Francis, for their chaplain.
+
+Don John soon after gave orders to all the officers how to behave
+themselves, telling them that the governor of Carthagena would supply
+them with more men, boats, and all things else, necessary for that
+enterprise; to which effect he had already written to the said governor.
+July 24, Don John setting sail with a fair wind, he called before him
+all his people, and made them a speech, encouraging them to fight
+against the enemies of their country and religion, and especially
+against those inhuman pirates, who had committed so many horrid
+cruelties upon the subjects of his Catholic Majesty; withal, promising
+every one most liberal rewards, especially to such as should behave
+themselves well in the service of their king and country. Thus Don John
+bid them farewell, and the ship set sail under a favourable gale. The
+22nd they arrived at Carthagena, and presented a letter to the governor
+thereof, from the noble and valiant Don John, who received it with
+testimonies of great affection to the person of Don John, and his
+Majesty's service: and seeing their resolution to be comfortable to his
+desires, he promised them his assistance, with one frigate, one galleon,
+one boat, and one hundred and twenty-six men; one half out of his own
+garrison, and the other half mulattoes. Thus being well provided with
+necessaries, they left the port of Carthagena, August 2, and the 10th
+they arrived in sight of St. Catherine's towards the western point
+thereof; and though the wind was contrary, yet they reached the port,
+and anchored within it, having lost one of their boats by foul weather,
+at the rock called Quita Signos.
+
+The pirates, seeing our ships come to an anchor, gave them presently
+three guns with bullets, which were soon answered in the same coin.
+Hereupon, Major Joseph Sanchez Ximenez sent ashore to the pirates one of
+his officers to require them, in the name of the Catholic King his
+master, to surrender the island, seeing they had taken it in the midst
+of peace between the two crowns of Spain and England; and that if they
+would be obstinate, he would certainly put them all to the sword. The
+pirates made answer, that the island had once before belonged unto the
+government and dominions of the king of England, and that instead of
+surrendering it, they preferred to lose their lives.
+
+On Friday the 13th, three negroes, from the enemy, came swimming aboard
+our admiral; these brought intelligence that all the pirates upon the
+island were only seventy-two in number, and that they were under a great
+consternation, seeing such considerable forces come against them. With
+this intelligence, the Spaniards resolved to land, and advance towards
+the fortresses, which ceased not to fire as many great guns against them
+as they possibly could; which were answered in the same manner on our
+side, till dark night. On Sunday, the 15th, the day of the Assumption of
+our Lady, the weather being very calm and clear, the Spaniards began to
+advance thus: The ship _St. Vincent_, riding admiral, discharged two
+whole broadsides on the battery called the Conception; the ship _St.
+Peter_, that was vice-admiral, discharged likewise her guns against the
+other battery named St. James: meanwhile, our people landed in small
+boats, directing their course towards the point of the battery last
+mentioned, and thence they marched towards the gate called Cortadura.
+Lieutenant Francis de Cazeres, being desirous to view the strength of
+the enemy, with only fifteen men, was compelled to retreat in haste, by
+reason of the great guns, which played so furiously on the place where
+he stood; they shooting, not only pieces of iron, and small bullets, but
+also the organs of the church, discharging in every shot threescore
+pipes at a time.
+
+Notwithstanding this heat of the enemy, Captain Don Joseph Ramirez de
+Leyva, with sixty men, made a strong attack, wherein they fought on both
+sides very desperately, till at last he overcame, and forced the pirates
+to surrender the fort.
+
+On the other side, Captain John Galeno, with ninety men, passed over the
+hills, to advance that way towards the castle of St. Teresa. Meanwhile
+Major Don Joseph Sanchez Ximenes, as commander-in-chief, with the rest
+of his men, set forth from the battery of St. James, passing the port
+with four boats, and landing, in despite of the enemy. About this same
+time, Captain John Galeno began to advance with the men he led to the
+forementioned fortress; so that our men made three attacks on three
+several sides, at one and the same time, with great courage; till the
+pirates seeing many of their men already killed, and that they could in
+no manner subsist any longer, retreated towards Cortadura, where they
+surrendered, themselves and the whole island, into our hands. Our people
+possessed themselves of all, and set up the Spanish colours, as soon as
+they had rendered thanks to God Almighty for the victory obtained on
+such a signalized day. The number of dead were six men of the enemies,
+with many wounded, and seventy prisoners: on our side was only one man
+killed, and four wounded.
+
+There were found on the island eight hundred pounds of powder, two
+hundred and fifty pounds of small bullets, with many other military
+provisions. Among the prisoners were taken also, two Spaniards, who had
+bore arms under the English against his Catholic Majesty: these were
+shot to death the next day, by order of the major. The 10th day of
+September arrived at the isle an English vessel, which being seen at a
+great distance by the major, he ordered Le Sieur Simon, who was a
+Frenchman, to go and visit the said ship, and tell them that were on
+board, that the island belonged still to the English. He performed the
+command, and found in the said ship only fourteen men, one woman and her
+daughter, who were all instantly made prisoners.
+
+The English pirates were all transported to Puerto Velo, excepting
+three, who by order of the governor were carried to Panama, there to
+work in the castle of St. Jerom. This fortification is an excellent
+piece of workmanship, and very strong, being raised in the middle of the
+port of a quadrangular form, and of very hard stone: its height is
+eighty-eight geometrical feet, the wall being fourteen, and the curtains
+seventy-five feet diameter. It was built at the expense of several
+private persons, the governor of the city furnishing the greatest part
+of the money; so that it cost his Majesty nothing.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X
+
+_Of the Island of Cuba--Captain Morgan attempts to preserve the Isle of
+St. Catherine as a refuge to the nest of pirates, but fails of his
+design--He arrives at and takes the village of El Puerto del Principe._
+
+
+CAPTAIN MORGAN seeing his predecessor and admiral Mansvelt were dead,
+used all the means that were possible, to keep in possession the isle of
+St. Catherine, seated near Cuba. His chief intent was to make it a
+refuge and sanctuary to the pirates of those parts, putting it in a
+condition of being a convenient receptacle of their preys and robberies.
+To this effect he left no stone unmoved, writing to several merchants in
+Virginia and New England, persuading them to send him provisions and
+necessaries, towards putting the said island in such a posture of
+defence, as to fear no danger of invasion from any side. But all this
+proved ineffectual, by the Spaniards retaking the said island: yet
+Captain Morgan retained his courage, which put him on new designs.
+First, he equipped a ship, in order to gather a fleet as great, and as
+strong as he could. By degrees he effected it, and gave orders to every
+member of his fleet to meet at a certain port of Cuba, there determining
+to call a council, and deliberate what was best to be done, and what
+place first to fall upon. Leaving these preparations in this condition,
+I shall give my reader some small account of the said isle of Cuba, in
+whose port this expedition was hatched, seeing I omitted to do it in its
+proper place.
+
+Cuba lies from east to west, in north latitude, from 20 to 23 deg. in
+length one hundred and fifty German leagues, and about forty in breadth.
+Its fertility is equal to that of Hispaniola; besides which, it affords
+many things proper for trading and commerce; such as hides of several
+beasts, particularly those that in Europe are called hides of Havanna.
+On all sides it is surrounded with many small islands, called the Cayos:
+these little islands the pirates use as ports of refuge. Here they have
+their meetings, and hold their councils, how best to assault the
+Spaniards. It is watered on all sides with plentiful and pleasant
+rivers, whose entries form both secure and spacious ports; beside many
+other harbours for ships, which along the calm shores and coasts adorn
+this rich and beautiful island; all which contribute much to its
+happiness, by facilitating trade, whereto they invited both natives and
+aliens. The chief of these ports are San Jago, Byame, Santa Maria,
+Espiritu Santo, Trinidad, Zagoa, Cabo de Corientes, and others, on the
+south side of the island: on the north side are, La Havanna, Puerto
+Mariano, Santa Cruz, Mata Ricos, and Barracoa.
+
+This island hath two chief cities, to which all the towns and villages
+thereof give obedience. The first is Santa Jago, or St. James, seated on
+the south side, and having under its jurisdiction one half of the
+island. The chief magistrates hereof are a bishop and a governor, who
+command the villages and towns of the said half. The chief of these are,
+on the south side, Espiritu Santo, Puerto del Principe, and Bayame. On
+the north it has Barracoa, and De los Cayos. The greatest part of the
+commerce driven here comes from the Canaries, whither they transport
+much tobacco, sugar, and hides, which sort of merchandise are drawn to
+the head city from the subordinate towns and villages. Formerly the city
+of Santa Jago was miserably sacked by the pirates of Jamaica and
+Tortuga, though it is defended by a considerable castle.
+
+[Illustration: "CAPTAIN MORGAN RECRUITING HIS FORCES"--_Page 115_]
+
+The city and port De la Havanna lies between the north and west side of
+the island: this is one of the strongest places of the West Indies; its
+jurisdiction extends over the other half of the island; the chief places
+under it being Santa Cruz on the north side, and La Trinidad on the
+south. Hence is transported huge quantities of tobacco, which is sent to
+New Spain and Costa Rica, even as far as the South Sea, besides many
+ships laden with this commodity, that are consigned to Spain and other
+parts of Europe, not only in the leaf, but in rolls. This city is
+defended by three castles, very great and strong, two of which lie
+towards the port, and the other is seated on a hill that commands the
+town. It is esteemed to contain about ten thousand families. The
+merchants of this place trade in New Spain, Campechy, Honduras, and
+Florida. All ships that come from the parts before mentioned, as also
+from Caraccas, Carthagena and Costa Rica, are necessitated to take their
+provisions in at Havanna to make their voyage for Spain; this being the
+necessary and straight course they must steer for the south of Europe,
+and other parts. The plate-fleet of Spain, which the Spaniards call
+Flota, being homeward bound, touches here yearly to complete their cargo
+with hides, tobacco, and Campechy wood.
+
+Captain Morgan had been but two months in these ports of the south of
+Cuba, when he had got together a fleet of twelve sail, between ships and
+great boats, with seven hundred fighting men, part English and part
+French. They called a council, and some advised to assault the city of
+Havanna in the night, which they said might easily be done, if they
+could but take any of the ecclesiastics; yea, that the city might be
+sacked before the castles could put themselves in a posture of defence.
+Others propounded, according to their several opinions, other attempts;
+but the former proposal was rejected, because many of the pirates, who
+had been prisoners at other times in the said city, affirmed nothing of
+consequence could be done with less than one thousand five hundred men.
+Moreover, that with all these people, they ought first go to the island
+De los Pinos, and land them in small boats about Matamona, fourteen
+leagues from the said city, whereby to accomplish their designs.
+
+Finally, they saw no possibility of gathering so great a fleet, and
+hereupon, with what they had, they concluded to attempt some other
+place. Among the rest, one propounded they should assault the town of El
+Puerto del Principe. This proposition he persuaded to, by saying he knew
+that place very well, and that being at a distance from sea, it never
+was sacked by any pirates, whereby the inhabitants were rich, exercising
+their trade by ready money, with those of Havanna who kept here an
+established commerce, chiefly in hides. This proposal was presently
+admitted by Captain Morgan, and the chief of his companions. Hereupon
+they ordered every captain to weigh anchor and set sail, steering
+towards that coast nearest to El Puerto del Principe. Here is a bay
+named by the Spaniards El Puerto de Santa Maria: being arrived at this
+bay, a Spaniard, who was prisoner aboard the fleet, swam ashore by night
+to the town of El Puerto del Principe, giving an account to the
+inhabitants of the design of the pirates, which he overheard in their
+discourse, while they thought he did not understand English. The
+Spaniards upon this advice began to hide their riches, and carry away
+their movables; the governor immediately raised all the people of the
+town, freemen and slaves, and with part of them took a post by which of
+necessity the pirates must pass, and commanded many trees to be cut down
+and laid cross the ways to hinder their passage, placing several
+ambuscades strengthened with some pieces of cannon to play upon them on
+their march. He gathered in all about eight hundred men, of which
+detaching part into the said ambuscades, with the rest he begirt the
+town, drawing them up in a spacious field, whence they could see the
+coming of the pirates at length.
+
+Captain Morgan, with his men, now on the march, found the avenues to the
+town unpassable; hereupon they took their way through the wood,
+traversing it with great difficulty, whereby they escaped divers
+ambuscades; at last they came to the plain, from its figure called by
+the Spaniards La Savanna, or the Sheet. The governor seeing them come,
+detached a troop of horse to charge them in the front, thinking to
+disperse them, and to pursue them with his main body: but this design
+succeeded not, for the pirates marched in very good order, at the sound
+of their drums, and with flying colours; coming near the horse they drew
+into a semicircle, and so advanced towards the Spaniards, who charged
+them valiantly for a while; but the pirates being very dextrous at their
+arms, and their governor, with many of their companions, being killed,
+they retreated towards the wood, to save themselves with more
+advantage; but before they could reach it, most of them were
+unfortunately killed by the pirates. Thus they left the victory to these
+new-come enemies, who had no considerable loss of men in the battle, and
+but very few wounded. The skirmish lasted four hours: they entered the
+town not without great resistance of such as were within, who defended
+themselves as long as possible, and many seeing the enemy in the town,
+shut themselves up in their own houses, and thence made several shots
+upon the pirates; who thereupon threatened them, saying, "If you
+surrender not voluntarily, you shall soon see the town in a flame, and
+your wives and children torn to pieces before your faces." Upon these
+menaces the Spaniards submitted to the discretion of the pirates,
+believing they could not continue there long.
+
+As soon as the pirates had possessed themselves of the town, they
+enclosed all the Spaniards, men, women, children, and slaves, in several
+churches, and pillaged all the goods they could find; then they searched
+the country round about, bringing in daily many goods and prisoners,
+with much provision. With this they fell to making great cheer, after
+their old custom, without remembering the poor prisoners, whom they let
+starve in the churches, though they tormented them daily and inhumanly
+to make them confess where they had hid their goods, money, &c., though
+little or nothing was left them, not sparing the women and little
+children, giving them nothing to eat, whereby the greatest part
+perished.
+
+Pillage and provisions growing scarce, they thought convenient to depart
+and seek new fortunes in other places; they told the prisoners, "they
+should find money to ransom themselves, else they should be all
+transported to Jamaica; and beside, if they did not pay a second ransom
+for the town, they would turn every house into ashes." The Spaniards
+hereupon nominated among themselves four fellow-prisoners to go and seek
+for the above-mentioned contributions; but the pirates, to the intent
+that they should return speedily with those ransoms, tormented several
+cruelly in their presence, before they departed. After a few days, the
+Spaniards returned, telling Captain Morgan, "We have ran up and down,
+and searched all the neighbouring woods and places we most suspected,
+and yet have not been able to find any of our own party, nor
+consequently any fruit of our embassy; but if you are pleased to have a
+little longer patience with us, we shall certainly cause all that you
+demand to be paid within fifteen days;" which Captain Morgan granted.
+But not long after, there came into the town seven or eight pirates who
+had been ranging in the woods and fields, and got considerable booty.
+These brought amongst other prisoners, a negro, whom they had taken with
+letters. Captain Morgan having perused them, found that they were from
+the governor of Santa Jago, being written to some of the prisoners,
+wherein he told them, "they should not make too much haste to pay any
+ransom for their town or persons, or any other pretext; but on the
+contrary, they should put off the pirates as well as they could with
+excuses and delays, expecting to be relieved by him in a short time,
+when he would certainly come to their aid." Upon this intelligence
+Captain Morgan immediately ordered all their plunder to be carried
+aboard; and withal, he told the Spaniards, that the very next day they
+should pay their ransoms, for he would not wait a moment longer, but
+reduce the whole town to ashes, if they failed of the sum he demanded.
+
+[Illustration: "'BEING COME TO THE PLACE OF DUEL, THE ENGLISHMAN STABBED
+THE FRENCHMAN IN THE BACK'"--_Page 121_]
+
+With this intimation, Captain Morgan made no mention to the Spaniards of
+the letters he had intercepted. They answered, "that it was impossible
+for them to give such a sum of money in so short a space of time, seeing
+their fellow-townsmen were not to be found in all the country
+thereabouts." Captain Morgan knew full well their intentions, but
+thought it not convenient to stay there any longer, demanding of them
+only five hundred oxen or cows, with sufficient salt to powder them,
+with this condition, that they should carry them on board his ships.
+Thus he departed with all his men, taking with him only six of the
+principal prisoners as pledges. Next day the Spaniards brought the
+cattle and salt to the ships, and required the prisoners; but Captain
+Morgan refused to deliver them, till they had helped his men to kill and
+salt the beeves: this was performed in great haste, he not caring to
+stay there any longer, lest he should be surprised by the forces that
+were gathering against him; and having received all on board his
+vessels, he set at liberty the hostages. Meanwhile there happened some
+dissensions between the English and the French: the occasion was as
+follows: A Frenchman being employed in killing and salting the beeves,
+an English pirate took away the marrow-bones he had taken out of the ox,
+which these people esteem much; hereupon they challenged one another:
+being come to the place of duel, the Englishman stabbed the Frenchman in
+the back, whereby he fell down dead. The other Frenchmen, desirous of
+revenge, made an insurrection against the English; but Captain Morgan
+soon appeased them, by putting the criminal in chains to be carried to
+Jamaica, promising he would see justice done upon him; for though he
+might challenge his adversary, yet it was not lawful to kill him
+treacherously, as he did.
+
+All things being ready, and on board, and the prisoners set at liberty,
+they sailed thence to a certain island, where Captain Morgan intended to
+make a dividend of what they had purchased in that voyage; where being
+arrived, they found nigh the value of fifty thousand pieces of eight in
+money and goods; the sum being known, it caused a general grief to see
+such a small purchase, not sufficient to pay their debts at Jamaica.
+Hereupon Captain Morgan proposed they should think on some other
+enterprise and pillage before they returned. But the French not being
+able to agree with the English, left Captain Morgan with those of his
+own nation, notwithstanding all the persuasions he used to reduce them
+to continue in his company. Thus they parted with all external signs of
+friendship, Captain Morgan reiterating his promises to them that he
+would see justice done on that criminal. This he performed; for being
+arrived at Jamaica, he caused him to be hanged, which was all the
+satisfaction the French pirates could expect.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI
+
+_Captain Morgan resolving to attack and plunder the city of Puerto
+Bello, equips a fleet, and with little expense and small forces takes
+it._
+
+
+SOME may think that the French having deserted Captain Morgan, the
+English alone could not have sufficient courage to attempt such great
+actions as before. But Captain Morgan, who always communicated vigour
+with his words, infused such spirit into his men, as put them instantly
+upon new designs; they being all persuaded that the sole execution of
+his orders would be a certain means of obtaining great riches, which so
+influenced their minds, that with inimitable courage they all resolved
+to follow him, as did also a certain pirate of Campechy, who on this
+occasion joined with Captain Morgan, to seek new fortunes under his
+conduct. Thus Captain Morgan in a few days gathered a fleet of nine
+sail, either ships or great boats, wherein he had four hundred and sixty
+military men.
+
+All things being ready, they put forth to sea, Captain Morgan imparting
+his design to nobody at present; he only told them on several occasions,
+that he doubted not to make a good fortune by that voyage, if strange
+occurrences happened not. They steered towards the continent, where they
+arrived in a few days near Costa Rica, all their fleet safe. No sooner
+had they discovered land but Captain Morgan declared his intentions to
+the captains, and presently after to the company. He told them he
+intended to plunder Puerto Bello by night, being resolved to put the
+whole city to the sack: and to encourage them he added, this enterprise
+could not fail, seeing he had kept it secret, without revealing it to
+anybody, whereby they could not have notice of his coming. To this
+proposition some answered, "they had not a sufficient number of men to
+assault so strong and great a city." But Captain Morgan replied, "If our
+number is small, our hearts are great; and the fewer persons we are, the
+more union and better shares we shall have in the spoil." Hereupon,
+being stimulated with the hope of those vast riches they promised
+themselves from their success, they unanimously agreed to that design.
+Now, that my reader may better comprehend the boldness of this exploit,
+it may be necessary to say something beforehand of the city of Puerto
+Bello.
+
+This city is in the province of Costa Rica, 10 deg. north latitude,
+fourteen leagues from the gulf of Darien, and eight westwards from the
+port called Nombre de Dios. It is judged the strongest place the king of
+Spain possesses in all the West Indies, except Havanna and Carthagena.
+Here are two castles almost impregnable, that defend the city, situate
+at the entry of the port, so that no ship or boat can pass without
+permission. The garrison consists of three hundred soldiers, and the
+town is inhabited by about four hundred families. The merchants dwell
+not here, but only reside awhile, when the galleons come from or go for
+Spain, by reason of the unhealthiness of the air, occasioned by vapours
+from the mountains; so that though their chief warehouses are at Puerto
+Bello, their habitations are at Panama, whence they bring the plate upon
+mules, when the fair begins, and when the ships belonging to the company
+of negroes arrive to sell slaves.
+
+Captain Morgan, who knew very well all the avenues of this city and the
+neighbouring coasts, arrived in the dusk of the evening at Puerto de
+Naos, ten leagues to the west of Puerto Bello. Being come hither, they
+sailed up the river to another harbour called Puerto Pontin, where they
+anchored: here they put themselves into boats and canoes, leaving in the
+ships only a few men to bring them next day to the port. About midnight
+they came to a place called Estera longa Lemos, where they all went on
+shore, and marched by land to the first posts of the city: they had in
+their company an Englishman, formerly a prisoner in those parts, who now
+served them for a guide: to him and three or four more they gave
+commission to take the sentinel, if possible, or kill him on the place:
+but they seized him so cunningly, as he had no time to give warning with
+his musket, or make any noise, and brought him, with his hands bound,
+to Captain Morgan, who asked him how things went in the city, and what
+forces they had; with other circumstances he desired to know. After
+every question they made him a thousand menaces to kill him, if he
+declared not the truth. Then they advanced to the city, carrying the
+said sentinel bound before them: having marched about a quarter of a
+league, they came to the castle near the city, which presently they
+closely surrounded, so that no person could get either in or out.
+
+Being posted under the walls of the castle, Captain Morgan commanded the
+sentinel, whom they had taken prisoner, to speak to those within,
+charging them to surrender to his discretion; otherwise they should all
+be cut in pieces, without quarter. But they regarding none of these
+threats, began instantly to fire, which alarmed the city; yet
+notwithstanding, though the governor and soldiers of the said castle
+made as great resistance as could be, they were forced to surrender.
+Having taken the castle, they resolved to be as good as their words,
+putting the Spaniards to the sword, thereby to strike a terror into the
+rest of the city. Whereupon, having shut up all the soldiers and
+officers as prisoners into one room, they set fire to the powder
+(whereof they found great quantity) and blew up the castle into the air,
+with all the Spaniards that were within. This done, they pursued the
+course of their victory, falling upon the city, which, as yet, was not
+ready to receive them. Many of the inhabitants cast their precious
+jewels and money into wells and cisterns, or hid them in places
+underground, to avoid, as much as possible, being totally robbed. One of
+the party of pirates, assigned to this purpose, ran immediately to the
+cloisters, and took as many religious men and women as they could find.
+The governor of the city, not being able to rally the citizens, through
+their great confusion, retired to one of the castles remaining, and
+thence fired incessantly at the pirates: but these were not in the least
+negligent either to assault him, or defend themselves, so that amidst
+the horror of the assault, they made very few shots in vain; for aiming
+with great dexterity at the mouths of the guns, the Spaniards were
+certain to lose one or two men every time they charged each gun anew.
+
+This continued very furious from break of day till noon; yea, about this
+time of the day the case was very dubious which party should conquer, or
+be conquered. At last, the pirates perceiving they had lost many men,
+and yet advanced but little towards gaining either this, or the other
+castles, made use of fire-balls, which they threw with their hands,
+designing to burn the doors of the castles; but the Spaniards from the
+walls let fall great quantities of stones, and earthen pots full of
+powder, and other combustible matter, which forced them to desist.
+Captain Morgan seeing this generous defence made by the Spaniards, began
+to despair of success. Hereupon, many faint and calm meditations came
+into his mind; neither could he determine which way to turn himself in
+that strait. Being thus puzzled, he was suddenly animated to continue
+the assault, by seeing English colours put forth at one of the lesser
+castles, then entered by his men; of whom he presently after spied a
+troop coming to meet him, proclaiming victory with loud shouts of joy.
+This instantly put him on new resolutions of taking the rest of the
+castles, especially seeing the chiefest citizens were fled to them, and
+had conveyed thither great part of their riches, with all the plate
+belonging to the churches and divine service.
+
+[Illustration: "MORGAN COMMANDED THE RELIGIOUS MEN AND WOMEN TO PLACE
+THE LADDERS AGAINST THE WALLS"--_Page 128_]
+
+To this effect, he ordered ten or twelve ladders to be made in all
+haste, so broad, that three or four men at once might ascend them: these
+being finished, he commanded all the religious men and women, whom he
+had taken prisoners, to fix them against the walls of the castle. This
+he had before threatened the governor to do, if he delivered not the
+castle: but his answer was, "he would never surrender himself alive."
+Captain Morgan was persuaded the governor would not employ his utmost
+force, seeing the religious women, and ecclesiastical persons, exposed
+in the front of the soldiers to the greatest danger. Thus the ladders,
+as I have said, were put into the hands of religious persons of both
+sexes, and these were forced, at the head of the companies, to raise and
+apply them to the walls: but Captain Morgan was fully deceived in his
+judgment of this design; for the governor, who acted like a brave
+soldier in performance of his duty, used his utmost endeavour to destroy
+whosoever came near the walls. The religious men and women ceased not to
+cry to him, and beg of him, by all the saints of heaven, to deliver the
+castle, and spare both his and their own lives; but nothing could
+prevail with his obstinacy and fierceness. Thus many of the religious
+men and nuns were killed before they could fix the ladders; which at
+last being done, though with great loss of the said religious people,
+the pirates mounted them in great numbers, and with not less valour,
+having fire-balls in their hands, and earthen pots full of powder; all
+which things, being now at the top of the walls, they kindled and cast
+in among the Spaniards.
+
+This effort of the pirates was very great, insomuch that the Spaniards
+could no longer resist nor defend the castle, which was now entered.
+Hereupon they all threw down their arms, and craved quarter for their
+lives; only the governor of the city would crave no mercy, but killed
+many of the pirates with his own hands, and not a few of his own
+soldiers; because they did not stand to their arms. And though the
+pirates asked him if he would have quarter; yet he constantly answered,
+"By no means, I had rather die as a valiant soldier, than be hanged as a
+coward." They endeavoured as much as they could to take him prisoner,
+but he defended himself so obstinately, that they were forced to kill
+him, notwithstanding all the cries and tears of his own wife and
+daughter, who begged him, on their knees, to demand quarter, and save
+his life. When the pirates had possessed themselves of the castle, which
+was about night, they enclosed therein all the prisoners, placing the
+women and men by themselves, with some guards: the wounded were put in
+an apartment by itself, that their own complaints might be the cure of
+their diseases; for no other was afforded them.
+
+This done, they fell to eating and drinking, as usual; that is,
+committing in both all manner of debauchery and excess, so that fifty
+courageous men might easily have retaken the city, and killed all the
+pirates. Next day, having plundered all they could find, they examined
+some of the prisoners (who had been persuaded by their companions to say
+they were the richest of the town), charging them severely to discover
+where they had hid their riches and goods. Not being able to extort
+anything from them, they not being the right persons, it was resolved to
+torture them: this they did so cruelly, that many of them died on the
+rack, or presently after. Now the president of Panama being advertised
+of the pillage and ruin of Puerto Bello, he employed all his care and
+industry to raise forces to pursue and cast out the pirates thence; but
+these cared little for his preparations, having their ships at hand, and
+determining to fire the city, and retreat. They had now been at Puerto
+Bello fifteen days, in which time they had lost many of their men, both
+by the unhealthiness of the country, and their extravagant debaucheries.
+
+Hereupon, they prepared to depart, carrying on board all the pillage
+they had got, having first provided the fleet with sufficient victuals
+for the voyage. While these things were doing, Captain Morgan demanded
+of the prisoners a ransom for the city, or else he would burn it down,
+and blow up all the castles; withal, he commanded them to send speedily
+two persons, to procure the sum, which was 100,000 pieces of eight. To
+this effect two men were sent to the president of Panama, who gave him
+an account of all. The president, having now a body of men ready, set
+forth towards Puerto Bello, to encounter the pirates before their
+retreat; but, they, hearing of his coming, instead of flying away, went
+out to meet him at a narrow passage, which he must pass: here they
+placed a hundred men, very well armed, which at the first encounter put
+to flight a good party of those of Panama. This obliged the president to
+retire for that time, not being yet in a posture of strength to proceed
+farther. Presently after, he sent a message to Captain Morgan, to tell
+him, "that if he departed not suddenly with all his forces from Puerto
+Bello, he ought to expect no quarter for himself, nor his companions,
+when he should take them, as he hoped soon to do." Captain Morgan, who
+feared not his threats, knowing he had a secure retreat in his ships,
+which were at hand, answered, "he would not deliver the castles, before
+he had received the contribution money he had demanded; which if it were
+not paid down, he would certainly burn the whole city, and then leave
+it, demolishing beforehand the castles, and killing the prisoners."
+
+The governor of Panama perceived by this answer that no means would
+serve to mollify the hearts of the pirates, nor reduce them to reason:
+hereupon, he determined to leave them, as also those of the city whom he
+came to relieve, involved in the difficulties of making the best
+agreement they could. Thus in a few days more the miserable citizens
+gathered the contributions required, and brought 100,000 pieces of eight
+to the pirates for a ransom of their cruel captivity: but the president
+of Panama was much amazed to consider that four hundred men could take
+such a great city, with so many strong castles, especially having no
+ordnance, wherewith to raise batteries, and, what was more, knowing the
+citizens of Puerto Bello had always great repute of being good soldiers
+themselves, and who never wanted courage in their own defence. This
+astonishment was so great, as made him send to Captain Morgan, desiring
+some small pattern of those arms wherewith he had taken with much vigour
+so great a city. Captain Morgan received this messenger very kindly, and
+with great civility; and gave him a pistol, and a few small bullets, to
+carry back to the president his master; telling him, withal, "he
+desired him to accept that slender pattern of the arms wherewith he had
+taken Puerto Bello, and keep them for a twelvemonth; after which time he
+promised to come to Panama, and fetch them away." The governor returned
+the present very soon to Captain Morgan, giving him thanks for the
+favour of lending him such weapons as he needed not; and, withal, sent
+him a ring of gold, with this message, "that he desired him not to give
+himself the labour of coming to Panama, as he had done to Puerto Bello:
+for he did assure him, he should not speed so well here, as he had done
+there."
+
+After this, Captain Morgan (having provided his fleet with all
+necessaries, and taken with him the best guns of the castles, nailing up
+the rest) set sail from Puerto Bello with all his ships, and arriving in
+a few days at Cuba, he sought out a place wherein he might quickly make
+the dividend of their spoil. They found in ready money 250,000 pieces of
+eight, besides other merchandises; as cloth, linen, silks, &c. With this
+rich purchase they sailed thence to their common place of rendezvous,
+Jamaica. Being arrived, they passed here some time in all sorts of vices
+and debaucheries, according to their custom; spending very prodigally
+what others had gained with no small labour and toil.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII
+
+_Captain Morgan takes the city of Maracaibo on the coast of Neuva
+Venezuela--Piracies committed in those seas--Ruin of three Spanish
+ships, set forth to hinder the robberies of the pirates._
+
+
+NOT long after their arrival at Jamaica, being that short time they
+needed to lavish away all the riches above mentioned, they concluded on
+another enterprise to seek new fortunes: to this effect Captain Morgan
+ordered all the commanders of his ships to meet at De la Vacca, or the
+Cow Isle, south of Hispaniola, as is said. Hither flocked to them great
+numbers of other pirates, French and English; the name of Captain Morgan
+being now famous in all the neighbouring countries for his great
+enterprises. There was then at Jamaica an English ship newly come from
+New England, well mounted with thirty-six guns: this vessel, by order of
+the governor of Jamaica, joined Captain Morgan to strengthen his fleet,
+and give him greater courage to attempt mighty things. With this supply
+Captain Morgan judged himself sufficiently strong; but there being in
+the same place another great vessel of twenty-four iron guns, and twelve
+brass ones, belonging to the French, Captain Morgan endeavoured also to
+join this ship to his own; but the French not daring to trust the
+English, denied absolutely to consent.
+
+The French pirates belonging to this great ship had met at sea an
+English vessel; and being under great want of victuals, they had taken
+some provisions out of the English ship, without paying for them,
+having, perhaps, no ready money aboard: only they gave them bills of
+exchange for Jamaica and Tortuga, to receive money there. Captain Morgan
+having notice of this, and perceiving he could not prevail with the
+French captain to follow him, resolved to lay hold on this occasion, to
+ruin the French, and seek his revenge. Hereupon he invited, with
+dissimulation, the French commander, and several of his men, to dine
+with him on board the great ship that was come to Jamaica, as is said.
+Being come, he made them all prisoners, pretending the injury aforesaid
+done to the English vessel.
+
+This unjust action of Captain Morgan was soon followed by Divine
+punishment, as we may conceive: the manner I shall instantly relate.
+Captain Morgan, presently after he had taken these French prisoners,
+called a council to deliberate what place they should first pitch upon
+in this new expedition. Here it was determined to go to the isle of
+Savona, to wait for the flota then expected from Spain, and take any of
+the Spanish vessels straggling from the rest. This resolution being
+taken, they began aboard the great ship to feast one another for joy of
+their new voyage, and happy council, as they hoped: they drank many
+healths, and discharged many guns, the common sign of mirth among
+seamen. Most of the men being drunk, by what accident is not known, the
+ship suddenly was blown up, with three hundred and fifty Englishmen,
+besides the French prisoners in the hold; of all which there escaped but
+thirty men, who were in the great cabin, at some distance from the main
+force of the powder. Many more, it is thought, might have escaped, had
+they not been so much overtaken with wine.
+
+This loss brought much consternation of mind upon the English; they knew
+not whom to blame, but at last the accusation was laid on the French
+prisoners, whom they suspected to have fired the powder of the ship out
+of revenge, though with the loss of their own lives: hereupon they added
+new accusations to their former, whereby to seize the ship and all that
+was in it, by saying the French designed to commit piracy on the
+English. The grounds of this accusation were given by a commission from
+the governor of Barracoa, found aboard the French vessel, wherein were
+these words, "that the said governor did permit the French to trade in
+all Spanish ports," &c. "As also to cruise on the English pirates in
+what place soever they could find them, because of the multitudes of
+hostilities which they had committed against the subjects of his
+Catholic Majesty in time of peace betwixt the two crowns." This
+commission for trade was interpreted as an express order to exercise
+piracy and war against them, though it was only a bare licence for
+coming into the Spanish ports; the cloak of which permission were those
+words, "that they should cruise upon the English." And though the French
+did sufficiently expound the true sense of it, yet they could not clear
+themselves to Captain Morgan nor his council: but in lieu thereof, the
+ship and men were seized and sent to Jamaica. Here they also endeavoured
+to obtain justice, and the restitution of their ship, but all in vain;
+for instead of justice, they were long detained in prison, and
+threatened with hanging.
+
+Eight days after the loss of the said ship, Captain Morgan commanded the
+bodies of the miserable wretches who were blown up to be searched for,
+as they floated on the sea; not to afford them Christian burial, but for
+their clothes and attire: and if any had gold rings on their fingers,
+these were cut off, leaving them exposed to the voracity of the monsters
+of the sea. At last they set sail for Savona, the place of their
+assignation. There were in all fifteen vessels, Captain Morgan
+commanding the biggest, of only fourteen small guns; his number of men
+was nine hundred and sixty. Few days after, they arrived at the Cabo de
+Lobos, south of Hispaniola, between Cape Tiburon and Cape Punta de
+Espada: hence they could not pass by reason of contrary winds for three
+weeks, notwithstanding all the utmost endeavours Captain Morgan used to
+get forth; then they doubled the cape, and spied an English vessel at a
+distance. Having spoken with her, they found she came from England, and
+bought of her, for ready money, some provisions they wanted.
+
+Captain Morgan proceeded on his voyage till he came to the port of Ocoa;
+here he landed some men, sending them into the woods to seek water and
+provisions, the better to spare such as he had already on board. They
+killed many beasts, and among others some horses. But the Spaniards, not
+well satisfied at their hunting, laid a stratagem for them, ordering
+three or four hundred men to come from Santo Domingo not far distant,
+and desiring them to hunt in all the parts thereabout near the sea, that
+so, if the pirates should return, they might find no subsistence. Within
+few days the same pirates returned to hunt, but finding nothing to kill,
+a party of about fifty straggled farther on into the woods. The
+Spaniards, who watched all their motions, gathered a great herd of cows,
+and set two or three men to keep them. The pirates having spied them,
+killed a sufficient number; and though the Spaniards could see them at a
+distance, yet they could not hinder them at present; but as soon as they
+attempted to carry them away, they set upon them furiously, crying,
+"Mata, mata," _i.e._, "Kill, kill." Thus the pirates were compelled to
+quit the prey, and retreat to their ships; but they did it in good
+order, retiring by degrees, and when they had opportunity, discharging
+full volleys on the Spaniards, killing many of their enemies, though
+with some loss.
+
+The Spaniards seeing their damage, endeavoured to save themselves by
+flight, and carry off their dead and wounded companions. The pirates
+perceiving them flee, would not content themselves with what hurt they
+had already done, but pursued them speedily into the woods, and killed
+the greatest part of those that remained. Next day Captain Morgan,
+extremely offended at what had passed, went himself with two hundred men
+into the woods to seek for the rest of the Spaniards, but finding
+nobody, he revenged his wrath on the houses of the poor and miserable
+rustics that inhabit those scattering fields and woods, of which he
+burnt a great number: with this he returned to his ships, somewhat more
+satisfied in his mind for having done some considerable damage to the
+enemy; which was always his most ardent desire.
+
+The impatience wherewith Captain Morgan had waited a long while for some
+of his ships not yet arrived, made him resolve to sail away without
+them, and steer for Savona, the place he always designed. Being arrived,
+and not finding any of his ships come, he was more impatient and
+concerned than before, fearing their loss, or that he must proceed
+without them; but he waiting for their arrival a few days longer, and
+having no great plenty of provisions, he sent a crew of one hundred and
+fifty men to Hispaniola to pillage some towns near Santo Domingo; but
+the Spaniards, upon intelligence of their coming, were so vigilant, and
+in such good posture of defence, that the pirates thought not convenient
+to assault them, choosing rather to return empty-handed to Captain
+Morgan, than to perish in that desperate enterprise.
+
+At last Captain Morgan, seeing the other ships did not come, made a
+review of his people, and found only about five hundred men; the ships
+wanting were seven, he having only eight in his company, of which the
+greatest part were very small. Having hitherto resolved to cruise on the
+coasts of Caraccas, and to plunder the towns and villages there, finding
+himself at present with such small forces, he changed his resolution by
+advice of a French captain in his fleet. This Frenchman having served
+Lolonois in the like enterprises, and at the taking of Maracaibo, knew
+all the entries, passages, forces, and means, how to put in execution
+the same again in company of Captain Morgan; to whom having made a full
+relation of all, he concluded to sack it the second time, being himself
+persuaded, with all his men, of the facility the Frenchman propounded.
+Hereupon they weighed anchor, and steered towards Curasao. Being come
+within sight of it, they landed at another island near it, called Ruba,
+about twelve leagues from Curasao to the west. This island, defended by
+a slender garrison, is inhabited by Indians subject to Spain, and speak
+Spanish, by reason of the Roman Catholic religion, here cultivated by a
+few priests sent from the neighbouring continent.
+
+The inhabitants exercise commerce or trade with the pirates that go or
+come this way: they buy of the islanders sheep, lambs, and kids, which
+they exchange for linen, thread, and like things. The country is very
+dry and barren, the whole substance thereof consisting in those three
+things, and in a little indifferent wheat. This isle produces many
+venomous insects, as vipers, spiders, and others. These last are so
+pernicious, that a man bitten by them dies mad; and the manner of
+recovering such is to tie them very fast both hands and feet, and so to
+leave them twenty-four hours, without eating or drinking anything.
+Captain Morgan, as was said, having cast anchor before this island,
+bought of the inhabitants sheep, lambs, and wood, for all his fleet.
+After two days, he sailed again in the night, to the intent they might
+not see what course he steered.
+
+Next day they arrived at the sea of Maracaibo, taking great care not to
+be seen from Vigilia, for which reason they anchored out of sight of it.
+Night being come, they set sail again towards the land, and next
+morning, by break of day, were got directly over against the bar of the
+said lake. The Spaniards had built another fort since the action of
+Lolonois, whence they now fired continually against the pirates, while
+they put their men into boats to land. The dispute continued very hot,
+being managed with great courage from morning till dark night. This
+being come, Captain Morgan, in the obscurity thereof, drew nigh the
+fort, which having examined, he found nobody in it, the Spaniards having
+deserted it not long before. They left behind them a match lighted near
+a train of powder, to have blown up the pirates and the whole fortress
+as soon as they were in it. This design had taken effect, had not the
+pirates discovered it in a quarter of an hour; but Captain Morgan
+snatching away the match, saved both his own and his companions' lives.
+They found here much powder, whereof he provided his fleet, and then
+demolished part of the walls, nailing sixteen pieces of ordnance, from
+twelve to twenty-four pounders. Here they also found many muskets and
+other military provisions.
+
+Next day they commanded the ships to enter the bar, among which they
+divided the powder, muskets, and other things found in the fort: then
+they embarked again to continue their course towards Maracaibo; but the
+waters being very low, they could not pass a certain bank at the entry
+of the lake: hereupon they were compelled to go into canoes and small
+boats, with which they arrived next day before Maracaibo, having no
+other defence than some small pieces which they could carry in the said
+boats. Being landed, they ran immediately to the fort De la Barra, which
+they found as the precedent, without any person in it, for all were fled
+into the woods, leaving also the town without any people, unless a few
+miserable folks, who had nothing to lose.
+
+As soon as they had entered the town, the pirates searched every corner,
+to see if they could find any people that were hid, who might offend
+them unawares; not finding anybody, every party, as they came out of
+their several ships, chose what houses they pleased. The church was
+deputed for the common corps du guard, where they lived after their
+military manner, very insolently. Next day after they sent a troop of a
+hundred men to seek for the inhabitants and their goods; these returned
+next day, bringing with them thirty persons, men, women, and children,
+and fifty mules laden with good merchandise. All these miserable people
+were put to the rack, to make them confess where the rest of the
+inhabitants were, and their goods. Among other tortures, one was to
+stretch their limbs with cords, and then to beat them with sticks and
+other instruments. Others had burning matches placed betwixt their
+fingers, which were thus burnt alive. Others had slender cords or
+matches twisted about their heads, till their eyes burst out. Thus all
+inhuman cruelties were executed on those innocent people. Those who
+would not confess, or who had nothing to declare, died under the hands
+of those villains. These tortures and racks continued for three whole
+weeks, in which time they sent out daily parties to seek for more people
+to torment and rob, they never returning without booty and new riches.
+
+Captain Morgan having now gotten into his hands about a hundred of the
+chief families, with all their goods, at last resolved for Gibraltar, as
+Lolonois had done before: with this design he equipped his fleet,
+providing it sufficiently with all necessaries. He put likewise on board
+all the prisoners, and weighing anchor, set sail with resolution to
+hazard a battle. They had sent before some prisoners to Gibraltar, to
+require the inhabitants to surrender, otherwise Captain Morgan would
+certainly put them all to the sword, without any quarter. Arriving
+before Gibraltar, the inhabitants received him with continual shooting
+of great cannon bullets; but the pirates, instead of fainting hereat,
+ceased not to encourage one another, saying, "We must make one meal upon
+bitter things, before we come to taste the sweetness of the sugar this
+place affords."
+
+Next day very early they landed all their men, and being guided by the
+Frenchman abovesaid, they marched towards the town, not by the common
+way, but crossing through the woods, which way the Spaniards scarce
+thought they would have come; for at the beginning of their march they
+made as if they intended to come the next and open way to the town,
+hereby to deceive the Spaniards: but these remembering full well what
+Lolonois had done but two years before, thought it not safe to expect a
+second brunt, and hereupon all fled out of the town as fast as they
+could, carrying all their goods and riches, as also all the powder; and
+having nailed all the great guns, so as the pirates found not one person
+in the whole city, but one poor innocent man who was born a fool. This
+man they asked whither the inhabitants were fled, and where they had hid
+their goods. To all which questions and the like, he constantly
+answered, "I know nothing, I know nothing:" but they presently put him
+to the rack, and tortured him with cords; which torments forced him to
+cry out, "Do not torture me any more, but come with me, and I will show
+you my goods and my riches." They were persuaded, it seems, he was some
+rich person disguised under those clothes so poor, and that innocent
+tongue; so they went along with him, and he conducted them to a poor
+miserable cottage, wherein he had a few earthen dishes and other things
+of no value, and three pieces of eight, concealed with some other
+trumpery underground. Then they asked him his name, and he readily
+answered, "My name is Don Sebastian Sanchez, and I am brother unto the
+governor of Maracaibo." This foolish answer, it must be conceived, these
+inhuman wretches took for truth: for no sooner had they heard it, but
+they put him again upon the rack, lifting him up on high with cords, and
+tying huge weights to his feet and neck. Besides which, they burnt him
+alive, applying palm-leaves burning to his face.
+
+[Illustration: "'THEY HANGED HIM ON A TREE'"--_Page 146_]
+
+The same day they sent out a party to seek for the inhabitants, on whom
+they might exercise their cruelties. These brought back an honest
+peasant with two daughters of his, whom they intended to torture as they
+used others, if they showed not the places where the inhabitants were
+hid. The peasant knew some of those places, and seeing himself
+threatened with the rack, went with the pirates to show them; but the
+Spaniards perceiving their enemies to range everywhere up and down the
+woods, were already fled thence farther off into the thickest of the
+woods, where they built themselves huts, to preserve from the weather
+those few goods they had. The pirates judged themselves deceived by the
+peasant, and hereupon, to revenge themselves, notwithstanding all his
+excuses and supplication, they hanged him on a tree.
+
+Then they divided into parties to search the plantations; for they knew
+the Spaniards that were absconded could not live on what the woods
+afforded, without coming now and then for provisions to their country
+houses. Here they found a slave, to whom they promised mountains of gold
+and his liberty, by transporting him to Jamaica, if he would show them
+where the inhabitants of Gibraltar lay hid. This fellow conducted them
+to a party of Spaniards, whom they instantly made prisoners, commanding
+this slave to kill some before the eyes of the rest; that by this
+perpetrated crime, he might never be able to leave their wicked company.
+The negro, according to their orders, committed many murders and
+insolencies upon the Spaniards, and followed the unfortunate traces of
+the pirates; who eight days after returned to Gibraltar with many
+prisoners, and some mules laden with riches. They examined every
+prisoner by himself (who were in all about two hundred and fifty
+persons), where they had hid the rest of their goods, and if they know
+of their fellow-townsmen. Such as would not confess were tormented after
+a most inhuman manner. Among the rest, there happened to be a
+Portuguese, who by a negro was reported, though falsely, to be very
+rich; this man was commanded to produce his riches. His answer was, he
+had no more than one hundred pieces of eight in the world, and these had
+been stolen from him two days before by his servant; which words, though
+he sealed with many oaths and protestations, yet they would not believe
+him, but dragging him to the rack, without any regard to his age of
+sixty years, they stretched him with cords, breaking both his arms
+behind his shoulders.
+
+This cruelty went not alone; for he not being able or willing to make
+any other declaration, they put him to another sort of torment more
+barbarous; they tied him with small cords by his two thumbs and great
+toes to four stakes fixed in the ground, at a convenient distance, the
+whole weight of his body hanging on those cords. Not satisfied yet with
+this cruel torture, they took a stone of above two hundred pounds, and
+laid it upon his belly, as if they intended to press him to death; they
+also kindled palm leaves, and applied the flame to the face of this
+unfortunate Portuguese, burning with them the whole skin, beard, and
+hair. At last, seeing that neither with these tortures, nor others, they
+could get anything out of him, they untied the cords, and carried him
+half dead to the church, where was their corps du guard; here they tied
+him anew to one of the pillars thereof, leaving him in that condition,
+without giving him either to eat or drink, unless very sparingly, and so
+little that would scarce sustain life for some days; four or five being
+past, he desired one of the prisoners might come to him, by whose means
+he promised he would endeavour to raise some money to satisfy their
+demands. The prisoner whom he required was brought to him, and he
+ordered him to promise the pirate five hundred pieces of eight for his
+ransom; but they were deaf and obstinate at such a small sum, and
+instead of accepting it, beat him cruelly with cudgels, saying, "Old
+fellow, instead of five hundred, you must say five hundred thousand
+pieces of eight; otherwise you shall here end your life." Finally, after
+a thousand protestations that he was but a miserable man, and kept a
+poor tavern for his living, he agreed with them for one thousand pieces
+of eight. These he raised, and having paid them, got his liberty; though
+so horribly maimed, that it is scarce to be believed he could survive
+many weeks.
+
+Others were crucified by these tyrants, and with kindled matches burnt
+between the joints of their fingers and toes: others had their feet put
+into the fire, and thus were left to be roasted alive. Having used these
+and other cruelties with the white men, they began to practise the same
+with the negroes, their slaves, who were treated with no less inhumanity
+than their masters.
+
+Among these slaves was one who promised Captain Morgan to conduct him to
+a river of the lake, where he should find a ship and four boats, richly
+laden with goods of the inhabitants of Maracaibo: the same discovered
+likewise where the governor of Gibraltar lay hid, with the greatest part
+of the women of the town; but all this he revealed, upon great menaces
+to hang him, if he told not what he knew. Captain Morgan sent away
+presently two hundred men in two settees, or great boats, to this river,
+to seek for what the slave had discovered; but he himself, with two
+hundred and fifty more, undertook to go and take the governor. This
+gentleman was retired to a small island in the middle of the river,
+where he had built a little fort, as well as he could, for his defence;
+but hearing that Captain Morgan came in person with great forces to seek
+him, he retired to the top of a mountain not far off, to which there was
+no ascent but by a very narrow passage, so straight, that whosoever did
+attempt to gain the ascent, must march his men one by one. Captain
+Morgan spent two days before he arrived at this little island, whence he
+designed to proceed to the mountain where the governor was posted, had
+he not been told of the impossibility of ascent, not only for the
+narrowness of the way, but because the governor was well provided with
+all sorts of ammunition: beside, there was fallen a huge rain, whereby
+all the pirates' baggage and powder was wet. By this rain, also, they
+lost many men at the passage over a river that was overflown: here
+perished, likewise, some women and children, and many mules laden with
+plate and goods, which they had taken from the fugitive inhabitants; so
+that things were in a very bad condition with Captain Morgan, and his
+men much harassed, as may be inferred from this relation: whereby, if
+the Spaniards, in that juncture, had had but fifty men well armed, they
+might have entirely destroyed the pirates. But the fears the Spaniards
+had at first conceived were so great, that the leaves stirring on the
+trees they often fancied to be pirates. Finally, Captain Morgan and his
+people, having upon this march sometimes waded up to their middles in
+water for half, or whole miles together, they at last escaped, for the
+greatest part; but the women and children for the major part died.
+
+Thus twelve days after they set forth to seek the governor they returned
+to Gibraltar, with many prisoners: two days after arrived also the two
+settees that went to the river, bringing with them four boats, and some
+prisoners; but the greatest part of the merchandise in the said boats
+they found not, the Spaniards having unladed and secured it, having
+intelligence of their coming; who designed also, when the merchandise
+was taken out, to burn the boats: yet the Spaniards made not so much
+haste to unlade these vessels, but that they left in the ship and boats
+great parcels of goods, which the pirates seized, and brought a
+considerable booty to Gibraltar. Thus, after they had been in possession
+of the place five entire weeks, and committed an infinite number of
+murders, robberies, and such-like insolencies, they concluded to depart;
+but first they ordered some prisoners to go forth into the woods and
+fields, and collect a ransom for the town, otherwise they would
+certainly burn it down to the ground. These poor afflicted men went as
+they were sent, and having searched the adjoining fields and woods,
+returned to Captain Morgan, telling him they had scarce been able to
+find anybody, but that to such as they had found they had proposed his
+demands; to which they had answered, that the governor had prohibited
+them to give any ransom for the town, but they beseeched him to have a
+little patience, and among themselves they would collect five thousand
+pieces of eight; and for the rest, they would give some of their own
+townsmen as hostages, whom he might carry to Maracaibo, till he had
+received full satisfaction.
+
+Captain Morgan having now been long absent from Maracaibo, and knowing
+the Spaniards had had sufficient time to fortify themselves, and hinder
+his departure out of the lake, granted their proposition, and made as
+much haste as he could for his departure: he gave liberty to all the
+prisoners, first putting every one to a ransom; yet he detained the
+slaves. They delivered him four persons agreed on for hostages of what
+money more he was to receive, and they desired to have the slave
+mentioned above, intending to punish him according to his deserts; but
+Captain Morgan would not deliver him, lest they should burn him alive.
+At last, they weighed anchor, and set sail in all haste for Maracaibo:
+here they arrived in four days, and found all things as they had left
+them; yet here they received news from a poor distressed old man, whom
+alone they found sick in the town, that three Spanish men-of-war were
+arrived at the entry of the lake, waiting the return of the pirates:
+moreover, that the castle at the entry thereof was again put into a good
+posture of defence, well provided with guns and men, and all sorts of
+ammunition.
+
+This relation could not choose but disturb the mind of Captain Morgan,
+who now was careful how to get away through the narrow entry of the
+lake: hereupon he sent his swiftest boat to view the entry, and see if
+things were as they had been related. Next day the boat came back,
+confirming what was said; assuring him, they had viewed the ships so
+nigh, that they had been in great danger of their shot, hereunto they
+added, that the biggest ship was mounted with forty guns, the second
+with thirty, and the smallest with twenty-four. These forces being much
+beyond those of Captain Morgan, caused a general consternation in the
+pirates, whose biggest vessel had not above fourteen small guns. Every
+one judged Captain Morgan to despond, and to be hopeless, considering
+the difficulty of passing safe with his little fleet amidst those great
+ships and the fort, or he must perish. How to escape any other way, by
+sea or land, they saw no way. Under these necessities, Captain Morgan
+resumed new courage, and resolving to show himself still undaunted, he
+boldly sent a Spaniard to the admiral of those three ships, demanding of
+him a considerable ransom for not putting the city of Maracaibo to the
+flames. This man (who was received by the Spaniards with great
+admiration of the boldness of those pirates) returned two days after,
+bringing to Captain Morgan a letter from the said admiral, as follows:--
+
+          _The Letter of Don Alonso del Campo y Espinosa,
+            Admiral of the Spanish Fleet, to Captain Morgan,
+            Commander of the Pirates._
+
+          "Having understood by all our friends and
+          neighbours, the unexpected news that you have
+          dared to attempt and commit hostilities in the
+          countries, cities, towns, and villages belonging
+          to the dominions of his Catholic Majesty, my
+          sovereign lord and master; I let you understand by
+          these lines, that I am come to this place,
+          according to my obligation, near that castle
+          which you took out of the hands of a parcel of
+          cowards; where I have put things into a very good
+          posture of defence, and mounted again the
+          artillery which you had nailed and dismounted. My
+          intent is, to dispute with you your passage out of
+          the lake, and follow and pursue you everywhere, to
+          the end you may see the performance of my duty.
+          Notwithstanding, if you be contented to surrender
+          with humility all that you have taken, together
+          with the slaves and all other prisoners, I will
+          let you freely pass, without trouble or
+          molestation; on condition that you retire home
+          presently to your own country. But if you make any
+          resistance or opposition to what I offer you, I
+          assure you I will command boats to come from
+          Caraccas, wherein I will put my troops, and coming
+          to Maracaibo, will put you every man to the sword.
+          This is my last and absolute resolution. Be
+          prudent, therefore, and do not abuse my bounty
+          with ingratitude. I have with me very good
+          soldiers, who desire nothing more ardently than to
+          revenge on you, and your people, all the
+          cruelties, and base infamous actions, you have
+          committed upon the Spanish nation in America.
+          Dated on board the royal ship named the
+          _Magdalen_, lying at anchor at the entry of the
+          lake of Maracaibo, this 24th of April, 1669.
+
+                         "DON ALONSO DEL CAMPO Y ESPINOSA."
+
+As soon as Captain Morgan received this letter, he called all his men
+together in the market-place of Maracaibo, and after reading the
+contents thereof, both in French and English, asked their advice and
+resolution on the whole matter, and whether they had rather surrender
+all they had got to obtain their liberty, than fight for it.
+
+They answered all, unanimously, they had rather fight to the last drop
+of blood, than surrender so easily the booty they had got with so much
+danger of their lives. Among the rest, one said to Captain Morgan, "Take
+you care for the rest, and I will undertake to destroy the biggest of
+those ships with only twelve men: the manner shall be, by making a
+brulot, or fire-ship, of that vessel we took in the river of Gibraltar;
+which, to the intent she may not be known for a fireship, we will fill
+her decks with logs of wood, standing with hats and montera caps, to
+deceive their sight with the representation of men. The same we will do
+at the port-holes that serve for the guns, which shall be filled with
+counterfeit cannon. At the stern we will hang out English colours, and
+persuade the enemy she is one of our best men-of-war going to fight
+them." This proposition was admitted and approved by every one; howbeit,
+their fears were not quite dispersed.
+
+For, notwithstanding what had been concluded there, they endeavoured the
+next day to come to an accommodation with Don Alonso. To this effect,
+Captain Morgan sent to him two persons, with these propositions: First,
+that he would quit Maracaibo, without doing any damage to the town, or
+exacting any ransom for the firing thereof. Secondly, that he would set
+at liberty one half of the slaves, and all the prisoners, without
+ransom. Thirdly, that he would send home freely the four chief
+inhabitants of Gibraltar, which he had in his custody as hostages for
+the contributions those people had promised to pay. These propositions
+were instantly rejected by Don Alonso, as dishonourable: neither would
+he hear of any other accommodation, but sent back this message: "That if
+they surrendered not themselves voluntarily into his hands, within two
+days, under the conditions which he had offered them by his letter, he
+would immediately come, and force them to do it."
+
+No sooner had Captain Morgan received this message from Don Alonso, than
+he put all things in order to fight, resolving to get out of the lake by
+main force, without surrendering anything. First, he commanded all the
+slaves and prisoners to be tied, and guarded very well, and gathered all
+the pitch, tar, and brimstone, they could find in the whole town, for
+the fire-ship above-mentioned; then they made several inventions of
+powder and brimstone with palm leaves, well annointed with tar. They
+covered very well their counterfeit cannon, laying under every piece
+many pounds of powder; besides, they cut down many outworks of the ship,
+that the powder might exert its strength the better; breaking open,
+also, new port-holes, where, instead of guns, they placed little drums
+used by the negroes. Finally, the decks were handsomely beset with many
+pieces of wood, dressed up like men with hats, or monteras, and armed
+with swords, muskets, and bandeleers.
+
+The fire-ship being thus fitted, they prepared to go to the entry of the
+port. All the prisoners were put into one great boat, and in another of
+the biggest they placed all the women, plate, jewels, and other rich
+things: into others they put the bales of goods and merchandise, and
+other things of bulk: each of these boats had twelve men aboard, very
+well armed; the brulot had orders to go before the rest of the vessels,
+and presently to fall foul with the great ship. All things being ready,
+Captain Morgan exacted an oath of all his comrades, protesting to defend
+themselves to the last drop of blood, without demanding quarter;
+promising withal, that whosoever behaved himself thus, should be very
+well rewarded.
+
+With this courageous resolution they set sail to seek the Spaniards. On
+April 30, 1669, they found the Spanish fleet riding at anchor in the
+middle of the entry of the lake. Captain Morgan, it being now late and
+almost dark, commanded all his vessels to an anchor, designing to fight
+even all night if they forced him to it. He ordered a careful watch to
+be kept aboard every vessel till morning, they being almost within shot,
+as well as within sight of the enemy. The day dawning, they weighed
+anchor, and sailed again, steering directly towards the Spaniards; who
+seeing them move, did instantly the same. The fire-ship sailing before
+the rest fell presently upon the great ship, and grappled her; which the
+Spaniards (too late) perceiving to be a fire-ship, they attempted to put
+her off, but in vain: for the flame seizing her timber and tackling,
+soon consumed all the stern, the fore part sinking into the sea, where
+she perished. The second Spanish ship perceiving the admiral to burn,
+not by accident, but by industry of the enemy, escaped towards the
+castle, where the Spaniards themselves sunk her, choosing to lose their
+ship rather than to fall into the hands of those pirates. The third,
+having no opportunity to escape, was taken by the pirates. The seamen
+that sunk the second ship near the castle, perceiving the pirates come
+towards them to take what remains they could find of their shipwreck
+(for some part was yet above water), set fire also to this vessel, that
+the pirates might enjoy nothing of that spoil. The first ship being set
+on fire, some of the persons in her swam towards the shore; these
+pirates would have taken up in their boats, but they would not ask or
+take quarter, choosing rather to lose their lives than receive them from
+their hands, for reasons which I shall relate.
+
+[Illustration: "'THE FIRE-SHIP, SAILING BEFORE THE REST, FELL PRESENTLY
+UPON THE GREAT SHIP'"--_Page 158_]
+
+The pirates being extremely glad at this signal victory so soon
+obtained, and with so great an inequality of forces, conceived greater
+pride than they had before, and all presently ran ashore, intending to
+take the castle. This they found well provided with men, cannon, and
+ammunition, they having no other arms than muskets, and a few hand
+granadoes: their own artillery they thought incapable, for its
+smallness, of making any considerable breach in the walls. Thus they
+spent the rest of the day, firing at the garrison with their muskets,
+till the dusk of the evening, when they attempted to advance nearer the
+walls, to throw in their fire-balls: but the Spaniards resolving to sell
+their lives as dear as they could, fired so furiously at them, that they
+having experimented the obstinacy of the enemy, and seeing thirty of
+their men dead, and as many more wounded, they retired to their ships.
+
+The Spaniards believing the pirates would next day renew the attack with
+their own cannon, laboured hard all night to put things in order for
+their coming; particularly, they dug down, and made plain, some little
+hills and eminences, when possibly the castle might be offended.
+
+But Captain Morgan intended not to come again, busying himself next day
+in taking prisoners some of the men who still swam alive, hoping to get
+part of the riches lost in the two ships that perished. Among the rest,
+he took a pilot, who was a stranger, and who belonged to the lesser ship
+of the two, of whom he inquired several things; as, What number of
+people those three ships had in them? Whether they expected any more
+ships to come? From what port they set forth last, when they came to
+seek them out? He answered, in Spanish, "Noble sir, be pleased to pardon
+and spare me, that no evil be done to me, being a stranger to this
+nation I have served, and I shall sincerely inform you of all that
+passed till our arrival at this lake. We were sent by orders from the
+Supreme Council of State in Spain, being six men-of-war well equipped,
+into these seas, with instructions to cruise upon the English pirates,
+and root them out from these parts by destroying as many of them as we
+could.
+
+"These orders were given, upon the news brought to the court of Spain of
+the loss and ruin of Puerto Bello, and other places; of all which
+damages and hostilities committed here by the English, dismal
+lamentations have often been made to the catholic king and council, to
+whom belongs the care and preservation of this new world. And though the
+Spanish court hath many times by their ambassadors complained hereof to
+the king of England; yet it hath been the constant answer of his Majesty
+of Great Britain, that he never gave any letters patent, nor
+commissions, for acting any hostility against the subjects of the king
+of Spain. Hereupon the catholic king resolved to revenge his subjects,
+and punish these proceedings: commanded six men-of-war to be equipped,
+which he sent under the command of Don Augustine de Bustos, admiral of
+the said fleet. He commanded the biggest ship, named _N. S. de la
+Soleda_, of forty-eight great guns, and eight small ones. The
+vice-admiral was Don Alonso del Campo y Espinosa, who commanded the
+second ship called _La Conception_, of forty-four great guns, and eight
+small ones; besides four vessels more, whereof the first was named the
+_Magdalen_, of thirty-six great guns, and twelve small ones, with two
+hundred and fifty men. The second was called _St. Lewis_, with
+twenty-six great guns, twelve small ones, and two hundred men. The third
+was called _La Marquesa_, of sixteen great guns, eight small ones, and
+one hundred and fifty men. The fourth and last, _N. S. del Carmen_, with
+eighteen great guns, eight small ones, and one hundred and fifty men.
+
+"Being arrived at Carthagena, the two greatest ships received orders to
+return to Spain, being judged too big for cruising on these coasts. With
+the four ships remaining, Don Alonso del Campo y Espinosa departed
+towards Campechy to seek the English: we arrived at the port there,
+where, being surprised by a huge storm from the north, we lost one of
+our ships, being that which I named last. Hence we sailed for
+Hispaniola, in sight of which we came in a few days, and steered for
+Santo Domingo: here we heard that there had passed that way a fleet from
+Jamaica, and that some men thereof had landed at Alta Gracia; the
+inhabitants had taken one prisoner, who confessed their design was to go
+and pillage the city of Caraccas. On this news, Don Alonso instantly
+weighed anchor, and, crossing over to the continent, we came in sight of
+the Caraccas: here we found them not, but met with a boat, which
+certified us they were in the lake of Maracaibo, and that the fleet
+consisted of seven small ships, and one boat.
+
+"Upon this we came here, and arriving at the entry of the lake, we shot
+off a gun for a pilot from the shore. Those on land perceiving we were
+Spaniards, came willingly to us with a pilot, and told us the English
+had taken Maracaibo, and that they were now at the pillage of Gibraltar.
+Don Alonso, on this news, made a handsome speech to his soldiers and
+mariners, encouraging them to their duty, and promising to divide among
+them all they should take from the English: he ordered the guns we had
+taken out of the ship that was lost to be put into the castle, and
+mounted for its defence, with two eighteen-pounders more, out of his own
+ship. The pilots conducted us into the port, and Don Alonso commanded
+the people on shore to come before him, whom he ordered to repossess the
+castle, and reinforce it with one hundred men more than it had before
+its being taken. Soon after, we heard of your return from Gibraltar to
+Maracaibo, whither Don Alonso wrote you a letter, giving you an account
+of his arrival and design, and exhorting you to restore what you had
+taken. This you refusing, he renewed his promises to his soldiers and
+seamen, and having given a very good supper to all his people, he
+ordered them not to take or give any quarter, which was the occasion of
+so many being drowned, who dared not to crave quarter, knowing
+themselves must give none. Two days before you came against us, a negro
+came aboard Don Alonso's ship, telling him, 'Sir, be pleased to have
+great care of yourself; for the English have prepared a fire-ship, with
+design to burn your fleet.' But Don Alonso not believing this, answered,
+'How can that be? Have they, peradventure, wit enough to build a
+fire-ship? Or what instruments have they to do it withal?'"
+
+This pilot having related so distinctly these things to Captain Morgan,
+was very well used by him, and, after some kind proffers made to him,
+remained in his service. He told Captain Morgan, that, in the ship which
+was sunk, there was a great quantity of plate, to the value of forty
+thousand pieces of eight; which occasioned the Spaniards to be often
+seen in boats about it. Hereupon, Captain Morgan ordered one of his
+ships to remain there, to find ways of getting out of it what plate they
+could; meanwhile, himself, with all his fleet, returned to Maracaibo,
+where he refitted the great ship he had taken, and chose it for himself,
+giving his own bottom to one of his captains.
+
+Then he sent again a messenger to the admiral, who was escaped ashore,
+and got into the castle, demanding of him a ransom of fire for
+Maracaibo; which being denied, he threatened entirely to consume and
+destroy it. The Spaniards considering the ill-luck they had all along
+with those pirates, and not knowing how to get rid of them, concluded to
+pay the said ransom, though Don Alonso would not consent.
+
+Hereupon, they sent to Captain Morgan, to know what sum he demanded. He
+answered, that on payment of 30,000 pieces of eight, and five hundred
+beeves, he would release the prisoners and do no damage to the town. At
+last they agreed on 20,000 pieces of eight, and five hundred beeves to
+victual his fleet. The cattle were brought the next day, with one part
+of the money; and, while the pirates were busied in salting the flesh,
+they made up the whole 20,000 pieces of eight, as was agreed.
+
+But Captain Morgan would not presently deliver the prisoners, as he had
+promised, fearing the shot of the castle at his going forth out of the
+lake. Hereupon he told them he intended not to deliver them till he was
+out of that danger, hoping thus to obtain a free passage. Then he set
+sail with his fleet in quest of the ship he had left, to seek for the
+plate of the vessel that was burnt. He found her on the place, with
+15,000 pieces of eight got out of the work, beside many pieces of plate,
+as hilts of swords, and the like; also a great quantity of pieces of
+eight melted and run together, by the force of the fire.
+
+Captain Morgan scarce thought himself secure, nor could he contrive how
+to avoid the shot of the castle: hereupon he wished the prisoners to
+agree with the governor to permit a safe passage to his fleet, which,
+if he should not allow, he would certainly hang them all up in his
+ships. Upon this the prisoners met, and appointed some of their
+fellow-messengers to go to the said governor, Don Alonso: these went to
+him, beseeching and supplicating him to have compassion on those
+afflicted prisoners, who were, with their wives and children, in the
+hands of Captain Morgan; and that to this effect he would be pleased to
+give his word to let the fleet of pirates freely pass, this being the
+only way to save both the lives of them that came with this petition, as
+also of those who remained in captivity; all being equally menaced with
+the sword and gallows, if he granted them not this humble request. But
+Don Alonso gave them for answer a sharp reprehension of their cowardice,
+telling them, "If you had been as loyal to your king in hindering the
+entry of these pirates, as I shall do their going out, you had never
+caused these troubles, neither to yourselves nor to our whole nation,
+which hath suffered so much through your pusillanimity. In a word, I
+shall never grant your request, but shall endeavour to maintain that
+respect which is due to my king, according to my duty."
+
+[Illustration: "MORGAN DIVIDING THE TREASURE TAKEN AT MARACAIBO"--_Page
+166_]
+
+Thus the Spaniards returned with much consternation, and no hopes of
+obtaining their request, telling Captain Morgan what answer they had
+received: his reply was, "If Don Alonso will not let me pass, I will
+find means how to do it without him." Hereupon he presently made a
+dividend of all they had taken, fearing he might not have an opportunity
+to do it in another place, if any tempest should rise and separate the
+ships, as also being jealous that any of the commanders might run away
+with the best part of the spoil, which then lay much more in one vessel
+than another. Thus they all brought in according to their laws, and
+declared what they had, first making oath not to conceal the least
+thing. The accounts being cast up, they found to the value of 25,000
+pieces of eight, in money and jewels, beside the huge quantity of
+merchandise and slaves, all which purchase was divided to every ship or
+boat, according to her share.
+
+The dividend being made, the question still remained how they should
+pass the castle, and get out of the lake. To this effect they made use
+of a stratagem, as follows: the day before the night wherein they
+determined to get forth, they embarked many of their men in canoes, and
+rowed towards the shore, as if they designed to land: here they hid
+themselves under branches of trees that hang over the coast awhile,
+laying themselves down in the boats; then the canoes returned to the
+ships, with the appearance of only two or three men rowing them back,
+the rest being unseen at the bottom of the canoes: thus much only could
+be perceived from the castle, and this false landing of men, for so we
+may call it, was repeated that day several times: this made the
+Spaniards think the pirates intended at night to force the castle by
+scaling it. This fear caused them to place most of their great guns
+on the land side, together with their main force, leaving the side
+towards the sea almost destitute of defence.
+
+Night being come, they weighed anchor, and by moonlight, without setting
+sail, committed themselves to the ebbing tide, which gently brought them
+down the river, till they were near the castle; being almost over
+against it, they spread their sails with all possible haste. The
+Spaniards perceiving this, transported with all speed their guns from
+the other side, and began to fire very furiously at them; but these
+having a very favourable wind, were almost past danger before those of
+the castle could hurt them; so that they lost few of their men, and
+received no considerable damage in their ships. Being out of the reach
+of the guns, Captain Morgan sent a canoe to the castle with some of the
+prisoners, and the governor thereof gave them a boat to return to their
+own homes; but he detained the hostages from Gibraltar, because the rest
+of the ransom for not firing the place was yet unpaid. Just as he
+departed, Captain Morgan ordered seven great guns with bullets to be
+fired against the castle, as it were to take his leave of them, but they
+answered not so much as with a musket shot.
+
+Next day after, they were surprised with a great tempest, which forced
+them to cast anchor in five or six fathom water: but the storm
+increasing, compelled them to weigh again, and put to sea, where they
+were in great danger of being lost; for if they should have been cast on
+shore, either into the hands of the Spaniards or Indians, they would
+certainly have obtained no mercy: at last, the tempest being spent, the
+wind ceased, to the great joy of the whole fleet.
+
+While Captain Morgan made his fortune by these pillagings, his
+companions, who were separated from his fleet at the Cape de Lobos, to
+take the ship spoken of before, endured much misery, and were
+unfortunate in all their attempts. Being arrived at Savona, they found
+not Captain Morgan there, nor any of their companions, nor had they the
+fortune to find a letter which Captain Morgan at his departure left
+behind him in a place where in all probability they would meet with it.
+Thus, not knowing what course to steer, they concluded to pillage some
+town or other. They were in all about four hundred men, divided into
+four ships and one boat: being ready to set forth, they constituted an
+admiral among themselves, being one who had behaved himself very
+courageously at the taking of Puerto Bello, named Captain Hansel. This
+commander attempted the taking of the town of Commana, on the continent
+of Caraccas, nigh sixty leagues to the west of the Isle de la Trinidad.
+Being arrived there, they landed their men, and killed some few Indians
+near the coast; but approaching the town, the Spaniards having in their
+company many Indians, disputed the entry so briskly, that, with great
+loss and confusion, they were forced to retire to the ships. At last
+they arrived at Jamaica, where the rest of their companions, who came
+with Captain Morgan, mocked and jeered them for their ill success at
+Commana, often telling them, "Let us see what money you brought from
+Commana, and if it be as good silver as that which we bring from
+Maracaibo."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII
+
+_Captain Morgan goes to Hispaniola to equip a new fleet, with intent to
+pillage again on the coast of the West Indies._
+
+
+CAPTAIN MORGAN perceived now that Fortune favoured him, by giving
+success to all his enterprises, which occasioned him, as is usual in
+human affairs, to aspire to greater things, trusting she would always be
+constant to him.
+
+Such was the burning of Panama, wherein Fortune failed not to assist
+him, as she had done before, though she had led him thereto through a
+thousand difficulties. The history hereof I shall now relate, being so
+remarkable in all its circumstances, as peradventure nothing more
+deserving memory will be read by future ages.
+
+Captain Morgan arriving at Jamaica, found many of his officers and
+soldiers reduced to their former indigency, by their vices and
+debaucheries. Hence they perpetually importuned him for new exploits.
+
+Captain Morgan, willing to follow Fortune's call, stopped the mouths of
+many inhabitants of Jamaica, who were creditors to his men for large
+sums, with the hopes and promises of greater achievements than ever, by
+a new expedition. This done, he could easily levy men for any
+enterprise, his name being so famous through all those islands as that
+alone would readily bring him in more men than he could well employ. He
+undertook therefore to equip a new fleet, for which he assigned the
+south side of Tortuga as a place of rendezvous, writing letters to all
+the expert pirates there inhabiting, as also to the governor, and to the
+planters and hunters of Hispaniola, informing them of his intentions,
+and desiring their appearance, if they intended to go with him. These
+people upon this notice flocked to the place assigned, in huge numbers,
+with ships, canoes, and boats, being desirous to follow him. Many, who
+had not the convenience of coming by sea, traversed the woods of
+Hispaniola, and with no small difficulties arrived there by land. Thus
+all were present at the place assigned, and ready against October 24,
+1670.
+
+Captain Morgan was not wanting to be there punctually, coming in his
+ship to Port Couillon, over against the island De la Vaca, the place
+assigned. Having gathered the greatest part of his fleet, he called a
+council to deliberate about finding provisions for so many people. Here
+they concluded to send four ships and one boat, with four hundred men,
+to the continent, in order to rifle some country towns and villages for
+all the corn or maize they could gather. They set sail for the continent
+towards the river De la Hacha, designing to assault the village called
+La Rancheria, usually best stored with maize of all the parts
+thereabouts. Meanwhile Captain Morgan sent another party to hunt in the
+woods, who killed a huge number of beasts, and salted them: the rest
+remained in the ships, to clean, fit, and rig them, that, at the return
+of their fellows, all things might be in a readiness to weigh anchor and
+follow their designs.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV
+
+_What happened in the river De la Hacha._
+
+
+THESE four ships setting sail from Hispaniola, steered for the river De
+la Hacha, where they were suddenly overtaken with a tedious calm. Being
+within sight of land becalmed for some days, the Spaniards inhabiting
+along the coast, who had perceived them to be enemies, had sufficient
+time to prepare themselves, at least to hide the best of their goods,
+that, without any care of preserving them, they might be ready to
+retire, if they proved unable to resist the pirates, by whose frequent
+attempts on those coasts they had already learned what to do in such
+cases. There was then in the river a good ship, come from Carthagena to
+lade with maize, and now almost ready to depart. The men of this ship
+endeavoured to escape; but, not being able to do it, both they and the
+vessel fell into their hands. This was a fit purchase for them, being
+good part of what they came for. Next morning, about break of day, they
+came with their ships ashore, and landed their men, though the Spaniards
+made good resistance from a battery they had raised on that side, where,
+of necessity, they were to land; but they were forced to retire to a
+village, whither the pirates followed them. Here the Spaniards rallying,
+fell upon them with great fury, and maintained a strong combat, which
+lasted till night; but then, perceiving they had lost a great number of
+men, which was no less on the pirates' side, they retired to secret
+places in the woods.
+
+Next day the pirates seeing them all fled, and the town left empty of
+people, they pursued them as far as they could, and overtook a party of
+Spaniards, whom they made prisoners, and exercised with most cruel
+torments, to discover their goods. Some were forced, by intolerable
+tortures, to confess; but others, who would not, were used more
+barbarously. Thus, in fifteen days that they remained there, they took
+many prisoners, much plate and movables, with which booty they resolved
+to return to Hispaniola: yet, not content with what they had got, they
+dispatched some prisoners into the woods to seek for the rest of the
+inhabitants, and to demand a ransom for not burning the town. They
+answered, they had no money nor plate; but if they would be satisfied
+with a quantity of maize, they would give as much as they could. The
+pirates accepted this, it being then more useful to them than ready
+money, and agreed they should pay four thousand hanegs, or bushels of
+maize. These were brought in three days after, the Spaniards being
+desirous to rid themselves of that inhuman sort of people. Having laded
+them on board with the rest of their purchase, they returned to
+Hispaniola, to give account to their leader, Captain Morgan, of all they
+had performed.
+
+They had now been absent five weeks on this commission, which long delay
+occasioned Captain Morgan almost in despair of their return, fearing
+lest they were fallen in to the hands of the Spaniards; especially
+considering the place whereto they went could easily be relieved from
+Carthagena and Santa Maria, if the inhabitants were careful to alarm the
+country. On the other side, he feared lest they should have made some
+great fortune in that voyage, and with it have escaped to some other
+place. But seeing his ships return in greater numbers than they
+departed, he resumed new courage, this sight causing both in him and his
+companions infinite joy, especially when they found them full laden with
+maize, which they much wanted for the maintenance of so many people,
+from whom they expected great matters under such a commander.
+
+Captain Morgan having divided the said maize, as also the flesh which
+the hunters brought, among his ships, according to the number of men, he
+concluded to depart; having viewed beforehand every ship, and observed
+their being well equipped and clean. Thus he set sail, and stood for
+Cape Tiburon, where he determined to resolve what enterprise he should
+take in hand. No sooner were they arrived, but they met some other ships
+newly come to join them from Jamaica; so that now their fleet consisted
+of thirty-seven ships, wherein were two thousand fighting men, beside
+mariners and boys. The admiral hereof was mounted with twenty-two great
+guns, and six small ones of brass; the rest carried some twenty; some
+sixteen, some eighteen, and the smallest vessel at least four; besides
+which, they had great quantities of ammunition and fire-balls, with
+other inventions of powder.
+
+Captain Morgan having such a number of ships, divided the whole fleet
+into two squadrons, constituting a vice-admiral, and other officers of
+the second squadron, distinct from the former. To these he gave letters
+patent, or commissions to act all manner of hostilities against the
+Spanish nation, and take of them what ships they could, either abroad at
+sea, or in the harbours, as if they were open and declared enemies (as
+he termed it) of the king of England, his pretended master. This done,
+he called all his captains and other officers together, and caused them
+to sign some articles of agreement betwixt them, and in the name of all.
+Herein it was stipulated, that he should have the hundredth part of all
+that was gotten to himself: that every captain should draw the shares of
+eight men for the expenses of his ship, besides his own. To the surgeon,
+beside his pay, two hundred pieces of eight for his chest of
+medicaments. To every carpenter, above his salary, one hundred pieces of
+eight. The rewards were settled in this voyage much higher than before:
+as, for the loss of both legs, fifteen hundred pieces of eight, or
+fifteen slaves, the choice left to the party, for the loss of both
+hands, eighteen hundred pieces of eight, or eighteen slaves: for one
+leg, whether right or left, six hundred pieces of eight, or six slaves:
+for a hand, as much as for a leg; and for the loss of an eye, one
+hundred pieces of eight, or one slave. Lastly, to him that in any battle
+should signalize himself, either by entering first any castle, or taking
+down the Spanish colours, and setting up the English, they allotted
+fifty pieces of eight for a reward. All which extraordinary salaries and
+rewards to be paid out of the first spoil they should take, as every one
+should occur to be either rewarded or paid.
+
+This contract being signed, Captain Morgan commanded his vice-admirals
+and captains to put all things in order, to attempt one of these three
+places; either Carthagena, Panama, or Vera Cruz. But the lot fell on
+Panama, as the richest of all three; though this city being situate at
+such a distance from the North Sea as they knew not well the approaches
+to it, they judged it necessary to go beforehand to the isle of St.
+Catherine, there to find some persons for guides in this enterprise; for
+in the garrison there are commonly many banditti and outlaws belonging
+to Panama and the neighbouring places, who are very expert in the
+knowledge of that country. But before they proceeded, they published an
+act through the whole fleet, promising, if they met with any Spanish
+vessel, the first captain who should take it should have for his reward
+the tenth part of what should be found in her.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV
+
+_Captain Morgan leaves Hispaniola and goes to St. Catherine's, which he
+takes._
+
+
+CAPTAIN MORGAN and his companions weighed anchor from the Cape of
+Tiburon, December 16, 1670. Four days after they arrived in sight of St.
+Catherine's, now in possession of the Spaniards again, as was said
+before, to which they commonly banish the malefactors of the Spanish
+dominions in the West Indies. Here are huge quantities of pigeons at
+certain seasons. It is watered by four rivulets, whereof two are always
+dry in summer. Here is no trade or commerce exercised by the
+inhabitants; neither do they plant more fruits than what are necessary
+for human life, though the country would make very good plantations of
+tobacco of considerable profit, were it cultivated.
+
+As soon as Captain Morgan came near the island with his fleet, he sent
+one of his best sailing vessels to view the entry of the river, and see
+if any other ships were there, who might hinder him from landing; as
+also fearing lest they should give intelligence of his arrival to the
+inhabitants, and prevent his designs.
+
+Next day, before sunrise, all the fleet anchored near the island, in a
+bay called Aguade Grande. On this bay the Spaniards had built a battery,
+mounted with four pieces of cannon. Captain Morgan landed about one
+thousand men in divers squadrons, marching through the woods, though
+they had no other guides than a few of his own men, who had been there
+before, under Mansvelt. The same day they came to a place where the
+governor sometimes resided: here they found a battery called the
+Platform, but nobody in it, the Spaniards having retired to the lesser
+island, which, as was said before, is so near the great one, that a
+short bridge only may conjoin them.
+
+This lesser island was so well fortified with forts and batteries round
+it, as might seem impregnable. Hereupon, as soon as the Spaniards
+perceived the pirates approach, they fired on them so furiously, that
+they could advance nothing that day, but were content to retreat, and
+take up their rest in the open fields, which was not strange to these
+people, being sufficiently used to such kind of repose. What most
+afflicted them was hunger, having not eat anything that whole day. About
+midnight it rained so hard, that they had much ado to bear it, the
+greatest part of them having no other clothes than a pair of seaman's
+trousers or breeches, and a shirt, without shoes or stockings. In this
+great extremity they pulled down a few thatched houses to make fires
+withal; in a word, they were in such a condition, that one hundred men,
+indifferently well armed, might easily that night have torn them all in
+pieces. Next morning, about break of day, the rain ceased, and they
+dried their arms and marched on: but soon after it rained afresh, rather
+harder than before, as if the skies were melted into waters; which kept
+them from advancing towards the forts, whence the Spaniards continually
+fired at them.
+
+The pirates were now reduced to great affliction and danger, through the
+hardness of the weather, their own nakedness, and great hunger; for a
+small relief hereof, they found in the fields an old horse, lean, and
+full of scabs and blotches, with galled back and sides: this they
+instantly killed and flayed, and divided in small pieces among
+themselves, as far as it would reach (for many could not get a morsel)
+which they roasted and devoured without salt or bread, more like
+ravenous wolves than men. The rain not ceasing, Captain Morgan perceived
+their minds to relent, hearing many of them say they would return on
+board. Among these fatigues of mind and body, he thought convenient to
+use some sudden remedy: to this effect, he commanded a canoe to be
+rigged in haste, and colours of truce to be hanged out. This canoe he
+sent to the Spanish governor, with this message: "That if within a few
+hours he delivered not himself and all his men into his hands, he did by
+that messenger swear to him, and all those that were in his company, he
+would most certainly put them to the sword, without granting quarter to
+any."
+
+In the afternoon the canoe returned with this answer: "That the governor
+desired two hours' time to deliberate with his officers about it, which
+being past, he would give his positive answer." The time being elapsed,
+the governor sent two canoes with white colours, and two persons to
+treat with Captain Morgan; but, before they landed, they demanded of the
+pirates two persons as hostages. These were readily granted by Captain
+Morgan, who delivered them two of the captains for a pledge of the
+security required. With this the Spaniards propounded to Captain Morgan,
+that the governor, in a full assembly, had resolved to deliver up the
+island, not being provided with sufficient forces to defend it against
+such an armada. But withal, he desired Captain Morgan would be pleased
+to use a certain stratagem of war, for the better saving of his own
+credit, and the reputation of his officers both abroad and at home,
+which should be as follows:--That Captain Morgan would come with his
+troops by night to the bridge that joined the lesser island to the great
+one, and there attack the fort of St. Jerome: that at the same time all
+his fleet would draw near the castle of Santa Teresa, and attack it by
+land, landing, in the meanwhile, more troops near the battery of St.
+Matthew: that these troops being newly landed, should by this means
+intercept the governor as he endeavoured to pass to St. Jerome's fort,
+and then take him prisoner; using the formality, as if they forced him
+to deliver the castle; and that he would lead the English into it, under
+colour of being his own troops. That on both sides there should be
+continual firing, but without bullets, or at least into the air, so that
+no side might be hurt. That thus having obtained two such considerable
+forts, the chiefest of the isle, he need not take care for the rest,
+which must fall of course into his hands.
+
+These propositions were granted by Captain Morgan, on condition they
+should see them faithfully observed; otherwise they should be used with
+the utmost rigour: this they promised to do, and took their leave, to
+give account of their negotiation to the governor. Presently after,
+Captain Morgan commanded the whole fleet to enter the port, and his men
+to be ready to assault, that night, the castle of St. Jerome. Thus the
+false battle began, with incessant firing from both the castles, against
+the ships, but without bullets, as was agreed. Then the pirates landed,
+and assaulted by night the lesser island, which they took, as also both
+fortresses; forcing the Spaniards, in appearance, to fly to the church.
+Before this assault, Captain Morgan sent word to the governor, that he
+should keep all his men together in a body; otherwise, if the pirates
+met any straggling Spaniards in the streets, they should certainly shoot
+them.
+
+This island being taken by this unusual stratagem, and all things put in
+order, the pirates made a new war against the poultry, cattle, and all
+sorts of victuals they could find, for some days; scarce thinking of
+anything else than to kill, roast, and eat, and make what good cheer
+they could. If wood was wanting, they pulled down the houses, and made
+fires with the timber, as had been done before in the field. Next day
+they numbered all the prisoners they had taken upon the island, which
+were found to be in all four hundred and fifty-nine persons, men, women,
+and children; viz., one hundred and ninety soldiers of the garrison;
+forty inhabitants, who were married: forty-three children, thirty-four
+slaves, belonging to the king; with eight children, eight banditti,
+thirty-nine negroes belonging to private persons; with twenty-seven
+female blacks, and thirty-four children. The pirates disarmed all the
+Spaniards, and sent them out immediately to the plantations to seek for
+provisions, leaving the women in the church to exercise their devotions.
+
+Soon after they reviewed the whole island, and all the fortresses
+thereof, which they found to be nine in all, viz., the fort of St.
+Jerome, next the bridge, had eight great guns, of twelve, six, and eight
+pounds carriage; with six pipes of muskets, every pipe containing ten
+muskets. Here they found still sixty muskets, with sufficient powder and
+other ammunition. The second fortress, called St. Matthew, had three
+guns, of eight pounds each. The third, and chiefest, named Santa
+Teresa, had twenty great guns, of eighteen, twelve, eight, and six
+pounds; with ten pipes of muskets, like those before, and ninety muskets
+remaining, besides other ammunition. This castle was built with stone
+and mortar, with very thick walls, and a large ditch round it, twenty
+feet deep, which, though it was dry, yet was very hard to get over. Here
+was no entry, but through one door, to the middle of the castle. Within
+it was a mount, almost inaccessible, with four pieces of cannon at the
+top; whence they could shoot directly into the port. On the sea side it
+was impregnable, by reason of the rocks round it, and the sea beating
+furiously upon them. To the land it was so commodiously seated on a
+mountain, as there was no access to it but by a path three or four feet
+broad. The fourth fortress was named St. Augustine, having three guns of
+eight and six pounds. The fifth, named La Plattaforma de la Conception,
+had only two guns, of eight pounds. The sixth, by name San Salvador, had
+likewise no more than two guns. The seventh, called Plattaforma de los
+Artilleros, had also two guns. The eighth, called Santa Cruz, had three
+guns. The ninth, called St. Joseph's Fort, had six guns, of twelve and
+eight pounds, besides two pipes of muskets, and sufficient ammunition.
+
+In the storehouses were above thirty thousand pounds of powder, with all
+other ammunition, which was carried by the pirates on board. All the
+guns were stopped and nailed, and the fortresses demolished, except
+that of St. Jerome, where the pirates kept guard and resistance. Captain
+Morgan inquired for any banditti from Panama or Puerto Bello, and three
+were brought him, who pretended to be very expert in the avenues of
+those parts. He asked them to be his guides, and show him the securest
+ways to Panama, which, if they performed, he promised them equal shares
+in the plunder of that expedition, and their liberty when they arrived
+in Jamaica. These propositions the banditti readily accepted, promising
+to serve him very faithfully, especially one of the three, who was the
+greatest rogue, thief, and assassin among them, who had deserved rather
+to be broken alive on the wheel, than punished with serving in a
+garrison. This wicked fellow had a great ascendant over the other two,
+and domineered over them as he pleased, they not daring to disobey his
+orders.
+
+Captain Morgan commanded four ships and one boat to be equipped, and
+provided with necessaries, to go and take the castle of Chagre, on the
+river of that name; neither would he go himself with his whole fleet,
+lest the Spaniards should be jealous of his farther design on Panama. In
+these vessels he embarked four hundred men, to put in execution these
+his orders. Meanwhile, himself remained in St. Catherine's with the rest
+of the fleet, expecting to hear of their success.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI
+
+_Captain Morgan takes the Castle of Chagre, with four hundred men sent
+to this purpose from St. Catherine's._
+
+
+CAPTAIN MORGAN sending this little fleet to Chagre, chose for
+vice-admiral thereof one Captain Brodely, who had been long in those
+quarters, and committed many robberies on the Spaniards, when Mansvelt
+took the isle of St. Catherine, as was before related; and therefore was
+thought a fit person for this exploit, his actions likewise having
+rendered him famous among the pirates, and their enemies the Spaniards.
+Captain Brodely being made commander, in three days after his departure
+arrived in sight of the said castle of Chagre, by the Spaniards called
+St. Lawrence. This castle is built on a high mountain, at the entry of
+the river, surrounded by strong palisades, or wooden walls, filled with
+earth, which secures them as well as the best wall of stone or brick.
+The top of this mountain is, in a manner, divided into two parts,
+between which is a ditch thirty feet deep. The castle hath but one
+entry, and that by a drawbridge over this ditch. To the land it has four
+bastions, and to the sea two more. The south part is totally
+inaccessible, through the cragginess of the mountain. The north is
+surrounded by the river, which here is very broad. At the foot of the
+castle, or rather mountain, is a strong fort, with eight great guns,
+commanding the entry of the river. Not much lower are two other
+batteries, each of six pieces, to defend likewise the mouth of the
+river. At one side of the castle are two great storehouses of all sorts
+of warlike ammunition and merchandise, brought thither from the island
+country. Near these houses is a high pair of stairs hewn out of the
+rock, to mount to the top of the castle. On the west is a small port,
+not above seven or eight fathoms deep, fit for small vessels, and of
+very good anchorage; besides, before the castle, at the entry of the
+river, is a great rock, scarce to be described but at low tides.
+
+No sooner had the Spaniards perceived the pirates, but they fired
+incessantly at them with the biggest of their guns. They came to an
+anchor in a small port, about a league from the castle. Next morning,
+very early, they went ashore, and marched through the woods, to attack
+the castle on that side. This march lasted till two of the clock in the
+afternoon, before they could reach the castle, by reason of the
+difficulties of the way, and its mire and dirt; and though their guides
+served them very exactly, yet they came so nigh the castle at first,
+that they lost many of their men by its shot, they being in an open
+place without covert. This much perplexed the pirates, not knowing what
+course to take; for on that side, of necessity, they must make the
+assault: and being uncovered from head to foot, they could not advance
+one step without danger: besides that, the castle, both for its
+situation and strength, made them much doubt of success. But to give it
+over they dared not, lest they should be reproached by their companions.
+
+At last, after many doubts and disputes, resolving to hazard the assault
+and their lives desperately, they advanced towards the castle with their
+swords in one hand, and fire-balls in the other. The Spaniards defended
+themselves very briskly, ceasing not to fire at them continually; crying
+withal, "Come on, ye English dogs! enemies to God and our king; and let
+your other companions that are behind come on too, ye shall not go to
+Panama this bout." The pirates making some trial to climb the walls,
+were forced to retreat, resting themselves till night. This being come,
+they returned to the assault, to try, by the help of their fire-balls,
+to destroy the pales before the wall; and while they were about it,
+there happened a very remarkable accident, which occasioned their
+victory. One of the pirates being wounded with an arrow in his back,
+which pierced his body through, he pulled it out boldly at the side of
+his breast, and winding a little cotton about it, he put it into his
+musket, and shot it back to the castle; but the cotton being kindled by
+the powder, fired two or three houses in the castle, being thatched with
+palm-leaves, which the Spaniards perceived not so soon as was
+necessary; for this fire meeting with a parcel of powder, blew it up,
+thereby causing great ruin, and no less consternation to the Spaniards,
+who were not able to put a stop to it, not having seen it time enough.
+
+The pirates perceiving the effect of the arrow, and the misfortunes of
+the Spaniards, were infinitely glad; and while they were busied in
+quenching the fire, which caused a great confusion for want of water,
+the pirates took this opportunity, setting fire likewise to the
+palisades. The fire thus seen at once in several parts about the castle,
+gave them great advantage against the Spaniards, many breaches being
+made by the fire among the pales, great heaps of earth falling into the
+ditch. Then the pirates climbing up, got over into the castle, though
+those Spaniards, who were not busy about the fire, cast down many
+flaming pots full of combustible matter, and odious smells, which
+destroyed many of the English.
+
+The Spaniards, with all their resistance, could not hinder the palisades
+from being burnt down before midnight. Meanwhile the pirates continued
+in their intention of taking the castle; and though the fire was very
+great, they would creep on the ground, as near as they could, and shoot
+amidst the flames against the Spaniards on the other side, and thus
+killed many from the walls. When day was come, they observed all the
+movable earth, that lay betwixt the pales, to be fallen into the ditch;
+so that now those within the castle lay equally exposed to them without,
+as had been on the contrary before; whereupon the pirates continued
+shooting very furiously, and killed many Spaniards; for the governor had
+charged them to make good those posts, answering to the heaps of earth
+fallen into the ditch, and caused the artillery to be transported to the
+breaches.
+
+The fire within the castle still continuing, the pirates from abroad did
+what they could to hinder its progress, by shooting incessantly against
+it; one party of them was employed only for this, while another watched
+all the motions of the Spaniards. About noon the English gained a
+breach, which the governor himself defended with twenty-five soldiers.
+Here was made a very courageous resistance by the Spaniards, with
+muskets, pikes, stones, and swords; but through all these the pirates
+fought their way, till they gained the castle. The Spaniards, who
+remained alive, cast themselves down from the castle into the sea,
+choosing rather to die thus (few or none surviving the fall) than to ask
+quarter for their lives. The governor himself retreated to the corps du
+gard, before which were placed two pieces of cannon: here he still
+defended himself, not demanding any quarter, till he was killed with a
+musket-shot in the head.
+
+The governor being dead, and the corps du gard surrendering, they found
+remaining in it alive thirty men, whereof scarce ten were not wounded:
+these informed the pirates that eight or nine of their soldiers had
+deserted, and were gone to Panama, to carry news of their arrival and
+invasion. These thirty men alone remained of three hundred and fourteen
+wherewith the castle was garrisoned, among which not one officer was
+found alive. These were all made prisoners, and compelled to tell
+whatever they knew of their designs and enterprises. Among other things,
+that the governor of Panama had notice sent him three weeks ago from
+Carthagena, that the English were equipping a fleet at Hispaniola, with
+a design to take Panama; and, beside, that this had been discovered by a
+deserter from the pirates at the river De la Hacha, where they had
+victualled. That upon this, the governor had sent one hundred and
+sixty-four men to strengthen the garrison of that castle, with much
+provision and ammunition; the ordinary garrison whereof was only one
+hundred and fifty men, but these made up two hundred and fourteen men,
+very well armed. Besides this, they declared that the governor of Panama
+had placed several ambuscades along the river of Chagre; and that he
+waited for them in the open fields of Panama with three thousand six
+hundred men.
+
+The taking of this castle cost the pirates excessively dear, in
+comparison to what they were wont to lose, and their toil and labour was
+greater than at the conquest of the isle of St. Catherine; for,
+numbering their men, they had lost above a hundred, beside seventy
+wounded. They commanded the Spanish prisoners to cast the dead bodies of
+their own men from the top of the mountain to the seaside, and to bury
+them. The wounded were carried to the church, of which they made an
+hospital, and where also they shut up the women.
+
+Captain Morgan remained not long behind at St. Catherine's, after taking
+the castle of Chagre, of which he had notice presently; but before he
+departed, he embarked all the provisions that could be found, with much
+maize, or Indian wheat, and cazave, whereof also is made bread in those
+ports. He transported great store of provisions to the garrison of
+Chagre, whencesoever they could be got. At a certain place they cast
+into the sea all the guns belonging thereto, designing to return, and
+leave that island well garrisoned, to the perpetual possession of the
+pirates; but he ordered all the houses and forts to be fired, except the
+castle of St. Teresa, which he judged to be the strongest and securest
+wherein to fortify himself at his return from Panama.
+
+Having completed his arrangements, he took with him all the prisoners of
+the island, and then sailed for Chagre, where he arrived in eight days.
+Here the joy of the whole fleet was so great, when they spied the
+English colours on the castle, that they minded not their way into the
+river, so that they lost four ships at the entry thereof, Captain
+Morgan's being one; yet they saved all the men and goods. The ships,
+too, had been preserved, if a strong northerly wind had not risen,
+which cast them on the rock at the entry of the river.
+
+Captain Morgan was brought into the castle with great acclamations of
+all the pirates, both of those within, and those newly come. Having
+heard the manner of the conquest, he commanded all the prisoners to
+work, and repair what was necessary, especially to set up new palisades
+round the forts of the castle. There were still in the river some
+Spanish vessels, called chatten, serving for transportation of
+merchandise up and down the river, and to go to Puerto Bello and
+Nicaragua. These commonly carry two great guns of iron, and four small
+ones of brass. These vessels they seized, with four little ships they
+found there, and all the canoes. In the castle they left a garrison of
+five hundred men, and in the ships in the river one hundred and fifty
+more. This done, Captain Morgan departed for Panama at the head of
+twelve hundred men. He carried little provisions with him, hoping to
+provide himself sufficiently among the Spaniards, whom he knew to lie in
+ambuscade by the way.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII
+
+_Captain Morgan departs from Chagre, at the head of twelve hundred men,
+to take the city of Panama._
+
+
+CAPTAIN MORGAN set forth from the castle of Chagre, towards Panama,
+August 18, 1670. He had with him twelve hundred men, five boats laden
+with artillery, and thirty-two canoes. The first day they sailed only
+six leagues, and came to a place called De los Bracos. Here a party of
+his men went ashore, only to sleep and stretch their limbs, being almost
+crippled with lying too much crowded in the boats. Having rested awhile,
+they went abroad to seek victuals in the neighbouring plantations; but
+they could find none, the Spaniards being fled, and carrying with them
+all they had. This day, being the first of their journey, they had such
+scarcity of victuals, as the greatest part were forced to pass with only
+a pipe of tobacco, without any other refreshment.
+
+Next day, about evening, they came to a place called Cruz de Juan
+Gallego. Here they were compelled to leave their boats and canoes, the
+river being very dry for want of rain, and many trees having fallen into
+it.
+
+The guides told them, that, about two leagues farther, the country
+would be very good to continue the journey by land. Hereupon they left
+one hundred and sixty men on board the boats, to defend them, that they
+might serve for a refuge in necessity.
+
+Next morning, being the third day, they all went ashore, except those
+who were to keep the boats. To these Captain Morgan gave order, under
+great penalties, that no man, on any pretext whatever, should dare to
+leave the boats, and go ashore; fearing lest they should be surprised by
+an ambuscade of Spaniards in the neighbouring woods, which appeared so
+thick as to seem almost impenetrable. This morning beginning their
+march, the ways proved so bad, that Captain Morgan thought it more
+convenient to transport some of the men in canoes (though with great
+labour) to a place farther up the river, called Cedro Bueno. Thus they
+re-embarked, and the canoes returned for the rest; so that about night
+they got altogether at the said place. The pirates much desired to meet
+some Spaniards or Indians, hoping to fill their bellies with their
+provisions, being reduced to extremity and hunger.
+
+The fourth day the greatest part of the pirates marched by land, being
+led by one of the guides; the rest went by water farther up, being
+conducted by another guide, who always went before them, to discover, on
+both sides the river, the ambuscades. These had also spies, who were
+very dextrous to give notice of all accidents, or of the arrival of the
+pirates, six hours, at least, before they came. This day, about noon,
+they came near a post called Torna Cavallos: here the guide of the
+canoes cried out, that he perceived an ambuscade. His voice caused
+infinite joy to all the pirates, hoping to find some provisions to
+satiate their extreme hunger. Being come to the place, they found nobody
+in it, the Spaniards being fled, and leaving nothing behind but a few
+leathern bags, all empty, and a few crumbs of bread scattered on the
+ground where they had eaten. Being angry at this, they pulled down a few
+little huts which the Spaniards had made, and fell to eating the
+leathern bags, to allay the ferment of their stomachs, which was now so
+sharp as to gnaw their very bowels. Thus they made a huge banquet upon
+these bags of leather, divers quarrels arising concerning the greatest
+shares. By the bigness of the place, they conjectured about five hundred
+Spaniards had been there, whom, finding no victuals, they were now
+infinitely desirous to meet, intending to devour some of them rather
+than perish.
+
+Having feasted themselves with those pieces of leather, they marched on,
+till they came about night to another post, called Torna Munni. Here
+they found another ambuscade, but as barren as the former. They searched
+the neighbouring woods, but could not find anything to eat, the
+Spaniards having been so provident, as not to leave anywhere the least
+crumb of sustenance, whereby the pirates were now brought to this
+extremity. Here again he was happy that had reserved since noon any bit
+of leather to make his supper of, drinking after it a good draught of
+water for his comfort. Some, who never were out of their mothers'
+kitchens, may ask, how these pirates could eat and digest those pieces
+of leather, so hard and dry? Whom I answer, that, could they once
+experiment what hunger, or rather famine, is, they would find the way as
+the pirates did. For these first sliced it in pieces, then they beat it
+between two stones, and rubbed it, often dipping it in water, to make it
+supple and tender. Lastly, they scraped off the hair, and broiled it.
+Being thus cooked, they cut it into small morsels, and ate it, helping
+it down with frequent gulps of water, which, by good fortune, they had
+at hand.
+
+The fifth day, about noon, they came to a place called Barbacoa. Here
+they found traces of another ambuscade, but the place totally as
+unprovided as the former. At a small distance were several plantations,
+which they searched very narrowly, but could not find any person,
+animal, or other thing, to relieve their extreme hunger. Finally, having
+ranged about, and searched a long time, they found a grot, which seemed
+to be but lately hewn out of a rock, where were two sacks of meal,
+wheat, and like things, with two great jars of wine, and certain fruits
+called platanoes. Captain Morgan, knowing some of his men were now
+almost dead with hunger, and fearing the same of the rest, caused what
+was found to be distributed among them who were in greatest necessity.
+Having refreshed themselves with these victuals, they marched anew with
+greater courage than ever. Such as were weak were put into the canoes,
+and those commanded to land that were in them before. Thus they
+prosecuted their journey till late at night; when coming to a
+plantation, they took up their rest, but without eating anything; for
+the Spaniards, as before, had swept away all manner of provisions.
+
+The sixth day they continued their march, part by land and part by
+water. Howbeit, they were constrained to rest very frequently, both for
+the ruggedness of the way, and their extreme weakness, which they
+endeavoured to relieve by eating leaves of trees and green herbs, or
+grass; such was their miserable condition. This day at noon they arrived
+at a plantation, where was a barn full of maize. Immediately they beat
+down the doors and ate it dry, as much as they could devour; then they
+distributed a great quantity, giving every man a good allowance. Thus
+provided, and prosecuting their journey for about an hour, they came to
+another ambuscade. This they no sooner discovered, but they threw away
+their maize, with the sudden hopes of finding all things in abundance.
+But they were much deceived, meeting neither Indians nor victuals, nor
+anything else: but they saw, on the other side of the river, about a
+hundred Indians, who, all fleeing, escaped. Some few pirates leaped into
+the river to cross it, and try to take any of the Indians, but in vain:
+for, being much more nimble than the pirates, they not only baffled
+them, but killed two or three with their arrows; hooting at them, and
+crying, "Ha, perros! a la savana, a la savana."--"Ha, ye dogs! go to the
+plain, go to the plain."
+
+This day they could advance no farther, being necessitated to pass the
+river, to continue their march on the other side. Hereupon they reposed
+for that night, though their sleep was not profound; for great
+murmurings were made at Captain Morgan, and his conduct; some being
+desirous to return home, while others would rather die there than go
+back a step from their undertaking: others, who had greater courage,
+laughed and joked at their discourses. Meanwhile, they had a guide who
+much comforted them, saying, "It would not now be long before they met
+with people from whom they should reap some considerable advantage."
+
+The seventh day, in the morning, they made clean their arms, and every
+one discharged his pistol, or musket, without bullet, to try their
+firelocks. This done, they crossed the river, leaving the post where
+they had rested, called Santa Cruz, and at noon they arrived at a
+village called Cruz. Being yet far from the place, they perceived much
+smoke from the chimneys: the sight hereof gave them great joy, and hopes
+of finding people and plenty of good cheer. Thus they went on as fast as
+they could, encouraging one another, saying, "There is smoke comes out
+of every house: they are making good fires, to roast and boil what we
+are to eat;" and the like.
+
+At length they arrived there, all sweating and panting, but found no
+person in the town, nor anything eatable to refresh themselves, except
+good fires, which they wanted not; for the Spaniards, before their
+departure, had every one set fire to his own house, except the king's
+storehouses and stables.
+
+They had not left behind them any beast, alive or dead, which much
+troubled their minds, not finding anything but a few cats and dogs,
+which they immediately killed and devoured. At last, in the king's
+stables, they found, by good fortune, fifteen or sixteen jars of Peru
+wine, and a leathern sack full of bread. No sooner had they drank of
+this wine, when they fell sick, almost every man: this made them think
+the wine was poisoned, which caused a new consternation in the whole
+camp, judging themselves now to be irrecoverably lost. But the true
+reason was, their want of sustenance, and the manifold sorts of trash
+they had eaten. Their sickness was so great, as caused them to remain
+there till the next morning, without being able to prosecute their
+journey in the afternoon. This village is seated in 9 deg. 2 min. north
+latitude, distant from the river Chagre twenty-six Spanish leagues, and
+eight from Panama. This is the last place to which boats or canoes can
+come; for which reason they built here storehouses for all sorts of
+merchandise, which to and from Panama are transported on the backs of
+mules.
+
+Here Captain Morgan was forced to leaves his canoes, and land all his
+men, though never so weak; but lest the canoes should be surprised, or
+take up too many men for their defence, he sent them all back to the
+place where the boats were, except one, which he hid, that it might
+serve to carry intelligence. Many of the Spaniards and Indians of this
+village having fled to the near plantations, Captain Morgan ordered that
+none should go out of the village, except companies of one hundred
+together, fearing lest the enemy should take an advantage upon his men.
+Notwithstanding, one party contravened these orders, being tempted with
+the desire of victuals: but they were soon glad to fly into the town
+again, being assaulted with great fury by some Spaniards and Indians,
+who carried one of them away prisoner. Thus the vigilancy and care of
+Captain Morgan was not sufficient to prevent every accident.
+
+The eighth day in the morning Captain Morgan sent two hundred men before
+the body of his army, to discover the way to Panama, and any ambuscades
+therein: the path being so narrow, that only ten or twelve persons could
+march abreast, and often not so many. After ten hours' march they came
+to a place called Quebrada Obscura: here, all on a sudden, three or four
+thousand arrows were shot at them, they not perceiving whence they came,
+or who shot them: though they presumed it was from a high rocky
+mountain, from one side to the other, whereon was a grot, capable of but
+one horse or other beast laded. This multitude of arrows much alarmed
+the pirates, especially because they could not discover whence they were
+discharged. At last, seeing no more arrows, they marched a little
+farther, and entered a wood: here they perceived some Indians to fly as
+fast as they could, to take the advantage of another post, thence to
+observe their march; yet there remained one troop of Indians on the
+place, resolved to fight and defend themselves, which they did with
+great courage till their captain fell down wounded; who, though he
+despaired of life, yet his valour being greater than his strength, would
+ask no quarter, but, endeavouring to raise himself, with undaunted mind
+laid hold of his azagayo, or javelin, and struck at one of the pirates;
+but before he could second the blow, he was shot to death. This was also
+the fate of many of his companions, who, like good soldiers, lost their
+lives with their captain, for the defence of their country.
+
+The pirates endeavoured to take some of the Indians prisoners, but they
+being swifter than the pirates, every one escaped, leaving eight pirates
+dead, and ten wounded: yea, had the Indians been more dextrous in
+military affairs, they might have defended that passage, and not let one
+man pass. A little while after they came to a large champaign, open, and
+full of fine meadows; hence they could perceive at a distance before
+them some Indians, on the top of a mountain, near the way by which they
+were to pass: they sent fifty men, the nimblest they had, to try to
+catch any of them, and force them to discover their companions: but all
+in vain; for they escaped by their nimbleness, and presently showed
+themselves in another place, hallooing to the English, and crying, "A la
+savana, a la savana, perros Ingleses!" that is, "To the plain, to the
+plain, ye English dogs!" Meanwhile the ten pirates that were wounded
+were dressed, and plastered up.
+
+Here was a wood, and on each side a mountain. The Indians possessed
+themselves of one, and the pirates of the other. Captain Morgan was
+persuaded the Spaniards had placed an ambuscade there, it lying so
+conveniently: hereupon, he sent two hundred men to search it. The
+Spaniards and Indians perceiving the pirates descend the mountain, did
+so too, as if they designed to attack them; but being got into the wood,
+out of sight of the pirates, they were seen no more, leaving the passage
+open.
+
+About night fell a great rain, which caused the pirates to march the
+faster, and seek for houses to preserve their arms from being wet; but
+the Indians had set fire to every one, and driven away all their cattle,
+that the pirates, finding neither houses nor victuals, might be
+constrained to return: but, after diligent search, they found a few
+shepherds' huts, but in them nothing to eat. These not holding many men,
+they placed in them, out of every company, a small number, who kept the
+arms of the rest: those who remained in the open field endured much
+hardship that night, the rain not ceasing till morning.
+
+Next morning, about break of day, being the ninth of that tedious
+journey, Captain Morgan marched on while the fresh air of the morning
+lasted; for the clouds hanging yet over their heads, were much more
+favourable than the scorching rays of the sun, the way being now more
+difficult than before. After two hours' march, they discovered about
+twenty Spaniards, who observed their motions: they endeavoured to catch
+some of them, but could not, they suddenly disappearing, and absconding
+themselves in caves among the rocks, unknown to the pirates. At last,
+ascending a high mountain, they discovered the South Sea. This happy
+sight, as if it were the end of their labours, caused infinite joy among
+them: hence they could descry also one ship, and six boats, which were
+set forth from Panama, and sailed towards the islands of Tavoga and
+Tavogilla: then they came to a vale where they found much cattle,
+whereof they killed good store: here, while some killed and flayed cows,
+horses, bulls, and chiefly asses, of which there were most; others
+kindled fires, and got wood to roast them: then cutting the flesh into
+convenient pieces, or gobbets, they threw them into the fire, and, half
+carbonaded or roasted, they devoured them, with incredible haste and
+appetite; such was their hunger, as they more resembled cannibals than
+Europeans; the blood many times running down from their beards to their
+waists.
+
+Having satisfied their hunger, Captain Morgan ordered them to continue
+the march. Here, again, he sent before the main body fifty men to take
+some prisoners, if they could; for he was much concerned, that in nine
+days he could not meet one person to inform him of the condition and
+forces of the Spaniards. About evening they discovered about two hundred
+Spaniards, who hallooed to the pirates, but they understood not what
+they said. A little while after they came in sight of the highest
+steeple of Panama: this they no sooner discovered but they showed signs
+of extreme joy, casting up their hats into the air, leaping and
+shouting, just as if they had already obtained the victory, and
+accomplished their designs. All their trumpets sounded, and drums beat,
+in token of this alacrity of their minds: thus they pitched their camp
+for that night, with general content of the whole army, waiting with
+impatience for the morning, when they intended to attack the city. This
+evening appeared fifty horse, who came out of the city, on the noise of
+the drums and trumpets, to observe, as it was thought, their motions:
+they came almost within musket-shot of the army, with a trumpet that
+sounded marvellously well. Those on horseback hallooed aloud to the
+pirates, and threatened them, saying, "Perros! nos veremos," that is,
+"Ye dogs! we shall meet ye." Having made this menace, they returned to
+the city, except only seven or eight horsemen, who hovered thereabouts
+to watch their motions. Immediately after the city fired, and ceased not
+to play their biggest guns all night long against the camp, but with
+little or no harm to the pirates, whom they could not easily reach. Now
+also the two hundred Spaniards, whom the pirates had seen in the
+afternoon, appeared again, making a show of blocking up the passages,
+that no pirates might escape their hands: but the pirates, though in a
+manner besieged, instead of fearing their blockades, as soon as they had
+placed sentinels about their camp, opened their satchels, and, without
+any napkins or plates, fell to eating, very heartily, the pieces of
+bulls' and horses' flesh which they had reserved since noon. This done,
+they laid themselves down to sleep on the grass, with great repose and
+satisfaction, expecting only, with impatience, the dawning of the next
+day.
+
+The tenth day, betimes in the morning, they put all their men in order,
+and, with drums and trumpets sounding, marched directly towards the
+city; but one of the guides desired Captain Morgan not to take the
+common highway, lest they should find in it many ambuscades. He took his
+advice, and chose another way through the wood, though very irksome and
+difficult. The Spaniards perceiving the pirates had taken another way
+they scarce had thought on, were compelled to leave their stops and
+batteries, and come out to meet them. The governor of Panama put his
+forces in order, consisting of two squadrons, four regiments of foot,
+and a huge number of wild bulls, which were driven by a great number of
+Indians, with some negroes, and others, to help them.
+
+The pirates, now upon their march, came to the top of a little hill,
+whence they had a large prospect of the city and champaign country
+underneath. Here they discovered the forces of the people of Panama, in
+battle array, to be so numerous, that they were surprised with fear,
+much doubting the fortune of the day: yea, few or none there were but
+wished themselves at home, or at least free from the obligation of that
+engagement, it so nearly concerning their lives. Having been some time
+wavering in their minds, they at last reflected on the straits they had
+brought themselves into, and that now they must either fight resolutely,
+or die; for no quarter could be expected from an enemy on whom they had
+committed so many cruelties. Hereupon they encouraged one another,
+resolving to conquer, or spend the last drop of blood. Then they divided
+themselves into three battalions, sending before two hundred bucaniers,
+who were very dextrous at their guns. Then descending the hill, they
+marched directly towards the Spaniards, who in a spacious field waited
+for their coming. As soon as they drew nigh, the Spaniards began to
+shout and cry, "Viva el rey!" "God save the king!" and immediately their
+horse moved against the pirates: but the fields being full of quags, and
+soft underfoot, they could not wheel about as they desired. The two
+hundred bucaniers, who went before, each putting one knee to the ground,
+began the battle briskly, with a full volley of shot: the Spaniards
+defended themselves courageously, doing all they could to disorder the
+pirates. Their foot endeavoured to second the horse, but were
+constrained by the pirates to leave them. Finding themselves baffled,
+they attempted to drive the bulls against them behind, to put them into
+disorder; but the wild cattle ran away, frighted with the noise of the
+battle; only some few broke through the English companies, and only tore
+the colours in pieces, while the bucaniers shot every one of them dead.
+
+The battle having continued two hours, the greatest part of the Spanish
+horse was ruined, and almost all killed: the rest fled, which the foot
+seeing, and that they could not possibly prevail, they discharged the
+shot they had in their muskets, and throwing them down, fled away, every
+one as he could. The pirates could not follow them, being too much
+harassed and wearied with their long journey. Many, not being able to
+fly whither they desired, hid themselves, for that present, among the
+shrubs of the sea-side, but very unfortunately; for most of them being
+found by the pirates, were instantly killed, without any quarter. Some
+religious men were brought prisoners before Captain Morgan; but he,
+being deaf to their cries, commanded them all to be pistolled, which was
+done. Soon after they brought a captain to him, whom he examined very
+strictly; particularly, wherein consisted the forces of those of Panama?
+He answered, their whole strength consisted in four hundred horse,
+twenty-four companies of foot, each of one hundred men complete; sixty
+Indians, and some negroes, who were to drive two thousand wild bulls
+upon the English, and thus, by breaking their files, put them into a
+total disorder: beside, that in the city they had made trenches, and
+raised batteries in several places, in all which they had placed many
+guns; and that at the entry of the highway, leading to the city, they
+had built a fort mounted with eight great brass guns, defended by fifty
+men.
+
+Captain Morgan having heard this, gave orders instantly to march another
+way; but first he made a review of his men, whereof he found both killed
+and wounded a considerable number, and much greater than had been
+believed. Of the Spaniards were found six hundred dead on the place,
+besides the wounded and prisoners. The pirates, nothing discouraged,
+seeing their number so diminished, but rather filled with greater pride,
+perceiving what huge advantage they had obtained against their enemies,
+having rested some time, prepared to march courageously towards the
+city, plighting their oaths to one another, that they would fight till
+not a man was left alive. With this courage they recommenced their
+march, either to conquer or be conquered; carrying with them all the
+prisoners.
+
+They found much difficulty in their approach to the city, for within the
+town the Spaniards had placed many great guns, at several quarters, some
+charged with small pieces of iron, and others with musket bullets; with
+all these they saluted the pirates at their approaching, and gave them
+full and frequent broadsides, firing at them incessantly; so that
+unavoidably they lost at every step great numbers of men. But these
+manifest dangers of their lives, nor the sight of so many as dropped
+continually at their sides, could deter them from advancing, and gaining
+ground every moment on the enemy; and though the Spaniards never ceased
+to fire, and act the best they could for their defence, yet they were
+forced to yield, after three hours' combat. And the pirates having
+possessed themselves, killed and destroyed all that attempted in the
+least to oppose them. The inhabitants had transported the best of their
+goods to more remote and occult places; howbeit, they found in the city
+several warehouses well stocked with merchandise, as well silks and
+cloths, as linen and other things of value. As soon as the first fury of
+their entrance was over, Captain Morgan assembled his men, and commanded
+them, under great penalties, not to drink or taste any wine; and the
+reason he gave for it was, because he had intelligence that it was all
+poisoned by the Spaniards. Howbeit, it was thought he gave these prudent
+orders to prevent the debauchery of his people, which he foresaw would
+be very great at the first, after so much hunger sustained by the way;
+fearing, withal, lest the Spaniards, seeing them in wine, should rally,
+and, falling on the city, use them as inhumanly as they had used the
+inhabitants before.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVIII
+
+_Captain Morgan sends canoes and boats to the South Sea--He fires the
+city of Panama--Robberies and cruelties committed there by the pirates,
+till their return to the Castle of Chagre._
+
+
+CAPTAIN MORGAN, as soon as he had placed necessary guards at several
+quarters within and without the city, commanded twenty-five men to seize
+a great boat, which had stuck in the mud of the port, for want of water,
+at a low tide. The same day about noon, he caused fire privately to be
+set to several great edifices of the city, nobody knowing who were the
+authors thereof, much less on what motives Captain Morgan did it, which
+are unknown to this day: the fire increased so, that before night the
+greatest part of the city was in a flame. Captain Morgan pretended the
+Spaniards had done it, perceiving that his own people reflected on him
+for that action. Many of the Spaniards, and some of the pirates, did
+what they could, either to quench the flame, or, by blowing up houses
+with gunpowder, and pulling down others, to stop it, but in vain: for in
+less than half an hour it consumed a whole street. All the houses of the
+city were built with cedar, very curious and magnificent, and richly
+adorned, especially with hangings and paintings, whereof part were
+before removed, and another great part were consumed by fire.
+
+There were in this city (which is the see of a bishop) eight
+monasteries, seven for men, and one for women; two stately churches, and
+one hospital. The churches and monasteries were all richly adorned with
+altar-pieces and paintings, much gold and silver, and other precious
+things, all which the ecclesiastics had hidden. Besides which, here were
+two thousand houses of magnificent building, the greatest part inhabited
+by merchants vastly rich. For the rest of less quality, and tradesmen,
+this city contained five thousand more. Here were also many stables for
+the horses and mules that carry the plate of the king of Spain, as well
+as private men, towards the North Sea. The neighbouring fields are full
+of fertile plantations and pleasant gardens, affording delicious
+prospects to the inhabitants all the year.
+
+[Illustration: "'MORGAN RE-ENTERED THE CITY WITH HIS TROOPS'"--_Page
+215_]
+
+The Genoese had in this city a stately house for their trade of negroes.
+This likewise was by Captain Morgan burnt to the very ground. Besides
+which building, there were consumed two hundred warehouses, and many
+slaves, who had hid themselves therein, with innumerable sacks of meal;
+the fire of which continued four weeks after it had begun. The greatest
+part of the pirates still encamped without the city, fearing and
+expecting the Spaniards would come and fight them anew, it being known
+they much outnumbered the pirates. This made them keep the field, to
+preserve their forces united, now much diminished by their losses. Their
+wounded, which were many, they put into one church, which remained
+standing, the rest being consumed by the fire. Besides these decreases
+of their men, Captain Morgan had sent a convoy of one hundred and fifty
+men to the castle of Chagre, to carry the news of his victory at Panama.
+
+They saw often whole troops of Spaniards run to and fro in the fields,
+which made them suspect their rallying, which they never had the courage
+to do. In the afternoon Captain Morgan re-entered the city with his
+troops, that every one might take up their lodgings, which now they
+could hardly find, few houses having escaped the fire. Then they sought
+very carefully among the ruins and ashes, for utensils of plate or gold,
+that were not quite wasted by the flames: and of such they found no
+small number, especially in wells and cisterns, where the Spaniards had
+hid them.
+
+Next day Captain Morgan dispatched away two troops, of one hundred and
+fifty men each, stout and well armed, to seek for the inhabitants who
+were escaped. These having made several excursions up and down the
+fields, woods, and mountains adjacent, returned after two days, bringing
+above two hundred prisoners, men, women, and slaves. The same day
+returned also the boat which Captain Morgan had sent to the South Sea,
+bringing three other boats which they had taken. But all these prizes
+they could willingly have given, and greater labour into the bargain,
+for one galleon, which miraculously escaped, richly laden with all the
+king's plate, jewels, and other precious goods of the best and richest
+merchants of Panama: on board which were also the religious women of the
+nunnery, who had embarked with them all the ornaments of their church,
+consisting in much gold, plate, and other things of great value.
+
+The strength of this galleon was inconsiderable, having only seven guns,
+and ten or twelve muskets, and very ill provided with victuals,
+necessaries, and fresh water, having no more sails than the uppermost of
+the mainmast. This account the pirates received from some one who had
+spoken with seven mariners belonging to the galleon, who came ashore in
+the cockboat for fresh water. Hence they concluded they might easily
+have taken it, had they given her chase, as they should have done; but
+they were impeded from following this vastly rich prize, by their
+gluttony and drunkenness, having plentifully debauched themselves with
+several rich wines they found ready, choosing rather to satiate their
+appetites than to lay hold on such huge advantage; since this only prize
+would have been of far greater value than all they got at Panama, and
+the places thereabout. Next day, repenting of their negligence, being
+weary of their vices and debaucheries, they set forth another boat, well
+armed, to pursue with all speed the said galleon; but in vain, the
+Spaniards who were on board having had intelligence of their own danger
+one or two days before, while the pirates were cruising so near them;
+whereupon they fled to places more remote and unknown.
+
+The pirates found, in the ports of the island of Tavoga and Tavogilla,
+several boats laden with very good merchandise; all which they took, and
+brought to Panama, where they made an exact relation of all that had
+passed to Captain Morgan. The prisoners confirmed what the pirates said,
+adding, that they undoubtedly knew where the galleon might then be, but
+that it was very probable they had been relieved before now from other
+places. This stirred up Captain Morgan anew, to send forth all the boats
+in the port of Panama to seek the said galleon till they could find her.
+These boats, being in all four, after eight days' cruising to and fro,
+and searching several ports and creeks, lost all hopes of finding her:
+hereupon they returned to Tavoga and Tavogilla; here they found a
+reasonable good ship newly come from Payta, laden with cloth, soap,
+sugar, and biscuit, with 20,000 pieces of eight; this they instantly
+seized, without the least resistance; as also a boat which was not far
+off, on which they laded great part of the merchandises from the ship,
+with some slaves. With this purchase they returned to Panama, somewhat
+better satisfied; yet, withal, much discontented that they could not
+meet with the galleon.
+
+The convoy which Captain Morgan had sent to the castle of Chagre
+returned much about the same time, bringing with them very good news;
+for while Captain Morgan was on his journey to Panama, those he had left
+in the castle of Chagre had sent for two boats to cruise. These met with
+a Spanish ship, which they chased within sight of the castle. This being
+perceived by the pirates in the castle, they put forth Spanish colours,
+to deceive the ship that fled before the boats; and the poor Spaniards,
+thinking to take refuge under the castle, were caught in a snare, and
+made prisoners. The cargo on board the said vessel consisted in victuals
+and provisions, than which nothing could be more opportune for the
+castle, where they began already to want things of this kind.
+
+This good luck of those of Chagre caused Captain Morgan to stay longer
+at Panama, ordering several new excursions into the country round about;
+and while the pirates at Panama were upon these expeditions, those at
+Chagre were busy in piracies on the North Sea. Captain Morgan sent
+forth, daily, parties of two hundred men, to make inroads into all the
+country round about; and when one party came back, another went forth,
+who soon gathered much riches, and many prisoners. These being brought
+into the city, were put to the most exquisite tortures, to make them
+confess both other people's goods and their own. Here it happened that
+one poor wretch was found in the house of a person of quality, who had
+put on, amidst the confusion, a pair of taffety breeches of his
+master's, with a little silver key hanging out; perceiving which, they
+asked him for the cabinet of the said key. His answer was, he knew not
+what was become of it, but that finding those breeches in his master's
+house, he had made bold to wear them. Not being able to get any other
+answer, they put him on the rack, and inhumanly disjointed his arms;
+then they twisted a cord about his forehead, which they wrung so hard
+that his eyes appeared as big as eggs, and were ready to fall out. But
+with these torments not obtaining any positive answer, they hung him up
+by the wrists, giving him many blows and stripes under that intolerable
+pain and posture of body. Afterwards they cut off his nose and ears, and
+singed his face with burning straw, till he could not speak, nor lament
+his misery any longer: then, losing all hopes of any confession, they
+bade a negro run him through, which put an end to his life, and to their
+inhuman tortures. Thus did many others of those miserable prisoners
+finish their days, the common sport and recreation of these pirates
+being such tragedies.
+
+Captain Morgan having now been at Panama full three weeks, commanded all
+things to be prepared for his departure. He ordered every company of men
+to seek so many beasts of carriage as might convey the spoil to the
+river where his canoes lay. About this time there was a great rumour,
+that a considerable number of pirates intended to leave Captain Morgan;
+and that, taking a ship then in port, they determined to go and rob on
+the South Sea, till they had got as much as they thought fit, and then
+return homewards, by way of the East Indies. For which purpose they had
+gathered much provisions, which they had hid in private places, with
+sufficient powder, bullets, and all other ammunition: likewise some
+great guns belonging to the town, muskets, and other things, wherewith
+they designed not only to equip their vessel, but to fortify themselves
+in some island which might serve them for a place of refuge.
+
+This design had certainly taken effect, had not Captain Morgan had
+timely advice of it from one of their comrades: hereupon he commanded
+the mainmast of the said ship to be cut down and burnt, with all the
+other boats in the port: hereby the intentions of all or most of his
+companions were totally frustrated. Then Captain Morgan sent many of the
+Spaniards into the adjoining fields and country to seek for money, to
+ransom not only themselves, but the rest of the prisoners, as likewise
+the ecclesiastics. Moreover, he commanded all the artillery of the town
+to be nailed and stopped up. At the same time he sent out a strong
+company of men to seek for the governor of Panama, of whom intelligence
+was brought, that he had laid several ambuscades in the way by which he
+ought to return: but they returned soon after, saying they had not found
+any sign of any such ambuscades. For confirmation whereof, they brought
+some prisoners, who declared that the said governor had had an intention
+of making some opposition by the way, but that the men designed to
+effect it were unwilling to undertake it: so that for want of means he
+could not put his design in execution.
+
+February 24, 1671, Captain Morgan departed from Panama, or rather from
+the place where the city of Panama stood; of the spoils whereof he
+carried with him one hundred and seventy-five beasts of carriage, laden
+with silver, gold, and other precious things, beside about six hundred
+prisoners, men, women, children and slaves. That day they came to a
+river that passes through a delicious plain, a league from Panama: here
+Captain Morgan put all his forces into good order, so as that the
+prisoners were in the middle, surrounded on all sides with pirates,
+where nothing else was to be heard but lamentations, cries, shrieks, and
+doleful sighs of so many women and children, who feared Captain Morgan
+designed to transport them all into his own country for slaves. Besides,
+all those miserable prisoners endured extreme hunger and thirst at that
+time, which misery Captain Morgan designedly caused them to sustain, to
+excite them to seek for money to ransom themselves, according to the tax
+he had set upon every one. Many of the women begged Captain Morgan, on
+their knees, with infinite sighs and tears, to let them return to
+Panama, there to live with their dear husbands and children in little
+huts of straw, which they would erect, seeing they had no houses till
+the rebuilding of the city. But his answer was, "He came not thither to
+hear lamentations and cries, but to seek money: therefore they ought
+first to seek out that, wherever it was to be had, and bring it to him;
+otherwise he would assuredly transport them all to such places whither
+they cared not to go."
+
+Next day, when the march began, those lamentable cries and shrieks were
+renewed, so as it would have caused compassion in the hardest heart: but
+Captain Morgan, as a man little given to mercy, was not moved in the
+least. They marched in the same order as before, one party of the
+pirates in the van, the prisoners in the middle, and the rest of the
+pirates in the rear; by whom the miserable Spaniards were at every step
+punched and thrust in their backs and sides, with the blunt ends of
+their arms, to make them march faster.
+
+A beautiful lady, wife to one of the richest merchants of Tavoga, was
+led prisoner by herself, between two pirates. Her lamentations pierced
+the skies, seeing herself carried away into captivity often crying to
+the pirates, and telling them, "That she had given orders to two
+religious persons, in whom she had relied, to go to a certain place, and
+fetch so much money as her ransom did amount to; that they had promised
+faithfully to do it, but having obtained the money, instead of bringing
+it to her, they had employed it another way, to ransom some of their
+own, and particular friends." This ill action of theirs was discovered
+by a slave, who brought a letter to the said lady. Her complaints, and
+the cause thereof, being brought to Captain Morgan, he thought fit to
+inquire thereinto. Having found it to be true--especially hearing it
+confirmed by the confession of the said religious men, though under some
+frivolous exercises of having diverted the money but for a day or two,
+in which time they expected more sums to repay it--he gave liberty to
+the said lady, whom otherwise he designed to transport to Jamaica. But
+he detained the said religious men as prisoners in her place, using them
+according to their deserts.
+
+Captain Morgan arriving at the town called Cruz, on the banks of the
+river Chagre, he published an order among the prisoners, that within
+three days every one should bring in their ransom, under the penalty of
+being transported to Jamaica. Meanwhile he gave orders for so much rice
+and maize to be collected thereabouts, as was necessary for victualling
+his ships. Here some of the prisoners were ransomed, but many others
+could not bring in their money. Hereupon he continued his voyage,
+leaving the village on the 5th of March following, carrying with him all
+the spoil he could. Hence he likewise led away some new prisoners,
+inhabitants there, with those in Panama, who had not paid their
+ransoms. But the two religious men, who had diverted the lady's money,
+were ransomed three days after by other persons, who had more compassion
+for them than they had showed for her.
+
+About the middle of the way to Chagre, Captain Morgan commanded them to
+be mustered, and caused every one to be sworn, that they had concealed
+nothing, even not to the value of sixpence. This done, Captain Morgan
+knowing those lewd fellows would not stick to swear falsely for
+interest, he commanded every one to be searched very strictly, both in
+their clothes and satchels, and elsewhere. Yea, that this order might
+not be ill taken by his companions, he permitted himself to be searched,
+even to his very shoes. To this effect, by common consent, one was
+assigned out of every company to be searchers of the rest. The French
+pirates that assisted on this expedition disliked this new practice of
+searching; but, being outnumbered by the English, they were forced to
+submit as well as the rest. The search being over, they re-embarked, and
+arrived at the castle of Chagre on the 9th of March. Here they found all
+things in good order, excepting the wounded men whom they had left at
+their departure; for of these the greatest number were dead of their
+wounds.
+
+From Chagre, Captain Morgan sent, presently after his arrival, a great
+boat to Puerto Bello, with all the prisoners taken at the isle of St.
+Catherine, demanding of them a considerable ransom for the castle of
+Chagre, where he then was; threatening otherwise to ruin it. To this
+those of Puerto Bello answered, they would not give one farthing towards
+the ransom of the said castle, and the English might do with it as they
+pleased. Hereupon the dividend was made of all the spoil made in that
+voyage; every company, and every particular person therein, receiving
+their proportion, or rather what part thereof Captain Morgan pleased to
+give them. For the rest of his companions, even of his own nation,
+murmured at his proceedings, and told him to his face that he had
+reserved the best jewels to himself: for they judged it impossible that
+no greater share should belong to them than two hundred pieces of eight,
+per capita, of so many valuable plunders they had made; which small sum
+they thought too little for so much labour, and such dangers, as they
+had been exposed to. But Captain Morgan was deaf to all this, and many
+other like complaints, having designed to cheat them of what he could.
+
+At last, finding himself obnoxious to many censures of his people, and
+fearing the consequence, he thought it unsafe to stay any longer at
+Chagre, but ordered the ordnance of the castle to be carried on board
+his ship; then he caused most of the walls to be demolished, the
+edifices to be burnt, and as many other things ruined as could be done
+in a short time. This done, he went secretly on board his own ship,
+without giving any notice to his companions, and put out to sea, being
+only followed by three or four vessels of the whole fleet. These were
+such (as the French pirates believed) as went shares with Captain Morgan
+in the best part of the spoil, which had been concealed from them in the
+dividend. The Frenchmen could willingly have revenged themselves on
+Captain Morgan and his followers, had they been able to encounter him at
+sea; but they were destitute of necessaries, and had much ado to find
+sufficient provisions for their voyage to Jamaica, he having left them
+unprovided for all things.
+
+
+THE END
+
+
+
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+
+
+Transcriber's Notes:
+
+Obvious punctuation errors were corrected.
+
+This text uses both main-mast and mainmast; French-man and Frenchman;
+sea-side and seaside; such-like and suchlike.
+
+Page xiii, "Robinsoe" changed to "Robinson" (Robinson Crusoe)
+
+Page xx, "West-Indies" was removed from the italics to match rest of
+usage (dominions of the_ West-Indies)
+
+Page xxi, "Soudiers" changed to "Souldiers" (either Souldiers or)
+
+Page xxi, "fortifie" moved into italics to match rest of usage (_both
+fortifie themselves)
+
+Page 9, "of" changed to "or" (or China root)
+
+Page 89, "chief" changed to "chiefs" (of the chiefs)
+
+Page 95, "fish" changed to "flesh" (eat human flesh)
+
+Page 116, "el" changed to "El" (of El Puerto del)
+
+Page 199, "then" changed to "than" (courage than ever)
+
+
+
+***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PIRATES OF PANAMA***
+
+
+******* This file should be named 26690.txt or 26690.zip *******
+
+
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/6/6/9/26690
+
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://www.gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit:
+https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
diff --git a/26690.zip b/26690.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4f107c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26690.zip
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..67c0481
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #26690 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/26690)